Tag Archives: Gospel

JOHN 10

We hope you will find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the following e-mail address: martin_margaret3@yahoo.co.uk. We would be pleased to hear from you.

JOHN 10

Christ as the Shepherd
The Lord Jesus is presented to us as a shepherd in each of the four gospels and in a way which fits in with the character of those gospels. In Matthew He is the one who shall “rule my people Israel”, Matthew 2:6. The word for rule means “to rule as a shepherd”, so God’s ideal ruler, (Matthew’s theme), has a shepherd heart. In Mark 6:34 the Lord saw the multitudes as sheep not having a shepherd, so He began to teach them many things says Mark, for sheep need a table prepared before them, Psalm 23:5. So Mark emphasises His servant character as a shepherd. In Luke we are told of the shepherd who goes out to find the lost sheep, and brings it home rejoicing, Luke 15:3-7. So Luke emphasises His sympathy, as he does throughout his gospel. John, however, in line with the nature of His gospel, tells us more about the person of the shepherd. These things should be a great help to those who are under-shepherds in the flock of God. They are there to oversee and guide; to teach the Word; to recover those who stray; and all the time manifesting Christ-like characteristics.

Survey of the chapter
The discourse of John 10 is the last public one in John’s Gospel. The last private conversation in John also concerns sheep and lambs, John 21:15-17. The last word of the apostle Paul to the elders at Ephesus was on this subject, too, Acts 20:28-38. Peter wrote on the same lines as he neared the end of his life, 1 Peter 5:1-11. And the aged apostle John was concerned about those who were seducing, or leading astray, the people of God, 1 John 2:26. These final appeals should have weight with us, and encourage us, whether shepherds or flock.

This brings us to four purposes of the chapter:

  • Encouragement as our Shepherd describes Himself and His work.

  • Example for those who are shepherds of the local assembly.

  • Exhortation to the sheep, as those things which are true of the sheep are detailed.

  • Exposure of those who claim to be shepherds, but who are in fact thieves, robbers, wolves and hirelings.

It is also important to notice the link with the previous chapters in John’s Gospel. Chapter 7 takes place at the feast of tabernacles, and is followed closely by chapter 8. In this chapter the Lord Jesus is found teaching in the treasury. Two things are of note about this. First, this was the area that the rabbis reserved for themselves in which to teach. Second, the room adjoining the treasury was where the Sanhedrim met, and where they plotted Christ’s death. Both of these things show that the Lord is not afraid of those He accuses of being thieves and robbers. This is a great comfort, for the shepherd psalm, Psalm 23, speaks of the enemies of the flock, and the comfort that the sheep have in the fact that their shepherd is capable of dealing with those enemies. David protected the flock for which he was responsible from the lion and the bear.

There is also a connection with chapter 9, for in that chapter physical blindness is cured, and the Pharisees and scribes learn that although by profession they could “see” the truth of God, in fact they were blind leaders of the blind. One of the New Testament words for elder is “overseer”, one who looks over the flock to ensure that they have everything they need, and who is alert to signs of danger. One, in other words, who needs to be able to see well spiritually.

Structure of the chapter

(a) Verses 1-3 The genuineness of the shepherd
(b) Verses 4-6 The guidance of the shepherd
(c) Verses 7-10 The giving of the shepherd
(d) Verses 11-18 The goodness of the shepherd
(e) Verses 19-26 The government of the shepherd
(f) Verses 27-38 The Godhood of the shepherd
(g) Verses 39-42 The guardianship of the shepherd

(a)    10:1-3
The genuineness of the Shepherd

10:1
Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that entereth not by the door into the sheepfold, but climbeth up some other way, the same is a thief and a robber.

Verily, verily, I say unto you- note there is no break between the chapters. The Pharisees are still being addressed, as those who claimed to shepherd the people of Israel. “Verily, verily” is the formula for introducing what is a development, is difficult, is likely to be denied, but nonetheless is definite, because it is Divine. Note that the Lord does not say, “Thus saith the Lord”, as if speaking simply as a prophet, but He speaks as one who is God, for as David wrote, “The Lord is my shepherd”, Psalm 23:1. Note the courage of the shepherd as He confronts the enemies of the flock.

He that entereth not by the door of the sheepfold, but climbeth up some other way- the sheepfold is Israel as a sacral state, that is, a nation regulated by its religion. The sheepfold was an enclosure on the hillside that the flocks would be sheltered in during the night. The point is that it is the outside walls that keep the sheep in, whereas the Lord Jesus is the shepherd of the flock, and He is the centre to which the sheep gather.

The fold reminds us of the way Israel were fenced in by the law, whereas the flock enjoy the presence of the Shepherd in grace. To be a leader in Israel in the Old Testament, there had to be anointing by God. At the time of Christ, the anointed king was replaced by the Sanhedrists, the anointed priest was replaced by the Sadducean family, and the anointed prophets were replaced by the rabbis. None of these had been anointed by God, and as such had come into positions of leadership by false means.

The same is a thief and a robber- note that verses 1-6 are in the third person, and the Lord is setting out the principle of the matter. Once He has established Himself as the true shepherd, He begins to speak in the first person. A thief is one who steals by subtlety. A robber is one who steals by force. The Sadducean priestly family were known for their subtle, crafty ways, whereas the Pharisees and scribes were more openly hostile to Christ and the people.

10:2
But he that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep.

But he that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep- at His baptism, the Lord Jesus was anointed with the Holy Ghost and with power, Acts 10:38, and was thereby introduced into the fold of Israel as God’s beloved Son. Although introduced into the fold, He did not become the shepherd of the fold, but rather of the sheep. There was a remnant of godly Jews in Israel who were waiting for the Messiah to come. They knew that first would come the forerunner, as Isaiah 40:3-5 had prophesied, but they would know from that passage that Messiah would feed His flock like a shepherd, Isaiah 40:11, and so they were expecting Him in that character. John tells us of those who began to follow Him, men like Peter, James, John, Andrew and Nathaniel, who were already believers in God, and who were the sheep that recognised Him, and not the rulers in Israel, as shepherd.

10:3
To him the porter openeth; and the sheep hear his voice: and he calleth his own sheep by name, and leadeth them out.

To him the porter openeth- the porter was the one responsible for only letting the right shepherds into the fold. Paul describes John the Baptist as the one who preached before Christ’s coming, and who declared that there was a worthy one to follow, Acts 13:24,25. The word he used for “coming” is in fact “entrance”, and so this would indicate that John the Baptist is the one represented by the porter in John 10. John’s words were, “But that he should be made manifest to Israel, therefore am I come baptising with water”, John 1:31. So it was that John opened to Christ, and introduced Him formally into the fold of Israel.

And the sheep hear his voice- the Lord described Himself to the blind man as “He that talketh with thee”, John 9:37. This feature of hearing the voice of the shepherd is one that marks a true sheep, for they receive and believe the words of their shepherd, depending absolutely on His authority. This denotes their personal and confident faith in Him. The Epistle to the Hebrews has as one of its themes the speaking of Christ, see 1:1,2; 3:7,8; 12:25,26. The reference in chapter 3 is very relevant, for the writer quotes from Psalm 98 in which Israel is described as the sheep of God’s pasture and the flock of God’s hand. Then the appeal comes to the flock to hear His voice, for the words of guidance from the shepherd will keep them safe from harm if they listen and obey.

And he calleth his own sheep by name- this shows His personal interest in each of His own. He had come to His own people, the nation as a whole, but they received Him not. A remnant received Him, however, and they became His own, John 13:1. He said of the Pharisees that they were not of His sheep, John 10:26, so being part of the nation did not make a person a sheep; they must be owned by the Shepherd. In the East today, the shepherd will know each of his sheep by name, being aware of their individual characteristics and tendencies, and caring for them accordingly. Not only does the shepherd own the sheep, but the sheep own the shepherd, for David says, “The Lord is my shepherd”, Psalm 23:1.

And leadeth them out- it was not in the best interests of the sheep that they remain in the fold of Judaism, so the Lord led them out from it. By His ministry He showed that there were better things for them than Judaism and the law.

(b)    10:4-6
The guidance of the shepherd

10:4
And when he putteth forth his own sheep, he goeth before them, and the sheep follow him: for they know his voice.

And when he putteth forth his own sheep he goeth before them- there were those like Nicodemus and Joseph of Arimathea who seemed reluctant to be led out of Judaism. These, and others like them, the Lord gently put forth by the power of His own example. For He went forth outside the gate of Jerusalem, and outside the camp of Israel, and was crucified there. The word to all who were true sheep was, “Let us go forth therefore unto him without the camp, bearing his reproach.” Hebrews 13:13. Later in the chapter the Lord Jesus is described as “that great shepherd of the sheep”, verse 20. It was Nicodemus and Joseph who took Christ’s body down from the cross, so they knew very well that He had taken the outside place.

And the sheep follow him- the true sheep are confident that their shepherd will not lead them astray. As David said in Old Testament times, “He leadeth me in the paths of righteousness for his name’s sake”, Psalm 23:3.

For they know his voice- by constantly listening to Him, they learn to recognise His voice. It is by what He says that they are led in the right path.

10:5
And a stranger will they not follow, but will flee from him: for they know not the voice of strangers.

And a stranger will they not follow, but will flee from him- John writes to the little children in the family of God and tells them that they need not any man to teach them, for they have the Holy Spirit within, and can discern by His power between the true shepherd who leads in right paths, and the false shepherd who leads astray, 1 John 2:26,27. Note that the sheep do not just avoid following, but also distance themselves from false teachers by fleeing from them.

For they know not the voice of strangers- by constantly listening to the voice of the Good Shepherd, they are able to easily tell when another is speaking to them. The warning in Hebrews 13:9 is “Be not carried about by divers and strange doctrines”.

10:6
This parable spake Jesus unto them: but they understood not what things they were which he spake unto them.

This parable spake Jesus unto them- that is, to the Pharisees of 9:40. The idea behind this word for parable is a similitude, which is not so far removed from reality as a parable, and hence easier to understand. Parables were spoken by the Lord after Israel had begun to shut their ears to the truth, and it was a form of judgment on them, for only true believers could understand the parable, see Matthew 13:10-17.

But they understood not what things they were which he spake unto them- they failed to comprehend even when the Lord does not speak in a full parable, such was the blindness of their hearts. As blind leaders, they were not fit to be called shepherds.

(c)    10:7-10
The giving of the shepherd

10:7
Then said Jesus unto them again, Verily, verily, I say unto you, I am the door of the sheep.

Then said Jesus unto them again- note His patience with them, even though He knows they are determined to put Him to death.

Verily, verily, I say unto you- the formula which shows there is to follow a development of the truth just given.

I am the door of the sheep- as previously noted, verses 1-6 are in the third person, but now the first person is used, as the Lord concentrates their mind on Himself, hence the “I”, emphatic, meaning “I to the exclusion of everyone else”. He is justified in speaking like this because He has declared what marks a genuine shepherd, and He alone fits the description. Note it is “door of the sheep“, not “door of the sheepfold“. The Lord does not fill any office in the leadership of Israel, but initiates a new arrangement, where the sheep gather around His person. Having led the flock into the fold for the night, the shepherd would lay across the narrow entrance, thereby becoming in effect the door, thus personally ensuring the safety of the flock. The Lord takes up the figure of the fold, but does not imply that He came to be the door of the fold. He is the door of the sheep even when they are still nominally in the fold, as was the case with believers during His earthly ministry.

10:8
All that ever came before me are thieves and robbers: but the sheep did not hear them.

All that ever came before me are thieves and robbers- note they are, not they were, because the scribes, Pharisees, Sadducees, were still claiming the right to lead. “Before me” means “before I was installed as the true shepherd at my baptism.” There is no alternative to the leadership of Christ, for all others are thieves and robbers. By saying this directly to the Pharisees He is warning them against disturbing the flock. But it is also a warning to those who would be His sheep, so that they know who to flee from.

But the sheep did not hear them- being trained by listening to their shepherd’s voice, they readily recognise the false, and refuse to hear what they have to say. We are to be “wise unto that which is good, and simple concerning evil”, Romans 16:19.

10:9
I am the door: by me if any man enter in, he shall be saved, and shall go in and out, and find pasture.

I am the door- a further invitation to those who are believers in God, to believe also in Him, John 14:1.

By me if any man enter in- there is only one door to safety. He is the personal means whereby that safety is gained. A person enters in when he accepts the testimony of the Word of God about the Lord Jesus.

He shall be saved- that is, brought into a place of safety, free from the errors and tyranny of men. This salvation is enjoyed in the company of the Shepherd, and the flock.

And shall go in and out- freely moving amongst the flock, unperturbed by thoughts of danger.
And find pasture- not in the sense that the sheep have difficulty finding the pasture on their own, but rather, their shepherd finds the pasture for them, and when He leads them to it, they discover it. As David, (himself a shepherd), said of the Lord, “He maketh me to lie down in green pastures”, Psalm 23:2.

10:10
The thief cometh not, but for to steal, and to kill, and to destroy: I am come that they might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly.

The thief cometh not but for to steal and to kill and to destroy- the thief has only one sort of activity in mind. He comes to do all the three things listed here. Some sheep he seeks to steal, some to kill, and some to destroy. When he steals he takes away from the care of the shepherd, so that strange doctrines are believed and followed. When he kills, (remember it is a parable), he seeks to persuade them to renounce Christ, so that they no longer are living members of the flock. This cannot be done in fact, but the thief will attempt it. When he destroys, he seeks to ruin the lives of the sheep so that they cannot readily enjoy the provision the shepherd makes for them.

I am come that they might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly- the Lord Jesus, on the other hand, and by contrast, gives eternal life to those who believe, so they might come to know spiritual things. He also provides conditions whereby the sheep can enjoy the eternal life He gives them, in contrast to the thief who comes to maim and ruin. There are not two grades of eternal life, the ordinary and the abundant. Rather, the life all believers have is enjoyed to different degrees, according to whether they are down here on earth in the present body, or up in heaven with the resurrection body. There is a development of this thought in the next chapter, which presents the Lord as the resurrection and the life. The fullest, most abundant realisation of eternal life will be when we are in resurrection conditions in heaven.

(d)    10:11-18
The goodness of the shepherd

10:11
I am the good shepherd: the good shepherd giveth his life for the sheep.

I am the good shepherd- this is the central one of the seven “I am” statements in John’s gospel. Unlike the other six, where men are expected to “come”, or “eat”, or “follow”, or “believe”, this statement puts the responsibility entirely on Christ. The “I” is emphatic, “I and none other”. This is a claim to Messiahship, for the prophets had spoken of the Messiah as a shepherd; see Isaiah 40:11, (and note previous verses foretelling the ministry of John the Baptist), and Zechariah 13:7. The word for good means “morally beautiful”, and “suited to the task”. The Lord is building on His claim to genuineness in previous verses. The fact that He is good reminds us of several things:

1. His Deity, for “none is good, save one, that is, God”, Luke 18:19.

2. His integrity, for He is intrinsically good, and not good as a result of improvement.

3. His moral beauty, for those who love God and His truth are attracted to Him, and willingly follow and obey Him.

4. His activity, for He is suited to the task in hand.

The good shepherd giveth His life for the sheep- what He is good at is now described, for there are four mentions of the idea of the giving, or laying down of the life, as follows:

In verses 12,13 His care
In verses 14,15 His knowledge
In verses 16,17 His interest in the Gentiles
In verse 18 His authority

The word for life here is “psuche”, the soul, emphasising the feeling that is put into the laying of His life down; it is not done lightly, nor is it without cost. Just before the cross the Saviour said, “Now is my soul troubled”, John 12:27. If He was troubled at the prospect of the cross, what must the actual experience have been like? The apostle John sees in the love of Christ the example for us to follow, and to “lay down our lives for the brethren”, 1 John 3:16. This would tell us that to lay down the life does not only mean die; it includes living for the sake of others, as well as dying for them if needs be. So the good shepherd devoted His life to the welfare of the sheep, protecting, teaching, leading them, and then He gave Himself in sacrifice for them, to purchase them eternally for Himself.

10:12
But he that is an hireling, and not the shepherd, whose own the sheep are not, seeth the wolf coming, and leaveth the sheep, and fleeth: and the wolf catcheth them, and scattereth the sheep.

But he that is an hireling, and not the shepherd, whose own the sheep are not- the “but” introduces a contrast. The hireling gives the sheep for his life, allowing to wolf to seize the sheep instead of seizing him. He has no personal interest in the flock, for the sheep do not belong to him, and he does not put heart and soul into caring for the flock.

Seeth the wolf coming, and leaveth the sheep, and fleeth- the hireling is watchful, but only for his own interests, just like the Pharisees whose primary concern was their own reputation and position. Note he leaves the flock and then flees, or in other words, leaves the flock to the mercy of the wolf, and flees to save his own life.

And the wolf catcheth them, and scattereth the sheep- the word catcheth is used by the Lord in verse 29 “pluck out of my hand”. The sheep can be plucked out of the feeble grasp of the hireling, but not from the hand of the Good Shepherd. David spoke of a shepherd who had skilful hands, and a heart of integrity, Psalm 78:72.

The apostle Paul warned the shepherds of the flock regarding “grievous wolves…not sparing the flock”, Acts 20:29. He himself was of the tribe of Benjamin, noted for their war-like tendencies, and Jacob prophesied that “Benjamin shall ravin as a wolf; in the morning he shall devour the prey, and at night he shall divide the spoil.” Genesis 49:27. Saul of Tarsus was Benjamin-like in his pursuit of Christians, “breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord”, Acts 9:1. It takes courage on the part of shepherds to save the flock from such onslaughts.

10:13
The hireling fleeth, because he is an hireling, and careth not for the sheep.

The hireling fleeth because he is a hireling, and careth not for the sheep- since he is only working for hire, or wages, the hireling’s main concern is to survive until his wages are due; the welfare of the sheep is secondary. He does not care concerning the sheep, he only cares concerning his life and safety. As such he is a negative example, and highlights the superior qualities of the Good Shepherd. The latter was prepared to go through the troubling experiences detailed in Psalm 22, that the sheep might go through those trouble-free experiences detailed in Psalm 23.

10:14
I am the good shepherd, and know my sheep, and am known of mine.

I am the good shepherd, and know my sheep, and am known of mine- the Lord had repeated “I am the door”, first to contrast with those not genuine, and then to set out what He would do. So here, He repeats “I am the good shepherd”, for having contrasted Himself with the hireling, the Lord now sets out His positive actions and abilities. He has a personal and intimate knowledge of His sheep, being aware of their tendencies and weaknesses. Because His sheep have eternal life, they have the capacity to get to know Him, not just in terms of doctrine as to His person, but also in terms of appreciating His care and attention, the expressions of His goodness. See John 17:3, where “that” has the double idea of initially getting to know, and then progressively getting to know.

10:15
As the Father knoweth me, even so know I the Father: and I lay down my life for the sheep.

As the Father knoweth me, even so know I the Father- note the reference to the mutual knowledge of the Father and the Son, the expression of the eternal life which they share. This mutual knowledge was accompanied by mutual acknowledgement and love, so that the Lord Jesus has personal experience of His Father’s care. Let us not forget that just as Isaac was both lamb and son in Genesis 22, so the Lord Jesus is the Lamb of God, and as such has known Jehovah as His shepherd too. See Revelation 7:17, “the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them”, where the word “feed” has the idea of shepherding.

And I lay down my life for the sheep- there is more, for the shepherd lays down His life in the full consciousness of what the will of the Father is. Since He knows the Father perfectly, He knows His Father’s will perfectly, and in accordance with that will lays down His life for the sheep. We may, therefore, have the utmost confidence in what He did for us at Calvary.

10:16
And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold: them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd.

And other sheep I have- the shepherd is aware of the intentions of the Godhead in relation to the Gentiles, and can speak of having or possessing these sheep even before He has died, so confident is He of the outcome of Calvary.

Which are not of this fold- they were not, and never would be, part of the Jewish fold, but they would become part of a flock.
Them also I must bring- as well as bringing Jewish believers out of Judaism, He is constrained, (hence the “must”), by love to the sheep, and love to His Father, to bring these other sheep too. They do not have to go through the same process of being put out of the fold as the Jewish believers, for they were never in it; they are simply brought into a new thing.

And they shall hear my voice- Ephesians 2:17 speaks in terms of the Lord Himself coming to the Gentiles and preaching peace to them, and this He did through the agency of the apostles, to whom the promise was, “Lo, I am with you alway”, Matthew 28:20, and they went forth preaching, “the Lord working with them”, Mark 16:20.

And there shall be one fold, and one shepherd the word translated “fold” here is slightly different to the one employed in verse 1. The first word denotes an enclosure which keeps in the sheep because of the surrounding walls. The second word also has the idea of protection, for it is translated as “palace” in Matthew 26:3. We shall learn in verse 28 what this fold is; it is even His hand and His Father’s hand. This is a major difference, and sums up the distinction between Judaism, with its laws and restrictions to constrain the people, and Christ who secures His people’s welfare by His own powerful hand.

There is, and can be, but one shepherd, for already we have learned that all that came before Him are spurious, and once He has come, it becomes clear that He can never be equalled, let alone surpassed.

10:17
Therefore doth my Father love me, because I lay down my life, that I might take it again.

Therefore doth my Father love me, because I lay down my life that I may take it again- note that as soon as the idea of the Gentiles is introduced, the idea of resurrection is also brought in, for it is after His resurrection that the Lord sent His apostles to the uttermost parts of the earth. No longer were they restricted to the lost sheep of the house of Israel, Matthew 10:5,6. The willing giving up of His life has given His Father fresh cause to love Him. His life was laid down for many reasons, but here it is for the express purpose of taking it again, so that in resurrection the Lord could resume His shepherd care. See, for instance, Matthew 26:31, “I will smite the shepherd, and the sheep of the flock shall be scattered abroad”, then verse 32, “But after I am risen again, I will go before you into Galilee.” The Eastern shepherd walked in front of his flock.

10:18
No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father.

No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself- no ordinary man has the ability to decide when he will die, for “There is no man that hath power over the spirit to retain the spirit; neither hath he power in the day of death: and there is no discharge in that war”, Ecclesiastes 8:8. It is true that men murdered Christ, Acts 7:52, but only at the moment of His choosing.

I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father- as one who has power, He has the right to act. Because He is a subject Man, and obeys the commandments of His Father, He was able to lay down his life freely, without men dictating to Him. But He is the Son of God as well, so this is why no one can take His life from Him, for He could describe Himself as “He that liveth”, Revelation 1:18. By laying down His life of Himself, and in perfect obedience to His Father, He has completely defeated the Devil, who had the power of death, for He has shown that He has superior power.

(e)    10:19-26
The government of the Shepherd

10:19
There was a division therefore again among the Jews for these sayings.

There was a division therefore again among the Jews for these sayings- there had been division in 7:43 and 9:16. As He said in 9:39, the Lord had come for judgment, in the sense that He was the one against whom everything was to be judged and decided. Truth as to Christ will always divide between believers and unbelievers, for that truth always provokes a reaction.

10:20
And many of them said, He hath a devil, and is mad; why hear ye him?

And many of them said, He hath a devil, and is mad, why hear ye him? John will tell us in verse 22 that it was now the feast of dedication. By Jews John means the authorities, as distinguished from the “others” of the next verse.

10:21
Others said, These are not the words of him that hath a devil. Can a devil open the eyes of the blind?

Others said, These are not the words of him that hath a devil. Can a devil open the eyes of the blind? They have been impressed by the miracle of the healing of the blind man, and admit this shows He is not demon-inspired. By this remark they distance themselves from the rulers who asserted that He worked miracles by the power of Satan. Alas, they seem not to go so far as to believe on Him.

It is interesting that they conclude He was not empowered by a devil because of His words, for this marks the miracles of the Lord Jesus; they were unique because accompanied by the words of one who is God. Antichrist and the False prophet will do miracles during the Tribulation period, but they will be lying wonders, designed to deceive, 2 Thessalonians 2:9,10; Revelation 13:14.

10:22
And it was at Jerusalem the feast of the dedication, and it was winter.

And it was at Jerusalem the feast of the dedication, and it was winter- John pointedly calls the feasts which are called the feasts of the Lord in the Old Testament, the feasts of the Jews. They had so corrupted the things of God that everything now centred around themselves, and not around Him. The feast of dedication was never called a feast of the Lord, so John does not call it a feast of the Jews either. The fact that it was winter explains why the Lord Jesus is walking, and why He does it in the semi-enclosed Porch of Solomon in the temple courts.

Special note on the feast of the dedication
The first part of the chapter is a continuation of the ministry of the Lord Jesus at the feast of tabernacles, and just afterwards. The second half takes place at the feast of dedication, two months or so later. It seems that during that interval certain questions had been discussed by the Jews, as indicated in verses 19-21, and to answer these questions the Lord graciously returns to Jerusalem to answer them.

It was not compulsory for a Jew to be at Jerusalem for the feast of dedication, for it was a feast devised by the Jews themselves to commemorate the re-dedication of the altar after the deliverance of the nation from the tyranny of Antiochus Epiphanes, who had many of the features that will mark the future Antichrist. He had captured Jerusalem in 167 BC and desecrated the temple by offering a pig on the altar in worship to Zeus, “the father of the gods”. This, coupled with the meaning of his name, “god manifest”, was Satan’s parody of the doctrine of the Father and the Son, who is God manifest in flesh, 1 Timothy 3:16.

The Jews had a nickname for this vile person, calling him Antiochus Epimanes, or Antiochus the Madman. Such is the corruption of the human heart, that in this incident they are here calling the true Christ, who is God manifest, the madman!

10:23
And Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon’s porch.

And Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon’s porch- it is said that this part of the temple was all that remained of Solomon’s temple. There is an association of ideas here, for Solomon built a porch at the forefront of the temple where he had his throne of judgment and gave his decisions, 1 Kings 7:7. In a day to come the Son of Man shall sit on the throne of His glory, and the nations shall be divided the one from the other, “as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats”, Matthew 25:31,32. This division between sheep and goats happens here too. He does this infallibly because, far from being a madman, He is wiser and greater than Solomon.

10:24
Then came the Jews round about him, and said unto him, How long dost thou make us to doubt? If thou be the Christ, tell us plainly.

Then came the Jews round about him- but they were not gathering to Him as their shepherd. They are surrounding Him to impede His progress, and to insist that He answer their questions.

How long dost thou make us to doubt? If thou be the Christ, tell us plainly- the Lord never gave doubtful answers, nor had He left them in suspense, (as “make us to doubt” means), but always spoke with authority and clarity. The confusion was in their own minds.

10:25
Jesus answered them, I told you, and ye believed not: the works that I do in my Father’s name, they bear witness of me.

Jesus answered them, “I told you, and ye believed not: the works that I do in my Father’s name, they bear witness of me”- that He was the Messiah was His claim from the beginning, but they had consistently disbelieved Him. The works He had done were the works that the prophet Isaiah said the Messiah would do, Isaiah 35:4-6, so they gave adequate testimony at this late stage of His ministry. We read that “the Jews require a sign”, 1 Corinthians 1:22, and God had graciously given an abundance to them through His Son, but their sin and prejudice prevented them from believing Him.

10:26
But ye believe not, because ye are not of my sheep, as I said unto you.

But ye believe not, because ye are not of my sheep, as I said unto you- by refusing His claims, they showed their unbelief, and so showed themselves to be goats, not sheep. Their unbelief was the reason why they were not sheep; it was not that they were not sheep and therefore did not believe.

They were marked by the following features:

Verse 20 Said He had a devil and was mad.
Verse 24 Accused Him of leaving them in suspense.
Verse 24 Suggested He did not make Himself clear.
Verse 25 Refused to believe His direct verbal claim.
Verse 25 Rejected the testimony of His works.

Having made clear what features mark a goat, now we have the features of the sheep, summarised as follows:

Verse 27 Hear His voice.
Verse 27 Are known by the Shepherd.
Verse 27 They follow Him.
Verse 28 He gives them eternal life.
Verse 28 They shall never perish.
Verse 28 None shall pluck them out of His hand.
Verse 29 None can pluck them out of His Father’s hand.

Verse 26 ends with “as I said unto you”, which anticipates the next few statements in verses 27,28, where certain things are repeated from the first part of the chapter. Remember the two halves of the chapter are several weeks apart in time, but they have similarities, as follows:

Verse 3 Hear His voice Verse 27 Hear my voice
Verse 3 Calleth His own sheep by name, Verse 27 I know them
Verse 4 the sheep follow him Verse 27 they follow me
Verse 10 I am come…have life Verse 28 I give unto them eternal life
Verse 4 Have…abundantly Verse 28 they shall never perish

 

(f)   10:27-38
The Godhood of the Shepherd

10:27
My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me:

My sheep hear my voice- far from disputing with Him, as the Jews did, the true sheep accept without question what the Lord their shepherd says to them through His word.

I know them- He has a personal awareness of the individual needs of each sheep. The shepherd is alert to every movement of His sheep, for it may indicate something is wrong, and danger is near. The Lord knew that Satan had desired to have Peter, before ever Peter knew, Luke 22:31,32.

They follow me- Amos speaks of a shepherd rescuing “two legs or a piece of an ear” from the lion, Amos 3:12. The leg would represent the ability to walk and follow; the ear, to hear the shepherd’s voice. The sheep instinctively know the voice of a stranger who will lead them astray, and are content to follow where their shepherd leads. (This is because, as John tells us, they have an unction from the Holy One, and know all things, 1 John 2:20. That is, they have the Holy Spirit to guide them to right assessment of false teachers in all cases). They are confident that He will only lead them in the paths of righteousness. Note that the Lord, whilst He is speaking of individuals, says “them”, for the idea of a flock is in view. It is not natural for a sheep to be isolated.

10:28
And I give unto them eternal life; and they shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of my hand.

And I give unto them eternal life- to the Jew, eternal life was reserved until the Age of the Messiah, when He reigns upon earth. The Lord assures the people that they may have eternal life now. Eternal life is received when a person believes the gospel, and is born of God. The fact that here the Lord Jesus claims to give eternal life shows His Deity. To be born of God and to be given eternal life by Christ are the same thing, for eternal life is the life of The Eternal.

And they shall never perish- to perish means to be brought to a worse state before God. We have the guarantee that the good shepherd will ensure that, as far as depends on Him, the spiritual state of the sheep will never deteriorate under His care. Of course, wayward sheep will put themselves into danger, and they may suffer spiritually, but this is neither final nor without remedy.

Neither shall any man pluck them out of my hand- not only will the sheep always be safe from perishing, but none, whether men or devils, shall ever remove them from the hand of their shepherd. To be in his hand means to be under His control, in His power. Psalm 95:7 speaks of “the sheep of his hand”. The Lord had spoken of “one fold” in verse 16, and here we learn what it is, even the enclosing hand of the Good Shepherd. It is not stone walls that make this fold, but the living, loving hand of our shepherd.

The word “pluck” is the same as “snatch” in verse 12. Because He is not a hireling, but has a personal interest in each of His own sheep, each one is perfectly safe from spiritual harm. So this verse indicates that the sheep have eternal life, and therefore have the ability to advance spiritually; they are also safe from anything which would attempt to make them deteriorate spiritually.

10:29
My Father, which gave them me, is greater than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of my Father’s hand.

My Father, which gave them me, is greater than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of my Father’s hand- again we have the indication of God’s sovereign counsels in eternity, for the sheep belong to the Godhead, but now that Christ has come into manhood and taken the place of subjection to God, they are given to Him when they believe. See John 6:37,39. God is greater than all the forces of evil in the universe combined, so none is able to pluck out of His hand.

10:30
I and My Father are one.

I and My Father are one- if the Lord had merely meant by this, “I and my Father are one in aim”, the Jews would not have taken up stones to stone Him, for they all would have claimed to have the same goals as God. What He is claiming, however, is that He is one in essence with the Father, that He shares the attributes of God. So if the sheep are safe in His hand, it is because He is equal with God, and therefore the hand that holds them is Divine. So the sheep are safe for several reasons:

  • Their shepherd is the good shepherd, skilful and watchful, and more than a match for the cunning of the enemies of the flock.

  • Their shepherd lays His life down for them, thus defeating their main foe, the Devil himself.

  • The Father holds the sheep in His hand in the sense that they are the subject of His saving purpose.

  • The Father is, by definition, greater than all the enemies of the flock, and therefore they are safe.

  • Their shepherd is one in essence with the Father, and therefore His Deity is the basis of all His dealings with His people.

If the sheep are in the Father’s hand and also in the Son’s, and if the Father and the Son are one, then the only way the sheep can lose their eternal security is by dividing the Persons of the Godhead. Since this is not possible, then the sheep are safe for as long as God remains, which is for ever.

10:31
Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him.

Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him- this, as well as their word in verse 33, shows they understood His words in verse 30 to be a claim to Deity. The word “again” reminds us that it was not the first time, see 8:59. It was their solemn duty under the law of Moses to stone to death one who blasphemed the name of the Lord in some way, Leviticus 24:15,16. But if Christ is equal with the God of Israel, as His works and words declared Him to be, they were mistaken in thinking He was a blasphemer.

10:32
Jesus answered them, Many good works have I shewed you from my Father; for which of those works do ye stone me?

Jesus answered them- He responds to the stones with a question. Note the fact that even though an attempt is being made on His life, our shepherd keeps calm, and upholds the truth as to His person. He does not flee from danger like a hireling would.

Many good works have I showed you from my Father: for which of those works do ye stone me? Note that the Lord does not admit the possibility that they are stoning Him for blasphemy, for it is not something He can contemplate doing. His good works were an expression of Himself, and since He is one with the Father, an expression also of the goodness of God. The question is designed to stop them in their tracks, for surely they would hesitate to “fight against God”, see Acts 5:35,38,39.

10:33
The Jews answered him, saying, For a good work we stone thee not; but for blasphemy; and because that thou, being a man, makest thyself God.

The Jews answered Him saying, For a good work we stone thee not; but for blasphemy; and because that thou, being a man, makest thyself God- they cite two reasons, the one connected with the other. They believed that to say “I and My Father are one” was an insult to God and His Name, and it implied that He, a man, was God. They clearly understand His words to be a claim to Deity. They can give no instance of Him doing an evil work, for “He went about doing good”, Acts 10:38. The only miracle of judgment He did was to curse a fig tree, not a man. If they had seen the significance of the works, or signs, which the Lord performed, they would have realised He was indeed one with the Father.

10:34
Jesus answered them, Is it not written in your law, I said, Ye are gods?

Jesus answered them, Is it not written in your law, I said, ye are gods- the reasoning which follows is adapted to the situation prevailing, for it is neither the time nor the situation to give lengthy discourses about His Person, (and in any case that has already been done fully), so this style of argument is used by the Lord to arrest them, and show that even on the level of human logic they are being unreasonable to stone Him for blasphemy.

In Psalm 82:6 God had addressed the judges of Israel as gods. He had done this before in Exodus 22:28, for the judges of the people acted for God. The question is, can it be wrong to call a man a god, when God Himself does it in the scriptures which they recognised as their own?

10:35
If he called them gods, unto whom the word of God came, and the scripture cannot be broken;

If he called them gods, unto whom the word of God came, and the scripture cannot be broken)- the word of God came to men, appointing them as His representatives as they judged the children of Israel according to the law. This is recorded in the Old Testament scriptures, and therefore is not something that can be evaded, for the scripture cannot be broken up or dissolved so as to alter its meaning. They cannot escape from its plain testimony.

10:36
Say ye of him, whom the Father hath sanctified, and sent into the world, Thou blasphemest; because I said, I am the Son of God?

Say ye of him, whom the Father hath sanctified, and sent into the world- the “ye” is emphatic, ye who call the law “your law”, verse 34, professing to believe it and act upon it. The one that they disputed with was the Son of God, who had been set apart by the Father for a very special task, and had been sent into the world to do it. He had been appointed heir of all things in the eternal counsels, and thus designated and set apart to come into the world to reveal the Father, Hebrews 1:2.

Thou blasphemest; because I said I am the Son of God? If a mere man could be called a god because he had been appointed by God to judge on His behalf, how can it be blasphemous for the one who is the Son of God, and therefore equal with God, to be charged with blasphemy for asserting His relationship with the Father? Because He had been sent into the world, the Lord existed before He became a man, and thus was more than man, and therefore more than the men that were called gods, the judges of Israel. If it is proper to call those who are mere men, gods, (and it is, because God Himself does it), then it is also proper to call the Lord Jesus God, since He is much more than man. Note that the title Son of God is used by the Lord Jesus as being the equivalent to claiming to be one with the Father. In other words, the title Son of God as used of Christ, is in a different category to the use of the title sons of God of angels or believers.

10:37
If I do not the works of my Father, believe me not.

If I do not the works of my Father, believe me not- this is a direct challenge to those who wavered. They should assess His works, and decide whether it was possible that they were anything other than works from God. They have already said, “Can a devil open the eyes of the blind?”, verse 21, implying that they do not believe a demon-inspired person could do the works He did.

10:38
But if I do, though ye believe not me, believe the works: that ye may know, and believe, that the Father is in me, and I in him.

But if I do, though ye believe not me, believe the works- if they did not feel ready to commit themselves to Him simply because of what He said, they should at least believe the works to be from God, that this might be the stepping-stone to real faith in His person.

That ye may know, and believe, that the Father is in me, and I in him- once they had believed the works, they would know about Him, and would then believe the truth as to His oneness with the Father. The expression “the Father is in Me” means that “The Father is working out His purpose through what I do by way of works”. “And I in Him” means “I am in vital and intimate relationship with Him, being equal in essence and attributes, and therefore do the works in full harmony with His mind”.

(g)    10:39-42
The guardianship of the Shepherd

10:39
Therefore they sought again to take him: but he escaped out of their hand,

Therefore they sought again to take him- far from seeing the logic of His argument, they only sought to kill Him, for their minds were blinded, and they could not see, 12:37-41.

But he escaped out of their hand- the Lord knew that the hour of His death had not yet come, and therefore would not allow Himself to be taken by them. He would lay down His life by Himself, at the moment of His Father’s choosing, as He had said in verse 18. he would stand firm when they threatened to stone Him, so that he could clarify the position with them and clear up their misunderstandings. When He has done this, and they are still hostile, then He escapes from them, no doubt by getting lost in the crowds in the temple courts.

10:40
And went away again beyond Jordan into the place where John at first baptized; and there he abode.

And went away again beyond Jordan into the place where John at first baptised; and there he abode- events have gone full circle, and the Lord deliberately returns to where His approval by God was signalled at His baptism, and where there were those who abode with Him, because they saw in Him the Messiah, John 1:29-39.

10:41
And many resorted unto him, and said, John did no miracle: but all things that John spake of this man were true.

And many resorted unto him, and said, John did no miracle: but all things that John spake of this man were true- note that the miracles of the Lord Jesus were a support to the truth that He made known, they were not an end in themselves. Despite, however, the fact that John did no miracles to support what he said, they were convinced he was right when he spoke of Christ. If a man that did no miracles could be right, then certainly one who did miracles that were plainly of God must also be right.

10:42
And many believed on him there.

And many believed on him there- John baptised in the wilderness, and so the people that have followed the Lord to where John first baptised, have followed Him into the wilderness. They are prepared to take the outside, separate place if that is where their Lord is. The good shepherd has led them outside the fold of Judaism, and they are gathered around Him, the centre of attraction.

JOHN 10

Christ as the Shepherd
The Lord Jesus is presented to us as a shepherd in each of the four gospels and in a way which fits in with the character of those gospels. In Matthew He is the one who shall “rule my people Israel”, Matthew 2:6. The word for rule means “to rule as a shepherd”, so God’s ideal ruler, (Matthew’s theme), has a shepherd heart. In Mark 6:34 the Lord saw the multitudes as sheep not having a shepherd, so He began to teach them many things says Mark, for sheep need a table prepared before them, Psalm 23:5. So Mark emphasises His servant character as a shepherd. In Luke we are told of the shepherd who goes out to find the lost sheep, and brings it home rejoicing, Luke 15:3-7. So Luke emphasises His sympathy, as he does throughout his gospel. John, however, in line with the nature of His gospel, tells us more about the person of the shepherd. These things should be a great help to those who are under-shepherds in the flock of God. They are there to oversee and guide; to teach the Word; to recover those who stray; and all the time manifesting Christ-like characteristics.

Survey of the chapter
The discourse of John 10 is the last public one in John’s Gospel. The last private conversation in John also concerns sheep and lambs, John 21:15-17. The last word of the apostle Paul to the elders at Ephesus was on this subject, too, Acts 20:28-38. Peter wrote on the same lines as he neared the end of his life, 1 Peter 5:1-11. And the aged apostle John was concerned about those who were seducing, or leading astray, the people of God, 1 John 2:26. These final appeals should have weight with us, and encourage us, whether shepherds or flock.

This brings us to four purposes of the chapter:

Encouragement as our Shepherd describes Himself and His work.

Example for those who are shepherds of the local assembly.

Exhortation to the sheep, as those things which are true of the sheep are detailed.

Exposure of those who claim to be shepherds, but who are in fact thieves, robbers, wolves and hirelings.

It is also important to notice the link with the previous chapters in John’s Gospel. Chapter 7 takes place at the feast of tabernacles, and is followed closely by chapter 8. In this chapter the Lord Jesus is found teaching in the treasury. Two things are of note about this. First, this was the area that the rabbis reserved for themselves in which to teach. Second, the room adjoining the treasury was where the Sanhedrim met, and where they plotted Christ’s death. Both of these things show that the Lord is not afraid of those He accuses of being thieves and robbers. This is a great comfort, for the shepherd psalm, Psalm 23, speaks of the enemies of the flock, and the comfort that the sheep have in the fact that their shepherd is capable of dealing with those enemies. David protected the flock for which he was responsible from the lion and the bear.

There is also a connection with chapter 9, for in that chapter physical blindness is cured, and the Pharisees and scribes learn that although by profession they could “see” the truth of God, in fact they were blind leaders of the blind. One of the New Testament words for elder is “overseer”, one who looks over the flock to ensure that they have everything they need, and who is alert to signs of danger. One, in other words, who needs to be able to see well spiritually.

Structure of the chapter

(a) Verses 1-3 The genuineness of the shepherd
(b) Verses 4-6 The guidance of the shepherd
(c) Verses 7-10 The giving of the shepherd
(d) Verses 11-18 The goodness of the shepherd
(e) Verses 19-26 The government of the shepherd
(f) Verses 27-38 The Godhood of the shepherd
(g) Verses 39-42 The guardianship of the shepherd

(a)  10:1-3
The genuineness of the Shepherd

10:1
Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that entereth not by the door into the sheepfold, but climbeth up some other way, the same is a thief and a robber.

Verily, verily, I say unto you- note there is no break between the chapters. The Pharisees are still being addressed, as those who claimed to shepherd the people of Israel. “Verily, verily” is the formula for introducing what is a development, is difficult, is likely to be denied, but nonetheless is definite, because it is Divine. Note that the Lord does not say, “Thus saith the Lord”, as if speaking simply as a prophet, but He speaks as one who is God, for as David wrote, “The Lord is my shepherd”, Psalm 23:1. Note the courage of the shepherd as He confronts the enemies of the flock.

He that entereth not by the door of the sheepfold, but climbeth up some other way- the sheepfold is Israel as a sacral state, that is, a nation regulated by its religion. The sheepfold was an enclosure on the hillside that the flocks would be sheltered in during the night. The point is that it is the outside walls that keep the sheep in, whereas the Lord Jesus is the shepherd of the flock, and He is the centre to which the sheep gather.

The fold reminds us of the way Israel were fenced in by the law, whereas the flock enjoy the presence of the Shepherd in grace. To be a leader in Israel in the Old Testament, there had to be anointing by God. At the time of Christ, the anointed king was replaced by the Sanhedrists, the anointed priest was replaced by the Sadducean family, and the anointed prophets were replaced by the rabbis. None of these had been anointed by God, and as such had come into positions of leadership by false means.

The same is a thief and a robber- note that verses 1-6 are in the third person, and the Lord is setting out the principle of the matter. Once He has established Himself as the true shepherd, He begins to speak in the first person. A thief is one who steals by subtlety. A robber is one who steals by force. The Sadducean priestly family were known for their subtle, crafty ways, whereas the Pharisees and scribes were more openly hostile to Christ and the people.

10:2
But he that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep.

But he that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep- at His baptism, the Lord Jesus was anointed with the Holy Ghost and with power, Acts 10:38, and was thereby introduced into the fold of Israel as God’s beloved Son. Although introduced into the fold, He did not become the shepherd of the fold, but rather of the sheep. There was a remnant of godly Jews in Israel who were waiting for the Messiah to come. They knew that first would come the forerunner, as Isaiah 40:3-5 had prophesied, but they would know from that passage that Messiah would feed His flock like a shepherd, Isaiah 40:11, and so they were expecting Him in that character. John tells us of those who began to follow Him, men like Peter, James, John, Andrew and Nathaniel, who were already believers in God, and who were the sheep that recognised Him, and not the rulers in Israel, as shepherd.

10:3
To him the porter openeth; and the sheep hear his voice: and he calleth his own sheep by name, and leadeth them out.

To him the porter openeth- the porter was the one responsible for only letting the right shepherds into the fold. Paul describes John the Baptist as the one who preached before Christ’s coming, and who declared that there was a worthy one to follow, Acts 13:24,25. The word he used for “coming” is in fact “entrance”, and so this would indicate that John the Baptist is the one represented by the porter in John 10. John’s words were, “But that he should be made manifest to Israel, therefore am I come baptising with water”, John 1:31. So it was that John opened to Christ, and introduced Him formally into the fold of Israel. He had not opened the fold to the scribes and Pharisees, so they had climbed up some way other   than the proper way.

And the sheep hear his voice- the Lord described Himself to the blind man as “He that talketh with thee”, John 9:37. This feature of hearing the voice of the shepherd is one that marks a true sheep, for they receive and believe the words of their shepherd, depending absolutely on His authority. This denotes their personal and confident faith in Him. The Epistle to the Hebrews has as one of its themes the speaking of Christ, see 1:1,2; 3:7,8; 12:25,26. The reference in chapter 3 is very relevant, for the writer quotes from Psalm 98 in which Israel is described as the sheep of God’s pasture and the flock of God’s hand. Then the appeal comes to the flock to hear His voice, for the words of guidance from the shepherd will keep them safe from harm if they listen and obey.

And he calleth his own sheep by name- this shows His personal interest in each of His own. He had come to His own people, the nation as a whole, but they received Him not. A remnant received Him, however, and they now became His own, John 13:1. He said of the Pharisees that they were not of His sheep, John 10:26, so being part of the nation did not make a person a sheep; they must be owned by the Shepherd. In the East today, the shepherd will know each of his sheep by name, being aware of their individual characteristics and tendencies, and caring for them accordingly. Not only does the shepherd own the sheep, but the sheep own the shepherd, for David says, “The Lord is my shepherd”, Psalm 23:1.

And leadeth them out- it was not in the best interests of the sheep that they remain in the fold of Judaism, so the Lord led them out from it. By His ministry He showed that there were better things for them than Judaism and the law.

(b)  10:4-6
The guidance of the shepherd

10:4
And when he putteth forth his own sheep, he goeth before them, and the sheep follow him: for they know his voice.

And when he putteth forth his own sheep he goeth before them- there were those like Nicodemus and Joseph of Arimathea who seemed reluctant to be led out of Judaism. These, and others like them, the Lord gently put forth by the power of His own example. For He went forth outside the gate of Jerusalem, and outside the camp of Israel, and was crucified there. The word to all who were true sheep was, “Let us go forth therefore unto him without the camp, bearing his reproach.” Hebrews 13:13. Later in that chapter the Lord Jesus is described as “that great shepherd of the sheep”, verse 20. It was Nicodemus and Joseph who took Christ’s body down from the cross, so they knew very well that He had taken the outside place.

And the sheep follow him- the true sheep are confident that their shepherd will not lead them astray. As David said in Old Testament times, “He leadeth me in the paths of righteousness for his name’s sake”, Psalm 23:3.

For they know his voice- by constantly listening to Him, they learn to recognise His voice. It is by what He says that they are led in the right path.

10:5
And a stranger will they not follow, but will flee from him: for they know not the voice of strangers.

And a stranger will they not follow, but will flee from him- John writes to the little children in the family of God and tells them that they need not any man to teach them, for they have the Holy Spirit within, and can discern by His power between the true shepherd who leads in right paths, and the false shepherd who leads astray, 1 John 2:26,27. Note that the sheep do not just avoid following, but also distance themselves from false teachers by fleeing from them.

For they know not the voice of strangers- by constantly listening to the voice of the Good Shepherd, they are able to easily tell when another is speaking to them. The warning in Hebrews 13:9 is “Be not carried about by divers and strange doctrines”.

10:6
This parable spake Jesus unto them: but they understood not what things they were which he spake unto them.

This parable spake Jesus unto them- that is, to the Pharisees of 9:40. The idea behind this word for parable is a similitude, which is not so far removed from reality as a parable, and hence easier to understand. Parables were spoken by the Lord after Israel had begun to shut their ears to the truth, and it was a form of judgment on them, for only true believers could understand the parable. See Matthew 13:10-17.

But they understood not what things they were which he spake unto them- they failed to comprehend even when the Lord does not speak in a full parable, such was the blindness of their hearts. As blind leaders, they were not fit to be called shepherds.

(c)  10:7-10
The giving of the shepherd

10:7
Then said Jesus unto them again, Verily, verily, I say unto you, I am the door of the sheep.

Then said Jesus unto them again- note His patience with them, even though He knows they are determined to put Him to death.

Verily, verily, I say unto you- the formula which shows there is to follow a development of the truth just given.

I am the door of the sheep- as previously noted, verses 1-6 are in the third person, but now the first person is used, as the Lord concentrates their mind on Himself, hence the “I”, emphatic, meaning “I to the exclusion of everyone else”. He is justified in speaking like this because He has declared what marks a genuine shepherd, and He alone fits the description. Note it is “door of the sheep“, not “door of the sheepfold“. The Lord does not fill any office in the leadership of Israel, but initiates a new arrangement, where the sheep gather around His person. Having led the flock into the fold for the night, the shepherd would lay across the narrow entrance, thereby becoming in effect the door, thus personally ensuring the safety of the flock. The Lord takes up the figure of the fold, but does not imply that He came to be the door of the fold. He is the door of the sheep even when they are still nominally in the fold, as was the case with believers during His earthly ministry.

10:8
All that ever came before me are thieves and robbers: but the sheep did not hear them.

All that ever came before me are thieves and robbers- note they are, not they were, because the scribes, Pharisees, Sadducees, were still claiming the right to lead. “Before me” means “before I was installed as the true shepherd at my baptism.” There is no alternative to the leadership of Christ, for all others are thieves and robbers. By saying this directly to the Pharisees He is warning them against disturbing the flock. But it is also a warning to those who would be His sheep, so that they know who to flee from.

But the sheep did not hear them- being trained by listening to their shepherd’s voice, they readily recognise the false, and refuse to hear what they have to say. We are to be “wise unto that which is good, and simple concerning evil”, Romans 16:19.

10:9
I am the door: by me if any man enter in, he shall be saved, and shall go in and out, and find pasture.

I am the door- a further invitation to those who are believers in God, to believe also in Him, John 14:1.

By me if any man enter in- there is only one door to safety. He is the personal means whereby that safety is gained. A person enters in when he accepts the testimony of the Word of God about the Lord Jesus.

He shall be saved- that is, brought into a place of safety, free from the errors and tyranny of men. This salvation is enjoyed in the company of the Shepherd, and the flock.

And shall go in and out- freely moving amongst the flock, unperturbed by thoughts of danger.
And find pasture- not in the sense that the sheep have difficulty finding the pasture on their own, but rather, their shepherd finds the pasture for them, and when He leads them to it, they discover it. As David, (himself a shepherd), said of the Lord, “He maketh me to lie down in green pastures”, Psalm 23:2.

10:10
The thief cometh not, but for to steal, and to kill, and to destroy: I am come that they might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly.

The thief cometh not but for to steal and to kill and to destroy- the thief has only one sort of activity in mind. He comes to do all the three things listed here. Some sheep he seeks to steal, some to kill, and some to destroy. When he steals he takes away from the care of the shepherd, so that strange doctrines are believed and followed. When he kills, (remember it is a parable), he seeks to persuade them to renounce Christ, so that they no longer are living members of the flock. This cannot be done in fact, but the thief will attempt it. When he destroys, he seeks to ruin the lives of the sheep so that they cannot readily enjoy the provision the shepherd makes for them.

I am come that they might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly- the Lord Jesus, on the other hand, and by contrast, gives eternal life to those who believe, so they might come to know spiritual things. He also provides conditions whereby the sheep can enjoy the eternal life He gives them, in contrast to the thief who comes to maim and ruin. There are not two grades of eternal life, the ordinary and the abundant. Rather, the life all believers have is enjoyed to different degrees, according to whether they are down here on earth in the present body, or up in heaven with the resurrection body. There is a development of this thought in the next chapter, which presents the Lord as the resurrection and the life. The fullest, most abundant realisation of eternal life will be when we are in resurrection conditions in heaven.

(d)  10:11-18
The goodness of the shepherd

10:11
I am the good shepherd: the good shepherd giveth his life for the sheep.

I am the good shepherd- this is the central one of the seven “I am” statements in John’s gospel. Unlike the other six, where men are expected to “come”, or “eat”, or “follow”, or “believe”, this statement puts the responsibility entirely on Christ. The “I” is emphatic, “I and none other”. This is a claim to Messiahship, for the prophets had spoken of the Messiah as a shepherd; see Isaiah 40:11, (and note previous verses foretelling the ministry of John the Baptist), and Zechariah 13:7. The word for good means “morally beautiful”, and “suited to the task”. The Lord is building on His claim to genuineness in previous verses. The fact that He is good reminds us of several things:

1. His Deity, for “none is good, save one, that is, God”, Luke 18:19.

2. His integrity, for He is intrinsically good, and not good as a result of improvement.

3. His moral beauty, for those who love God and His truth are attracted to Him, and willingly follow and obey Him.

4. His activity, for He is suited to the task in hand.

The good shepherd giveth his life for the sheep- what He is good at is now described, for there are four mentions of the idea of the giving, or laying down of the life:

Verses 12,13 His care
Verses 14,15 His knowledge
Verses 16, 17 His interest in the Gentiles
Verse 18 His authority

The word for life here is “psuche”, the soul, emphasising the feeling that is put into the laying of His life down; it is not done lightly, nor is it without cost. Just before the cross the Saviour said, “Now is my soul troubled”, John 12:27. If He was troubled at the prospect of the cross, what must the actual experience have been like? The apostle John sees in the love of Christ the example for us to follow, and to “lay down our lives for the brethren”, 1 John 3:16. This would tell us that to lay down the life does not only mean die; it includes living for the sake of others, as well as dying for them if needs be. So the good shepherd devoted His life to the welfare of the sheep by protecting, teaching and leading them, and then giving Himself in sacrifice for them, to purchase them eternally for Himself.

10:12
But he that is an hireling, and not the shepherd, whose own the sheep are not, seeth the wolf coming, and leaveth the sheep, and fleeth: and the wolf catcheth them, and scattereth the sheep.

But he that is an hireling, and not the shepherd, whose own the sheep are not- the “but” introduces a contrast. The hireling gives the sheep for his life, allowing to wolf to seize the sheep instead of seizing him. He has no personal interest in the flock, for the sheep do not belong to him, and he does not put heart and soul into caring for the flock.

Seeth the wolf coming, and leaveth the sheep, and fleeth- the hireling is watchful, but only for his own interests, just like the Pharisees whose primary concern was their own reputation and position. Note he leaves the flock and then flees, or in other words, leaves the flock to the mercy of the wolf, and flees to save his own life.

And the wolf catcheth them, and scattereth the sheep- the word catcheth is used by the Lord in verse 29 “pluck out of my hand”. The sheep can be plucked out of the feeble grasp of the hireling, but not from the hand of the Good Shepherd. David spoke of a shepherd who had skilful hands, and a heart of integrity, Psalm 78:72.

The apostle Paul warned the shepherds of the flock regarding “grievous wolves…not sparing the flock”, Acts 20:29. He himself was of the tribe of Benjamin, noted for their war-like tendencies, and Jacob prophesied that “Benjamin shall ravin as a wolf; in the morning he shall devour the prey, and at night he shall divide the spoil.” Genesis 49:27. Saul of Tarsus was Benjamin-like in his pursuit of Christians, “breathing out threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord.” Acts 9:1. It takes courage on the part of shepherds to save the flock from such onslaughts.

10:13
The hireling fleeth, because he is an hireling, and careth not for the sheep.

The hireling fleeth because he is a hireling, and careth not for the sheep- since he is only working for hire, or wages, the hireling’s main concern is to survive until his wages are due; the welfare of the sheep is secondary. He does not care concerning the sheep, he only cares concerning his life and safety. As such he is a negative example, and highlights the superior qualities of the Good Shepherd. The latter was prepared to go through the troubling experiences detailed in Psalm 22, that the sheep might go through those trouble-free experiences detailed in Psalm 23.

10:14
I am the good shepherd, and know my sheep, and am known of mine.

I am the good shepherd, and know my sheep, and am known of mine- the Lord had repeated “I am the door”, first to contrast with those not genuine, and then to set out what He would do. So here, He repeats “I am the good shepherd”, for having contrasted Himself with the hireling, the Lord now sets out His positive actions and abilities. He has a personal and intimate knowledge of His sheep, being aware of their tendencies and weaknesses. Because His sheep have eternal life, they have the capacity to get to know Him, not just in terms of doctrine as to His person, but also in terms of appreciating His care and attention, the expressions of His goodness. See John 17:3, where “that” has the double idea of initially getting to know, and then progressively getting to know.

10:15
As the Father knoweth me, even so know I the Father: and I lay down my life for the sheep.

As the Father knoweth me, even so know I the Father- note the reference to the mutual knowledge of the Father and the Son, the expression of the eternal life which they share. This mutual knowledge was accompanied by mutual acknowledgement and love, so that the Lord Jesus has personal experience of His Father’s care. Let us not forget that just as Isaac was both lamb and son in Genesis 22, so the Lord Jesus is the Lamb of God, and as such has known Jehovah as His shepherd too. See Revelation 7:17, “the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them”, where the word “feed” has the idea of shepherding.

And I lay down my life for the sheep- there is more, for the shepherd lays down His life in the full consciousness of what the will of the Father is. Since He knows the Father perfectly, He knows His Father’s will perfectly, and in accordance with that will lays down His life for the sheep. We may, therefore, have the utmost confidence in what He did for us at Calvary.

10:16
And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold: them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd.

And other sheep I have- the shepherd is aware of the intentions of the Godhead in relation to the Gentiles, and can speak of having or possessing these sheep even before He has died, so confident is He of the outcome of Calvary.

Which are not of this fold- they were not, and never would be, part of the Jewish fold, but they would become part of a flock.
Them also I must bring- as well as bringing Jewish believers out of Judaism, He is constrained, (hence the “must”), by love to the sheep, and love to His Father, to bring these other sheep too. They do not have to go through the same process of being put out of the fold as the Jewish believers, for they were never in it; they are simply brought into a new thing.

And they shall hear my voice- Ephesians 2:17 speaks in terms of the Lord Himself coming to the Gentiles and preaching peace to them, and this He did through the agency of the apostles, to whom the promise was, “Lo, I am with you alway”, Matthew 28:20, and they went forth preaching, “the Lord working with them”, Mark 16:20.

And there shall be one fold, and one shepherd the word translated “fold” here is slightly different to the one employed in verse 1. The first word denotes an enclosure which keeps in the sheep because of the surrounding walls. The second word also has the idea of protection, for it is translated as “palace” in Matthew 26:3. We shall learn in verse 28 what this fold is; it is even His hand and His Father’s hand. This is a major difference, and sums up the distinction between Judaism, with its laws and restrictions to constrain the people, and Christ who secures His people’s welfare by His own powerful hand.

There is, and can be, but one shepherd, for already we have learned that all that came before Him are spurious, and once He has come, it becomes clear that He can never be equalled, let alone surpassed.

10:17
Therefore doth my Father love me, because I lay down my life, that I might take it again.

Therefore doth my Father love me, because I lay down my life that I may take it again- note that as soon as the idea of the Gentiles is introduced, the idea of resurrection is also brought in, for it is after His resurrection that the Lord sent His apostles to the uttermost parts of the earth. No longer were they restricted to the lost sheep of the house of Israel, Matthew 10:5,6. The willing giving up of His life has given His Father fresh cause to love Him. His life was laid down for many reasons, but here it is for the express purpose of taking it again, so that in resurrection the Lord could resume His shepherd care. See, for instance, Matthew 26:31, “I will smite the shepherd, and the sheep of the flock shall be scattered abroad”, then verse 32, “But after I am risen again, I will go before you into Galilee.” The Eastern shepherd walked in front of his flock.

10:18
No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father.

No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself- no ordinary man has the ability to decide when he will die, for “There is no man that hath power over the spirit to retain the spirit; neither hath he power in the day of death: and there is no discharge in that war”, Ecclesiastes 8:8. It is true that men murdered Christ, Acts 7:52, but only at the moment of His choosing.

I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father- as one who has power, He has the right to act. Because He is a subject Man, and obeys the commandments of His Father, He was able to lay down his life freely, without men dictating to Him. But He is the Son of God as well, so this is why no one can take His life from Him, for He could describe Himself as “He that liveth”, Revelation 1:18. By laying down His life of Himself, and in perfect obedience to His Father, He has completely defeated the Devil, who had the power of death, for He has shown that He has superior power.

(e)  10:19-26
The government of the Shepherd

10:19
There was a division therefore again among the Jews for these sayings.

There was a division therefore again among the Jews for these sayings- there had been division in 7:43 and 9:16. As He said in 9:39, the Lord had come for judgment, in the sense that He was the one against whom everything was to be judged and decided. Truth as to Christ will always divide between believers and unbelievers, for that truth always provokes a reaction.

10:20
And many of them said, He hath a devil, and is mad; why hear ye him?

And many of them said, He hath a devil, and is mad, why hear ye him? John will tell us in verse 22 that it was now the feast of dedication. By Jews John means the authorities, as distinguished from the “others” of the next verse.

10:21
Others said, These are not the words of him that hath a devil. Can a devil open the eyes of the blind?

Others said, These are not the words of him that hath a devil. Can a devil open the eyes of the blind? They have been impressed by the miracle of the healing of the blind man, and admit this shows He is not demon-inspired. By this remark they distance themselves from the rulers who asserted that He worked miracles by the power of Satan. Alas, they seem not to go so far as to believe on Him.

It is interesting that they conclude He was not empowered by a devil because of His words, for this marks the miracles of the Lord Jesus; they were unique because accompanied by the words of one who is God. Antichrist and the False prophet will do miracles during the Tribulation period, but they will be lying wonders, designed to deceive, 2 Thessalonians 2:9,10; Revelation 13:14.

10:22
And it was at Jerusalem the feast of the dedication, and it was winter.

And it was at Jerusalem the feast of the dedication, and it was winter- John pointedly calls the feasts which are called the feasts of the Lord in the Old Testament, the feasts of the Jews. They had so corrupted the things of God that everything now centred around themselves, and not around Him. The feast of dedication was never called a feast of the Lord, so John does not call it a feast of the Jews either. The fact that it was winter explains why the Lord Jesus is walking, and why He does it in the semi-enclosed Porch of Solomon in the temple courts.

Special note on the feast of the dedication
The first part of the chapter is a continuation of the ministry of the Lord Jesus at the feast of tabernacles, and just afterwards. The second half takes place at the feast of dedication, two months or so later. It seems that during that interval certain questions had been discussed by the Jews, as indicated in verses 19-21, and to answer these questions the Lord graciously returns to Jerusalem to answer them.

It was not compulsory for a Jew to be at Jerusalem for the feast of dedication, for it was a feast devised by the Jews themselves to commemorate the re-dedication of the altar after the deliverance of the nation from the tyranny of Antiochus Epiphanes, who had many of the features that will mark the future Antichrist. He had captured Jerusalem in 167 BC and desecrated the temple by offering a pig on the altar in worship to Zeus, “the father of the gods”. This, coupled with the meaning of his name, “god manifest”, was Satan’s parody of the doctrine of the Father and the Son, who is God manifest in flesh, 1 Timothy 3:16.

The Jews had a nickname for this vile person, calling him Antiochus Epimanes, or Antiochus the Madman. Such is the corruption of the human heart, that in this incident they are here calling the true Christ, who is God manifest, the madman!

10:23
And Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon’s porch.

And Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon’s porch- it is said that this part of the temple was all that remained of Solomon’s temple. There is an association of ideas here, for Solomon built a porch at the forefront of the temple where he had his throne of judgment and gave his decisions, 1 Kings 7:7. In a day to come the Son of Man shall sit on the throne of His glory, and the nations shall be divided the one from the other, “as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats”, Matthew 25:31,32. This division between sheep and goats happens here too. He does this infallibly because, far from being a madman, He is wiser and greater than Solomon.

10:24
Then came the Jews round about him, and said unto him, How long dost thou make us to doubt? If thou be the Christ, tell us plainly.

Then came the Jews round about him- but they were not gathering to Him as their shepherd. They are surrounding Him to impede His progress, and to insist that He answer their questions.

How long dost thou make us to doubt? If thou be the Christ, tell us plainly- the Lord never gave doubtful answers, nor had He left them in suspense, (as “make us to doubt” means), but always spoke with authority and clarity. The confusion was in their own minds.

10:25
Jesus answered them, I told you, and ye believed not: the works that I do in my Father’s name, they bear witness of me.

Jesus answered them, “I told you, and ye believed not: the works that I do in my Father’s name, they bear witness of me”- that He was the Messiah was His claim from the beginning, but they had consistently disbelieved Him. The works He had done were the works that the prophet Isaiah said the Messiah would do, Isaiah 35:4-6, so they gave adequate testimony at this late stage of His ministry. We read that “the Jews require a sign”, 1 Corinthians 1:22, and God had graciously given an abundance to them through His Son, but their sin and prejudice prevented them from believing Him.

10:26
But ye believe not, because ye are not of my sheep, as I said unto you.

But ye believe not, because ye are not of my sheep, as I said unto you- by refusing His claims, they showed their unbelief, and so showed themselves to be goats, not sheep. Their unbelief was the reason why they were not sheep; it was not that they were not sheep and therefore did not believe.

They were marked by the following features:

Verse 20 Said He had a devil and was mad
Verse 24 Accused Him of leaving them in suspense as to who He was
Verse 24 Suggested He did not make Himself clear
Verse 25 Refused to believe, even when He had made a direct verbal claim
Verse 25 Rejected the testimony of His works, which were designed to prove who He was

Having made clear what features mark a goat, now we have the features of the sheep, summarised as follows:

Verse 27 They hear His voice
Verse 27 They are known by the Shepherd
Verse 27 They follow Him
Verse 28 He gives them eternal life
Verse 28 They shall never perish
Verse 28 None shall pluck them out of His hand
Verse 29 None shall pluck them out of His Father’s hand

Verse 26 ends with “as I said unto you”, which anticipates the next few statements in verses 27,28, where certain things are repeated from the first part of the chapter. Remember the two halves of the chapter are several weeks apart in time, but they have similarities, as follows:

Hear My voice, verse 27 Hear His voice, verse 3
I know them, verse 27 Calleth His own sheep by name, verse 3
They follow Me, verse 27 The sheep follow Him, verse 4
I give unto them eternal life, verse 28 I am come that they might have life, verse 10
They shall never perish, verse 28 Have life…more abundantly, verse 10

(f)  10:27-38
The Godhood of the Shepherd

10:27
My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me:

My sheep hear my voice- far from disputing with Him, as the Jews did, the true sheep accept without question what the Lord their shepherd says to them through His word.

I know them- He has a personal awareness of the individual needs of each sheep. The shepherd is alert to every movement of His sheep, for it may indicate something is wrong, and danger is near. The Lord knew that Satan had desired to have Peter, before ever Peter knew, Luke 22:31,32.

They follow me- Amos speaks of a shepherd rescuing “two legs or a piece of an ear” from the lion, Amos 3:12. The leg would represent the ability to walk and follow; the ear, to hear the shepherd’s voice. The sheep instinctively know the voice of a stranger who will lead them astray, and are content to follow where their shepherd leads. (This is because, as John tells us, they have an unction from the Holy One, and know all things, 1 John 2:20. That is, they have the Holy Spirit to guide them to right assessment of false teachers in all cases). They are confident that He will only lead them in the paths of righteousness. Note that the Lord, whilst He is speaking of individuals, says “them”, for the idea of a flock is in view. It is not natural for a sheep to be isolated.

10:28
And I give unto them eternal life; and they shall never perish, neither shall any man pluck them out of my hand.

And I give unto them eternal life- to the Jew, eternal life was reserved until the Age of the Messiah, when He reigns upon earth. The Lord assures the people that they may have eternal life now. Eternal life is received when a person believes the gospel, and is born of God. The fact that here the Lord Jesus claims to give eternal life shows His Deity. To be born of God and to be given eternal life by Christ are the same thing, for eternal life is the life of The Eternal.

And they shall never perish- to perish means to be brought to a worse state before God. We have the guarantee that the good shepherd will ensure that, as far as depends on Him, the spiritual state of the sheep will never deteriorate under His care. Of course, wayward sheep will put themselves into danger, and they may suffer spiritually, but this is neither final nor without remedy. Nor does it affect their status as one of the sheep, as the next phrase assures us.

Neither shall any man pluck them out of my hand- not only will the sheep always be safe from perishing, but none, whether men or devils, shall ever remove them from the hand of their shepherd. To be in his hand means to be under His control, in His power. Psalm 95:7 speaks of “the sheep of his hand”. The Lord had spoken of “one fold” in verse 16, and here we learn what it is, even the enclosing hand of the Good Shepherd. It is not stone walls that make this fold, but the living, loving hand of our shepherd.

The word “pluck” is the same as “snatch” in verse 12. Because He is not a hireling, but has a personal interest in each of His own sheep, each one is perfectly safe from spiritual harm. So this verse indicates that the sheep have eternal life, and therefore have the ability to advance spiritually; they are also safe from anything which would attempt to make them deteriorate spiritually.

10:29
My Father, which gave them me, is greater than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of my Father’s hand.

My Father, which gave them me, is greater than all; and no man is able to pluck them out of my Father’s hand- again we have the indication of God’s sovereign counsels in eternity, for the sheep belong to the Godhead, but now that Christ has come into manhood and taken the place of subjection to God, they are given to Him when they believe. See John 6:37,39. God is greater than all the forces of evil in the universe combined, so none is able to pluck out of His hand.

10:30
I and my Father are one.

I and my Father are one- if the Lord had merely meant by this, “I and my Father are one in aim”, the Jews would not have taken up stones to stone Him, for they all would have claimed to have the same goals as God. What He is claiming, however, is that He is one in essence with the Father, that He shares the attributes of God. So if the sheep are safe in His hand, it is because He is equal with God, and therefore the hand that holds them is Divine. So the sheep are safe for several reasons:

Their shepherd is the good shepherd, skilful and watchful, and more than a match for the cunning of the enemies of the flock.

Their shepherd lays His life down for them, thus defeating their main foe, the Devil himself.

The Father holds the sheep in His hand in the sense that they are the subject of His saving purpose.

The Father is, by definition, greater than all the enemies of the flock, and therefore they are safe.

Their shepherd is one in essence with the Father, and therefore His Deity is the basis of all His dealings with His people.

If the sheep are in the Father’s hand and also in the Son’s, and if the Father and the Son are one, then the only way the sheep can lose their eternal security is by dividing the Persons of the Godhead. Since this is not possible, then the sheep are safe for as long as God remains, which is for ever.

10:31
Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him.

Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him- this, as well as their word in verse 33, shows they understood His words in verse 30 to be a claim to Deity. The word “again” reminds us that it was not the first time, see 8:59. It was their solemn duty under the law of Moses to stone to death one who blasphemed the name of the Lord in some way, Leviticus 24:15,16. But if Christ is equal with the God of Israel, as His works and words declared Him to be, they were mistaken in thinking He was a blasphemer.

10:32

Jesus answered them, Many good works have I shewed you from my Father; for which of those works do ye stone me?

Jesus answered them- He responds to the stones with a question. Note the fact that even though an attempt is being made on His life, our shepherd keeps calm, and upholds the truth as to His person. He does not flee from danger like a hireling would.

Many good works have I showed you from my Father: for which of those works do ye stone me? Note that the Lord does not admit the possibility that they are stoning Him for blasphemy, for it is not something He can contemplate doing. His good works were an expression of Himself, and since He is one with the Father, an expression also of the goodness of God. The question is designed to stop them in their tracks, for surely they would hesitate to “fight against God”, see Acts 5:35,38,39.

10:33

The Jews answered him, saying, For a good work we stone thee not; but for blasphemy; and because that thou, being a man, makest thyself God.

The Jews answered Him saying, For a good work we stone thee not; but for blasphemy; and because that thou, being a man, makest thyself God- they cite two reasons, the one connected with the other. They believed that to say “I and My Father are one” was an insult to God and His Name, and it implied that He, a man, was God. They clearly understand His words to be a claim to Deity. They can give no instance of Him doing an evil work, for “He went about doing good”, Acts 10:38. The only miracle of judgment He did was to curse a fig tree, not a man. If they had seen the significance of the works, or signs, which the Lord performed, they would have realised He was indeed one with the Father.

10:34

Jesus answered them, Is it not written in your law, I said, Ye are gods?

Jesus answered them, Is it not written in your law, I said, ye are gods- the reasoning which follows is adapted to the situation prevailing, for it is neither the time nor the situation to give lengthy discourses about His Person, (and in any case that has already been done fully), so this style of argument is used by the Lord to arrest them, and show that even on the level of human logic they are being unreasonable to stone Him for blasphemy.

In Psalm 82:6 God had addressed the judges of Israel as gods. He had done this before in Exodus 22:28, for the judges of the people acted for God. The question is, can it be wrong to call a man a god, when God Himself does it in the scriptures which they recognised as their own?

10:35

If he called them gods, unto whom the word of God came, and the scripture cannot be broken;

If he called them gods, unto whom the word of God came, and the scripture cannot be broken)- the word of God came to men, appointing them as His representatives as they judged the children of Israel according to the law. This is recorded in the Old Testament scriptures, and therefore is not something that can be evaded, for the scripture cannot be broken up or dissolved so as to alter its meaning. They cannot escape from its plain testimony.

10:36

Say ye of him, whom the Father hath sanctified, and sent into the world, Thou blasphemest; because I said, I am the Son of God?

Say ye of him, whom the Father hath sanctified, and sent into the world- the “ye” is emphatic, ye who call the law “your law”, verse 34, professing to believe it and act upon it. The one that they disputed with was the Son of God, who had been set apart by the Father for a very special task, and had been sent into the world to do it. He had been appointed heir of all things in the eternal counsels, and thus designated and set apart to come into the world to reveal the Father, Hebrews 1:2.

Thou blasphemest; because I said I am the Son of God? If a mere man could be called a god because he had been appointed by God to judge on His behalf, how can it be blasphemous for the one who is the Son of God, and therefore equal with God, to be charged with blasphemy for asserting His relationship with the Father? Because He had been sent into the world, the Lord existed before He became a man, and thus was more than man, and therefore more than the men that were called gods, the judges of Israel. If it is proper to call those who are mere men, gods, (and it is, because God Himself does it), then it is also proper to call the Lord Jesus God, since He is much more than man. Note that the title Son of God is used by the Lord Jesus as being the equivalent to claiming to be one with the Father. In other words, the title Son of God as used of Christ, is in a different category to the use of the title sons of God of angels or believers.

10:37

If I do not the works of my Father, believe me not.

If I do not the works of my Father, believe me not- this is a direct challenge to those who wavered. They should assess His works, and decide whether it was possible that they were anything other than works from God. They have already said, “Can a devil open the eyes of the blind?”, verse 21, implying that they do not believe a demon-inspired person could do the works He did.

10:38

But if I do, though ye believe not me, believe the works: that ye may know, and believe, that the Father is in me, and I in him.

But if I do, though ye believe not me, believe the works- if they did not feel ready to commit themselves to Him simply because of what He said, they should at least believe the works to be from God, that this might be the stepping-stone to real faith in His person.

That ye may know, and believe, that the Father is in me, and I in him- once they had believed the works, they would know about Him, and would then believe the truth as to His oneness with the Father. The expression “the Father is in Me” means that “The Father is working out His purpose through what I do by way of works”. “And I in Him” means “I am in vital and intimate relationship with Him, being equal in essence and attributes, and therefore do the works in full harmony with His mind”.

(g) 10:39-42

The guardianship of the Shepherd

10:39

Therefore they sought again to take him: but he escaped out of their hand,

Therefore they sought again to take him- far from seeing the logic of His argument, they only sought to kill Him, for their minds were blinded, and they could not see, 12:37-41.

But he escaped out of their hand- the Lord knew that the hour of His death had not yet come, and therefore would not allow Himself to be taken by them. He would lay down His life by Himself, at the moment of His Father’s choosing, as He had said in verse 18. he would stand firm when they threatened to stone Him, so that he could clarify the position with them and clear up their misunderstandings. When He has done this, and they are still hostile, then He escapes from them, no doubt by getting lost in the crowds in the temple courts.

10:40

And went away again beyond Jordan into the place where John at first baptized; and there he abode.

And went away again beyond Jordan into the place where John at first baptised; and there he abode- events have gone full circle, and the Lord deliberately returns to where His approval by God was signalled at His baptism, and where there were those who abode with Him, because they saw in Him the Messiah, John 1:29-39.

10:41

And many resorted unto him, and said, John did no miracle: but all things that John spake of this man were true.

And many resorted unto him, and said, John did no miracle: but all things that John spake of this man were true- note that the miracles of the Lord Jesus were a support to the truth that He made known, they were not an end in themselves. Despite, however, the fact that John did no miracles to support what he said, they were convinced he was right when he spoke of Christ. If a man that did no miracles could be right, then certainly one who did miracles that were plainly of God must also be right.

10:42

And many believed on him there.

And many believed on him there- John baptised in the wilderness, and so the people that have followed the Lord to where John first baptised, have followed Him into the wilderness. They are prepared to take the outside, separate place if that is where their Lord is. The good shepherd has led them outside the fold of Judaism, and they are gathered around Him, the centre of attraction.

ROMANS 9

We hope you find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the contact form at the end of each article. We would be pleased to hear from you.

Romans chapter 9 God’s ways defended

Chapters 9-11 of the epistle to the Romans form a parenthetical section in the epistle, in which the apostle shows that the gospel which is the same for Jew and Gentile is perfectly in harmony with the purpose of God. The Old Testament had made a sharp distinction between Israel and the rest of mankind, (see, for example, Ephesians 2:11,12), but the apostle has shown in chapters 1-8 that as far as sinnership is concerned, “there is no difference”. So does this mean that Old Testament distinctions are invalid, and that there is no future for Israel as a separate entity? The apostle shows in chapters 9, 10 and 11 that this is not so. In chapter 9 the emphasis is upon incidents from Israel’s past which declare the principles behind the purpose of God. In chapter 10 the emphasis is on Israel’s present unbelief and its consequences. In chapter 11 the emphasis is on the future for Israel when “the Redeemer shall come from Zion”.

It is vital to a correct understanding of the section to see that the apostle is referring throughout to Israel as a nation. Twelve times he uses the word Israel, the name of the nation, and twice he refers to Israelites, as members of the nation. But he only uses the word Jew, the name for the individuals making up the nation, on two occasions, and that, not in connection with national affairs, but individual response to the gospel, in 9:24 and 10:12. A false view of chapters 9-11 will be formed in our minds if we do not take account of this fact.

Throughout chapters 1 to 8 the apostle has made reference to the Jews and the Gentiles as individuals. In chapter 1:16 he spoke of the gospel being “the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth; to the Jew first, and also to the Greek”. Now it was a great blessing for the Jews that the first thing the apostles did when they went into a city to preach the gospel was to go into the synagogue. This was where seekers after God were to be found. But whilst this was a great blessing, it was also a strong rebuke, for it supposed that the works of the law had not enabled the Jew to come to a state of righteousness, for the gospel was needed by them as much as by the depraved Gentile. It also supposed that the Jews in the synagogue had not received Christ as their Messiah yet, or else they would be meeting with Christians.

Then in chapter 2:8,9 the Jew is first again, but this time in judgement. “But unto them that are contentious, and do not obey the truth, but obey unrighteousness, indignation and wrath, tribulation and anguish, upon every soul of man that doeth evil, of the Jew first, and also of the Gentile”. The apostle is careful to repeat in verse 10 that glory, honour, and peace are offered to the Jew first, but the fact remains that judgement will be meted out the Jew first because of his failure to obey righteousness as expressed in the law formally given to the nation at Sinai.

Later in the same chapter the apostle exposes the hypocrisy of the Jew, for he prided himself on having the law, yet failed to keep it. As a result the name of God was blasphemed amongst the Gentiles. The conclusion the apostle draws is that being a Jew, committed by the rite of circumcision to keeping the law, is of no value if the law is transgressed. A true Jew is circumcised in heart; in other words, is a believer in Christ.

The question naturally arises, if a Jew is no better that a Gentile when it comes to sin and judgement, is there any advantage or benefit in being a Jew? The apostle answers that there are many advantages in being a Jew, the main one being that they had the oracles of God, for God spoke through Moses to them, and the words were recorded for their instruction and reproof, 3:2. The fact that many Jews were unfaithful to God in their attitude to His word does not mean that the word is invalid. This unfaithfulness is highlighted by fourteen statements Paul extracts from the Old Testament Scriptures, showing conclusively that the Jews were sunk in sin, and effectively no different to Gentiles, for “all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God”, 3:23.

So this chapter is the beginning of that part of the epistle in which the apostle, having made known the ways of God in the gospel in chapters 1 to 8, now defends those ways against possible objections, especially from his Jewish readers. In particular, His ways in relation to the people of Israel as a nation.

Structure of the chapter

Section (a) Verses 1-5 The privileges of Israel
Section (b) Verses 6-13 The purpose of God
Section (c) Verses 14-18 The pity of God
Section (d) Verses 19-24 The power of God
Section (e) Verses 25-33 The proof from the Scriptures

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 9, VERSES 1 TO 5:

9:1 I say the truth in Christ, I lie not, my conscience also bearing me witness in the Holy Ghost,

9:2 That I have great heaviness and continual sorrow in my heart.

9:3 For I could wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brethren, my kinsmen according to the flesh:

9:4 Who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption, and the glory, and the covenants, and the giving of the law, and the service of God, and the promises;

9:5 Whose are the fathers, and of whom as concerning the flesh Christ came, who is over all, God blessed for ever. Amen.

Section (a) Verses 1-5 The privileges of Israel

9:1 I say the truth in Christ, I lie not, my conscience also bearing me witness in the Holy Ghost,

I say the truth in Christ- Paul writes now as a believing Jew, and therefore as a man who is in Christ. His Jewish opponents no doubt accused him of treachery, for he had embraced Christianity, which to them was based on the claims of a blasphemous imposter. He puts himself on oath, so to speak, to tell the truth about his situation. It would be a very serious thing to associate with Christ, and then lie.
My conscience also bearing me witness in the Holy Spirit- first his oath, now two witnesses by which every word may be established. His conscience was one witness, and the Holy Spirit is the other. He is confident that the Holy Spirit and his conscience are in agreement on this matter. Even if the Jews were sceptical of Paul, this solemn statement would at least gain their attention.

9:2 That I have great heaviness and continual sorrow in my heart.

That I have great heaviness and continual sorrow in my heart- far from having disowned his nation, Paul’s heart was burdened and sorrowful as he thought of their national unbelief. In the next verse he will tell us how far his intense concern for the nation of Israel could go.

9:3 For I could wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brethren, my kinsmen according to the flesh:

For I could wish that myself were accursed from Christ- the imperfect tense of the verb “wish” indicates that which is simply theoretical, and which could not be realized in actual fact. It is not possible for someone who is truly saved to be anathema to Christ. Moses in a similar situation asked for his name to be blotted out of God’s book, if it meant God would presence Himself with His people again, Exodus 32:30-35. The book he referred to being the record of those who live upon the earth, Psalm 139:16. (Note, in passing, that this book includes the unborn). In effect, Moses was offering to die for the nation.
For my brethren, my kinsmen according to the flesh- the word brethren speaks of natural affection, not a spiritual relationship in the family of God. Stephen addressed the Jews as brethren, emphasizing their common descent from their father Abraham, Acts 7:2, but their subsequent treatment of him showed they were not born of God.

There now follows an impressive list of national privileges, not one of which in itself brought individual salvation.

9:4 Who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption, and the glory, and the covenants, and the giving of the law, and the service of God, and the promises;

Who are Israelites- this national name has not been used in the epistle previously, but now occurs as ‘Israel’ or ‘Israelite’ 14 times in chapters 9-11, alerting us to the fact that Paul is speaking about the nation, not specifically about individual Jews.
To whom pertaineth the adoption- “adoption” is the act of recognising a person, or in this case, a nation, as one’s son. This means Israel were God’s son nationally, for God said to Pharoah, “Israel is My son, even My firstborn”, Exodus 4:22,23. Israel as a nation is the firstborn in God’s family of nations, see Hosea 11:1 and Amos 3:2.
And the glory- the glory of God appeared in connection with the Tabernacle, thus forming a link with the revelation of the God of glory who appeared to Abraham when he was in Ur, Acts 7:2.
And the covenants- whether it be to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Phinehas or David.
And the giving of the law- note the apostle separates the covenants of promise from the old covenant of the Law, see Galatians 3:16,17. The former were unconditional, the latter was conditional on their obedience, hence the distinction made between them in this list.
And the service of God- a reference to the priestly and Levitical activity in connection with the tabernacle and the temple. See Hebrews 9:6. It is not Scriptural to call Christian meetings services.
And the promises- the detail of the undertaking given in the covenants was expanded by the prophets, as they spoke of the blessings available to the nation.

9:5 Whose are the fathers, and of whom as concerning the flesh Christ came, who is over all, God blessed for ever. Amen.

Whose are the fathers- having spoken of things, the apostle now speaks of persons. The patriarchs were the common possession of all in Israel. This prepares the way for verses 6-13 where Abraham, Isaac and Jacob are used as illustrations.
And of whom, as concerning the flesh- note the change of preposition. The nation possessed the fathers, but being unbelieving, did not possess Christ. “Of” means “out of”. Christ is really descended from the fathers insofar as the flesh is concerned. He has legal descent from Abraham through Joseph, Matthew 1:1,16, and natural descent from Abraham through
Mary, Luke 3:23,34.
Christ came- the Messiah had arrived, but they failed to recognise Him. “He came unto His own, and His own received Him not”, John 1:11. He came of Israel according to the flesh, but He also came forth from the Father, and came into the world, John 16:28. It would be inconceivable for the apostle, who believed in Christ, to turn from the nation from which He came, and to whom He came.
Who is over all, God blessed for ever- there is more to Christ than manhood. He who is from the nation is over the nation, for He is equal with the God of Israel. Note how the manhood and Godhood are both necessary here, as they were necessary in Romans 1:3,4. Far from modifying his doctrine concerning Christ as he defends himself, Paul insists that Christ is blessed for ever, deserving equal honour with the Father. He is Son of the Blessed, Mark 14:61,62.

This shows the wickedness of rejecting Him, as the majority in Israel had done. He is over all, so they should have responded, “My Lord!” He is God, so they should have responded, “My God!”, but they failed to do so. The apostle Thomas doubted at first that Christ was risen, and only believed when he saw, after a whole week had gone by. He represents the nation of Israel in a future day, who, when the whole period of the current church age has elapsed, will “look upon Him whom they pierced”, John 19:37, for “every eye shall see Him, and they also which pierced Him”, Revelation 1:7. Significantly, it was the sight of the pierce-wounds that convinced Thomas, John 20:24-29. No wonder he exclaimed, “My Lord and my God”.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 9, VERSES 6 TO 13:

9:6 Not as though the word of God hath taken none effect. For they are not all Israel, which are of Israel:

9:7 Neither, because they are the seed of Abraham, are they all children: but, In Isaac shall thy seed be called.

9:8 That is, They which are the children of the flesh, these are not the children of God: but the children of the promise are counted for the seed.

9:9 For this is the word of promise, At this time will I come, and Sarah shall have a son.

9:10 And not only this; but when Rebecca also had conceived by one, even by our father Isaac;

9:11 (For the children being not yet born, neither having done any good or evil, that the purpose of God according to election might stand, not of works, but of Him that calleth;)

9:12 It was said unto her, The elder shall serve the younger.

9:13 As it is written, Jacob have I loved, but Esau have I hated.

The truths brought out in this chapter would be very startling to a Jew, shaking his beliefs to the very foundation. The apostle is going to methodically show, however, that these truths are based on the way God dealt with the patriarchs. It is not even that these truths have not been mentioned before in the New Testament, for they have, in various ways, as the following points show:

1. The words of the Lord Jesus to Nicodemus, “Marvel not that I say unto thee, “Ye must be born again”, John 3:7. Note the change of personal pronoun. The Authorised Version, because it retains the distinction between singular and plural pronouns, is indispensable if a correct grasp of God’s mind is to be known. The Lord speaks to Nicodemus as an individual, (“I say unto thee”), but then says, “Ye must be born again”. Every individual in the nation of which Nicodemus was a part, and of which he was a teacher, needed to be born again. It was not just a message for him. So the nation as a whole stood in need of the new birth. Just being the nation was not enough.

2. The lawyer who came to ask about the law was told the story of the Good Samaritan, Luke 10:25-37. The lesson he should have derived from the story was not that he was like a priest or Levite, or even like the Samaritan, but he was like the man left half-dead by the roadside. Such was the condition even of one who had influence and prestige in Israel.

3. In John 8:33 the claim is made by the Jews that they were Abraham’s seed. In response the Lord Jesus alluded to the incident in Genesis 21:8-11 where Ishmael mocked Isaac, and as a consequence was cast out of the father’s house. It is slaves that are cast out, as Ishmael was; it is sons that remain in the house, as Isaac did. But the Jews were slaves to sin, for the Lord said to them, “He that committeth sin is the servant of sin”, verse 34. They were servants like Ishmael then, and not like Isaac the free son. Their claim to be Abraham’s seed was correct, but Ishmael could claim this, and had God’s word to prove it, for God had said to Abraham, “And also of the son of the bondwoman will I make a nation, because he is thy seed”, Genesis 21:13. Mere descent from Abraham was not enough however, if they are to be sons in the Father’s house.

These incidents will provide the framework for the apostle’s teaching in this important passage. As we go through, we shall have to be careful to distinguish the times when Paul is speaking of the literal event, and when he is deriving a spiritual principle from it which furthers the cause he has in mind in the passage. We shall also need to be careful to remember the apostle’s overall purpose, which is to show how God deals with the nation of Israel.

Section (b) Verses 6-13 The purpose of God

9:6 Not as though the word of God hath taken none effect. For they are not all Israel, which are of Israel:

Not as though the word of God hath taken none effect- when laws are enacted it is usually specified when they are to take effect; that is, when they are to come into force. Now the word of God in the Old Testament said that it would be the Messiah who would bring to fruition the purpose of God for the nation. But it seems as if that word of God has not come into effect, for the nation rejected Jesus of Nazareth and saw to it that He was crucified. They were acting inconsistently in this, for the coming of Christ was the climax to the Old Testament blessings mentioned in verses 4 and 5, not an after-thought.

To deal with this problem, (if problem it is), the apostle shows that the reason things do not seem to have come into effect as the Jews expected, (for they were looking for a warrior Messiah to defeat their enemies, not a crucified Messiah who seemed himself to be defeated), is the unbelief of the majority in the nation. It is the apostle’s task to show, then, that the reason why God’s purpose has not yet been fully realised is because that purpose involves a nation that is composed of believers only. As long as that is not the case, the realisation of all God’s plans is deferred.

The apostle begins by drawing on truths which were implied in God’s dealings with Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, the founders, under God, of the nation, and revered by them all. If he can show that God was acting, even then, on certain fixed principles, and if he can show that those fixed principles explain the current situation of Israel, then his task is done and the problems are solved. It will also show that Paul’s sorrow over the current state of the nation is not due to any disappointment he has with God’s dealings. Rather, the cause of His sorrow is alone the unbelief of the privileged nation of Israel.

There are at least five incidents the apostle uses, and they are these:

1. When Jacob was renamed Israel, Genesis 32:24-28
When Jacob was born his hand was holding his brother Esau’s heel. Rebekah called him Jacob because the word means “take by the heel”. It also means “supplanter”, as we see from the words of his brother Esau when he said, “Is he not rightly called Jacob? For he hath supplanted me these two times: he took away my birthright; and, behold, now he hath taken away my blessing”, Genesis 27:36. Having fled from his brother Esau, Jacob was returning, years later. God intervened in his experience, and sent an angel who wrestled with him. When he asked for a blessing from God, the angel said that his name would be changed from Jacob to Israel, “for as a prince hast thou power with God, and with men, and hast prevailed”, Genesis 32:28. The name Israel is made up of two words, “isra” meaning prince, and “el” meaning God.

2. The birth both of Ishmael and Isaac, Genesis 16:1-16; 21:1-5 Abraham had no son and heir, so he adopted the fleshly custom of the day and produced a son, Ishmael, through Hagar, Genesis 16. God then promised to give Abraham a son through his proper wife Sarah, and even though by this time Abraham and Sarah were old, Isaac was born, Genesis 17:15-17; 21:1-5.

3. Jacob and Esau when unborn, Genesis 25:21-26

Isaac’s wife Rebekah was carrying twins, and they struggled within her. When she enquired of the Lord about this, she was told that there were two nations in her womb, and the twin who would be born first, Esau, would serve his younger brother Jacob, Genesis 21-26.

4. After Israel made the golden calf, Exodus 32:9-14;33:15-19

God threatened to destroy the nation of Israel for worshipping the golden calf. Moses intervened, however, and God agreed to spare the nation with the words, “I will be gracious to whom I will be gracious, and show mercy on whom I will show mercy”, Exodus 33:19.

5. The raising up of Pharoah to be king in Egypt, Exodus 9:16.

He resisted God will, and became an example of the folly of so doing. God said to him, “And in very deed for this cause have I raised thee up, for to show in thee My power; and that My name may be declared throughout all the earth”, Exodus 9:16.

Returning to verse 6

For they are not all Israel, which are of Israel Jacob is used as an illustration first by the apostle, even though he was after Abraham and Isaac in time, because his name was given to the nation, and the passage is about national status and blessing.

The rabbis taught that “No Israelite can go into Gehenna”, Pesikta 38(a), and, “All Israelites have their portion in the world to come”, Sanhedrin I. The apostle must deal with this error, and he does so by the use of the incident involving the name of Israel.

Jacob, whose name, as we have seen, means “supplanter”, was renamed Israel, meaning “a prince with God”, or “ruling with God”. So what Paul is emphasizing here is that they are not all princes with God who bear the name of “prince with God”. In other words, to be of the nation naturally, does not secure spiritual blessing; that must come through faith. Jacob had to learn that lesson, for he had survived by his scheming until Genesis 32, and then he found that true blessing comes from God alone, when men earnestly desire it. It was at this point he became a prince with God.

The apostle shows in the next verses that their status as a nation is through the purpose of God, and is not a result of them meriting the position. That purpose does not involve a nation composed of both believers and unbelievers, but believers only. This is why there is a future for Israel as a nation still, because their destiny as a nation is grounded in the sovereign choice of God. But is is a nation that believes. Like the fig tree that the Lord Jesus cursed, which withered away from the roots, Mark 11:12-14,20,21, the nation of Israel after the flesh has no future. We must not embrace the idea that the current State of Israel acts according to God. The nation is in unbelief, and has been since it crucified its true Messiah. In fact, the majority of the nation will receive and believe the Antichrist, see Daniel 9:27. Individual members of the nation must learn to depend on God and His grace for blessing, and come to Him individually in faith.

Jacob’s brother Esau had used this name in a similar way. When Jacob was born, he was given that name, which means “to take by the heel”, because he had grasped his twin brother’s heel after he had been brought forth. But the Hebrew word for Jacob also means “he will supplant”, so it was prophetic also. Later, when the twins were grown, Esau said, “Is not he rightly called Jacob? For he hath supplanted me these two times”, Genesis 27:36. So the name Jacob was used in a figurative as well as a literal sense. Such is the case also with the name Israel in this verse.

We see this illustrated in the case of Nathaniel, who was described by the Lord, (who knew his heart), as “an Israelite indeed, in whom is no guile”, John 1:47. Jacob had been marked by guile, but then had dealings with God and was renamed Israel. Nathaniel, too, had been born as a man of guile, Jacob-like, as we all are, but a change had come about, and he was now Israel-like, a prince with God, and recognised as such by the Lord Jesus Himself. He was now fit to be part of Christ’s kingdom, not only because he recognised Jesus of Nazareth was king of Israel, but also because he owned Him as Son of God. Only those who do this will be in the kingdom.

Another example of the use of a name as a description is found in Romans 2:28,29, where we read, “For he is not a Jew, which is one outwardly; neither is that circumcision, which is outward in the flesh: but he is a Jew, which is one inwardly; and circumcision is that of the heart, in the spirit, and not in the letter; whose praise is not of men but of God”. Now the word Jew is derived from the name Judah, which means “praise”, see Genesis 29:35. So the apostle is virtually saying to the Jews, “You are called by the name Judah, but because there is no reality in your hearts, and you are only Jews by birth, then you do not live up to that name by bringing praise to the Lord by your lives; nor can He, for His part, praise you for the way you live”.

So, going back to his statement, we see that the apostle is in line with Old Testament and New Testament practice to use the name Israel not only as a personal title, but also as a description. So what does the statement actually mean? The apostle is declaring that being part of the nation that derives its name from Israel their forefather, does not automatically mean that you can be described as “Israel”, a “prince with God”. That dignity only comes after personal dealings with God have wrought a great change of heart. So it is that the apostle can refer to the future nation of Israel, after it has come into the good of God’s grace nationally, after their Messiah has returned to them, as “the Israel of God”, the nation He can own and recognise because they are all believers, Galatians 6:16.

Taking all these things together, we see that the apostle is shattering the national complacency of those in Israel, and is showing them that their rejection of Christ is the result of their own unbelief, and not as a result of God’s word being ineffectual.

9:7 Neither, because they are the seed of Abraham, are they all children: but, In Isaac shall thy seed be called.

Neither, because they are the seed of Abraham, are they all children- John the Baptist warned those of his day, “think not to say within yourselves, ‘We have Abraham to our father:’ for I say unto you, that God is able of these stones to raise up children unto Abraham”, Matthew 3:9. If being a child of Abraham is a natural thing only, then God can produce children for Abraham by breathing life into natural things like stones.

We should notice the different ways the word “seed” is used in connection with Abraham, as follows:

First, Ishmael was Abraham’s seed, in the sense that he was a child of Abraham, Genesis 21:13, (the very next verse to the one Paul is about to quote).

Second, Isaac was Abraham’s seed, for God said, “In Isaac shall thy seed be called”, Genesis 21:12.

Third, Abraham’s descendants through Isaac are called Abraham’s seed, for God said, “I will multiply thy seed as the stars of the heaven, and as the sand which is upon the seashore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies; and in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed; because thou hast obeyed My voice”, Genesis 22:17,18.
Fourth, in the ultimate sense “The Seed” is Christ, as Galatians 3:16 makes clear with the words, “Now to Abraham and his seed were the promises made. He saith not, ‘And to seeds’, as of many; but as of one, ‘And to thy seed’, which is Christ”. So if the seed is Christ, then He cannot be associated with any who are not believers. God’s definition of the seed of Abraham, in this use of the word, (as opposed to the use of it sometimes as meaning ‘physical descendants of Abraham’, like Ishmael, or the children of Keturah), was “those who can be associated with Christ, and who belong to Him”. Even if they lived in Old Testament times God could think of them in relation to His Son, just as He passed over the sins of Old Testament saints in view of His Son’s sacrifice at Calvary, Romans 3:25.

Fifth, the expression “Abraham’s seed” is applied to believers of this age in the words, “And if ye be Christ’s, then are ye Abraham’s seed, and heirs according to the promise”, Galatians 3:29. So the seed of Abraham is said to be believers at this present time. It would be inconsistent to think that the seed could consist of unbelievers in former times, but only believers now.

But, “In Isaac shall thy seed be called”- this is a quotation from Genesis 21:12, spoken when Hagar and Ishmael were cast out of Abraham’s house. God sovereignly singled out Isaac to be the heir of Abraham, thus showing that the natural descent of Ishmael from Abraham was of no avail when it comes to relationship with God. This is not only true of those descended from Abraham through Hagar, but extends even to those who only have natural descent through Abraham, as we have seen from the Lord’s words to the men of His day, as we shall see when thinking of the next verse.

9:8 That is, They which are the children of the flesh, these are not the children of God: but the children of the promise are counted for the seed.

That is, they which are the children of the flesh, these are not the children of God- “That is” should be understood as “which means”. Paul now applies the principle illustrated by Ishmael, (child of the flesh), and Isaac, (child of promise). He had already used the story in a similar way in Galatians 4:21-31.

The Jews had claimed in John 8:33 to be Abraham’s seed. This gave the Lord Jesus the opportunity to point out to them the spiritual meaning that lay behind a significant event in the experience of Abraham and Isaac. On the day that Isaac was weaned, his father had made a great feast to celebrate the occasion. Ishmael, however, cruelly mocked Isaac, and consequently was cast out of Abraham’s house, Genesis 21:1-13.

Now Ishmael was the son of Hagar, the slave-girl from Egypt. Nonetheless he could claim to be Abraham’s seed, for Abraham was his father. The Jews, too, were naturally descended from Abraham. As slaves to sin, however, they were no different to Ishmael, the child of the slave. As such, they had no right to be in God’s house.

Isaac had the right to remain in the father’s house, and he illustrates the fact that the Lord Jesus, the Son of His Father, is worthy of a settled place in the Father’s presence. He has no sin within to enslave Him, and He is perfectly free to do the Father’s will.

The wonder of it all, however, is that others besides the Lord Jesus may share that place. Those made free by the application of the truth to their souls, are made free indeed. This particular word for “indeed”, is only used here in John’s gospel. It is based on the word “to be”, and indicates that those who are made free by the Lord Jesus are free to the very core of their being. They are not superficially free. They are as free, in fact, as the Son is free, and with the same result, namely favour with the Father, and ultimately a place in the Father’s house on high, John 14:2,3.

There was no doubt that the Jews who surrounded Christ as He spoke these words were descended from Abraham as to the flesh, but their attitude towards Him suggested there was something badly wrong. Just as Ishmael mocked Isaac when he was presented to the world as the son of his father, so the nation of Israel mocked Christ’s claim to be the Son of God. So it is possible to be descended from Isaac naturally, but be Ishmael-like spiritually, and reject Christ.

In a similar way the apostle begins to apply the principle; he is thinking on two levels. He is seeing Ishmael as the product of Abraham’s fleshly way of obtaining a son, and Isaac as the son God supernaturally gave to Abraham and Sarah. In that initial sense Ishmael was a child of the flesh as to his birth, and Isaac was a child of God as to his birth.

Paul is not saying anything about the personal spiritual status of Ishmael and Isaac. Isaac was certainly not born of God because he was miraculously conceived; he would have to have personal dealings with God to become His child. (In any case being a child of God in the new-birth sense does not happen at natural birth). Nor was Ishmael unable to believe because he was a child after the flesh. After all, every person born, including Isaac, is “born of the flesh”, John 3:6. If Ishmael came to God in repentance and faith he too could be born of God.

So much for the first level on which the apostle is thinking. But there is a higher level, and it illustrates the principle God works on to secure for Himself a nation of Israel that is composed entirely of converted souls. So Ishmael and Isaac now become illustrations of those who are simply naturally born, and those who are born of the Spirit according to God’s promise to give eternal life to those who believe.

But the children of the promise are counted for the seed- just as Isaac was born naturally through the promise of God, (and hence can be called a child of promise), so on a higher level, those who are born again as a result of God intervening, are the true children of God, and constitute the true seed of Abraham.

That is, they which are the children of the flesh, these are not the children of God- “That is” may be understood as “which means”. Paul now applies the principle illustrated by Ishmael, (child of the flesh, because he was produced by Abraham acting after the flesh), and Isaac, (child of God, because he was produced by God’s intervention). He had already used these two sons as an allegory in Galatians 4:21-31, seeing in Ishmael those who are the product of the law, and who are therefore in bondage to it, and Isaac those who are the product of grace, and are free.

Having stated the situation from a positive angle in verse 7, the apostle now begins to apply the principle from a negative angle as he speaks of those who do not qualify to be part of the true seed. He is not still speaking of Ishmael and Isaac, but rather of those whom they illustrate, namely, those of the nation of Israel who are born after the flesh, and those of the nation of Israel who are born of God by the power of the Holy Spirit. He is now using the expressions “children of the flesh” and “children of God” in application. This is confirmed by the fact that he is talking about children in the plural in each case, so he is not speaking specifically about Ishmael and Isaac here. He is showing that the true Israel is only composed of those born of the Spirit.

The expression “children of the flesh” as used in Paul’s application, means those who are descendants of Abraham but have never been born again through faith. They are not descended from Ishmael, but from Isaac, but they are not Isaac-like. As such, they are not part of the true Israel. The true Israelites are those who are not only children of Abraham by natural birth, but children of God by new birth.

But the children of the promise are counted for the seed- the promise mentioned here is the promise quoted in the next verse. The expression “children of the promise” applies the situation as regards Isaac physically, in a spiritual way. He was heir to everything because God promised him to Abraham and Sarah. He becomes an illustration of those who lay hold of the promises of God. It is those who are born as a result of God working, as Isaac was, rather than those born through human effort, like Ishmael, who are the children of the promise. Paul is bringing out here that it was never God’s intention to reckon a mixed company of believers and unbelievers to be the Seed of Abraham that would inherit the promises, and over whom Christ would reign.

After all, we must bear in mind two things in connection with the true seed. First, that in the ultimate sense it is Christ, as Galatians 3:16 makes clear with the words, “Now to Abraham and his seed were the promises made. He saith not, ‘And to seeds’, as of many; but as of one, ‘And to thy seed’, which is Christ”. So if the seed is Christ, then He cannot be associated with any who are not believers. God’s definition of the seed of Abraham, in this use of the word, (as opposed to the use of it sometimes as meaning ‘physical descendants of Abraham’), was “those who can be associated with Christ, and who belong to Him”. Even if they lived in Old Testament times God could think of them in relation to His Son, just as He passed over the sins of Old Testament saints in view of His Son’s sacrifice at Calvary, Romans 3:25.

Second, the expression “Abraham’s seed” is applied to believers of this age in the words, “And if ye be Christ’s, then are ye Abraham’s seed, and heirs according to the promise”, Galatians 3:29. So the seed of Abraham is said to be believers at this present time. It would be inconsistent to think that the seed could consist of unbelievers in former times, but only believers now.

9:9 For this is the word of promise, At this time will I come, and Sarah shall have a son.

For this is the word of promise- the last point is of great importance, therefore the apostle quotes the actual promise that God made.
“At this time will I come, and Sarah shall have a son”- the emphasis is on the action of God, “will I come”, showing that position with God must come from His intervention, not that of the flesh. Note also that the timing of the birth of the child was completely in the control of God. The gender of the child was also under Divine control, for His purpose could not be worked out if Sarah had a daughter. The child must be a son so as to beget seed.

9:10 And not only this; but when Rebecca also had conceived by one, even by our father Isaac;

And not only this- the third lesson Israel must learn.
But when Rebecca also had conceived- as well as Sarah’s conception illustrating a principle, Rebecca’s does also. Note how appropriate these illustrations are, for they both involve the matter of producing children.
By one, even by our father Isaac- the fact that there were two different mothers involved in the births of Ishmael and Isaac served to illustrate the contrast between, on the one hand, the devices of the flesh, (Abraham having a child by his bondslave), and, on the other hand, the promise of God, (Isaac is born of parents who are as good as dead). Now, however, the apostle draws attention to the purpose of God in His sovereign choice of one rather than the other. The situation with Rebecca suits his requirements admirably, for there is one father, one mother, and their twin sons are not born at the time God speaks about them.

9:11 (For the children being not yet born, neither having done any good or evil, that the purpose of God according to election might stand, not of works, but of Him that calleth;)

(For the children being not yet born, neither having done any good or evil- as both are not born, they are in identical circumstances. As those not having done any act of moral significance, neither has earned the favour of God by good works, nor, for that matter, His anger because of evil works. So Jacob is not blessed because of good works, nor is Esau rejected because he has done evil works, at this point in time. When the promise quoted in verse 9 was given, Ishmael was already born. Here, things are different, and the difference illustrates the principle of God’s sovereign choice, as the apostle will now say.
That the purpose of God according to election might stand- “stand” means abide, last, not perish. There was nothing in the situation regarding Rebecca’s sons which would cause God’s purpose to be undermined. The election the apostle is speaking about is God’s choice of the descendants of Jacob to form the nation of Israel over which His Son would reign. We see this to be the case by reading Genesis 25:23, where God says to Rebecca in response to her enquiry as to why her babies were struggling in the womb, “Two nations are in thy womb, and two manner of people shall be separated from thy bowels; and the one people shall be stronger than the other people; and the elder shall serve the younger”. Words could not be plainer, “Two nations…two manner of people…one people…other people”. Coupled with this, God speaks through Malachi of Esau’s mountains. Clearly the reference is to the nations that will spring from Esau and Jacob respectively. Just as clearly the reference is not to God choosing one person for salvation and the other for damnation. The two sons give their names to two nations, and only one of the nations, Israel, is chosen of God to produce the Messiah. This has nothing to do with the personal destiny of either Jacob or Esau. That will be determined by their response to God, or lack of it, as the case may be. The election is of Jacob to be the father of the twelve sons who would form the twelve tribes of Israel.
The quotation which follows in verse 13 reinforces this truth, for Malachi is speaking of nations under their patriarchal head, Jacob and Esau, (Scripture says “Esau is Edom”, Genesis 36:8).
Not of works, but of Him that calleth)- Israel’s position as the favoured nation is solely the result of God choosing that it should be so, and not at all because by their works they have merited it, (for being not yet born they had done neither good or evil). Now this is a blessing and also a caution for the nation. It is a blessing, in that if the nation in the ideal sense, (and not in any merely traditional sense), is God’s because He chose it, then their position is unassailable and secure. It is a caution because if their position is not based on works, then they cannot earn it, but must know God’s grace in Christ. They cannot be blessed as a nation apart from Christ and Calvary. So the nation of Israel is God’s choice from among the nations, but it is not the nation consisting of believers and unbelievers, but the nation the apostle calls “the Israel of God”, Galatians 6:16.

9:12 It was said unto her, The elder shall serve the younger.

It was said unto her- first the apostle quotes what was said to Rebecca before the sons were born.
“The elder shall serve the younger”- that is, Esau, the first one to come from the womb, would serve his younger brother Jacob. In normal circumstances in Bible times, the reverse would be the case. That this is a national thing we have already noted from the words, “Two nations are in thy womb”, Genesis 25:23. But it is also seen in the fact that Esau did not personally serve Isaac in his lifetime. In fact the reverse is the case, for in Genesis 33 we find the following:

Verse 3 Jacob bows himself to the ground seven times before his brother Esau.
Verses 5 and 14 Jacob calls himself Esau’s servant.
Verses 13,14,15 Jacob calls Esau his lord.

Clearly this is not a fulfilment of the prophecy “the elder shall serve the younger”, if we understand the elder to be Esau personally and the younger to be Jacob personally. The prophecy is only fulfilled on a national level. It was partially fulfilled during David’s reign, for we read, “And he put garrisons in Edom; and all the Edomites became David’s servants”, 1 Chronicles 18:13. It will be fulfilled fully when Christ reigns, as the prophecy of Obadiah 18 makes clear, “And the house of Jacob shall be a fire, and the house of Joseph a flame, and the house of Esau for stubble, and they shall kindle in them, and devour them; and there shall not be any remaining of the house of Esau, for the Lord hath spoken it”.

9:13 As it is written, Jacob have I loved, but Esau have I hated.

As it is written- the previous verse relates to what was said by God just before the twins were born, whereas now it is the word of God through Malachi centuries later. Note the “it is written”, for the Word of God, written by Malachi many years before Paul was writing, still abides, and is currently relevant. This gives the apostle authority to use it in his argument, for the words have not lost their power.
‘Jacob have I loved, but Esau have I hated’- God now speaks in the past tense, and summarises His attitude to the two nations which came from Esau and Jacob. It would be helpful to quote Malachi’s words, to see the context:

“The burden of the word of the Lord to Israel by Malachi. I have loved you, saith the Lord. Yet ye say, ‘Wherein hast Thou loved us?’ Was not Esau Jacob’s brother? saith the Lord: yet I loved Jacob, and I hated Esau, and laid his mountains and his heritage waste for the dragons of the wilderness. Whereas Edom saith, ‘We are impoverished, but we will return and build the desolate places;’ thus saith the Lord of hosts, They shall build, but I will throw down; and they shall call them, ‘The border of wickedness’, and, ‘The people against whom the Lord hath indignation for ever.’ And your eyes shall see, and ye shall say, The Lord will be magnified from the border of Israel”, Malachi 1:1-5.

“Was not Eau Jacob’s brother?” serves to remind us of the circumstances surrounding the birth of Esau and Jacob. Yet Esau is called Jacob’s brother, not Jacob, Esau’s brother, even though by the time Jacob was born, his twin brother Esau had already arrived. There is an allusion in this to the fact that Jacob was going to be the dominant and preferred one, and Esau is reckoned only in terms of being his brother.

Esau and Jacob were twin brothers, and there was no difference between them as to parentage and environment, yet God gave Jacob the superior place because He chose him to be the father of the nation of Israel through his twelve sons.

This was an act of love, for as Moses reminded Israel in the Deuteronomy 7:7,8 that “The Lord did not set His love upon you, nor choose you, because ye were more in number than any people: for ye were the fewest of all people: but because the Lord loved you, and because He would keep the oath which He hath sworn unto your fathers, hath the Lord brought you out with a mighty hand, from the hand of Pharoah king of Egypt”.

So Moses offers no direct explanation as to why God loved them, but simply says He loved because He loved, indirectly implying that God loved them because He is love, and His dealings are an expression of what He is in Himself. He does not need anything from man to make Him love, He loves because it is His nature to do so. So God’s choice of Israel was in love, and it involved Jacob being in the ascendancy. But if Israel was the object of love, Esau, (who later on, when formed into a nation, was called Edom), was the object of God’s hatred, not because He hates without cause, but because He hated what Edom did. Scripture says, “God is love”, 1 John 4:8, for that is the essence of His Being. It is not the case that God is hate. God loves without cause, (except the underlying cause of glorifying Himself in some way), but He does not hate without just cause.

So it was that in Malachi’s day, Edom had been judged. The cause of God’s judgement is set out by Obadiah in verses12-14. Edom had done the following things:

1. Rejoiced when Israel was taken into captivity. “But thou shouldest not have looked on the day of thy brother in the day that he became a stranger; Neither shouldest thou have rejoiced over the children of Judah in the day of their destruction”.

2. Reacted in pride to the calamity of Israel. “Neither shouldest thou have spoken proudly in the day of distress”.

3. Entered into the gates of Jerusalem to loot and pillage. “Thou shouldest not have entered into the gate of My people in the day of their calamity. Yea, thou shouldest not have looked on their affliction in the day of their calamity, nor have laid hands on their substance in the day of their calamity”. The psalmist wrote as he sat by the rivers of Babylon during the captivity, “Remember, O Lord, the children of Edom, in the day of Jerusalem; Who said, ‘Raze it, Raze it, even to the foundation thereof'”, Psalm 137:7.

4. Cut off those trying to escape. “Neither shouldest thou have stood in the crossway, to cut off those of his that did escape”.

5. Betrayed those that remained in the city. “Neither shouldest thou have delivered up those of his that did remain in the day of distress”.

These are examples of gratuitous and unjustified wickedness and spite. As a result Ezekiel, prophesying at about the same time as Obadiah, recorded God’s words, “I will stretch out My hand upon Edom, and will cut off man and beast from it; and I will make it desolate from Teman; and they of Dedan shall fall by the sword. And I will lay My vengeance upon Edom by the hand of My people Israel: and they shall do in Edom according to Mine anger and according to My fury; and they shall know My vengeance saith the Lord God”, Ezekiel 25:13,14.

And again, “Thus saith the Lord God; When the whole earth rejoiceth, I will make thee desolate. As thou didst rejoice at the inheritance of the house of Israel, because it was desolate, so will I do unto thee: thou shalt be desolate, O mount Seir, and all Idumea, even all of it: and they shall know that I am the Lord”, Ezekiel 35:14,15.

Malachi prophesied after the remnant of Israel had returned to Jerusalem under Zerubbabel and had rebuilt the city of Jerusalem and the temple. A comparison between the things Malachi prophesies about, and the conditions in Jerusalem at the end of the book of Nehemiah, will suggest that he ministered at the end of the first period into which Daniel’s 490 years’ vision was divided. His book is critically important, for it shows what God’s attitude to them was before they entered the dark period between the end of the Old Testament and the beginning of the New Testament, when the heavens would be silent. The faithful ones need to be assured of His love; the unfaithful ones need to be reminded of His judgements.

To assure them of His love, God reminds them through Malachi that He had restored the nation that bears Israel’s name to the land after the captivity. To remind them of His judgements, He cites the fact that He expressed His hatred towards Esau, (referred to as Edom by Malachi, for Genesis 36:8 says “Esau is Edom”, ), as is seen by the fact that his mountains and cities were laid waste, whereas Jerusalem was rebuilt.

The principle the apostle is deriving from all this is simple: the love God had shown in His choice of them to be His special nation is maintained, and those who do anything to try to frustrate the outworking of His purpose through them will know His hatred and His wrath. As was said in Zechariah 2:8, “He that toucheth you toucheth the apple of His eye”.

We may summarise the apostle’s teaching so far by saying that having startled us with the thought that not all who are descended from the patriarch Israel are really part of the nation to which he gave his name, nevertheless the future of Israel is assured because it is the object of God’s loving choice.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 9, VERSES 14 TO 18:

9:14 What shall we say then? Is there unrighteousness with God? God forbid.

9:15 For He saith to Moses, I will have mercy on whom I will have mercy, and I will have compassion on whom I will have compassion.

9:16 So then it is not of him that willeth, nor of him that runneth, but of God that sheweth mercy.

9:17 For the scripture saith unto Pharaoh, Even for this same purpose have I raised thee up, that I might shew My power in thee, and that My name might be declared throughout all the earth.

9:18 Therefore hath He mercy on whom He will have mercy, and whom He will He hardeneth.

Section (c) Verses 14-18 The pity of God towards the nation

9:14 What shall we say then? Is there unrighteousness with God? God forbid.

What shall we say then- here the apostle asks a question of his believing readers, whereas in verse 19 he supposes an unbeliever objecting. The “then” tells us that the question is asked because of what has gone before.
Is there unrighteousness with God? God forbid- are God’s dealings unjust when He loves one and hates another? This can only be true if He does so without good reason and contrary to His own righteousness. God cannot deny Himself, 2 Timothy 2:13. God and unrighteousness cannot co-exist. The reason the apostle can so forcibly deny that there is unrighteousness with God is found in the next verse, hence it begins with “for”, meaning “because”. The apostle is confident that God will continue to show that same love, righteousness and mercy mingled together in His dealings with Israel in the future, as He did when they made the golden calf.

9:15 For He saith to Moses, I will have mercy on whom I will have mercy, and I will have compassion on whom I will have compassion.

For He saith to Moses- after Israel had sinned in the matter of the golden calf. We might think this will be an example of God hating, but it is the reverse.

It would be helpful to set out the main features of the context of the words Paul is about to quote:

1. Some in Israel make a golden calf to worship, Exodus 32:1-8.

2. The Lord threatens to obliterate the nation of Israel and make a nation from Moses, Exodus 32:9,10.

3.Moses pleads for them firstly on the basis of the harm that would be caused to God’s name if He abandoned the nation He had just redeemed from Egypt. Then secondly, on the basis of His promises to Abraham, Isaac, and Israel, (meaning Jacob), Exodus 32:1-13.

4. The Lord responds to this by reversing His decision, Exodus 32:14.

5. Moses and Joshua come down from the mount and Moses breaks the tables of the Law, Exodus 32:15-24.

6. Moses stands at the gate of the camp, and appeals for those who are on the Lord’s side in this matter to come to him. The tribe of Levi do so, and are charged with the slaughter of the guilty persons, presumably those of their tribe who followed Aaron as he led them into sin, Exodus 32:25-29. When Moses referred to this incident later, he said of Levi, “Who said unto his father and mother, ‘I have not seen him’; neither did he acknowledge his brethren, nor know his own children'”, Deuteronomy 33:9. God was doing what He will do again in the future, for “He shall purify the sons of Levi, and purge them as gold and silver, that they may offer unto the Lord an offering in righteousness”, Malachi 3:3.

7. Moses goes to the Lord to make atonement by intercession, and also by offering to be blotted out of the book of the living; in other words, offers to die for the nation. The Lord does not accept this, saying the individual must die for his own sin. By refusing Moses’ offer God preserved the uniqueness of the death of His Son. He promises an angel to go before the people instead of Himself, and He plagues the people for their idolatry, Exodus 32:30-35.

8. Although the Lord refuses to go up with the people, He promises to ensure that they inherit the land, Exodus 33:1-3.

9. The people mourn at this, Exodus 33:4-6.

10. Moses pitches a tabernacle outside the camp, and makes coming out to him a test of their loyalty, Exodus 33:7-11.

11. Moses appeals to God to return to leading His people with the words, “Show me now Thy way, that I may know Thee…and consider that this nation is Thy people”, Exodus 33:12-13.

12. The Lord assures Moses that His presence will go with him, Exodus 33:14.

13. Moses twice over calls Israel “Thy people”, Exodus 33:15,16.

14. God undertakes to “do this thing also that thou hast spoken”. In other words, the people are to be reckoned God’s people again after their lapse, Exodus 33:17.

15. Moses requests to see God’s glory, the sign that His presence was with him. The Lord agrees, Exodus 33:18.

Then come the words that Paul now quotes-

I will have mercy on whom I will have mercy, and I will have compassion on whom I will have compassion- by saying “I will…I will” God is indicating His determined purpose, from which He will not be deflected. Israel had good reason to be grateful that this sovereign attitude of God was manifested towards them. They had forfeited all rights to His mercy, yet God chose to show mercy to them despite their sin. This is a righteous thing for God to do, because He declares His glory to Moses in the very next chapter as one who forgives sin, Exodus 34:7. The incident of the golden calf had been a test for Aaron, and he failed. (This highlights the fact that the law made men high priests that have infirmity, Hebrews 7:28.). It was also a test for Moses, and he triumphed, pleading for the people, offering to die for them, securing their reinstatement as the people of God with the presence of God with them.

Notice it is not God saying He will have mercy on some and judge others. It is unmixed mercy and compassion to the nation, despite their waywardness. God’s right to cast them off as a nation was maintained, for He is light, and therefore displays righteousness and holiness, but He is also love, and therefore displays mercy and compassion.

There is nothing here in the context, (and it is always the context that must govern our interpretation), to warrant the idea that God arbitrarily picks out some to have mercy on, and passes others by, for that would contradict other Scriptures. Peter wrote that “The Lord…is not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance”, 2 Peter 3:9. There are none upon the earth at any time who could not gain God’s salvation, if they would only come God’s way, namely, by repentance and faith. The idea that there are some who are predestined to the Lake of Fire, and therefore there is no provision for them is a God-dishonouring lie. The Scripture distinctly states that men are chosen to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth, 2 Thessalonians 2:13.

In Exodus 33:19, the words are given as, “and He said…’and will be gracious to whom I will be gracious, and will show mercy on whom I will show mercy'”. Grace is God’s free and unmerited favour to those who cannot merit it and cannot repay it. The word for mercy used here is His deep compassion for those He sees need help, His tender pity to those who feel the misery of sin. This is perfectly manifested by the Lord Jesus when He wept over Jerusalem, lamenting its refusal to come to Him, Luke 19:41; see also Matthew 23:37. How appropriate these words are to the situation. The people have sinned, but God is prepared to show grace towards them; He knows they have a tendency to fail, so He has, and will continue to have, compassion upon them in their frailty, in view of His covenant with Abraham. So there is provision in the attitude of God for the people in their current situation, and any that would arise in the future.

So we may summarise by saying that in Exodus 33, where the people have broken the Law, God pledges to show grace. The people deserve His judgement, but He assures Moses He will reach out to them in their weakness and have compassion on them. In Romans 9, however, the point is that God has pity on the nation, not so much because they are law-breakers, but because they have rejected His Son cruelly, and intends to have compassion over them, if they will turn from their unbelief. No doubt this is an answer to the prayer of the Lord Jesus when He pleaded, “Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do”, Luke 23:34. The princes of this world, including those listed in Acts 4:5,6, (whom Peter calls “ye builders” in verse 11, meaning the builders of the nation), crucified the Lord of glory in ignorance, 1 Corinthians 2:8.

The form of the phrase we are considering shows that God is determined in what He says He will do. He will do what He will do, and no power shall stop Him. He is indeed sovereign, but not in any unprincipled way, for He cannot deny Himself. This should give great comfort to those in Israel who were having second thoughts about their rejection of Christ. They may be confident that when they come to God in true repentance and faith they will find Him to be what He declared Himself to be through this word, spoken long ago to Moses, but repeated to them by the apostle Paul, whose heart longed to see them saved, as he expressly says in 10:1. They may also have confidence that all God’s covenant promises to Abraham will be fulfilled to the letter, always remembering the principle, set out in these verses, that it is believers alone who shall be in the good of that covenant.

9:16 So then it is not of him that willeth, nor of him that runneth, but of God that sheweth mercy.

So then it is not of him that willeth, nor of him that runneth, but of God who showeth mercy- the principle on which God acts, (“it”), is not in response to the will of man asserting itself, (“willeth”), to influence God’s actions, (for example Moses interceding and offering to give his life for the nation), nor is it in response to any energetic action, (“runneth”), on the part of man, (such as the tribe of Levi slaying the worshippers of the golden calf), as if God can be forced to act in a certain way. Rather, it is the sovereign choice of God to show mercy. In this way the blessing is thoroughly undeserved and secure. If one man could persuade God to act in a particular way, who is to say that another man might not be able to influence Him in the opposite way? By the same token, if a man could merit God’s favour by “running”, that is, by energetic activity for Him, then there would some glory for man in the matter; but no flesh may glory in God’s presence, 1 Corinthians 1:29. God’s actions are rooted solely in His will, and this gives great assurance to those who comply with that will.

9:17 For the scripture saith unto Pharaoh, Even for this same purpose have I raised thee up, that I might shew My power in thee, and that My name might be declared throughout all the earth.

For the scripture saith unto Pharoah- by using the word “saith”, and not “said”, the apostle emphasises the living voice of the Old Testament Scriptures, that they have the same authority as the original oral statement. We should remember that there were only a few weeks between the defeat of Pharoah and the worshipping of the golden calf. Pharoah becomes, because of his hardness of heart, one who knows God’s hatred. So there is a contrast between Moses pleading with God for the nation, and Pharoah determined to destroy them. Again we see the national aspect of the passage.
Even for this same purpose have I raised thee up- God brought Pharoah to the throne of Egypt to show His power when he abused his position and fought against God. It is not raised up by being born, as if God creates men to destroy them. The time had come for God to deliver His people, and those who oppose His will must be made an example.
That I might show My power in thee, and that My name might be declared throughout all the earth- we see here the two-fold purpose of God, namely, to show what happens to those who rebel against Him, and to magnify His name when He defeats His foes. As the Israelites said in their song, “Sorrow shall take hold on the inhabitants of Palestina. Then the dukes of Edom shall be amazed; the mighty men of Moab, trembling shall take hold of them; all the inhabitants of Canaan shall melt away. Fear and dread shall fall upon them”, Exodus 15:14-16. That His name was honoured is seen in that Rahab knew about Israel crossing the Red Sea, Joshua 2:8-11, and so did the Gibeonites, Joshua 9:9,10.

We should remember that Pharoah was virtually a god in Egypt, and so represented the powers of evil. He is not some insignificant individual, but
the one through whom the Prince of this world was attacking Israel. As such, he met God’s severe displeasure.

9:18 Therefore hath He mercy on whom He will have mercy, and whom He will He hardeneth.

Therefore- on the basis of God’s dealings with Israel and Pharoah, the following conclusion may be drawn.
Hath He mercy on whom He will have mercy, and whom He will He hardeneth- note that whilst the mention of mercy to Israel is repeated, the thought regarding Pharoah is that he will be hardened. In order that God’s power over Egypt might be demonstrated by the plagues, He hardened Pharoah’s heart, by allowing Pharoah to harden his heart wilfully, and thus fulfilled His purpose. The hardening was determined by God. When Pharoah hardened his heart, he was doing exactly what God willed to happen, yet he was still fully responsible for his actions. This is a warning to all in positions of power who seek to harm the nation of Israel. God will not ignore their actions, but will bring them to account. As He said to Abraham, “and I will bless them that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee”, Genesis 12:3.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 9, VERSES 19 TO 24:

9:19 Thou wilt say then unto me, Why doth He yet find fault? For who hath resisted His will?

9:20 Nay but, O man, who art thou that repliest against God? Shall the thing formed say to him that formed it, Why hast thou made me thus?

9:21 Hath not the potter power over the clay, of the same lump to make one vessel unto honour, and another unto dishonour?

9:22 What if God, willing to shew His wrath, and to make His power known, endured with much longsuffering the vessels of wrath fitted to destruction:

9:23 And that He might make known the riches of his glory on the vessels of mercy, which He had afore prepared unto glory,

9:24 Even us, whom He hath called, not of the Jews only, but also of the Gentiles?

Section (d) Verses 19-24 The power of God towards His enemies

9:19 Thou wilt say then unto me, Why doth He yet find fault? For who hath resisted His will?

Thou wilt say then unto me- the apostle anticipates an objection to this truth.
Why doth He yet find fault? For who hath resisted His will?- if the will of God cannot be resisted successfully, as Pharoah’s experience demonstrates, then what just reason has God for finding fault with what men do, since they only carry out what He decrees? And again, what reason is there to object to Israel’s continued unbelief as a nation? For the same word “harden” that is used of Pharoah, is used by God in relation to Israel in John 12:40, where the apostle quotes Isaiah’s words, “He hath blinded their eyes, and hath hardened their heart”, as being applicable to the nation that was about to have God’s Son crucified.

This is intensely solemn, for both Pharoah and Israel display the same attitude to God, and are hardened by Him as a result. That this national hardening does not mean no Jew can be saved is evident, for Paul will say in 11:1, “for I also am an Israelite”. He was living proof that individual Jews could still be saved.

The apostle answers this objection in two ways. First, by rebuking any argument against God, and then by explaining further the way in which God’s purpose is worked out.

9:20 Nay but, O man, who art thou that repliest against God? Shall the thing formed say to him that formed it, Why hast thou made me thus?

Nay but, O man, who art thou that repliest against God?- the “nay” is a denial of the suggestion, while the “but” is the apostle’s rebuttal. The words he uses are an allusion to Job 33:12,13, “I will answer thee, that God is greater than man. Why dost thou strive against Him? For He giveth not account of any of His matters”. It is outrageous for puny sinful man to seek to argue with God and answer Him back, or even to expect Him to gives reasons for His actions.
Shall the thing formed say to Him that formed it, “Why hast Thou made me thus?”- now we have an allusion to Isaiah 45:9, which reads, “Woe unto him that striveth with his Maker! Shall the clay say to him that fashioneth it, “What makest thou?” Job describes men as those who “live in houses of clay”, Job 4:19, and his friend Elihu said to him, “I also am formed out of the clay”, Job 33:6. This reminds us forcibly of the frailty and fragility of man, and cautions against pitting ourselves against the mighty God of heaven.

9:21 Hath not the potter power over the clay, of the same lump to make one vessel unto honour, and another unto dishonour?

Hath not the potter power over the clay, of the same lump to make one vessel unto honour, and another unto dishonour?- the apostle follows up his allusion to Isaiah 45:9 with its use of the potter metaphor for God. God has the right to do as He pleases, just as a potter has the right to make whatever he wants of his own clay. But that He does not act arbitrarily and capriciously is seen in the next verses. That God has the right to act sovereignly, is the answer to the unbelievers cavil. For the believer there is a further explanation, for God does not make vessels so He can destroy them.

9:22 What if God, willing to shew His wrath, and to make His power known, endured with much longsuffering the vessels of wrath fitted to destruction:

What if God- here the apostle sets out a complementary truth. God has the right to do as He pleases, as the previous verse has stated, but we must always be aware that He does not act in an unprincipled way. It is important to notice that in the Greek text the word “de” introduces a new topic. It is the equivalent of “on the other hand”, and is found near the beginning of verse 22. So having presented one valid explanation for the seemingly indifferent way in which God treats men, as if He makes them dishonourable, as a potter makes a vessel for a dishonourable use, he now gives to us the alternative explanation.

This alternative explanation of the dealings of God with men, is the one the apostle constantly favours in these verses. He is not a harsh and maverick God, acting in some unprincipled and arbitrary way, but works out His purpose in righteousness and love. We know this is God’s character, for He has been perfectly manifested by His Son, who said, “he that hath seen Me hath seen the Father”, John 14:9. We find no trace of harshness or unreasonableness in His dealings with men. He was harsh against their sin, it is true, but He came, not to destroy men’s lives, but to save them, Luke 9:56. There is no hint that He was making vessels so He could destroy them. An illustration of this is His way with Judas. Right to the end He sought His recovery, but Judas, alas, hardened his heart and went into perdition.

This alternative explanation will still maintain God’s rights over men, but will show that, far from being a tyrant, God in fact waits patiently for vessels of wrath to repent. It is worthy of note that when Pharaoh showed signs of relaxing his attitude to God, then respite was given him. We see this in connection with the plague of frogs, Exodus 8:8-15, and the plague of flies, 8:30-32. After the plague of hail, he even went so far as to say, “I have sinned this time: the Lord is righteous, and I and my people are wicked. Intreat the Lord (for it is enough) that there be no more mighty thunderings and hail; and I will let you go, and ye shall stay no longer”, Exodus 9:27,28. Yet as soon as the hail is removed, Pharaoh hardened his heart. He was morally responsible for this hardening, but the Lord was behind it, to show His great power, but also to show His longsuffering, even to vessels of wrath.

Willing to show His wrath- that is, determined to do so. If God shows wrath, it is always for a just cause. At the time when the nation of Israel was about to be taken into captivity, Jeremiah also used the illustration of the potter and the clay. He tells us this:

“Then I went down to the potter’s house, and, behold, he wrought on the wheels. And the vessel that he made of clay was marred in the hand of the potter: so he made it again another vessel, as seemed good to the potter to make it. Then the word of the Lord came to me saying, ‘O house of Israel, cannot I do with you as this potter? saith the Lord. Behold as the clay is in the potter’s hand so are ye in Mine hand, O house of Israel. At what instant I shall speak concerning a nation, and concerning a kingdom, to pluck up, and to pull down, and to destroy it; if that nation, against whom I have pronounced, turn from their evil, I will repent of the evil that I thought to do unto them. And at what instant I shall speak concerning a nation, and concerning a kingdom, to build and to plant it; if it do evil in My sight, that it obey not My voice, that I will repent of the good, wherewith I said I would benefit them'”, Jeremiah 18:3-10.

Having spoken these words from the Lord, Jeremiah went to the people of Israel and applied them to their situation. Their response was to reject his words. Jeremiah was told by the Lord to respond to this by getting a potter’s earthen vessel, take representatives of the people, go to the valley of the son of Hinnom, and break the vessel in the sight of the people. He then said, ‘Thus saith the Lord of Hosts: Even so will I break this people and this city, as one breaketh a potter’s vessel, that cannot be made whole again'”, Jeremiah 19:1,2,10,11. The Jews reading Paul’s epistle would be well aware of the prophecies of Isaiah and Jeremiah, and the way in which they used the imagery of the potter. They could be made anew if they repented, or they could continue in their current sinful state, be hardened of God, and thus be like an earthenware vessel, that cannot be made anew.

And to make His power known- as He did in the case of Pharoah.
Endured with much long-suffering the vessels of wrath fitted to destruction- note that the apostle does not speak of God making vessels to pour out His wrath upon. We must not confuse the use of potter imagery in verse 20 in response to an unbelieving objection, (which emphasises God’s sovereignty), and the use of potter imagery in this verse as the apostle explains the situation in more detail for the benefit of earnest and perplexed enquirers, (which emphasises God’s long-suffering).

He endured the behaviour even though it deserved His wrath. If He endured with much long-suffering it was because He was waiting for repentance, as 2 Peter 3:9 indicates. This was the situation with Israel nationally, for as Paul wrote to the Thessalonians, “Who both killed the Lord Jesus, and their own prophets, and have persecuted us; and they please not God, and are contrary to all men: forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they might be saved, to fill up their sins always: for the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost”, 1 Thessalonians 2:15,16. No-one could doubt they were, and are, a vessel of wrath. But Jeremiah, whilst he applied the image of the potter’s vessel to Israel, did say that it referred to any nation. So applying that here, we see that those of any nation which oppose God’s purpose for Israel are vessels of wrath, for the word is not “vessel”, but “vessels”. Those who persecute Israel must not expect to go unpunished, even though their actions work out God’s purpose in some way. This was a principle set out by the Old Testament. For instance, having told Abraham that his seed would be afflicted in Egypt, God then said that the nation that afflicted them He would judge, and so it came to pass, Genesis 15:14.

To be fitted is not the same as to be made, and also is in the middle voice, meaning men fit themselves. All men are deserving of God’s wrath as they come into the world, for they are “by nature the children of wrath”, Ephesians 2:4; there are none that are vessels unto honour when they are born. That birth is in view is seen in the expression “by nature”. Men are children of wrath by natural birth, not by some predestining act of God. Nor are they children of wrath by default, as if God predestined some to heaven and by that act predestined the rest to endure His wrath. Men, however, Israelites included, fit themselves for wrath by their sin. The wrath will be in exact proportion to their guilt.

9:23 And that He might make known the riches of his glory on the vessels of mercy, which He had afore prepared unto glory,

And that He might make known the riches of His glory on the vessels of mercy- note it is vessels of mercy, not vessels unto honour. Only the mercy of God to undeserving sinners can introduce them to the glories detailed in 8:28-30, so that they become vessels of honour in association with His Son. This is true predestination, which has not to do, (strangely enough) with destinations, heaven or hell, but with being within the boundaries of God’s purpose to surround His Son with those who are like Him.
The vessel Jeremiah saw the potter make was marred in his hand, but he did not say, “This vessel is obviously predestined to be marred, I will therefore throw it away”. In fact, the potter made that same vessel anew. And this God does also, for as soon as He has dealings with men, and they realise they are marred by sin, He is able to make them anew by the new birth, and by this means fit them to know the riches of His glory. This is indicated in God’s word through Jeremiah, for He declared that if the nation of Israel, represented by the marred vessel, turned from their evil, then God would not inflict judgement upon them.
Which He had aforeprepared unto glory- the tenses the apostle uses in verses 22 and 23 show that he is looking back after the will of God has been worked out. Aforeprepared either involves being prepared beforehand in His eternal counsel, Ephesians 1:3-6; Romans 8:29,30, or prepared for eternity in their lifetime. Men fit themselves for destruction by being content to remain vessels of wrath, but God alone can fit men for honour and glory.

9:24 Even us, whom He hath called, not of the Jews only, but also of the Gentiles?

Even us, whom He hath called, not of the Jews only, but also of the Gentiles- note that as he describes the vessels of mercy, he speaks of God’s call in the gospel, and also reverts to the term Jew, the individual, rather than Israel, the national name. After all, if there is to be a nation composed only of believing Israelites in the future, they must come individually by faith in response to God’s call in the gospel.

Paul, by the use of the word “us”, joins himself with any, of the Jews or of the Gentiles, who have become a vessel of mercy through response to the gospel. He had been “a blasphemer, and a persecutor, and injurious”, but he “obtained mercy”, 1 Timothy 1:13.

The mention of Gentiles prepares us for verses 30-33, but first the apostle must show how the truth he has been setting forth in regard to Israel is in line with Old Testament scripture. If he cannot do this, he will not convince Jewish doubters.

Summary of the passage

We have learnt in verses 6-24 the following things:

1. That not all who call themselves Israelites are reckoned by God to be part of the nation over which Christ shall reign. Something more than physical descent from Abraham through Jacob is needed.

2. Just as Isaac was born through the intervention of God, so those wishing to be counted part of the Israel of God must be born of God.

3. Just as Jacob was chosen and loved by God, so those who are truly Israelites may be assured that God loves them and preserves them.

4. Just as Edom was hated by God for what he did to the nation of Israel, so those who oppose God’s purpose shall be dealt with severely.

5. Just as God had mercy on Israel despite their lapse into idolatry, and responded to Moses’ pleading for them, so He will be merciful when they repent of their sin.

6. Just as Pharoah hardened his heart and resisted God, and thus incurred His wrath, so those who harden their hearts, (even if they are of the nation of Israel naturally), will know God’s wrath.

7. God in His sovereignty prepares those who believe for glory.

8. Equally, God in His sovereignty destroys those who by unbelief and rebellion fit themselves for destruction.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 9, VERSES 25 TO 33:

9:25 As He saith also in Osee, I will call them My people, which were not My people; and her beloved, which was not beloved.

9:26 And it shall come to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not My people; there shall they be called the children of the living God.

9:27 Esaias also crieth concerning Israel, Though the number of the children of Israel be as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved:

9:28 For He will finish the work, and cut it short in righteousness: because a short work will the Lord make upon the earth.

9:29 And as Esaias said before, Except the Lord of Sabaoth had left us a seed, we had been as Sodoma, and been made like unto Gomorrha.

9:30 What shall we say then? That the Gentiles, which followed not after righteousness, have attained to righteousness, even the righteousness which is of faith.

9:31 But Israel, which followed after the law of righteousness, hath not attained to the law of righteousness.

9:32 Wherefore? Because they sought it not by faith, but as it were by the works of the law. For they stumbled at that stumblingstone;

9:33 As it is written, Behold, I lay in Sion a stumblingstone and rock of offence: and whosoever believeth on Him shall not be ashamed.

Section (e) Verses 25-33 The proof from the Scriptures.

9:25 As He saith also in Osee, I will call them My people, which were not My people; and her beloved, which was not beloved.

As He saith also in Osee- as well as speaking through Paul, God spoke through Osee, otherwise known as Hosea, who stood at the head of the minor prophets in the Jewish arrangement of books. If he can produce proof from the scriptures that what he has just said is in line with the Old Testament, then he is well on the way to convincing his Jewish objectors.
I will call them “My people”, which were “not My people”; and her “beloved”, which was “not beloved”- a reference to God’s promise that although He was going to renounce His people and send them into captivity because of their idolatry, (Hosea prophesied just before the Assyrians came and removed the Northern Kingdom), He would reverse His decision and accept them back. So, far from being cast off finally because of their sin in going into idolatry, and later on crucifying Christ, they may call upon the Lord to show mercy upon them as individuals now, just as they will do nationally in a future day. The principle is the same in either case. Thus the apostle has derived the principle he needs to prove his point; he has not transferred the interpretation of the passage to the church, but has made a legitimate application. If God will so act towards Israel as a nation in a day to come, that must be in line with His character, and since God does not change, that is His character now in regard to individual salvation. The reason why God can own Israel as his people in a day to come, is because they will have all turned to Christ at His second coming. At last they will be a nation consisting only of believers.

9:26 And it shall come to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, Ye are not My people; there shall they be called the children of the living God.

And it shall to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, “Ye are not my people; there shall they be called the children of the living God”- a quotation from Hosea 1:10. The prophet spoke words of judgement to Israel whilst they were still in the land, yet they will be brought back from dispersion amongst the Gentiles to be addressed by God in the land again, (hence the reference to “the place where is was said unto them”, meaning the land of Israel), this time with words of encouragement. Thus the meaning of the name of Hosea’s first son finds its double fulfilment. Jezreel means “sown of God”, or “seed of God”. They were to be scattered amongst the nations as seed is scattered, but in a day to come they will be sown in the land, and will be the seed, (children) of God, see Hosea 2:22,23. Peter uses this same Scripture to show that these things have been anticipated by believers at the present time, 1 Peter 2:10, but Paul is using the words literally, not figuratively, as Peter did.

9:27 Esaias also crieth concerning Israel, ‘Though the number of the children of Israel be as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved:

Esaias also crieth concerning Israel- Isaiah also, as well as Hosea, had things to say about Israel. Since Isaiah is “also” speaking about Israel, this shows that both Isaiah and Hosea are prophesying about Israel, not about the church. The words are found in Isaiah 10:22. “Concerning” means over, as if lamenting over Israel as Christ did over Jerusalem.
‘Though the number of the children of Israel be as the sand of the sea- Hosea said this also, but he was referring to their prosperity in the land under the Messiah, Hosea 1:10, (hence the apostle does not quote his words, even though they are in the same sentence as the words quoted in verse 26).
Isaiah is the one the apostle quotes now, for he is highlighting the fact that despite the numerical greatness of Israel, God will only save a remnant. This of course is the main theme of the apostle in the chapter, that relationship with God is on the basis of His choice, and their faith, not on national status.
A remnant shall be saved’- that is, only a remnant, and not the whole nation. This is true in principle now, see 11:5, and in the future, see Zechariah 13:9.

9:28 For He will finish the work, and cut it short in righteousness: because a short work will the Lord make upon the earth.

For He will finish the work, and cut it short in righteousness, because a short work will the Lord make upon the earth- this is Paul’s comment on the words of Isaiah, explaining how it is that although they are as numerous as the sand of the sea, yet only a remnant shall be saved. God will do, and finish, a work with Israel, in which He will cut them short, that is, will reduce them from a professing multitude to a believing remnant. This will be a righteous thing for Him to do, and He will do it “upon the earth”, that is, in the land of Israel, where they will all gravitate at the end times. Notice it is not a short work of the earth, but upon the earth.

9:29 And as Esaias said before, ‘Except the Lord of Sabaoth had left us a seed, we had been as Sodoma, and been made like unto Gomorrha’.

And as Esaias said before- that is, before it came to pass, and before his words in chapter 10 just quoted.
‘Except the Lord of Sabaoth had left us a seed, we had been as Sodom, and been made like unto Gomorrha’- this is from Isaiah 1:9, where the word “seed” is found instead of Paul’s word “remnant”. This is a link with Hosea, for his son Jezreel was the sign that there would be a seed or generation begotten of God to populate the millenial earth; see on verse 27. God was going to own a seed Note the implied encouragement in the use of the title Lord of Sabaoth, or Hosts. God is surrounded by myriads who serve Him, and He sends forth hosts to protect those who are His, see Hebrews 1:14. They may only be a remnant, but they are in the majority. But this was only because of Divine intervention; otherwise they would have been exterminated, just like the inhabitants of Sodom and Gomorrha after God had judged them with fire from heaven.

9:30 What shall we say then? That the Gentiles, which followed not after righteousness, have attained to righteousness, even the righteousness which is of faith.

What shall we say then?- what conclusion shall we draw from the foregoing? The expression really introduces a section which forms a link with the next one, where the apostle describes the refusal of the individual members of the nation of Israel to believe.
That the Gentiles, which followed not after righteousness- they had no law to guide them in matters relative to God and did not desire one.
Have attained to righteousness, even the righteousness which is of faith- attained means laid hold of; it is not a word which suggest human attainment or merit, but rather a laying hold of God’s promises in faith.

9:31 But Israel, which followed after the law of righteousness, hath not attained to the law of righteousness.

But Israel, which followed after the law of righteousness- professing to be interested in being righteous, and seeking to keep the law to achieve this.
Hath not attained to the law of righteousness- attain in this instance means to arrive at. The Gentiles have reached and grasped righteousness, but it is always just out of the reach of the Jew, no matter how hard he pursues it.

9:32 Wherefore? Because they sought it not by faith, but as it were by the works of the law. For they stumbled at that stumblingstone;

Wherefore?- why is this the case?
Because they sought it not by faith, but as it were by the deeds of the law- only faith grasps the blessing, those who seek to merit it fall short.
For they stumbled at that stumblingstone- “that stumblingstone” does not refer to the law as a stumblingstone, but the stumbling stone of Christ as Messiah, as the quotation following makes clear. It is not only the Jews of Christ’s day who stumbled at Him because He emphasized the need for faith, and the futility of human effort; in the Old Testament time there was a failure to see that if a Messiah was needed as their Saviour, then they had no power in themselves to please God.

9:33 As it is written, ‘Behold, I lay in Sion a stumblingstone and rock of offence: and whosoever believeth on Him shall not be ashamed’.

As it is written, ‘Behold I lay in Sion a stumblingstone and rock of offence: and whosoever believeth on Him shall not be ashamed’- the apostle here combines together quotations from Isaiah 28:16, “Behold I lay in Zion for a foundation a stone, a tried stone, a precious corner stone, a sure foundation: He that believeth shall not make haste”, and Isaiah 8:14, “And He shall be for a sanctuary, but for a stone of stumbling and for a rock of offence to both the houses of Israel”. In both contexts the idea is of the danger of the sort of unbelief which trusts in men rather than God. Faith rests upon Christ the foundation stone and does not have to make a hasty retreat when the enemy comes, whereas unbelief trips up over Christ, and finds Him to be offensive as He insists on the need for faith not religious works.

 

 

 

 

 

 

JOHN 18

We hope you find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the e-mail address: martin_margaret3@yahoo.co.uk We would be pleased to hear from you.

JOHN 18

THE FOLLOWING ARE THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE GOSPEL OF JOHN CHAPTER 18, VERSES 1 TO 24:

18:1 When Jesus had spoken these words, he went forth with his disciples over the brook Cedron, where was a garden, into the which he entered, and his disciples.

18:2 And Judas also, which betrayed him, knew the place: for Jesus ofttimes resorted thither with his disciples.

18:3 Judas then, having received a band of men and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, cometh thither with lanterns and torches and weapons.

18:4 Jesus therefore, knowing all things that should come upon him, went forth, and said unto them, Whom seek ye?

18:5 They answered him, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus saith unto them, I am he. And Judas also, which betrayed him, stood with them.

18:6 As soon then as he had said unto them, I am he, they went backward, and fell to the ground.

18:7 Then asked he them again, Whom seek ye? And they said, Jesus of Nazareth.

18:8 Jesus answered, I have told you that I am he: if therefore ye seek me, let these go their way:

18:9 That the saying might be fulfilled, which he spake, Of them which thou gavest me have I lost none.

18:10 Then Simon Peter having a sword drew it, and smote the high priest’s servant, and cut off his right ear. The servant’s name was Malchus.

18:11 Then said Jesus unto Peter, Put up thy sword into the sheath: the cup which my Father hath given me, shall I not drink it?

18:12 Then the band and the captain and officers of the Jews took Jesus, and bound him,

18:13 And led him away to Annas first; for he was father in law to Caiaphas, which was the high priest that same year.

18:14 Now Caiaphas was he, which gave counsel to the Jews, that it was expedient that one man should die for the people.

18:15 And Simon Peter followed Jesus, and so did another disciple: that disciple was known unto the high priest, and went in with Jesus into the palace of the high priest.

18:16 But Peter stood at the door without. Then went out that other disciple, which was known unto the high priest, and spake unto her that kept the door, and brought in Peter.

18:17 Then saith the damsel that kept the door unto Peter, Art not thou also one of this man’s disciples? He saith, I am not.

18:18 And the servants and officers stood there, who had made a fire of coals; for it was cold: and they warmed themselves: and Peter stood with them, and warmed himself.

18:19 The high priest then asked Jesus of his disciples, and of his doctrine.

18:20 Jesus answered him, I spake openly to the world; I ever taught in the synagogue, and in the temple, whither the Jews always resort; and in secret have I said nothing.

18:21 Why askest thou me? ask them which heard me, what I have said unto them: behold, they know what I said.

18:22 And when he had thus spoken, one of the officers which stood by struck Jesus with the palm of his hand, saying, Answerest thou the high priest so?

18:23 Jesus answered him, If I have spoken evil, bear witness of the evil: but if well, why smitest thou me?

18:24 Now Annas had sent him bound unto Caiaphas the high priest.

Structure of the chapter

(a) Verses 1-14 The delivering up of Christ
(b) Verses 15-18 The denial by Peter the first time
(c) Verses 19-24 The dialogue between Christ and the high priest
(d) Verses 25-27 The denial by Peter the second and third time
(e) Verses 28-32 The dialogue between Pilate and the Jews
(f) Verses 33-37 The dialogue between Pilate and Christ
(g) Verses 38-40 The demand for Barabbas by the Jews

(a) Verses 1-14
The delivering up of Christ

Special note on the injustice of the way Christ was treated
It is difficult to know how to describe the way both Jews and Gentiles treated the Lord Jesus before He was crucified. There were so many illegal acts on the part of Israel, and a gross miscarriage of justice by the Gentiles, that it is flattery to call any of the proceedings a trial. The “princes of this world”, 1 Corinthians 2:8 made their decisions on the basis of prejudice, ignorance, envy and cowardice.

Prejudice, because the chief judge on the Jewish side had said a few days before, “it is expedient for us, that one man should die for the people, and that the whole nation perish not”, John 11:50. John makes it clear that he was referring to Christ. How can a trial be just when the judge believes the accused ought to die? How can it be right for those in charge of the proceedings to seek for witnesses “against Jesus to put him to death”, Mark 14:55. Leaving aside the fact that witnesses should not be sought, but should come forward of their own will, they should come to witness impartially, not against the accused, and should certainly not come with the intention of making sure the accused is put to death. Nor should the Sanhedrin have taken counsel “to put him to death”, Matthew 27:1. They should have taken counsel to discover the truth.

They were marked by ignorance of who He really was. This was wilful ignorance, for He had given ample proof as to who He was by His character as He lived before them, His works as He did miracles, and His words as He spake as none other did. As He Himself said, “If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin: but now they have no cloak for their sin. He that hateth me hateth my Father also. If I had not done among them the works which none other man did, they had not had sin: but now they have seen and hated both me and my Father But this cometh to pass, that the word might be fulfilled that is written in their law, They hated me without a cause”, John 15:22-25. Such was the clarity of His teaching, the power of His works, and the holiness of His character, that to hate Him was to show themselves up as hardened and hateful sinners.

Their decisions were also on the basis of envy, as Pilate realised, for Matthew tells us that “he knew that for envy they had delivered him”, Matthew 27:18. They saw Christ as a threat to their position and power. The people flocked to hear Him, but hated them.

As for Pilate, three times he declared that Christ was without fault as far as the law was concerned, (on the third occasion after he had scourged Him, which was only done to those who were condemned), but still he decreed that He be crucified. Sadly, he put favour with Caesar before favour with God, for when the chief priests saw that he was wavering, and was seeking to release Him, they said, “If thou let this man go, thou art not Ceasar’s friend”, John 19:12. At that point he sat on his judgement seat and delivered the Lord Jesus to be crucified. This was gross injustice on the basis of cowardice.

18:1
When Jesus had spoken these words, he went forth with his disciples over the brook Cedron, where was a garden, into the which he entered, and his disciples.

When Jesus had spoken these words- in 17:1, the phrase “these words spake Jesus” introduces the prayer that follows. Here the prayer is in the past, and the “I come to thee” of 17:13 is continuing to happen. In His prayer to the Father He had used phrases like “I have finished the work”; “I am no more in the world”; “I come to thee”; “while I was with them in the world”; “now come I to thee”; “for their sakes I sanctify myself”; “where I am”. Each of these seven expression tells of one who is projecting His mind into the future, and is anticipating being back with His Father, where He will ever live to make intercession for His own.

As far back as Luke 9:51 Jesus had been described as one who was going to be received up, a reference to His ascent to heaven. But more than that, He Himself said ” I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world: again, I leave the world, and go to the Father”, John 16:28. So He began to move back to His Father the moment He had come into the world.

He went forth with his disciples over the brook Cedron- note the repetition of the word “disciples” in this verse. “With His disciples…and His disciples…with His disciples”, but although marked out as His followers, they became His forsakers in the garden. John does not record this, because he emphasises Christ’s defence of His own, and the way none of them was lost, and if he recorded the disciples fleeing it would detract from this. He does, however, record the Lord foretelling that they would leave Him, John 16:32.

The brook Cedron, (known as Kidron in the Old Testament), was a winter-brook, meaning it did not flow constantly, but only in winter and after storms. Job said, “My friends have dealt deceitfully as a brook, and as the stream of brooks they pass away; which are blackish by reason of the ice, and wherein the snow is hid: what time they wax warm they vanish: when it is hot they are consumed out of their place. The paths of their way are turned aside; they go to nothing, and perish”, Job 6:15-18. So Christ’s friends disappeared when the heat of the arrest came, but they did not perish like Job’s friends, for their Lord could say “I have lost none”, verse 9. As the Good Shepherd, He gives to them eternal life, “and they shall never perish”, John 10:28.

David crossed the Kidron (Cedron), when Absalom rebelled against him and Ahithophel changed allegiance and betrayed him, 2 Samuel 15,16,17. The traitor psalms, applied to Judas in the New Testament, (Psalms 41, 55, 69, 109), are based on Ahithophel’s treachery.

But there are several contrasts between David and Christ when they crossed this brook, as follows:

1. David had sinned in the matter of Bathsheba, and Ahithophel was Bathsheba’s grandfather, 2 Samuel 11:3; 23:34. It is easy to see he had reason to change allegiance. Judas, however, had no reason at all to betray Christ. In fact, he had every reason to be loyal.

2. The judgment on David for his sin in connection with Bathsheba was, amongst other things, that evil would be raised up against him out of his own house, 2 Samuel 12:11. And so it came to pass, for the would-be usurper of David’s throne, Absalom, was his son. There was no sin in Christ, and therefore no reason for any to rise up against Him, especially from His own band of apostles.

3. David fled in the face of Absalom’s rebellion in part because he was weak in body, as he wrote in Psalm 41:8, “An evil disease, say they, cleaveth fast unto him: and now that he lieth, he shall rise up no more”. No such affliction affected Christ, however, to enable His enemies to take advantage of Him.

4. David crossed the Kidron brook to flee into the wilderness to escape, leaving himself vulnerable to the loss of his throne; Christ crossed the same brook at the same place to confront His enemies, and go to Calvary to guarantee His throne.

5. Because the route from Jerusalem both David and Christ took was at the approach to the Mount of Olives, we know from ancient Jewish records that they followed the path that the scapegoat took on the Day of Atonement. But only the Lord Jesus could fulfil the ritual of that day, for He was “once offered to bear the sins of many”, Hebrews 9:28.

6. Once they reached the top of Mount Olivet, they were at the place, opposite the east gate of the Temple, where the Red Heifer would be slain “before the Lord”. In one of his repentance psalms, David appealed to the Lord to “Purge me with hyssop, and I shall be clean”, Psalm 51:7, a reference to the sprinkling of the ashes of the red heifer over a defiled person to make him clean, Numbers 19:17,18. The writer to the Hebrews contrasts the limited effect of the “ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean”, Hebrews 9:13, with the blood of Christ, which purges the conscience fully.

7. It is said that the blood from the passover lambs was channelled from the altar down to the brook Cedron, so that it is very possible that the waters were still red with their blood. How this must have affected the sensitive soul of Christ as He crossed those waters! But He would do more that cross over the brook, He would go to Calvary and pass through the waters of judgment so that we might be redeemed.

Where was a garden, into the which he entered, and his disciples- John does not name the garden, nor does he name the garden where the sepulchre was, 19:41. He does not use the word Gethsemane, meaning “Place of olive-presses”, for the same reason that he does not record the cry of abandonment on the cross. He is emphasising the Deity of Christ, not His vulnerability. There is no “crushing of the olives” in Gethsemane in John’s gospel, no “being in an agony”, hence no name for the garden which would remind of that. This tells us that the prayer of John 17 was not offered in Gethsemane; even the location was distinct, as well as the content of the prayer. The one was spoken as if the Lord was already in heaven, with the cross in the past, (hence to mention the place-name would be inappropriate), the others in Gethsemane were offered as if the cross was looming large.

There are other contrasts too, as follows:

Matthew, Mark, Luke

John

Location

Gethsemane

Not known

Position adopted

Fallen on His face

Lifting up His eyes to heaven

Themes of prayer

Suffering and death

Glory, eternal life

Length

Short, in an agony

Longer, in view of glory

Subject of prayer

Himself, cup of wrath

Himself, the apostles, believers

Times spoken

Three times

Once

Company

Alone- apostles apart

Apostles probably present

Attitude

“Thy will be done”

“I will”

Display

Reality of manhood

Reality of Deity

18:2
And Judas also, which betrayed him, knew the place: for Jesus ofttimes resorted thither with his disciples.

And Judas also, which betrayed him, knew the place: for Jesus ofttimes resorted thither with his disciples- He would retire there when the authorities in Jerusalem oppressed Him, John 8:1. The place of refuge now becomes the place of arrest. Perhaps Judas and Christ “walked into the House of God in company” from this place, for the mount of Olives was in line with the east gate of the temple, Psalm 55:14.

18:3
Judas then, having received a band of men and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, cometh thither with lanterns and torches and weapons.

Judas then, having received a band of men and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees- putting all the gospel records together, the following were present:

1. A great multitude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and elders of the people, Matthew 26:47.

2. Mark adds “the scribes”, Mark 14:43.

3. The chief priests, captains of the temple, and the elders, Luke 22:52.

4. A band of men and officers from the chief priests and Pharisees, John 18:3.

5. Judas, Luke 22:47.

6. A servant of the high priest, Malchus, verse 51.

7. A kinsman of Malchus, John 18:26.

Remember that more than twelve legions of angels were waiting for a call from Christ that never came, but, as the Lord said, “how then shall the Scriptures be fulfilled?” Matthew 26:53.

Cometh thither with lanterns and torches and weapons- perhaps domestic lamps, hastily picked up when the call came, and military torches. Gideon’s torches caused the enemy to flee, Judges 7:19,20, but here it is the “enemy” who are holding the torches. They are sons of darkness coming to apprehend the Light of the World. But He does not need the torches, nor does He flee. Judas agreed to betray Him “in the absence of the people”, Luke 22:6, and this is how he did it. “He that doeth evil hateth the light”, John 3:20.

The Lord highlighted the swords (military) and staves, (domestic), with the words, “Are ye come out as against a thief with swords and staves for to take Me?” Matthew 26:55. God has put a sword into the hand of the powers that be, so that they can punish evil-doers. But Pilate could ask the question, “Why, what evil hath He done?”, Matthew 27:23, and they refused to respond to that question, because they knew the answer. On the other hand, staves are what a householder would use to defend his property from a burglar. So they were treating Him as if He were the one who, like a thief, was acting illegally against the best interests both of the nation, and the individuals in the nation.

In fact, it was they who were in the wrong, for Jewish law was being contravened in the following ways:

1. The arrest should have been done voluntarily by those who were witnesses to the crime.

2. It was illegal for the temple guard acting for the High Priest to make the arrest.

3. It was illegal in Jewish law to use force against a suspect.

4. The arrest should not have been at night, and constituted an act of violence. This is why the disciples were preparing to prevent it. Malchus was probably one of those foremost in the arrest. If Peter had been preventing a legal arrest, he should have been arrested. The fact he was not, showed the authorities knew they were in the wrong, for the arrest was not legal.

5. The prisoner was bound, which was unnecessary violence, since He was surrounded by only a few men, and the arrest party consisted of many.

6. The prisoner was taken to Annas first, but he was not the proper magistrate.

7. He was interrogated at night, which was prohibited by law.

8. He was detained in a private house, which amounted to kidnap.

9. He was struck gratuitously, and before any charges had been brought, John 18:22.

18:4
Jesus therefore, knowing all things that should come upon him, went forth, and said unto them, Whom seek ye?

Jesus therefore, knowing all things that should come upon him- the “therefore” indicates that He is acting in line with His knowledge of the Father’s will. He knew He was the foreordained Lamb, 1 Peter 1:20, and that the arrest would lead to His crucifixion.

Went forth, and said unto them, Whom seek ye? In response to the arrival of the arrest party, the Good Shepherd not only goes before to lead, but also to protect the sheep. The enemies of the sheep have to confront the shepherd first. He went forth to meet them, taking the initiative. There is no mention by John of Judas’ actions, which have taken place before this point. There is an emphasis on the love and care of the Shepherd, not the treachery and hostility of Judas, the wolf, who comes, with his accomplices, “to steal and to kill and to destroy”. He takes the initiative, asking whom they sought, so they did not arrest anyone else by mistake in the semi-darkness.

18:5
They answered him, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus saith unto them, I am he. And Judas also, which betrayed him, stood with them.

They answered him, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus saith unto them, I am he- the blind man said this, John 9:9 and no-one thought he was claiming Deity. So it must be that the expression reminds them of His word, “Before Abraham was, I am”, John 8:58. They took up stones to stone Him then, but now they are determined to see Him crucified.

How remarkable it is that Jesus of Nazareth is the great “I am”! This tells of His Deity. How remarkable also that the great “I am” should answer to the name of Jesus of Nazareth! This tells of His humility. He still answers to that name in heaven, as Saul of Tarsus found, Acts 22:8. His humble and obedient spirit shall never be forgotten.

And Judas also, which betrayed Him, stood with them- he has done his wretched work, and now stands back with his new-found friends. He prefers their company to that of the Son of God, and thus shows himself to be an unbeliever. John alone mentions this fact, for he was especially sensitive to anyone who was untrue to his Lord. Yet Stephen accuses the nation of being the betrayers of Christ, Acts 7:52, so Judas is just a reflection of the nation. Stephen stood for Christ on earth, and Christ stood to receive him into heaven, verse 56.

18:6
As soon then as he had said unto them, I am he, they went backward, and fell to the ground.

As soon then as he had said unto them, I am he, they went backward, and fell to the ground- they took steps backward, reversing momentarily their plans, and then fell to the ground, illustrating what God’s plan is. They involuntarily do what they will do before Christ at the great white throne, (unless they have repented beforehand and have bowed the knee in that way), for unto Him every knee shall bow, Philippians 2:10, not only because of what He did when He became man, but also because of His Deity, Isaiah 45:22,23. They have an overpowering sense of Christ’s majesty. They thought they had come to arrest a carpenter, but He is, in fact, the Creator.

18:7
Then asked he them again, Whom seek ye? And they said, Jesus of Nazareth.

Then asked he them again, Whom seek ye? And they said, Jesus of Nazareth- having shown that He has power in Himself to resist arrest, He now submits to it as His Father’s will, and not as the will of men, thus highlighting that “He was led as a sheep to the slaughter”, Acts 8:32, not resisting at all. They have learnt that they are not in control. They may take Him, but He is delivered by “the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God”, Acts 2:23.

18:8
Jesus answered, I have told you that I am he: if therefore ye seek me, let these go their way:

Jesus answered, I have told you that I am he- He is in control here, and rebukes them for asking the question again, when He has already given the answer. One man is holding a multitude at bay by His word, before submissively allowing them to take Him.

If therefore ye seek me, let these go their way- having established that they have only come for Him, then, and not before, He requires that the disciples be allowed to go. They cannot refuse this without denying what they have just said. He has put them into a position where they cannot refuse to let the disciples go. The Lord ensures the disciples retire with dignity, even if, when they are out of immediate danger, they flee, as the other gospels record, and as the Lord foretold even in John’s record in 16:32. The emphasis is on His care, and not their fear.

18:9
That the saying might be fulfilled, which he spake, Of them which thou gavest me have I lost none.

That the saying might be fulfilled, which he spake, Of them which thou gavest me have I lost none- John is quoting Christ’s testimony to His Father in 17:12. There is no mention of Judas here, as there was in that verse, for he has now clearly sided with the enemy, and has placed himself out of the range of Christ’s protection as Good Shepherd. This statement shows that our Shepherd is concerned about our physical welfare and safety, as well as our spiritual good.

18:10
Then Simon Peter having a sword drew it, and smote the high priest’s servant, and cut off his right ear. The servant’s name was Malchus.

Then Simon Peter having a sword drew it, and smote the high priest’s servant, and cut off his right ear. The servant’s name was Malchus- this had repercussions in a two-fold way later. First, this incident drew attention to Peter, and so a relative of Malchus, who also was in the garden, accused him of being a disciple, and this resulted in the third of his denials, John 18:26,27. Perhaps this is why John is the only one to name Peter as the one with the sword, so as to make his account of Peter’s denial intelligible. Only Luke the doctor records the healing of the ear.

Peter’s action also gave the Lord the opportunity to show Pilate that His kingdom was not of this world. What earthly king rebukes his followers for fighting, and heals one of the enemy’s soldiers? John does not record the healing of the ear to preserve the climax of the raising of Lazarus. To heal an ear, although having significance, would be an anti-climax if recorded after the raising of a dead person.

18:11
Then said Jesus unto Peter, Put up thy sword into the sheath: the cup which my Father hath given me, shall I not drink it?

Then said Jesus unto Peter, Put up thy sword into the sheath- it is noticeable that the Lord rebuked Peter for seeking to prevent His arrest, but the soldiers do not arrest Peter for the injury to Malchus. They know they are acting illegally. Peter on a human level was justified in seeking to prevent an injustice. The Lord had sanctioned the carrying of a sword when engaged in the work of God, in self-defence, Luke 22:35-38.

The cup which my Father hath given me, shall I not drink it? The Lord was acting on a higher level than human justice. Note the difference between these words and “O my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me”, Matthew 26:39. The conflict in Gethsemane is over, and the Saviour is resolved to drink the cup.

Peter did not realise it then, but later on he would speak of Christ being delivered by “the determinate will and foreknowledge of God”, Acts 2:23, and yet he had sought to frustrate that will! He will write many years later of “the sufferings of Christ”, meaning “the sufferings that pertained to Christ”, such is the sense conveyed by the particular preposition “of” in that passage, 1 Peter 1:11. Those sufferings were to be His, come what may, and Peter’s sword would not prevent them.

18:12
Then the band and the captain and officers of the Jews took Jesus, and bound him,

Then the band and the captain and officers of the Jews took Jesus, and bound him- this was another illegality, to bind an uncharged suspect. When men came to arrest Elijah, he brought down fire from heaven and consumed the first two arrest parties, and no doubt would have done the same to the third had not the angel intervened, 2 Kings 1:9-15. James and John referred to this as a reason to judge the Samaritans, but the rebuke the Saviour gave was, “The Son of Man is not come to destroy men’s lives, but to save them”, Luke 9:54-56. Samson broke his bands and triumphed, Christ gained victory in weakness. They bind the hands that had just healed an ear.

At this point it will be helpful to have the order of subsequent events in our minds. If we were to read each of the four gospels in isolation, we might gain the impression that they were at variance, or that they had their facts wrong. This is not so, however, because John the apostle lived to be an old man, well beyond the time when the other three gospels were written, and the Spirit guided him into all truth, John 16:13. So he, as one present at the proceedings, was able to sanction all four of the records, his own included. We may have confidence, therefore, that what is written is a true witness. We should approach the gospel records, not in a spirit of criticism and doubt, but with an open mind, prepared to accept what they tell us.

Event 1

Arrest in the garden

Event 2

Leading, bound, to Annas

Event 3

Transferral to be questioned by Caiaphas, the other high priest

Event 4

Brought before an informal Sanhedrin, at night, and condemned

Event 5

Brought before a formal session of the Sanhedrin at dawn to ratify the former decision.

Event 6

Led to Pilate, bound, to be questioned.

Event 7

Sent by Pilate to Herod.

Event 8

Returned to Pilate and questioned again.

Event 9

Pronounced by Pilate to be not guilty, but scourged.

Event 10

Presented to the people who call for His crucifixion.

Event 11

Mocked by the Roman soldiers.

Event 12

Brought forth to the people, who cry “Crucify!”

Event 13

Questioned about claim to be Son of God.

Event 14

Delivered to be crucified.

18:13
And led him away to Annas first; for he was father in law to Caiaphas, which was the high priest that same year.

And led him away to Annas first- He was “led as a sheep to the slaughter”, Acts 8:32, where the word slaughter is not one used of sacrifice. Their object is to kill Him. They have no notion that He will be the sacrifice, even though it is priests who direct the operation. The House of Annas were known as “the whisperers”, (The Jewish Talmud said “they hissed like vipers”). They exerted their influence on the judges, “whereby rivals were corrupted, judgment perverted, and the Shekinah withdrawn”. The Shekinah was the Jewish name for the glory of God. Christ is the brightness of the glory, Hebrews 1:3, and He was withdrawn from the nation by God, being rejected by the High Priests. They of all people should have appreciated the glory of God in Christ.

In the days of Eli the Israelites brought the ark of the covenant into the field of battle, and it was captured. David comments on this later on and writes, “He delivered his strength into captivity, and his glory into the enemy’s hand”, Psalm 78:61. Phinehas’ wife also commented on the incident at the time and said, “the glory is departed from Israel: for the ark of God is taken”, 1 Samuel 4:22. She knew that the glory of God dwelt between the cherubim on the mercy-seat which was upon the ark, and lamented its departure. How much more should Israel have lamented after they had taken the one the ark typified, and delivered Him into the hands of the Gentiles. But the priests, like Eli’s sons, had no such appreciation. No doubt the Philistines thought they had won the day, but they found that the ark was stronger than they were, for Dagon their god bowed down to it. And those who took “the ark” in Gethsemane, they bowed down too, as we have seen in verse 6.

For he was father in law to Caiaphas, which was the high priest that same year- the reason He was taken to Annas first was because he was father-in-law to Caiaphas. This might seem a strange reason to give, but John is indicating that the high priests were all of the same family, and Caiaphas was high priest that same year only because of the behind-the-scenes manipulation by Annas.

The fact that John mentions this, as well as saying in verse 24 that Annas had sent Christ bound to Caiaphas, suggests that “the high priest” of the following narrative is Caiaphas, and that the Lord was taken first of all to Annas, but not to be formally interrogated. It shows the influence Annas still had. In fact, in Acts 4:6 it is Annas who is called the high priest, and Caiaphas, whilst present, was simply named.

18:14
Now Caiaphas was he, which gave counsel to the Jews, that it was expedient that one man should die for the people.

Now Caiaphas was he, which gave counsel to the Jews, that it was expedient that one man should die for the people- this refers to John 11:45-54. Caiaphas is clearly not an unbiased judge, for he is of the opinion that one man should die, if that avoids the nation perishing, and that one man is Christ. Not only has he made his mind up, but has made it public. This is further evidence of the illegality of the trial. Christ did indeed die for the nation, but not as a hostage, but a sacrificial substitute. It was indeed expedient, or profitable to them, but not so as to prevent the Romans depriving them of their rights, but so as to secure the rights of God in the matter of sin, and enable Him to righteously justify sinners.

There follows in verses 15 to 18 the account of Peter’s first denial. The gospel writers intertwine Peter’s denials with the account of Christ before the high priests, as if to suggest that they, as representatives of the nation, were denying Him too. This was the case, for Peter himself, having been converted from his lapse, accuses the nation later on of denying the Holy One and the Just, Acts 3:14. He then called upon the nation to “repent…and be converted”, verse 19, just as he had repented and been converted from his denials.

(b) Verses 15-18
The denial by Peter the first time

18:15
And Simon Peter followed Jesus, and so did another disciple: that disciple was known unto the high priest, and went in with Jesus into the palace of the high priest.

And Simon Peter followed Jesus- when the Lord was actually arrested, all the disciples forsook Him and fled. Having escaped out of immediate danger, Peter now follows the arrest party, but afar off, Matthew 26:58. He is a marked man, having tried to kill a man in the garden. To his credit, he does not immediately go to his home, although he will do this later, for the Lord said, “Behold the hour cometh, yea, is now come, that ye shall be scattered, every man to his own, and shall leave me alone: and yet I am not alone, because the Father is with me”, John 16:32.

And so did another disciple- we are not told who this disciple is. Some think it is John the apostle, but he always identifies himself in the gospel as “the disciple whom Jesus loved”.

That disciple was known unto the high priest, and went in with Jesus into the palace of the high priest- this disciple seems to want to be in favour with both parties, Christ and the high priest. He has compromised, and sadly he influenced even Peter in the matter. We should beware of compromise, because it will lead both ourselves and others into difficulties. Like Peter, he has nothing to say when the Lord is falsely accused. The psalmist anticipated this situation when he wrote with Christ in mind, “Reproach hath broken my heart; and I am full of heaviness: and I looked for some to take pity, but there was none; and for comforters, but I found none”, Psalm 69:20.

18:16
But Peter stood at the door without. Then went out that other disciple, which was known unto the high priest, and spake unto her that kept the door, and brought in Peter.

But Peter stood at the door without- it would have been better if he had taken the fact that the door was shut against him as a sign that he ought not to enter.

Then went out that other disciple, which was known unto the high priest, and spake unto her that kept the door, and brought in Peter- this disciple must have been very well-known and trusted, for he does not have to get the high priest’s permission, and the girl at the door does what he says. It is almost a “Lot situation”, for that man had entered into Sodom and gained a place of influence there. But no good came of it. Let us ensure that we only influence believers for good, and do not lead them into paths that may result in sin.

18:17
Then saith the damsel that kept the door unto Peter, Art not thou also one of this man’s disciples? He saith, I am not.

Then saith the damsel that kept the door unto Peter, Art not thou also one of this man’s disciples? Peter has gone to stand by the fire, and the maid who let him in follows him. Luke’s account, literally rendered, is “A certain maid, having seen him sitting by the light”. It was a much better situation in Acts 4:13, where we read of Peter and John, that the high priests “took knowledge of them, that they had been with Jesus”. The girl was hardly likely to have been in the garden at the arrest, but she may have seen him if she had watched the entry into Jerusalem.

He saith, I am not- here is the first of Peter’s denials. It is important to notice that he does not renounce the faith. Fearful of his danger, he takes the cowardly course and denies that he is a disciple. We should not underestimate the seriousness of these denials. We should also note how wrong and foolish it is to make Peter the foundation of the church, given that he acted in this way.

Mark tells us that the Lord warned Peter that he would deny Him thrice before the cock had crowed twice, Mark 14:30. He then tells us that after his first denial “he went out into the porch, and the cock crew”, Mark 14:68. The crowing of the cock is under the control of Christ, and He is here giving a warning to Peter after his first denial, reminding him that he is in danger of denying again. Peter is in the porch, so the way of escape from the temptation is available. The word that Matthew uses for porch means a gateway. God always gives us the way of escape, but we do not always take it, to our loss. So it was with Peter. In the upper room he had been like one who thinketh he standeth, and he should have taken heed lest he fall, 1 Corinthians 10:12. But the apostle goes on to say, “There hath no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful, who will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that ye may be able to bear it”, 1 Corinthians 10:13. The porch was Peter’s way of escape, and he could so easily have gone out, but sadly he did not do so, and returned into the palace to stand at the world’s fire.

It is well-known that hens have varied levels of importance among the flock, and they maintain this order by pecking. If a hen from a lower level steps out of line, then those higher up peck her into submission. This is called the “pecking order”. It has been discovered of recent years that the cockerels also have a way of maintaining their levels of influence. It is not by pecking, but by crowing. He who crows first and loudest is at the top of the hierarchy. Now when we are given the list of the apostles, we read, “The first, Simon, who is called Peter”, Matthew 10:2. So he was the “chief cockerel”. Without being unkind to him, we have to say that in the gospel records he seems to “crow” first and loudest. How appropriate then that the first and the loudest cockerel in the vicinity of the high priest’s palace should be used as a warning to Peter. His crowing seemed to say to Peter, “You have been given the first place amongst the apostles, so you should set a good example, and not deny your Lord again”.

Matthew, Luke and John do not mention this cockcrow, because it is not the sound that signals the start of the watch of the night called “The cock crow”. We read of the four watches of the night in Mark 13:35, “at even, or at midnight, or at the cockcrowing, or in the morning”, “even” being from 6pm to 9pm; “midnight” being from 9pm to 12 o’clock; “cockcrowing” from midnight to 3am; “morning” from 3am to 6am. So the last three are named by what comes at the end of each one.

Apparently in tropical parts the cockerel often crows in the dead of night, but this is not the “official” cock crow, but rather the expression of a cock calling out of turn. Peter had been like that, speaking out of turn as he denied his Lord. It is this that only Mark records.

So when the Lord says in Matthew 26:34, “before the cock crow”; in Luke 22:34, “the cock shall not crow this day”; and in John 13:38, “the cock shall not crow”, He is speaking of the watch that ends with the cock crowing. Significantly the Lord does not say, “before 3am you will deny Me”, but mentions the audible sound of the cock crowing, thus giving the irregular crowing of the cock special significance to Peter, to reinforce its importance as a warning.

Some have questioned this incident on the grounds that cockerels were unclean birds, and therefore, so they think, would not be allowed in Jerusalem. It may well be that no Jew would keep a cockerel, but we should not forget that there was a Roman garrison in the city, and one of the ways Roman soldiers amused themselves was by watching cock fights.

Special note on denial
The Lord had told His disciples, “Whosoever therefore shall confess me before men, him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven. But whosoever shall deny me before men, him will I also deny before my Father which is in heaven”, Matthew 10:32,33. To confess Christ means to acknowledge who He is. To deny Him is to reject who He is. The context of those words is the preaching of the gospel of the kingdom. Some will believe that gospel, and by so doing will confess Christ. Others will reject it, and so will deny the truth it brings them as to the person of Christ. If they persist in this, then Christ will have to deny they are His in the day of judgment. So the one who confesses is not the same one who denies. So the Lord is not saying here that He may, in certain circumstances, deny one who has previously confessed Him.

So what shall we say of Peter’s denial? We are helped in this by remembering what the Lord said to Him before the event, which was, “Simon, Simon, behold, Satan hath desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat: but I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not: and when thou art converted, strengthen thy brethren”. Peter’s reply to this was, “Lord, I am ready to go with thee, both into prison, and to death”. The Lord’s response, “I tell thee, Peter, the cock shall not crow this day, before that thou shalt thrice deny that thou knowest me”, Luke 22:31-34.

So several things are coming together when Peter denied his Lord. First, there was the prior intercession of Christ for him, He knowing what was going to happen. Second, there was the attempt of Satan to get Peter, and the other disciples, to fail in their faith in Christ. In other words, to apostacise. Third, there was the willingness of Peter to cleave to the Lord, even to the point of death. Fourth, there was the weakness of the flesh, despite the willingness of the spirit, as the Lord said to them in Gethsemane, Matthew 26:41. (So it was the power of Christ’s intercession, not the willingness of Peter’s spirit, that kept Peter back from renouncing Him). Fifth, there was the denial when confronted by those around the fire. Sixth, there were the bitter tears after he had denied His Lord. Seventh, the conversion and restoration to full fellowship, with the ability to strengthen his brethren so that they do not deny the Lord as he did.

We may conclude that the denial of an unbeliever is different to the denial by a believer. The Lord prayed that Peter’s faith would not fail, so He recognised him as a believer. He had confidence that he would recover from his lapse, and be in a position to strengthen others so that they do not make the mistake he did. Peter did not renounce his faith in Christ, but sadly denied that he was a disciple and that he knew Him. Nor did the Lord renounce Peter, but interceded for Him and welcomed him back to fellowship.

It is interesting to note that the angels at the empty tomb spoke to Mary Magdalene and the other women, but not to Peter and John. Were they sensitive to the fact that both had forsaken the Lord and fled, and that Peter had denied Him? But it is pleasing to note that the message from the angel to the women was “But go your way, tell his disciples and Peter, that he goeth before you into Galilee: there shall ye see him, as he said unto you”, Mark 16:7. So the angel was looking forward to Peter’s restoration.

18:18
And the servants and officers stood there, who had made a fire of coals; for it was cold: and they warmed themselves: and Peter stood with them, and warmed himself.

And the servants and officers stood there, who had made a fire of coals; for it was cold- it has often been noticed that John gives little insights into the state of things naturally on that night. He has already told us that Judas went out, “and it was night”, 13:30. Night, indeed, as to the time, but night in Judas’ soul, and sadly he goes out eventually into the blackness of darkness for ever. Here, John tells us it was cold. Cold as to the temperature, but cold hearts are plotting the death of their Messiah. Later on in verse 28 he will tell us “it was early”, as far as the time of day, but they hastened to do their ugly deed. Their feet were “swift to shed blood”, Romans 3:15.

And they warmed themselves: and Peter stood with them, and warmed himself- how sad to find a believer warmed by that which warms unbelievers. The Lord noted this, and after He was risen He made a fire of coals, and Peter was restored to fellowship with Him again, 21:9. That fire, however, was not just to warm cold and sad disciples, but also to cook them a meal and feed them. The world’s fire does not do this, for there is nothing in the world that will feed the souls of saints.

So Peter first of all stood without, verse 16, then he stood within, and then we learn from Luke that he sat down together with them, Luke 22:55. This is the downward path of those who deny their Lord.

After the parenthesis to introduce the idea of Peter’s denial, John continues with his narrative, as he describes the preliminary hearing, designed to prepare the way for the formal hearing before the Sanhedrin at dawn. John is showing us at the outset the disinterest in the truth displayed by the authorities.

(c) Verses 19-24
The dialogue between Christ and the high priest

18:19
The high priest then asked Jesus of his disciples, and of his doctrine.

The high priest then asked Jesus of his disciples- he is afraid there is about to be an uprising against the authorities, but they need not have worried. The Lord had rebuked Peter for the use of the sword in Gethsemane. Notice the Lord does not discuss His disciples, as He protects them like the Good Shepherd He is. He arranged for their departure at His arrest, thus shielding them physically, and now He shields them again, ensuring that after His ascension they are not targeted.

And of his doctrine- the High Priestly family were Sadducees, and Luke tells us “they say there is no resurrection, neither angel, nor spirit”, Acts 23:8. They are clearly at variance with the teaching of the Lord Jesus. The Lord will not be drawn into details, however, for He had been a recognised teacher in Israel for three and a half years, often in the temple courts, and they had ample opportunity to listen to Him then.

Special note on His doctrine
It was a life-giving word- “He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into judgment, but is passed from death unto life”, John 5:24.

It was a word from God- “My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me”, John 7:16.

It was a word of truth- “He that sent me is true: and I speak to the world those things which I have heard of him”, 8:26.

It was a word of insight- “I speak that which I have seen with my Father”, John 8:38.

It was a word of authority- “For I have not spoken of myself; but the Father which sent me, he gave me commandment, what I should say, and what I should speak”, John 12:49.

18:20
Jesus answered him, I spake openly to the world; I ever taught in the synagogue, and in the temple, whither the Jews always resort; and in secret have I said nothing.

Jesus answered him- the Lord was always in control during His trials, yet never acted rudely. “When he suffered, he threatened not”, 1 Peter 2:23. He is confident that truth is on His side, and He will not allow error and falsehood to prevail, even when He is a bound prisoner.

I spake openly to the world- He never limited Himself to a select group of listeners, for all were welcome to hear what He had to say. There was no secrecy. This was a rebuke to Annas, (who was very possibly present, since Peter links all those named as rulers together in Acts 4:8 as being guilty of crucifying Christ), for Annas was notorious for his secret dealings, being known as “the whisperer”.

I ever taught in the synagogue, and in the temple, whither the Jews always resort- His was no attempt to advance some weird doctrines at variance with the teaching of the Old Testament. He was recognised as a teacher in the synagogues, and He taught in the temple courts as other doctors of the law did. He was not a rabble-rouser on the street corner. The prophet had said that “He shall not cry, not lift up, nor cause his voice to be heard in the street”, Isaiah 42:2. The apostles followed this example, preaching either in the synagogues, or in different houses.

The temple was the territory of the High Priests, and their responsibility, so if He had been a heretic, they should have arrested Him immediately. The fact is that when they tried to do so, those who were sent to apprehend Him came back without Him, saying, “Never man spake like this man”, John 7:46. The power of His words was enough to prevent His arrest.

And in secret have I said nothing- of course He had spoken to His disciples in the privacy of the upper room, but that was only after the nation had had three and a half years in which to listen to Him and know the sort of things He was saying and teaching.

18:21
Why askest thou me? ask them which heard me, what I have said unto them: behold, they know what I said.

Why askest thou me? It was forbidden in Jewish law to try to get the accused to incriminate himself, hence the implied rebuke for asking Him.

Ask them which heard me, what I have said unto them: behold, they know what I said- the Lord appeals to those who could bear witness, and implies that the high priest should have been bringing them forward to bear testimony, not false witnesses who couldn’t agree. This is a rebuke from “the Holy One and the Just”, for the high priest’s false dealings.

18:22
And when he had thus spoken, one of the officers which stood by struck Jesus with the palm of his hand, saying, Answerest thou the high priest so?

And when he had thus spoken, one of the officers which stood by struck Jesus with the palm of his hand- is this the best way that the nation entrusted with God’s righteous law can behave? Have they no procedures by which to deal with this situation? They have no answer to His responses, except an act of contempt and insult. Men still hold (suppress) the truth in unrighteousness, Romans 1:18. This is part of the process by which the world was being judged by Christ, bringing it out into the light and exposing its wickedness. He is prepared to be ill-treated in this way if the truth is brought out thereby, as it is.

Saying, Answerest thou the high priest so? Any prisoner was within His rights to protest at the illegality of the proceedings. Paul protested at his illegal treatment, so that others would benefit, Acts 16:37. The Lord will not allow unrighteousness. He is “the Just One, of whom ye have been now the betrayers and murderers”, Acts 7:52, (said to the high priest, verse 1). The officer is clearly trying to impress his master with his zeal. He should have been restrained and rebuked for breaking the law, but there was no interest in keeping to the law that night.

18:23
Jesus answered him, If I have spoken evil, bear witness of the evil: but if well, why smitest thou me?

Jesus answered him, If I have spoken evil, bear witness of the evil- He was either guilty or innocent of reviling the high priest. If guilty, the due process should be followed and measures taken to show His guilt. Annas and Caiaphas are being given a lesson in justice by “the Judge of all the earth”.

But if well, why smitest thou me? That the action of striking Him was illegal is seen in the absence of any response to Christ’s question.

18:24
Now Annas had sent him bound unto Caiaphas the high priest.

Now Annas had sent Him bound unto Caiaphas the high priest- why does John tell us this at this point? It may be that Annas lived in the same palace as Caiaphas, and John is preparing us for the possibility that when the Lord was being taken from Caiaphas to Pilate, it was then “He turned, and looked upon Peter”, Luke 22:61. It is also possible that by his deliberate vagueness as to where the conversation took place, John is using a literary device to show his disapproval of what happened. Jacob had said, as he prophesied about the wickedness of Simeon and Levi, “O my soul, come not into their secret; unto their assembly, mine honour, be not thou united”, Genesis 49:6. John is heeding Jacob’s advice, and distancing himself from the secret counsels of the descendants of Levi. It would have been better for Peter if he had done this too, for his other name Simon is the equivalent of Simeon, who was allied to Levi, Genesis 49:5; 34:25. Simon Peter came close to being united, (“Levied”), unto their assembly, such is the danger of denial.

John is also pointing out to us the illegality of the proceedings, if we put the emphasis on “bound”. This binding should not have happened, and it sets the tone for the whole of the proceedings of the next few hours.

In John 18:25-27 we have John’s account of Peter’s second and third denial, as if to put side by side the denial of Peter for the third time and the denial of the Jewish authorities of the Lord Jesus for the third time, first before Annas privately, then before Caiaphas and an informal company of “chief priests and elders, and all the council”, Matthew 26:59, and then before the formal Sanhedrin in public at the break of day, (although John does not record this latter “trial”).

By his statement about the sending from Annas to Caiaphas, John is ensuring we realise the informal session of the Sanhedrin we shall consider next was under Caiaphas the High priest’s control, for he was high priest that year. As such, he had already decided that Christ should die, John 49-53, and was not, therefore, an impartial judge.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE GOSPEL OF JOHN CHAPTER 18, VERSES 25 TO 40:

18:25 And Simon Peter stood and warmed himself. They said therefore unto him, Art not thou also one of his disciples? He denied it, and said, I am not.

18:26 One of the servants of the high priest, being his kinsman whose ear Peter cut off, saith, Did not I see thee in the garden with him?

18:27 Peter then denied again: and immediately the cock crew.

18:28 Then led they Jesus from Caiaphas unto the hall of judgment: and it was early; and they themselves went not into the judgment hall, lest they should be defiled; but that they might eat the passover.

18:29 Pilate then went out unto them, and said, What accusation bring ye against this man?

18:30 They answered and said unto him, If he were not a malefactor, we would not have delivered him up unto thee.

18:31 Then said Pilate unto them, Take ye him, and judge him according to your law. The Jews therefore said unto him, It is not lawful for us to put any man to death:

18:32 That the saying of Jesus might be fulfilled, which he spake, signifying what death he should die.

18:33 Then Pilate entered into the judgment hall again, and called Jesus, and said unto him, Art thou the King of the Jews?

18:34 Jesus answered him, Sayest thou this thing of thyself, or did others tell it thee of me?

18:35 Pilate answered, Am I a Jew? Thine own nation and the chief priests have delivered thee unto me: what hast Thou done?

18:36 Jesus answered, My kingdom is not of this world: if my kingdom were of this world, then would my servants fight, that I should not be delivered to the Jews: but now is my kingdom not from hence.

18:37 Pilate therefore said unto him, Art thou a king then? Jesus answered, Thou sayest that I am a king. To this end was I born, and for this cause came I into the world, that I should bear witness unto the truth. Every one that is of the truth heareth my voice.

18:38 Pilate saith unto him, What is truth? And when he had said this, he went out again unto the Jews, and saith unto them, I find in him no fault at all.

18:39 But ye have a custom, that I should release unto you one at the passover: will ye therefore that I release unto you the King of the Jews?

18:40 Then cried they all again, saying, Not this man, but Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a robber.

(d) Verses 25-27
The denial by Peter the second and third time

18:25
And Simon Peter stood and warmed himself. They said therefore unto him, Art not thou also one of his disciples? He denied it, and said, I am not.

And Simon Peter stood and warmed himself- John repeats what he told us in verse 18, to pick up the narrative of Peter’s denial again.

They said therefore unto him, Art not thou also one of his disciples? He denied it, and said, I am not- so he has denied being one of Christ’s disciples already, (and, as Mark tells us, has been warned by the crowing of the first cock), and now he does the selfsame thing. He has rejected the way of escape that was made available to him through the porch.

18:26
One of the servants of the high priest, being his kinsman whose ear Peter cut off, saith, Did not I see thee in the garden with him?

One of the servants of the high priest, being his kinsman whose ear Peter cut off, saith, Did not I see thee in the garden with him? The fire had warmed him, but this question is red-hot, for to be a disciple is one thing, but to be guilty of attempted murder is another. The man is an eye-witness of what happened, and could have been brought forward in a court of law to condemn Peter. How much anguish Peter could have saved himself by escaping out of the porch!

18:27
Peter then denied again: and immediately the cock crew.

Peter then denied again: and immediately the cock crew- Matthew gives us a sense of Peter’s desperation in the situation he had got himself into. The first denial was a denial that he knew what the maid meant. The second time he denied with an oath. The third time he denied with cursing and swearing, Matthew 26:70,72,74. The first cock was moved to crow after the first denial, and now the second cock is restrained from crowing until after the third denial. Moreover, it crowed immediately after the denial, showing that it was not a coincidence, for the cock was in the Lord’s hands; but better still, Peter was in the Lord’s hands, and His intercession has ensured that his faith in Christ has not failed.

Matthew gives us the sequel, for we read, “And Peter remembered the word of Jesus, which said unto him, Before the cock crow, thou shalt deny Me thrice. And he went out, and wept bitterly”, Matthew 26:75. Luke adds a detail, for we read that after the third denial, “And the Lord turned, and looked upon Peter”, Luke 22:61. The psalmist had foretold the trials of the Lord Jesus, and had said, “Reproach hath broken my heart; and I am full of heaviness: and I looked for some to take pity, but there was none; and for comforters, but I found none”, Psalm 69:20.

That Peter’s tears were genuine tears of repentance is seen in three ways. First, in that the Lord had personal dealing with him afterwards in a meeting of which we know nothing, Mark 16:7; 1 Corinthians 15:5. If he had not truly repented this could not have happened.

Second, he accused the leaders of the nation with the charge, “But ye denied the Holy One and the Just”, Acts 3:14. He could not have done that sincerely if his own denial had not been repented of and forgiven.

Third, his repentance was shown in that he learnt from his mistake. He denied whilst the Lord was suffering at the hands of men and was being buffeted, and later on in his life, writing to Christian servants he said, “For this is thankworthy, if a man for conscience toward God endure grief, suffering wrongfully. For what glory is it, if, when ye be buffeted for your faults, ye shall take it patiently? But if, when ye do well, and suffer for it, ye take it patiently, this is acceptable with God. For even hereunto were ye called: because Christ also suffered for us, leaving us an example, that ye should follow his steps: who did no sin, neither was guile found in his mouth: who when he was reviled, reviled not again; when he suffered, he threatened not; but committed himself to him that judgeth righteously”, 1 Peter 2:20-23. He had been beneath in the palace court whilst men buffeted, insulted, and falsely accused God’s perfect Servant. Yet He displayed the utmost poise and restraint. Thinking upon these things, Peter was humbled, and learnt the lesson, and thus his repentance was real.

John has told us in verse 24 that Annas sent the Lord bound to Caiaphas, but there is no appeal to the other members of the council in that passage, simply a conversation between the high priest and Christ. We have to read Matthew 26:57,59-68, and Mark 14:55-65 to find details of the meeting of the council before dawn, at which they agreed to formally charge Christ once the morning was come. They were not allowed to formally charge Him during the night. For the sake of completeness, we will divert to think of this informal session, as found in Mark 14:55-65.

By his statement about the sending from Annas to Caiaphas, John is ensuring we realise the informal session of the Sanhedrin we shall consider next was under Caiaphas the High priest’s control, for he was high priest that year.

Mark 14:55-65

14:55
And the chief priests and all the council sought for witness against Jesus to put him to death; and found none.

And the chief priests and all the council sought for witness against Jesus to put him to death, and found none- we see the determination of the rulers to obtain what they want. They first of all sought for witness. Now forced witness is of no value, for witnesses must come forward voluntarily. Especially since under Jewish law those who brought false witness were to be condemned with the same punishment as the one they witnessed against would have received. Witnesses therefore would be very reluctant to come forward and give false testimony under this system. The rulers will tell Pilate later on that “by our law he ought to die”, but they did not follow their law.

Note the bias of these judges, for they are bringing forward witnesses for one purpose only, to see that the prisoner is put to death. They are not assembled to seek and find the truth, but to get Christ crucified; that is their agenda.

14:56
For many bare false witness against him, but their witness agreed not together.

For many bear false witness against him, but their witness did not agree together- the requirement of the law of Moses was as follows: “One witness shall not rise up against a man for any iniquity, or for any sin, in any sin that he sinneth: at the mouth of two witnesses, or at the mouth of three witnesses, shall the matter be established. If a false witness rise up against any man to testify against him that which is wrong; Then both the men, between whom the controversy is, shall stand before the Lord, before the priests and the judges, which shall be in those days; And the judges shall make diligent inquisition: and, behold, if the witness be a false witness, and hath testified falsely against his brother; Then shall ye do unto him, as he had thought to have done unto his brother: so shalt thou put the evil away from among you. And those which remain shall hear, and fear, and shall henceforth commit no more any such evil among you. And thine eye shall not pity; but life shall go for life, eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot”, Deuteronomy 19:15-21.

We see from this that the false witnesses should have been crucified, (for that was what their false witness would result in), and the case dismissed as being unjust.

14:57
And there arose certain, and bare false witness against him, saying,

And there arose certain, and bare false witness against him, saying- having brought forced witness, and false witness, we now have fabricated witness. Clearly the priests are having trouble in finding any who will witness against Him. There were multitudes in Israel who could bear testimony for Him, so why were these not brought?

14:58
We heard him say, I will destroy this temple that is made with hands, and within three days I will build another made without hands.

We heard him say, I will destroy this temple that is made with hands- this is a garbled version of what the Lord had said in Jerusalem at the first Passover of His public ministry. He had actually said, when asked what sign He showed to give Him the right to purge the temple, “Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up”, John 2:19. They misunderstood His words, thinking He was referring only to Herod’s temple. This is why they spoke of Him rearing it up in three days, when it had been forty-six years since the building had started, and still it was not finished. After His resurrection from the dead the disciples realised that He had been speaking of the temple of His body, of which the temple was a figure.

So He said nothing about destroying the temple himself. It was they who would do it, when they secured His death. His body, soul and spirit would be separated in death, and since they were responsible for His death, (although from another viewpoint He laid His life down of Himself), they would destroy Him.

There is a vital link between the crucifixion of Christ, and the destruction of the city of Jerusalem in AD 70. Jacob prophesied of the time when the sons of Levi, the priestly tribe, would, in their anger, slay a man, and in their self-will dig down a wall, Genesis 49:5-7. The slaughter of Christ, and the destruction of the walls of Jerusalem are linked. The parable of the marriage of the king’s son involves the city of those who refused the invitation to the wedding being destroyed, Matthew 22:1-7.

There is a vital connection, then, between the destiny of the temple, and that of His body, the temple of the Holy Spirit. Both will be destroyed, but both will rise again. In the case of Christ’s body the destruction would mean the separation of His body, soul and spirit in death, and significantly, when that happened the vail of the temple was rent- the destruction had begun!

So by crucifying Him, they would secure the destruction of the city of Jerusalem and the temple. But Hosea had spoken of a period of three days after which God would raise up His people Israel from the grave of the nations, Hosea 6:1,2, (see also Deuteronomy 32:39). Together with His dead body would they rise, Isaiah 26:19, or in other words, they would be associated with, and believe in, His resurrection at long last, and gain the benefits which His rising again brings to those who believe. When He comes again there will be built a temple fit for His glorious kingdom, as detailed by Ezekiel in his prophecy, chapters 40-47. As Zechariah said, “He shall build the temple of the Lord”, Zechariah 6:12.

It was the Sadducean party that controlled the temple, and they did not believe in the resurrection of the body. They no doubt thought of this statement by Christ during the first passover of His ministry as an attack upon their doctrine. And now at His trial during the last passover of His ministry it is the Sadducean party in control of proceedings. They think it is time for revenge.

And within three days I will build another made without hands- there are at least three misrepresentations here. He did not say He would build another, but would raise up the one that was destroyed. He did not imply that it would take three days, but stated He would do it three days after the destruction. He said nothing of the building being made without hands, as if it were some magical building. They either ignorantly or wilfully misquoted His words.

14:59
But neither so did their witness agree together.

But neither so did their witness agree together- just as the witnesses of verse 56 did not agree together, neither did these latter ones agree either. The case should have collapsed, therefore, but those conducting it are not interested in justice.

14:60
And the high priest stood up in the midst, and asked Jesus, saying, Answerest thou nothing? what is it which these witness against thee?

And the high priest stood up in the midst- according to Jewish law, for the high priest to stand up during a trial was an illegal act, and should have signalled the end of the trial altogether. Caiaphas is clearly frustrated, and having failed to find two witnesses who will agree, has to resort to trying to get the prisoner to incriminate Himself.

And asked Jesus, saying, Answerest thou nothing? what is it which these witness against thee? The Lord Jesus will not appear to endorse false witness by responding to it. When it was a question of His own honour, He would be like a sheep dumb before its shearers, as the prophet had said. Men are here seeking to shear Him of His glory, and He remains silent. When it is a question of the glory of His Father, or the defence of the truth, or the safety of His disciples, He will speak; but not otherwise.

14:61
But he held his peace, and answered nothing. Again the high priest asked him, and said unto him, Art thou the Christ, the Son of the Blessed?

But he held his peace, and answered nothing- He will not even explain why He will not answer, such is His determination to remain silent.

Again the high priest asked him, and said unto him, Art thou the Christ, the Son of the Blessed? We know from Matthew’s gospel that at this point the High Priest had put the Lord Jesus under oath. We read, “And the high priest answered and said unto him, I adjure thee by the living God, that thou tell us whether thou be the Christ, the Son of God”, Matthew 26:63. He was obliged to answer, therefore, as a godly Jew, for it was a trespass against the law to not answer. The word is, “And if a soul sin, and hear the voice of swearing, and is a witness, whether he hath seen or known of it; if he do not utter it, then he shall bear his iniquity”. By “voice of swearing” is meant “the voice of one who is putting you under oath”.

14:62
And Jesus said, I am: and ye shall see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven.

And Jesus said, I am- in Matthew the answer is “Thou hast said”, which is the formula a polite Jew would use when answering a question of a serious nature. Mark tells us what He said in its plain meaning, for the benefit of his Gentile readers. Here is a definite and unmistakable claim to Deity, and because the rulers did not believe His claim, they reckoned it to be blasphemy.

It should be noticed that to the learned men of Israel the title “Son of the Blessed” was a title of Deity. The fact that He claimed to be God’s Son did not imply He was in some way less than God. He was claiming to be fully God. The expression “son of” to an Eastern mind would mean “the sharer of the nature of”. So the Lord called James and John “sons of thunder”, meaning they shared the same nature as the thunder did, stormy and angry.

And ye shall see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power- notice He reverts now to the title, Son of man, that is relevant to all men, for judgment has been given to Him because He is Son of Man, John 5:22. The priests are being informed that although they sit in judgment on Him then, in a day to come it will be different. And that He will rise from the dead and ascend to the right hand of God, which is the right hand of power, will ensure that this will happen, for as Paul said to the men of Athens, who scoffed at the idea of the resurrection of the dead, (as the Sadducean priests did in Israel), that God “hath appointed a day, in the which he will judge the world in righteousness by that man whom he hath ordained; whereof he hath given assurance unto all men, in that he hath raised him from the dead”, Acts 17:31.

It seems that those in hell can see those in heaven, although between them there is “a great gulf fixed”, Luke 16:23. So it is that when he died and went to hell, Caaiphas was able to see the one he had condemned, and would realise that He was in the highest place of honour, whilst he himself was in the depths of shame.

And coming in the clouds of heaven- Christ would do more than ascend to heaven, He would descend from thence in power and great glory, and “every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him”, Revelation 1:7. We see now why the Lord said “ye shall see”, for this pronoun is plural. All the unbelievers in the nation, represented that day by Caiaphas, shall see these things. And the nation as a whole shall see, too, as their Messiah comes to reign.

14:63
Then the high priest rent his clothes, and saith, What need we any further witnesses?

Then the high priest rent his clothes- this in itself was an act contrary to the law, for the Scripture says, “And he that is the high priest among his brethren, upon whose head the anointing oil was poured, and that is consecrated to put on the garments, shall not uncover his head, nor rend his clothes”, Leviticus 21:10. Now it is very unlikely that the high priest would be wearing his garments for glory and beauty at this time, for presumably they were worn during his ministrations in the temple. But this rending of clothes does have a metaphorical meaning, for the official garments of the high priest had gold wires interwoven in them, and if he had rent those garments he would have broken the gold wires. But those wires signified the glory of Deity, interwoven in the threads of linen signifying Christ’s humanity, and thus by rending his clothes the high priest renounced the Deity of Christ that had just been affirmed by Christ’s words.

And saith, What need we any further witnesses? By this statement he admitted that the witnesses already brought before him had not produced any evidence of guilt. He had to resort to placing the prisoner on oath to obtain a confession. He also is bringing the proceedings to a swift conclusion, because he thinks he has obtained what he thinks is a confession of guilt.

14:64
Ye have heard the blasphemy: what think ye? And they all condemned him to be guilty of death.

Ye have heard the blasphemy- Christ had given ample proof of His Deity throughout His ministry, but they were determined not to believe on Him, for that would involve loss of prestige and power. Blasphemy is speech that injures the reputation of another, in this case of God. They believed it was their duty to stone blasphemers to death, and indeed it was, for the law required it in Leviticus 24:15,16, with the words, “And thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel, saying, ‘Whosoever curseth his God shall bear his sin. And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord, he shall surely be put to death, and all the congregation shall certainly stone him: as well the stranger, as he that is born in the land, when he blasphemeth the name of the Lord, shall be put to death'”. So to speak injuriously of God merited stoning; it stands to reason that to claim, as a man, to be equal with God is the ultimate injury and insult.

What think ye? And they all condemned him to be guilty of death- Caiaphas cannot make the decision alone, so he now puts the matter to the vote of the Sanhedrin, and by so doing will make them guilty of the conviction of Christ too. As Peter will say just a few weeks later, “I wot that through ignorance ye did it, as did also your rulers”, Acts 3:17.

It is interesting to notice in this connection that the only category of person who was to bring a male kid of the goats as a sin offering, was a ruler, Leviticus 4:22-26. And the animal that was slain to atone for the sins of the nation on the Day of Atonement was a male kid of the goats, Leviticus 16:5. Thus there is a link between the rulers and the nation in their sin, (“ye did it, as also your rulers”), and both are provided for in the true sacrifice of Christ for sin which the goat pictured; such is the grace of God.

14:65
And some began to spit on him, and to cover his face, and to buffet him, and to say unto him, Prophesy: and the servants did strike him with the palms of their hands.

And some began to spit on him- the soldiers of Pilate, who were Gentiles, did this later on, but we do not expect such behaviour from the officers of the high priest of Israel. The prophet foretold this when he wrote of the Messiah, “I hid not my face from shame and spitting”, Isaiah 50:6. To spit on someone is the ultimate expression of contempt and hatred, and the Lord Jesus did not seek to avoid this expression of the wickedness of men. He endured the cross, for His Father ordained that for Him, but He despised the shame, that which men gratuitously heaped upon Him. Even if a person is guilty, justice does not require that he be insulted. In fact, Jewish law required the utmost respect for a prisoner, and extreme deference was to be shown to him. After all, until condemned, he was to be reckoned innocent.

The Lord Jesus warned His disciples with the words, “Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of Man shall be accomplished. For He shall be delivered to the Gentiles, and shall be mocked, and spitefully entreated, and spitted on, and they shall scourge him, and put him to death: and the third day he shall rise again”, Luke 18:31-33. And so it came to pass,

What the Lord did not tell His disciples was that their rulers would spit on Him also. It was one thing for uncouth Gentile soldiers to do this, but it was entirely another thing for members of the Sanhedrin to do so. They were so contemptuous of Him that they allowed themselves to do it, for we read that in the High Priest’s palace with the council present, when the Lord affirmed that He was indeed the Christ, “some began to spit on Him”, Mark 14:65, and Matthew tells us “they spit in His face”, Matthew 26:67. They no doubt felt justified in doing this, for had He not claimed to be the Son of God, and therefore was an apostate and a blasphemer? They had refused the testimony of His forerunner John, of His Father as He spoke from heaven, and His works, see John 5:32-38. It is gratifying to notice that Mark says that “some began to spit on Him”, Mark 14:65, thus allowing us to believe that Joseph of Arimathea did not stoop so low. So the Gentiles spit on Him in mock anointing, but Jews spit in His face in contempt.

And to cover his face, and to buffet him, and to say unto him, Prophesy; and the servants did strike him with the palms of their hands- if He is Messiah, and the Son of God, He ought to be able to tell who is striking Him. Matthew’s account says, “They did spit in his face, and buffeted him; and others smote him with the palms of their hands, saying, Prophesy unto us, thou Christ, who is he that smote thee?” At one and the same time they challenge Him to speak in prophecy, and also smite Him on the face to silence Him. They thus mock His claims further, and needlessly abuse Him.

The “trial” we have just looked at was at night, but the authorities knew that Pilate would not accept a decision that they had made illegally, so we now turn to Luke’s account of the formal session of the Sanhedrin which took place as early as it could after dawn:

Luke 22:66
And as soon as it was day, the elders of the people and the chief priests and the scribes came together, and led him into their council, saying,

And as soon as it was day- Matthew writes, “When the morning was come”, as if they had been impatiently waiting for the day to dawn, for they could not hold their official meeting before then, or else Pilate might declare it invalid and their cause would fail. Mark says “straitway”, a characteristic word of his, but often in connection with the Lord Jesus and His readiness to do His Father’s will. It is now used of the readiness of the Jewish authorities to do Satan’s will. Luke says “as soon as it was day”, so once the day had begun they set about the task of convicting Him. As the apostle says of sinners, they are “swift to shed blood”, Romans 3:15, and he is probably alluding to Isaiah 59:7 which reads, “Their feet run to evil, and they make haste to shed innocent blood”. They show their haste by holding the council at the earliest possible moment after daybreak.

They had already passed sentence in their illegal council, for we have already read, “And they all condemned him to be guilty of death”, Mark 14:64, so they had made up their minds already. This further council was simply to confirm officially what they had already decided unofficially. Matthew tells us that they “took counsel against Jesus to put Him to death”, so they had only one outcome in mind.

The elders of the people and the chief priests and the scribes came together- Mark tells us it was with the whole council, Mark 15:1. But we are also told that Joseph of Arimathea was a secret disciple, John 19:38, and also that he “had not consented to the counsel and deed of them”, Luke 23:51, so the decision of the council was not unanimous.

And led him into their council, saying- so brief were the proceedings of this council that Matthew and Mark do not even relate what was said.

22:67
Art thou the Christ? tell us. And he said unto them, If I tell you, ye will not believe:

Art thou the Christ? tell us- something of their impatience is seen in the terse question and command they gave Him. They find, however, that the Lord Jesus will not be rushed, and shows He knows their hearts. It was illegal to try to get a prisoner to bear witness alone, and He has not been put on oath at this session, so He is not obliged to answer them at all. In any case they had had three and a half years in which to ascertain whether He bore the credentials of the Messiah.

One of the features of the Messiah was that He would give sight to the blind and cause the lame to walk, Isaiah 35:5,6, and these were the two classes of people that came to Him in the temple, for we read of Him being in the temple just a few days previous to this “And the blind and lame came to him in the temple; and he healed them”, Matthew 21:14. These blind and lame persons obviously thought that He was the Messiah, for they came to Him; it was not as if they were brought by others. They were not put off by the fact that David hated the blind and the lame, and had banned them from coming into the temple courts, 2 Samuel 5:8. The Lord Jesus had been welcomed into Jerusalem as the Son of David, Matthew 21:9, but they obviously did not think He hated them like David would have done. So right in the precincts of the temple, the place where the chief priests operated, there had been clear proof just a few days before, that He was the Messiah.

Even though He was not obliged to answer, He did so, and in such a way as to show them that He was indeed the Messiah, for Isaiah had told them that “the Spirit of the Lord shall rest upon him, the Spirit of wisdom and understanding, the Spirit of counsel and might, the Spirit of knowledge and of the fear of the Lord; and shall make him of quick understanding in the fear of the Lord: And he shall not judge after the sight of his eyes, neither reprove after the hearing of his ears: But with righteousness shall he judge the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth”, Isaiah 11:2-4.

All these features place Him in stark contrast to those before whom He stood. They lacked wisdom and understanding, they had no fear of the Lord, they judged after the hearing of their ears, listening and believing false witnesses. They had the supremely Poor Man before them, but did not judge Him with righteousness or reprove with equity.

Because He was not on oath, He was not obliged to answer directly, but He did answer indirectly, and in such a manner that they could not gainsay. The best way to achieve conviction in the heart of man, is for that heart to be convinced internally. It is the case with the Scriptures. Once men have approached the Word of God with an unbiased mind and a seeking heart, and are prepared to put aside pre-conceived ideas, then the Spirit of God will use that word to convict them, as they are exposed to its living power. When this happens, the proof lies within the man, and is not imposed on him from without.

So it is with the truth of the Christ-hood of the Lord Jesus. As He speaks to the men who accuse Him, He is skilfully showing that He is indeed the Messiah because He fulfils the criteria Isaiah set out as to His wisdom and understanding. He does this by means of four statements, as we now see.

And he said unto them, If I tell you, ye will not believe- this is the first statement, which is a prophecy, and shows that He knows their future, that their unbelief is permanent. They knew in their heart of hearts that this was the case, for they were determined not to believe in Him.

22:68
And if I also ask you, ye will not answer me, nor let me go.

And if I also ask you, ye will not answer me- He was aware that they knew He was the Messiah, but their hearts were so hard that they would not even respond if He asked them, but would stubbornly refuse to admit it.

Nor let me go- He knew they were not interested in justice, so even though they knew He was the Messiah, their stubborn refusal to believe would prevent them from letting Him go as one against whom there was no charge. The apostle Paul wrote about God’s wisdom, “which none of the princes of this world knew: for had they known it, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory”. It is not that if they had known they would have spared Him crucifixion. Rather, if they had known, they would not have crucified Him because they did not wish God’s purpose to be fulfilled in His crucifixion, and would seek to frustrate it.

22:69
Hereafter shall the Son of man sit on the right hand of the power of God.

Hereafter shall the Son of man sit on the right hand of the power of God- this is the fourth statement and the fourth prophecy, this time not about them, but about Himself. He told them early on in His ministry that authority to execute judgment has been committed to Him because He is Son of Man, John 5:27. He is relevant to all men, not just to the nation of Israel. As Son of man He had been on earth and given them the opportunity to react to Him at close quarters. He foretells that He will rise to heaven to sit on the right hand of God, the place of the Firstborn, the place of administration, which in this context is the place of justice and judgment.

When standing before Caiaphas previously, the Lord had said, “Hereafter shall ye see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power”, but then added, “and coming in the clouds of heaven”, Matthew 26:64. The point of the latter phrase being that it is a reference to Daniel 7:13, where Daniel writes, “I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of Man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of Days”. But when he writes of the coming of the Son of Man he says, “until the Ancient of Days came”, verse 22. This is why on that occasion Caiaphas said, “He hath spoken blasphemy”, for He was claiming a Divine title, and the high priest rejected that claim as blasphemy.

22:70
Then said they all, Art thou then the Son of God? And he said unto them, Ye say that I am.

Then said they all, Art thou then the Son of God? Notice the “then”, for it shows they have drawn a logical conclusion from His statement about sitting on the right hand of the power of God. They have rightly seen in this a claim to Deity.

And He said unto them, Ye say that I am- we should not think of this statement as being a vague one, as if to say, “You can say that is the case if you choose to”. Rather, it is the way a polite Jew would answer in the affirmative, so His reply is a definite “Yes”, but framed in a courteous way. It is the same as we find in Matthew 26:25, “Then Judas, which betrayed him, answered and said, Master Is it I?” He said unto him, Thou hast said”. In other words, “Yes”.

22:71
And they said, What need we any further witness? for we ourselves have heard of his own mouth.

And they said, What need we any further witness? for we ourselves have heard of his own mouth- this shows that they did not believe He was avoiding their question, but had made a definite statement. The claim to be Son of God on the part of anyone else would indeed be blasphemy, and would merit death by stoning. But this would almost certainly involve the breaking of bones, and Scripture said that “He keepeth all his bones: not one of them is broken”, Psalm 34:20, and to be “Christ our passover”, the Lamb of God must not have any bones broken. God had foreseen this, and had allowed the Roman authorities to take away from the nation the right to stone to death.

They have achieved their object, and have grounds, in their view, for demanding His death. They can now go to Pilate and affirm that in a solemn, formal assembly of the Sanhedrin, after the break of day, they have judged Him to be worthy of death.

We return to John’s account, as he tells of the first interview with Pilate, the Roman governor.

(e) Verses 28-32
The dialogue between Pilate and the Jews

18:28
Then led they Jesus from Caiaphas unto the hall of judgment: and it was early; and they themselves went not into the judgment hall, lest they should be defiled; but that they might eat the passover.

Then led they Jesus from Caiaphas unto the hall of judgment- this is Pilate’s residence. This is the third place the Lord has been taken. First to Annas, verse 13, then to Caiaphas, 24, and now to Pilate. Isaiah prophesied He would be “taken from prison and from judgment”, 53:8. Matthew tells us that He was led bound, and then immediately describes the despair of Judas, leading to his suicide. It is as if the binding of Christ convinced Judas that He was not the Messiah, or else He would have freed Himself. Had He not gone His way when the men of Nazareth threatened to throw Him over the cliff? Had He not escaped out of the hand of the Jews when they tried to stone Him in the temple? He thinks Him to be finally defeated.

By handing Him over to Pilate, who was a Gentile, they are handing Him over to wicked or lawless hands, as Peter declared in Acts 2:23. As Jews they were restricted by the law of Moses as to how to treat an accused person, (although they failed even in this), but the Gentiles were not so restricted, as Pilate showed by scourging Him after he had pronounced Him innocent of all charges.

And it was early- this indicates their state of heart, wishing to get the matter over quickly before the multitudes thronging the streets of Jerusalem at the the passover feast had time to protest. The previous examinations must have been at night, which was illegal, especially when the accused is on a charge which carried the death penalty. The formal session of the Sanhedrin had been at break of day, but even after that session it was still early, showing how quickly the matter was rushed through.

There is also the fact that for trials for life, as this one was, the judges must give their verdict before they had eaten or drunk. They must not be sluggish through over-indulgence, or muddled through strong drink. Sadly, they abide by this rule only so that they get the verdict they are looking for, and not through any sense of justice.

And they themselves went not into the judgment hall, lest they should be defiled- they refused to enter into the Gentile’s palace because there was the very real danger that there was unleavened bread there. They are particular about the niceties of their religion, but indifferent to the fact that Christ is the “True bread”. They are scrupulous about a speck of leaven, which was figurative of evil, but have no scruples about the evil of sending the Son of God to the cross.

But that they might eat the passover- this does not mean that the passover feast had not been eaten. The gospel writers describe the feast of the Passover as follows:

“Now the first day of the feast of unleavened bread the disciples came to Jesus and said unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for thee to eat the passover?” Matthew 26:17.

So “the passover” can mean the whole of the passover Supper.

“And the first day of unleavened bread, when they killed the passover”, Mark 14:1. So “the passover” can mean the Passover lamb.

Luke 22:1 “Now the feast of unleavened bread drew nigh, which is called the passover”.

So “the passover” can mean the feast of passover together with the connected feast of unleavened bread. This is confirmed by the words of Pilate, when he said, “But ye have a custom, that I should release unto you one at the passover”, John 18:39, so it was ongoing at that point.

Certainly the Lord had eaten the passover meal the evening before, for He would have obeyed the instruction, “they shall eat the flesh in that night”, and “ye shall let nothing of it remain until the morning”, Exodus 12:8,10. The Hebrew day had two evenings, the first was when the sun began to decline at about the ninth hour, and the second was when it was possible to see three stars in the sky, about the twelfth hour. It was between those two points that the passover lamb was to be killed. The command was “the whole congregation of the congregation of Israel shall kill it in the evening”, Exodus 12:6.

The passover was to be eaten that night, and nothing left till the morning. Hence in Deuteronomy 16:6 the instruction is to eat the Passover “at the going down of the sun”, and “at the season thou camest forth out of Egypt”. Then they were told to “turn in in the morning, and go unto thy tents”, verse 7. Far from doing this, the chief priests had turned out in the morning, in order to condemn the True Passover Lamb.

There is another use of the word passover, and that is the festive offerings during the seven days of unleavened bread, for this festival followed straight after the passover day, and is actually called the passover in Luke 22:1, as we have noticed. So the priests are concerned that by going to a Gentile’s house they will be defiled, and unable to keep the feast of unleavened bread.

It was also part of their duty as priests to eat the goat of the sin offering that was to be offered on the first day of unleavened bread, Numbers 28:22. The purpose of this was to bear the iniquity of the congregation of Israel, and make atonement for them, as we read in Leviticus 10:17 in connection with the goat of the sin offering on the final day of the consecration of the priests. They sat in the temple courts and ate the sin offering, whilst the true sin offering was being made sin, and bearing sins in His own body on the tree. Were they doing this when the darkness came? If so, God was signalling to them that what they were doing was out of date.

18:29
Pilate then went out unto them, and said, What accusation bring ye against this man?

Pilate then went out unto them, and said- he has no choice but to go out of his palace and meet them outside. He cannot allow an uproar, especially at a feast, for his position, or even his life, might be in danger when Caesar discovers the situation.

What accusation bring ye against this man? There were three parts to a Roman trial, and the first one was called the accusio, (the accusation). So this is the normal question at the start of a Roman trial, and it was required that it be formally asked. The Jews had condemned Christ for claiming to be the Son of God, Matthew 26:63-66, but they know this will carry no weight with Pilate, for he will not be interested in theological questions. He held the Jews and their religion in contempt, as we see from Luke 13:1, where we are told that he had mingled the blood of Galileans with their sacrifices. The Lord would be classed by him as a Galilean, so it is all the more remarkable that Pilate would do his utmost to get Him freed. There must be something that will over-ride his hatred of Galileans, and we shall see later on that there is.

They have it in mind to bring a charge that will interest Pilate, but they hesitate, seeing if they can get him to condemn Christ without them being involved. Consider who it is upon whom mere men are sitting in judgment. It is the one to whom all judgment has been committed by the Father, John 5:22; who shall “judge the quick and the dead at his appearing and kingdom”, 2 Timothy 4:1; who shall “sit on the throne of his glory, and before him shall be gathered all nations”, Matthew 25:31, who shall “judge the world in righteousness”, Acts 17:31. It is the one who is equal with the Father, and is therefore the “judge of all the earth”, Genesis 19:25. He it is who is being judged by sinners! They sit down on their judgment thrones and He stands before them, but one day the rôles will be reversed, and “kings shall see and arise, princes also shall worship, because of the Lord who is faithful, and the Holy One of Israel, and he shall choose thee”, Isaiah 49:7.

18:30
They answered and said unto him, If he were not a malefactor, we would not have delivered him up unto thee.

They answered and said unto him, If he were not a malefactor, we would not have delivered him up unto thee- it is very likely that the Sanhedrin would have alerted Pilate that they wished to bring to him a prisoner in the early morning, so that a trial and execution could take place before 6pm that day, which was when the sabbath began. He seems to have agreed to this, hence his readiness to deal with the matter early, as John has told us. But something has made him reluctant to deal with the matter. As we shall see, he made numerous and varied attempts to avoid sentencing Christ. Why should this be? He had no personal interest in the case one way or another. The incident recorded in Luke 13:1 shows him to be almost indifferent to human life, and yet he seems to want to spare Christ. Could it be that he is influenced by Satan in this? The latter had tried every ploy down the centuries to prevent Christ being born, and when he failed in this he make several attempts to see Him killed. So why does he move Pilate to not execute Him?

Is it not because he knows that Scripture foretold death by crucifixion, and if this prophecy comes true then the gospel will be furthered, and men will see that God is the true God. He is willing, therefore, to see Christ killed, but in any other way than by dying on a cross with pierced hands and feet, as Psalm 22:16 said He would be.

Now if he had agreed during the night to let the Sanhedrin sentence Christ, and simply agree to their verdict when they brought Him to him in the morning, imagine the surprise and anger of the chief priests when it seemed as if he was not going to do this, but rather asked the question which normally began a Roman trial. Their response is the equivalent to saying, “You agreed to deal with a convicted malefactor, and now that we have condemned Him you are reluctant to handle the case. If we had not condemned Him as a guilty malefactor we would not have brought Him, for they were the terms of our arrangement”.

18:31
Then said Pilate unto them, Take ye him, and judge him according to your law. The Jews therefore said unto him, It is not lawful for us to put any man to death:

Then said Pilate unto them, Take ye him, and judge him according to your law- this is the first of the several attempts that Pilate made to rid himself of the responsibility of judging Christ. He is prepared to let them judge Him in their religious court. Pilate is shrewd enough to know that whilst the Jewish authorities at Jerusalem wanted Him dead, as they saw Him as a threat to their authority, nevertheless the hundreds of thousands of Jews from around the world who had descended upon Jerusalem for the passover were not opposed to Him. The reaction of the crowds as He rode into Jerusalem had shown that. If he, as the representative of Rome, the occupying power, is seen to crucify a popular figure, the crowds might become restive, and cause trouble. Pilate is very aware that Caesar is sensitive to revolt amongst the provinces of the empire, and he will be displeased. If the Jews take the law into their own hands and stone Him to death, (as they did to Stephen just a few years later), then all will be over in a matter of minutes, and the crowds will hardly know.

But despite all this, God saw to it that Pilate did have dealings with Him, for it was God’s will that both Jew and Gentile should have responsibility for the death of Christ. As Peter said, “ye (Jews) by wicked hands (the hands of lawless Gentiles) have taken, and crucified (the Gentile mode of execution) and slain (the wish of the Jews fulfilled)”, Acts 2:23. On very rare occasions crucified people survived, but they crucified Him until He was dead. And yet no man took His life from Him, but He laid it down of Himself, John 10:18.

The Jews therefore said unto him, It is not lawful for us to put any man to death- if the Jews judged according to their law, and stoned Him, then His bones would have been broken, and so Scripture would not have been fulfilled, John 19:36. Are they hoping that Pilate will reverse the withdrawal of the death penalty temporarily in order to rid himself of the trouble the matter is causing him?

The right to put to death was taken away from Israel by the Romans a few years before. This no doubt was the overruling of God, so that the prophetic Scriptures as to the manner of His death were fulfilled accurately. He must be able to say, “They pierced my hands and my feet”, Psalm 22:16.

By acknowledging the situation, the priests were confessing the sad state of the nation, for the law of Rome had overturned the law of God. It was lawful as far as the law of Moses was concerned for them to put certain guilty persons to death. The fact that they cannot do this indicates their low state as a nation. They should have been asking themselves why it had come to this. Moses had told them that one of the results of not hearkening to the voice of the Lord would be that those who hated them would reign over them, Leviticus 26:17. It had come to pass before, when the Babylonians took them into captivity, and now it had come to pass again.

18:32
That the saying of Jesus might be fulfilled, which he spake, signifying what death he should die.

That the saying of Jesus might be fulfilled- it is not the saying of Caiaphas in John 11:50 that it was expedient for them that “one man should die for the nation” that is to be fulfilled. Rather, it is “the saying of Jesus”, which John puts on the same level of authority as the Old Testament Scripture. He prophesied of the manner of His death, and so did they, and there was perfect agreement.

Which he spake, signifying what death he should die- this refers to the saying of Christ when He said that He would be lifted up. In fact, John is quoting the words he had used to explain the meaning of the Lord’s statement, 12:33. And even before this, the Lord had said to Nicodemus “As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son of man be lifted up”, 3:14. The word for pole that the brazen serpent was put on, comes from the word “to lift up”. So the mode of Christ’s death was even indicated when Israel were in the wilderness.

To understand why Pilate asked the question “Art Thou a king then?” we must revert to Luke’s account in Luke 23:2,3. There we learn of the charges the Jews brought against Christ that they think Pilate might be interested in, because they involved political matters, and not the religious charge of claiming to be the Son of God. Those political charges were first, that He perverted the nation. Second, that He forbade the people from giving tribute to Caesar. Third, that He claimed to be Christ a King.

Luke 23:2
And they began to accuse him, saying, We found this fellow perverting the nation, and forbidding to give tribute to Caesar, saying that he himself is Christ a king.

And they began to accuse him, saying- realising that things are not going well for them, the priests have to back-track, and come up with fresh accusations which they feel may carry more weight with Pilate. He is clearly not interested in religious questions, so they change to political questions. Pilate had already asked them what accusation they brought, and they had sought to evade the issue. Now they have no choice but to respond.

We found this fellow perverting the nation- but far from leading the nation astray, He had sought to bring them back to the right ways of the Lord.

And forbidding to give tribute to Caesar- this is a bare-faced lie, and shows how desperate they are to find something that will interest Pilate. The Lord had in fact said, when tempted by the Pharisees, “Render therefore unto Caesar the things which are Caesar’s; and unto God the things that are God’s”, Matthew 22:21. How can this be construed as forbidding to give tribute, when it is an exhortation to pay their dues? In fact the Lord worked a miracle to provide the silver for the tribute money, Matthew 17:24-27, such was His attitude.

Saying that he himself is Christ a king- in fact, the Lord Jesus never made this claim for Himself, but left others to see that it was in fact true. When the people had tried to take Him by force to make Him king, He withdrew from them, John 6:15. He is content to wait His Father’s time to manifest Himself as King. As the apostle Paul wrote, “Which in his times he shall shew, who is the blessed and only Potentate, the King of kings, and Lord of lords”, 1 Timothy 6:15. They are suggesting to Pilate that He is a dangerous political agitator, in order to make him interested in the case.

Having introduced the idea of a claim to be king into the situation, the Jews have aroused Pilate’s interest, and he re-enters the judgment hall to question Christ on the matter, as recorded by John.

(f) Verses 33-37
The dialogue between Pilate and Christ

John 18:33
Then Pilate entered into the judgment hall again, and called Jesus, and said unto Him, Art thou the King of the Jews?

Then Pilate entered into the judgment hall again- Pilate had entered the judgement hall in verse 28, but then went out to them to ascertain the charge they brought against Christ, and now he is re-entering the judgment hall to interrogate Christ.

And called Jesus, and said unto him, Art thou the King of the Jews? To call Jesus would mean to summon Him for formal examination in a law-situation. Pilate is obliged to investigate the charge that Christ claims to be a king; the stability of the empire depends on having control over agitators.

18:34
Jesus answered him, Sayest thou this thing of thyself, or did others tell it thee of me?

Jesus answered him, Sayest thou this thing of thyself, or did others tell it thee of me? Before answering, the Lord establishes what the question, on the lips of Pilate, means. Does it mean “King of the Jews” in Pilate’s way of thinking? In which case the answer is “No”, for he was not a petty agitator, inciting the Jews against the Romans in some futile uprising. Or does it mean, “King of the Jews” as the Jews would understand the title, meaning the Messiah?

Pilate is finding that he is the one being questioned now. In His responses, the Lord reveals the characteristics of His kingdom. Christ’s kingdom is a righteous kingdom, and justice prevails there, and this question is designed to point out that the Jews had switched charges, and hence are acting illegally. They had convicted Him because He claimed to be the Son of God; so where is the charge of being king of the Jews coming from? Is it a further charge from the Jews, or a new charge from Pilate? Not a word was spoken at the two sessions of the Sanhedrin about Him being king of the Jews. The only time they mentioned it was when they changed accusations outside the Praetorium, with Christ inside. He has a right to know what the charge is, especially as it is a “trial for life”, when the death penalty was possible. In any case, where are the witnesses for and against the charge? Is the trial to proceed on the say-so of Pilate alone?

This question is not an evasive tactic on the part of the Lord. He will state directly in verse 37 that He is a king, but He is making sure that all concerned know the facts of the case, and do not make decisions based on rumour and innuendo.

18:35
Pilate answered, Am I a Jew? Thine own nation and the chief priests have delivered thee unto me: what hast thou done?

Pilate answered, Am I a Jew? This is the first of three questions, and is a semi-sarcastic jibe at the oddities, (in his Roman view of things), of the Jewish culture. It tells us he is not looking at things dispassionately, but in a prejudiced way. Christ’s kingdom will not be limited to Israel, so whether Pilate, a Roman, could understand was irrelevant.

Thine own nation and the chief priests have delivered thee unto me- this was only half-true, as the nation had welcomed Him as He rode into Jerusalem as King, John 12:12-15. It was the chief priests who had delivered Him for envy. It is true that “He came unto his own, and his own received him not”, John 1:11, but John immediately tells us that there were those that received Him, so rejection was not unanimous, as seems to be implied in Pilate’s statement. His kingdom will be welcomed when it is at last manifested in this world, for the nation shall say, “Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord”, Psalm 118:26.

What hast thou done? This suggests that Pilate thought He may have been the ring-leader in some trouble-making. That this is not the case is seen in the Lord’s reference to what had happened in the garden of Gethsemane the night before.

18:36
Jesus answered, My kingdom is not of this world: if my kingdom were of this world, then would my servants fight, that I should not be delivered to the Jews: but now is my kingdom not from hence.

Jesus answered, My kingdom is not of this world- these words must have been strange and troubling to Pilate. The Lord readily admits that He is a king, but not of the sort Pilate was used to. He was soon to be made friends with Herod, and he was the sort of king Pilate knew. Pilate was not familiar with the idea of a kingdom originating from any other place than earth. Pilate is being assured that His kingdom is not to be set up in rivalry to Caesar’s, although one day this kingdom will displace all Gentile kingdoms, Daniel 2.

If my kingdom were of this world, then would my servants fight, that I should not be delivered to the Jews- earthly kingdoms are established and increased by means of the armies they deploy. The fact that Christ’s kingdom is not of this sort is seen in that the servants of this king are not organised into an army. In fact, one of Christ’s disciples, Simon, was a Cananite, Matthew 10:4, which does not mean he was an Old Testament Canaanite, but rather, a zealot, (such is the meaning of the Greek equivalent of the word), working to overthrow the Roman occupation. Christ called him to a higher task. Another of the apostles, Matthew, was a tax-gatherer, working for the Roman authorities. He was called away from working for the government, just as Simon the Cananite was called away from working against it. Christianity is not a political movement, and just authority has nothing to fear from it. Governments that oppress Christians show they do not understand Christianity, for the apostles taught believers to not resist the God-given authority of political rulers.

Wrote the apostle Paul, “Let every soul be subject unto the higher powers. For there is no power but of God: the powers that be are ordained of God. Whosoever therefore resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God: and they that resist shall receive to themselves damnation. For rulers are not a terror to good works, but to the evil. Wilt thou then not be afraid of the power? do that which is good, and thou shalt have praise of the same: For he is the minister of God to thee for good. But if thou do that which is evil, be afraid; for he beareth not the sword in vain: for he is the minister of God, a revenger to execute wrath upon him that doeth evil. Wherefore ye must needs be subject, not only for wrath, but also for conscience sake. For for this cause pay ye tribute also: for they are God’s ministers, attending continually upon this very thing. Render therefore to all their dues: tribute to whom tribute is due; custom to whom custom; fear to whom fear; honour to whom honour”, Romans 13:1-7.

If they live and act as they should, believers do not represent any threat to governments of any sort. In fact, their presence should be welcomed, for they normally are exemplary citizens. Persecution of all such is inexcusable and pointless.

The sense of the verb “fight” is “keep on fighting”, a reference no doubt to the fact that Peter had put up some sort of resistance in Gethsemane when the arrest party came. But Pilate must have known that Christ rebuked Peter for this, and even went so far as to ask permission to heal Malchus, (“Suffer ye thus far”, Luke 22:51). What king rebukes His subjects for fighting, and then heals the wounds of a soldier of the opposing army? This king, and His kingdom, must be of a different sort. This may well have been the point at which Pilate realised that the prisoner was no threat to Rome.

But now is my kingdom not from hence- these words might be misunderstood to mean that this king had suddenly changed tactic under pressure from Pilate, and was now resolved to employ different methods to gain His objective. But nothing could be further from the truth.

The “but now” must be linked with the “if” near the beginning of verse 36. There is a conditional statement beginning with “if”, which sets out a possible situation, namely, that His kingdom was of this world. But this is immediately rejected with the words “but now”. In other words, His kingdom is of another sort all along, and the possible scenario beginning with “if” must be rejected.

18:37
Pilate therefore said unto him, Art thou a king then? Jesus answered, Thou sayest that I am a king. To this end was I born, and for this cause came I into the world, that I should bear witness unto the truth. Every one that is of the truth heareth my voice.

Pilate therefore said unto him, Art thou a king then? Pilate’s response was to ask again, pointedly, whether He was a king. The Lord is now prepared to answer the question directly, because He has established first, that He is not a troublemaker, second, that His is not a rival kingdom to Caesar’s, and third, that the kingship they are talking about is of the Messiah, and derives its authority from God.

Jesus answered, Thou sayest that I am a king- this is not an evasive reply. Nor does it indicate that Christ is a king only in the minds of those who believe it, with His kingship not relevant to the rest of men. Rather, this is the formal way a polite Jew will answer a direct question of serious import. It is the same as saying “Yes”, but the Lord is using the Rabbinical formula for answers to direct questions. Courtesy forbids a direct yes or no, but it is a direct answer.

As we have seen, He gave this same response when Judas asked, “Master, is it I”, and the reply came, “Thou hast said”, Matthew 26:25. So also in Luke 22:70,71, where the question of the high priest as to whether Christ is the Son of God is answered by the words “”Ye say that I am”. If this was prevarication, the question would have been asked again. As it is, the response of the chief priest was to declare that no more witnesses were needed, “for we ourselves have heard of His own mouth”. He knew full well what the answer had meant. Mark, with characteristic brevity, gives the Lord’s answer as simply “I am”, the last words of the reply in Luke. It is still the case, however, that the courteous formula is used, and not a direct “Yes”.

To this end was I born, and for this cause came I into the world- the Lord makes a connection here between His birth, and His entrance onto the public stage. He is not suggesting that that was when His kingdom began, but to bear witness to the truth so that men may believe and be born again and thus enter the kingdom of God in its present form. This is the only time the Lord spoke of being born. This is very relevant at this point, for He had been born as one with an unassailable and unique claim to the throne of David, and He had shown Himself to be that, as Matthew’s gospel demonstrates clearly, beginning with His genealogy as the son of David, the one with the right to the throne of Israel.

But more than that, He had not limited Himself to Israel, but had come into the world, thus making a claim to eventually be “king over all the earth”, as the prophet foretold, Zechariah 14:9.

That I should bear witness unto the truth- the kingdom of Christ will be founded on truth, not deceit. As the Scripture says, “for the kingdom of God is not meat and drink; but righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost”, Romans 14:17. As He went about teaching, the Lord presented the truth that men needed to believe in order to enter the kingdom of God. It was not a question of birth, or religion, or tradition, but genuine faith in Him that would secure a place in the kingdom. When He was explaining the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven, it was not with a parable about a soldier going forth to war, but with one about a sower going forth to sow, Matthew 13:3, even though the word was “the word of the kingdom”, verse 19. It was not the use of arms that would bring in the kingdom of Christ, but the use of the word of God. Such is the radically different nature of His kingdom, and Pilate needs to understand this if he is at all interested in executing justice.

Every one that is of the truth heareth my voice- this is a direct appeal to Pilate, encouraging him to show himself to be interested in truth, and not mere expediency. This would be the first stage on a path to faith in Christ, and would mean he would avoid the shame of condemning Him falsely, contrary to the truth. The kingdom of Christ is based on truth, not deceit and lies like the kingdoms of men, and His kingdom consists of loyal subjects, who love the truth.

Pilate is baffled, for the statements he is hearing are so different to his thoughts about kings and kingdoms. The subjects of this kingdom are those who respond to truth as they hear the voice of the king.

God’s ideal king is a shepherd-king, leading in the paths of righteousness, so when He presented Himself as the Good Shepherd, the Lord said, “My sheep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me”, John 10:27. These are words spoken in Solomon’s Porch, with its associations with the place where Solomon sat on his throne to judge as king.

(g) Verses 38-40
The demand for Barabbas by the Jews

18:38
Pilate saith unto him, What is truth? And when he had said this, he went out again unto the Jews, and saith unto them, I find in him no fault at all.

Pilate saith unto him, What is truth? How could he decide these opposing assertions? On the one hand the Jewish authorities made the prisoner out to be a claimant to a throne, and yet He Himself spoke only of truth, and his servants not fighting, and a kingdom not of this world. When he spoke to Nicodemus, the Lord said, “Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God”, John 3:3. Only those who have the life of the king can have any true perception of the principles underlying His kingdom. So the answer to Pilate’s dilemma is to “hear His voice”. The genuine seeker after the truth will come to the genuine imparter of truth. So it is that in His conversation with Pilate, the wearer of the Imperial Purple on behalf of Rome, Christ displays the superior purple of the eternal and heavenly kingdom, which He will one day set up on earth, but which His born-again people have already entered, John 3:3,5; Colossians 1:13. These features of His kingdom tell us of the character of His kingship. The Lord makes no response to this question, for the answer has already been given.

And when he had said this, he went out again unto the Jews, and saith unto them, I find in him no fault at all- when he went out before, it was to ask what the accusation was, “What accusation?”, verse 29, but now he has concluded that the prisoner is not guilty. “I find in him no fault all” is a legal pronouncement, indicating that he considers, as the representative of Caesar, that there is no legal ground for punishing Him. Thus it stands recorded that Christ was crucified illegally.

We now need to go over to Luke’s account, for he is the only one who records the reaction of the Jews to this statement, which was one of anger, and they presented a further charge, that “He stirreth up the people, teaching throughout all Jewry, beginning from Galilee to this place”, Luke 23:5. These are lies, but they introduce ideas that might worry Pilate, who was responsible for law and order in the province. Someone who stirs up the people, and whose influence is spreading from Galilee right up to Jerusalem represents a threat to the stability of the empire.

The mention of Galilee presents Pilate with the opportunity of relieving himself of responsibility, so he sends the Lord Jesus to Herod, Luke 23:6-11.

Luke 23:5
And they were the more fierce, saying, he stirreth up the people, teaching throughout all Jewry, beginning from Galilee to this place.

And they were the more fierce, saying- the chief priests and rulers are standing impatiently outside the Governor’s residence, waiting to learn the result of his dealings with Christ. They are hoping that their charge about His claim to kingship will convince Pilate that he ought to convict the prisoner. Imagine their anger and frustration when Pilate comes out to them again and declares he can find no fault in the man they have sent to him. They are more fierce now than they were in their first accusation bwefore Pilate in verse 2.

He stirreth up the people- in their desperation they go further than simply saying He perverted the nation. Now they claim, without any evidence, that He was a troublemaker. Surely this will interest Pilate?

Teaching throughout all Jewry- they misrepresent His teaching ministry as a scheme to incite the people to rise up and revolt, whereas in fact to follow His teaching was to be a good citizen.

Beginning from Galilee to this place- do they conceive a wicked plan at this point? They have had to admit to Pilate that they cannot apply the death penalty. Pilate himself is showing reluctance to be involved in the matter. Their only hope is Herod. He had lately beheaded John the Baptist; perhaps if they mention Galilee, Pilate will send Him to Herod and they will achieve their aim of having Him killed.

23:6
When Pilate heard of Galilee, he asked whether the man were a Galilaean.

When Pilate heard of Galilee, he asked whether the man were a Galilaean- all the while, Pilate has been seeking an excuse to not condemn this man. Here is the escape-route for him, as the Jews mention Galilee. There is a battle of wills going on here, for the apostle Peter declared that the Jews delivered Christ up, and “denied Him in the presence of Pilate, when he was determined to let Him go”, Acts 3:13. The chief priests are just as determined to see Him crucified, and if not crucified, executed some other way. But unknown to them there was another will, over-riding both that of Pilate and of the Jews. It was the will of God, and His will was “determinate”, Acts 2:23. In other words, it could not be overturned.

23:7
And as soon as he knew that he belonged unto Herod’s jurisdiction, he sent him to Herod, who himself also was at Jerusalem at that time.

And as soon as he knew that he belonged unto Herod’s jurisdiction- Pilate seizes his opportunity, and hands over the case to Herod. This raises the question as to why the Jews did not apply to Herod in the first place. Perhaps he would have had to refer to Pilate in the end, and this would mean delay; they are in a hurry to rid themselves of Him.

He sent him to Herod, who himself also was at Jerusalem at that time- all seems to be fitting in with their plans; Pilate is willing to hand Him over, and Herod is near at hand to deal with the matter. But even if Herod condemned Him, his way of executing, as we know from what happened to John the Baptist, was beheading, and this would not fulfil Scripture. He must be sent to Herod, therefore, so that God’s will may be seen to be done. As we read in Acts 4:27, “For of a truth against Thy holy child Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed, both Herod, and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles, and the people of Israel, were gathered together, for to do whatsoever Thy hand and Thy counsel determined before to be done”.

Herod was the youngest son of King Herod of Great, the one who slaughtered the children around Bethlehem to try to kill the infant Christ. He was known as Herod Antipas, or Herod the tetrarch, Luke 3:9. He was married to the daughter of King Aretas of Nabatea, but divorced her and took the wife of his half-brother Philip. John the Baptist had lost his life because he denounced this as unlawful.

Not long before, the Pharisees had come to the Lord saying, “Get thee out, and depart hence: for Herod will kill thee. And He said unto them, Go ye, and tell that fox, Behold, I cast out devils, and I do cures to day and to morrow, and the third day I shall be perfected. Nevertheless I must walk to day, and to morrow, and the day following: for it cannot be that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem”, Luke 13:31-33. So the threats of Herod held no fear for the Lord Jesus. Nor did He for a moment think that He would be killed by him, for He would perish at Jerusalem, not in Herod’s territory as John the Baptist had probably done. (We are not told where John the baptist was imprisoned).

23:8
And when Herod saw Jesus, he was exceeding glad: for he was desirous to see him of a long season, because he had heard many things of him; and he hoped to have seen some miracle done by him.

And when Herod saw Jesus, he was exceeding glad- as is seen from His description of Herod as “that fox”, the Lord Jesus knew the heart of this man, and would not be swayed by the fact that he appeared to be pleased to see Him.

For he was desirous to see him of a long season, because he had heard many things of him- clearly Herod was not interested enough in what the Lord taught to enquire further about Him. It is not enough to hear many things of or concerning Him; there must be the hearing of faith. Herod had great opportunities, but discarded them all. He had John the Baptist in his court, of whom the Lord Jesus said, “Among those that are born of women there is not a greater prophet than John the Baptist”, Luke 7:28. Instead of listening to him he silenced him by cutting off his head. And then he had a steward by the name of Chuza, whose wife was a prominent supporter of Christ’s interests, who with others “ministered unto Him with their substance”, Luke 8:3.

And he hoped to have seen some miracle done by him- not only is Herod superficial in his interest in Christ, he is sensual as well, affected by that which is sensational. The Lord Jesus did not perform miracles to put on an exhibition, but to manifest Divine truth, and this does not interest Herod. John the Baptist famously did no miracles, John 10:41, and here is one who does, so Herod is intrigued. But he is only interested in being entertained. Christianity and the entertainment industry have nothing whatsoever in common.

23:9
Then he questioned with him in many words; but he answered him nothing.

Then he questioned with him in many words; but he answered him nothing- the Lord is standing before the one who has unjustly killed His forerunner; and His refusal to answer is a stern rebuke to him. How can He carry on a normal conversation with such a monster?

Herod no doubt knew the Lord had called him a fox. To remain silent when such a person is interrogating is a very dangerous thing to do, and one that takes great courage.

23:10
And the chief priests and scribes stood and vehemently accused him.

And the chief priests and scribes stood and vehemently accused him- we here learn that the authorities have followed the prisoner to Herod. As Pilate will say later, “I sent you to him, (Herod)”, so Pilate had commissioned them to go and see the case tried by Herod. They had been outwitted by Pilate as they stood outside his gate while he questioned the Lord. They will not allow that sort of thing to happen again. There is too much risk in allowing Herod to conduct the proceedings on his own. Notice the anger in their voices as they accuse Him with all the spite and hate in their being.

23:11
And Herod with his men of war set him at nought, and mocked him, and arrayed him in a gorgeous robe, and sent him again to Pilate.

And Herod with his men of war set him at nought- all the elements of a classic murder are here present. There are three things that mark every serious crime, namely means, opportunity, and motive. Herod has the means, for we are told here of his men of war. No doubt one of their number had beheaded John the Baptist. He has the opportunity, for Pilate, no less, has sent the prisoner to him, seeing he came from his jurisdiction. He has the motive, for the prisoner has called him “that fox”, ignored him, and his forerunner has condemned him.

How ironic that the one who made Himself of no reputation is “set at naught”! Frustrated by His refusal to answer, their only response is to vent their anger upon Him, clearly with Herod’s approval. We cannot help noticing the different outcome to that of the other Herods. Herod the Great slaughtered the innocents, the Herod of Acts 12:1 killed James with the sword, but here the prisoner’s life is spared by the one who had beheaded His forerunner. A Divine hand is restraining the designs of men, and is frustrating the plans of the Devil.

And arrayed him in a gorgeous robe- Herod was obviously a party-lover, for he had executed John during his birthday celebrations, Matthew 14:6-12. Here he has Christ dressed up as the master of ceremonies, mocking His claim to be a worker of miracles, which Herod would dismiss as mere party tricks.

And sent him again to Pilate- imagine the disappointment of Herod at seeing no miracles, of the chief priests at seeing no conviction; and now the embarrassment of sending Him back, having been exposed as being powerless against Him.

23:12
And the same day Pilate and Herod were made friends together: for before they were at enmity between themselves.

And the same day Pilate and Herod were made friends together: for before they were at enmity between themselves- it is indeed sad when hatred of Christ is stronger than hatred of one’s enemies, and the thing that unites them is hostility toward Christ. Hatred of Christ is of the Devil, whereas love to fellow-believers is of God, 1 John 3:10.

Herod having returned Christ to Pilate, the proceedings continue in the judgment hall. The narrative continues in Luke 23:13-15 where Pilate rejects their charges and offers to release Christ after he has scourged Him.

Luke 23:13
And Pilate, when he had called together the chief priests and the rulers and the people,

And Pilate, when he had called together the chief priests and the rulers and the people- being the first day of unleavened bread, some no doubt had been performing their religious duties whilst Christ was with Herod. They hoped they had seen the end of the matter, but now they receive a call from Pilate, much to their surprise. By “people” is no doubt meant the elders of the people mentioned in Luke 22:66, although we should note that the decision to ask for Barabbas was made by the people, according to Matthew 26:20.

23:14
Said unto them, Ye have brought this man unto me, as one that perverteth the people: and, behold, I, having examined him before you, have found no fault in this man touching those things whereof ye accuse him:

Said unto them, Ye have brought this man unto me, as one that perverteth the people- Pilate repeats the charge they had levelled against Christ before.

And, behold, I, having examined him before you- we know that they would not enter his judgment hall, and he had to go out to them, but artists represent him dealing with Christ in open view on the upper floor, so if this is correct, it can be said to be “before you”, even though they were not in the building. The “behold” sounds very much as if Pilate is about to make an important announcement that will be of great interest to them.

Have found no fault in this man touching those things whereof ye accuse him- how disappointed they must have been, as the supreme governor declares there is no charge to answer. Their only hope now is Herod; what will Pilate say about him?

23:15
No, nor yet Herod: for I sent you to him; and, lo, nothing worthy of death is done unto him.

No, nor yet Herod: for I sent you to him- notice it is not “I sent Him to him”. They had been sent to do the accusing, (which they did with much vehemence, Luke 23:10), and Herod had found no just reason to condemn Him, even though he was said a few weeks before to be ready to kill Him, Luke 13:31. Pilate is placing the blame for the failure to convict on them. Again we notice a restraining hand upon these men, as God’s determinate will is done despite their plans.

And, lo, nothing worthy of death is done unto him- that is, Herod has not condemned Him for a crime that would result in the death penalty.

23:16
I will therefore chastise Him, and release Him.

I will therefore chastise Him, and release Him- he realises they are thirsting for blood, so hopes this will appease them. If he releases Him without any sort of punishment they might become more angry than they are already. Note the injustice of this decision, for chastising means scourging, and this was the first stage of the process of crucifixion. But He has not been sentenced, and Pilate speaks of releasing Him. The only reason for scourging Him is to placate the Jews; but Pilate was very wrong to do this. Pilate knew that sometimes men died under scourging, and he may have thought this would happen. But again, the prophets, whilst they foretold the scourging, did not say He would die by scourging, but by crucifixion.

18:39
But ye have a custom, that I should release unto you one at the Passover: will ye therefore that I release unto you the King of the Jews?

But ye have a custom, that I should release unto you one at the Passover- Pilate should not have appealed to custom to allow him to avoid condemning the innocent Christ. If there was no fault he should have let Him go regardless of the opinions or customs of the Jews. This is expediency and cowardice, not justice.

Will ye therefore that I release unto you the King of the Jews? He hopes they will agree, so that he can escape his dilemma, and the Jews can be pacified. By calling Him King of the Jews he is either putting pressure on them to think again, or is being sarcastic, holding them in contempt for having a carpenter as their king. But the latter reason would probably be counterproductive, for it would make them react even more strongly.

18:40
Then cried they all again, saying, Not this man, but Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a robber.

Then cried they all again, saying, Not this man, but Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a robber- John is very brief in his dealings with the offer to release Jesus or Barabbas. He simply tells us they all cried out, “Not this man, but Barabbas”. Then he adds, “Now Barabbas was a robber”. John seems to write with contempt as he records what his own nation had done with their true Messiah. His deep affection for Christ is in sharp contrast to their deep hatred. They rejected the Divine Giver, and asked for the wicked robber.

JOHN 19

We hope you find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the e-mail address: martin_margaret3@yahoo.co.uk We would be pleased to hear from you.

Structure of the chapter

(a) Verses 1-16 Jesus and His judge
(b) Verses 17-30 Jesus and His cross
(c) Verses 31-42 Jesus and His burial

We now resume the sequence of events by turning to Matthew’s narrative, for several things happened in between the offer to release Jesus and the actual handing over to be crucified with which John 19 begins.

Matthew 27:18
For he knew that for envy they had delivered him.

For he knew that for envy they had delivered him- Pilate had made the offer of releasing either Barabbas, or “Jesus which is called Christ”. According to Mark he also described Him as “the King of the Jews”. Why does Matthew say that he did this because he knew they had delivered Him to him because of envy? Does Pilate think, wrongly, that because they had no real case against Him, but had only accused Him because they were envious of His popularity and ability, that they will back down? Surely they will not call for the crucifixion of a man just because they are envious of Him? Sadly, Pilate’s strategy is going to fail, and his attempt to force the chief priests to retract is going to be unsuccessful. Envy is allied to jealousy, for the latter wants what another person has to be taken from them; envy wants what the other person has to be given to them. The Scripture says that “Jealousy is cruel as the grave: the coals thereof are coals of fire, which hath a most vehement flame”, Song of Solomon 8:6. Remember the words of Luke 23:10, “And the chief priests and scribes stood and vehemently accused Him”. Their jealousy had a “most vehement flame”.

27:19
When he was set down on the judgment seat, his wife sent unto him, saying, Have thou nothing to do with that just man: for I have suffered many things this day in a dream because of him.

When he was set down on the judgment seat- so having presented the Jews with a choice, Pilate seats himself on his official judgement seat awaiting their decision.

His wife sent unto him, saying- Pilate in his younger days had been an ordinary cavalryman in the Roman army, but when he was in Rome he met the granddaughter of Augustus Caesar, and they married. Her name was Claudia Procula, and some said she was interested in Judaism, and later became a Christian. It was not usual for governors to be allowed to take their wives with them on their postings, but in this case it was allowed, perhaps because of Claudia’s connections.

Have thou nothing to do with that just man- that she called Him a just man is perhaps an indication of her leanings to Judaism, for this was the way a man would be described in Old Testament terms. By saying “that just man” she is distinguishing Him from the two others destined to be crucified that day, who were unjust men. That she does not name Him may indicate that she and Pilate had discussed matters during the night, perhaps after the visit of Caiaphas, if in fact he did come. Pilate knows to whom she is referring.

She is certain that the charges against Him are false, and He is, as Pilate has said, without fault in relation to those charges. So in effect she is appealing to Pilate to act justly, and not be persuaded by the rulers. That Christ is essentially just is true, but Pilate’s wife is no authority on that. She can only judge outwardly. Perhaps we may detect something of her ancestry in her virtual command to Pilate to have nothing to do with Christ, that is, not be involved in an unjust execution.

For I have suffered many things this day in a dream because of Him- it is quite possible that if, as we have suggested, Caiaphas had visited Pilate during the night, that he had told his wife about the arrangement they had come to, and she went to bed thinking that over in her mind. Perhaps God used that situation to speak to her in a dream, for “God speaketh once, yea twice, yet man perceiveth it not. In a dream, in a vision of the night, when deep sleep falleth upon men, in slumberings upon the bed; then He openeth the ears of men, and sealeth their instruction, that he may withdraw man from his purpose, and hide pride from man. He keepeth back his soul from the pit, and his life from perishing by the sword”, Job 33:14-17. Perhaps the dream came to Pilate’s wife, rather than to Pilate, first because she seems to have been sympathetic to Jewish things, and secondly because she was more likely to respond than Pilate was, who by all accounts, was a stubborn man.

It is significant that Pilate used this very description of Christ when he washed his hands of Him saying, “I am innocent of the blood of this just person”, verse 24.

27:20
But the chief priests and elders persuaded the multitude that they should ask Barabbas, and destroy Jesus.

But the chief priests and elders persuaded the multitude- whilst Pilate was receiving and thinking over the message from his wife, the chief priests are urging the crowd to ask for Barabbas.

That they should ask Barabbas, and destroy Jesus- “ask Barabbas” means that when Pilate asks which of the men they wish to have released, they should ask for Barabbas. They urge them to do this even though they know this will means Christ is “destroyed”, meaning “to bring to nothing”. They were intent on bringing His claims and His popularity to an end, to their own advantage.

27:21
The governor answered and said unto them, Whether of the twain will ye that I release unto you? They said, Barabbas.

The governor answered and said unto them, Whether of the twain will ye that I release unto you? Pilate has not received the answer he was hoping for, so even though they have asked for Barabbas, he still offers them the choice of one out of two.

They said, Barabbas- the one word response shows their determination as the whole crowd shouts with one voice, calling for the murderer to be spared his just penalty. They had said about Christ, “by our law He ought to die”, and yet here they are in effect saying of a murderer, “by our law he ought to live”. As Habakkuk said in his day, “For spoiling and violence are before me; And there are that raise up strife and contention. Therefore the law is slacked, and judgement doth never go forth: for the wicked doth compass the righteous; therefore wrong judgement proceedeth”, Habukkuk 1:4. Interestingly, the apostle Paul quoted the next verse of that prophecy to the Jews in the synagogue of Antioch in Pisidia, Acts 13:40,41, as he warned them of the danger of unbelief. There was a close connection between the rejection of Christ by the nation, and the rejection of the nation by God.

27:22
Pilate saith unto them, What shall I do then with Jesus which is called Christ? They all say unto him, Let him be crucified.

Pilate saith unto them, What shall I do then with Jesus which is called Christ? Before, he had called Him the King of the Jews when he offered to release Him. Now he calls Him “Jesus which is called Christ”. He had found that calling Him king did not have the desired effect. They were not overawed by the idea of nailing their king to a cross, for they did not, despite all the evidence, regard Him as their rightful king. They will soon say, “We have no king but Caesar”.

Perhaps they will hesitate about crucifying their Messiah? Pilate knows enough about the Jew’s religion to realise that the Messiah is the one for whom the nation was waiting. In fact, the prophet called Him “the desire of all nations”, Haggai 2:7.

They all say unto him, Let him be crucified- this is their unanimous verdict; at least of those who were present. There were countless multitudes in the country who had believed on Him, who would not agree with this decision.

27:23
And the governor said, Why, what evil hath he done?

And the governor said, Why, what evil hath He done? This is Pilate’s next attempt to alter their mind. Luke remarks on this by saying “And he said unto them the third time”, Luke 23:22. At least there was an element of justice in this question. Caesar will look through the Judean crucifixion records, and ask Pilate why he condemned Jesus of Nazareth. Perhaps Matthew is noting this glimmer of justice by calling Pilate “the Governor” at this point. In his official capacity Pilate is responsible to see that justice is done.

Luke adds that Pilate went on to say, “I have found no cause of death in him: I will therefore chastise him, and let him go”. As Peter said later on, “he was determined to let him go”, Acts 3:13.

But they cried out the more, saying, Let him be crucified- they denied Him in the presence of Pilate, as Peter also said, Acts 3:13. They were as determined as Pilate. Jacob had spoken of the self-will of Levi and Simeon, and here their descendants are manifesting that with terrible consequences.

27:24
When Pilate saw that he could prevail nothing, but that rather a tumult was made, he took water, and washed his hands before the multitude, saying, I am innocent of the blood of this just person: see ye to it.

When Pilate saw that he could prevail nothing, but that rather a tumult was made- Rule Number 12 of the Roman justice code stated:

“The idle clamour of the populace is not to be regarded, when they call for a guilty man to be acquitted, or an innocent one to be condemned”. Pilate was allowing both things to happen at once!

He took water, and washed his hands before the multitude- unable to make his voice heard over the roar of the crowd, he had to resort to a visible action to proclaim what he was doing.

Saying, I am innocent of the blood of this just person- washing one’s hands will not cleanse the soul. Even what the washing signified, namely a distancing of oneself from what is being done, will not avail, for he was personally responsible for the situation. As Job said, “If I wash myself with snow water, and make myself never so clean; yet shalt thou plunge me in the ditch, and mine own clothes shall abhor me”, Job 9:30,31. Ironically it was “the blood of this just person” that could alone cleanse Pilate of his guilt, for “the blood of Jesus Christ, God’s Son, cleanseth us from all sin”, 1 John 1:7.

See ye to it- this is one of the most reprehensible statements of the whole affair; Pilate is abdicating responsibility, and officially transferring the administration of justice to those he knows are baying for the blood of the prisoner without just cause. He cannot on the one hand say, “this just person”, and then hand Him over to those who will execute Him. This is of the Devil, being another attempt to have Christ stoned to death after the Jewish mode of execution, and thus go against the prophecies.

27:25
Then answered all the people, and said, His blood be on us, and on our children.

Then answered all the people, and said, His blood be on us, and on our children- so if Pilate seeks to evade responsibility, these, in their mad rage, are accepting it. The people here formally transfer to themselves the guilt of crucifying their Messiah. Paul wrote about his own nation, “Who both killed the Lord Jesus, and their own prophets, and have persecuted us; and they please not God, and are contrary to all men: forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they might be saved, to fill up their sins alway: for the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost”, 1 Thessalonians 2:15,16.

How the nation has suffered down the centuries because of this cry! Not only were they nearly exterminated in AD 70 when Jerusalem was besieged, and the hills around were made bare of trees to provide crosses to hang them on, but time and again they have been persecuted, sometimes by the civil authorities, and sometimes, (to its eternal shame), by the professing church. And then there was the Holocaust, a concerted effort to rid the world of the nation. But even worse is to come for them, for not until the Great Tribulation comes upon them shall “wrath…to the uttermost” be realised. As the Lord Jesus warned, “for then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elects sake those days shall be shortened”, Matthew 24:21,22.

How ironic that the nation which, above all others, cares for its children, should here bring upon them judgment. This directly contradicts the word of the prophet when he wrote, “The soul that sinneth, it shall die. The son shall not bear the iniquity of the father, neither shall the father bear the iniquity of the son: the righteousness of the righteous shall be upon him, and the wickedness of the wicked shall be upon him”, Ezekiel 18:20. Each person is directly responsible to God for his actions, and cannot be blamed for the actions of others, unless they caused others to sin, which the children of those who crucified Christ did not.

27:26
Then released he Barabbas unto them: and when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be crucified.

Then released he Barabbas unto them- so Pilate sentenced Christ illegally, and the Jews rejected Him unjustly, and now guilty Barabbas is to go free in exchange for the innocent Christ of God. This is how low the administration of justice can sink when the aim is to reject God and His Christ. The kings of the earth and its rulers conspire together to cast Christ out, Acts 4:25-28.

We are told several things about Barabbas. Matthew says he was a notable prisoner, so he is not one that Pilate can let go lightly. Mark tells us that he lay bound in prison with them that had made insurrection with him, who had committed murder in the insurrection. Here is a dangerous man, then, not only to people’s lives, but the Roman state. Luke tells us that it was sedition made in the city, presumably Jerusalem, near at hand to Pilate. Ironically, Barabbas’ name means “son of a father”. So the Jews preferred the wicked son of an earthly father, to the holy Son of God the Father. But Barrabas was also a son of his father the Devil, John 8:44. No greater contrast could there be, and no more wicked and wretched choice could they make.

John tells us he was a robber- so men preferred the one who came “to steal, to kill, and to destroy”, to the one who came “that they might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly”, John 10:10.

Barabbas displayed the features the carnal Jews expected to find in their Messiah, so it is appropriate that they should ask for his release immediately after the conversation with Pilate about the nature of His kingship.

So Barabbas is free; free of prison, free of condemnation by men, free to go on his way as if no crimes had been committed. The holy Christ of God, however, is bound, and is scourged, and is crucified! Could there be a greater difference? Could there be a more eloquent commentary on the iniquity of the human heart? Iniquity is in-equity, a lack of fair dealing, and this is seen here with a vengeance.

And when he had scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be crucified- we shall think of this when we return to John’s account.

27:27
Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the common hall, and gathered unto him the whole band of soldiers.

Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the common hall- Pilate has had his part in the proceedings in the Hall of Judgment, but now it is the turn of the soldiers in the Common Hall, or as Mark calls it, (he wrote for the Romans), the Praetorium. No doubt this making sport of the prisoner was a compensation for the horrors of war, and in the case of some of them, the horrors of crucifying a man. Much as fox hounds are allowed to tear their prey to pieces, to make sure they do not lose the lust for blood.

And gathered unto him the whole band of soldiers- if He is a king the whole army must own allegiance to Him as Commander-in-Chief.

27:28
And they stripped him, and put on him a scarlet robe.

And they stripped Him- clothing represents character in the Scriptures, and here the soldiers are attempting, in a symbolic act, to deprive Christ of His true character. False teachers tried to do this in the days of the apostles, and Paul penned the epistle to the Colossians to counteract this, and set out, especially in chapter one, the first-born glories of Christ. Joseph’s brothers had stripped him, too, but his firstborn character had been manifest afterwards.

And put on him a scarlet robe- it would spoil their sport if He was wearing the garments of an itinerant preacher. He must have a robe as befits His station as military commander. The Caesars began, at some point in the history of Rome, to be chosen by the soldiers as their leader.

27:29
And when they had platted a crown of thorns, they put it upon his head, and a reed in his right hand: and they bowed the knee before him, and mocked him, saying, Hail, King of the Jews!

And when they had platted a crown of thorns- He has claimed to be king, we shall give Him a crown! In a coming day it will be said of God, “Thou settest a crown of pure gold upon his head”, Psalm 21:3. The soldiers give Him a crown composed of the fruits of the curse which the First Adam brought in. But Christ will “restore that which He took not away”, Psalm 69:4, including the blessing for creation after the curse is removed.

The thorns were probably from a tree that grows in Palestine which has vicious two-inch long thorns. By plaiting them they ensured that they pierced from all directions. They were not plaiting them so they were decorative, but so they were destructive. The nerves of the head are specially sensitive.

The word used here for crown is “stephanos”, the earned crown, whereas the other word used for crown in the New Testament is “diademata”, the inherited crown. The stephanos was the crown of the suitor who had won the heart of his beloved; of the athlete who had won the race; of the citizen who had won the acclaim of his fellows, of the army commander who had won the war. The soldiers do not really believe He has earned anything, so in mockery they pretend He has. Little did they realise that the one they mocked was the one the Father magnified, and acclaimed Him from heaven. He was crowned with glory and honour as He lived amongst men, Hebrews 2:9.

They put it on his head- there is no reason to think they did this gently. The word “put” is used in the phrase translated “wounded him” in Luke 10:30. It has the idea of inflicting a wound, so the crown was put upon His head with the intention of wounding Him. God said to Adam, “thorns also and thistles shall it bring forth unto thee”, Genesis 3:18, and now sinful men are bringing forth thorns for the last Adam.

And a reed in his right hand- if He is King-Commander He must have a sceptre! The Lord Jesus had spoken of “a reed shaken by the wind”, Luke 7:24, as the very symbol of weakness and indecision. To add insult to insult, they place the symbol of weakness in His right hand, the hand of power.

And they bowed the knee before him- just as the crowd in the garden of Gethsemane had gone backward and fallen to the ground, overawed by the presence of the great “I am”, John 18:6, so here. But whereas in the garden the awe was genuine, here it is spurious and mocking. Men mock at the idea of a coming day of judgment, but they would do well to take account of the words of the apostle Paul when he wrote, “Wherefore God also hath highly exalted him, and given him a name which is above every name: that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father”, Philippians 2:9-11.

For the mocker there is a day coming when mockery shall be turned into terror, and he will be compelled to bow the knee to Jesus Christ. It would be well for men if they were to repent and believe the gospel while there is time and opportunity, and thus bow the knee willingly to Him, owning Him as Lord.

And mocked him, saying, Hail, King of the Jews! The word hail in its verbal form means “to be cheerful”, or “calmly happy”. As a greeting it can mean “be well”, or “rejoice”, Strong’s Concordance. So as they see the pitiful sight before them, battered and bleeding from His scourging, they multiply His sufferings by wishing Him well, and exhorting Him to rejoice. Such is the callousness and insensitivity of the human heart. Little did they know that despite all that He was suffering, the One they mocked was indeed full of joy, for He was doing His Father’s will. He had what He called “My joy”, the joy that was uniquely His, John 15:11, and joy does not depend on what happens, like happiness does. Not only was He glad to be doing His Father’s will at that moment, but He was also sustained by the certainty that joy for evermore at God’s right hand was His portion.

The writer to the Hebrews is encouraging believers going through trial when he pens the words about Christ, “who for the joy set before him endured the cross, despising the shame”, Hebrews 12:2. Then he exhorts his readers to “consider him who endured such contradiction of sinners against himself, lest ye be wearied and faint in your minds”, verse 3. None shall ever exceed the Saviour in suffering and pain, for He must be pre-eminent in this, as well as in honour.

These men have heard the expression “King of the Jews” used three times already, so they fasten on to this claim, and use it to make Him an object of jesting. They would not, as Gentiles, be interested in His claim to be the Christ of God. Nor would they, as Romans, have any concept of Him as Son of God. But a claim to kingship they could understand.

It is said that during excavations around the site of the Praetorium in Jerusalem a room was found which had a chequer-board floor. The suggestion is that the soldiers would use this to amuse themselves when a prisoner was handed over to them. Probably using dice, they would see on which tile he finished. It was either the Servant Tile, or the King Tile, and they proceeded accordingly. Did Jesus Christ finish on the King Tile? And if so, when they were treating Him like a king, did they realise that He was God’s Perfect Servant as well as being His destined King? And did they realise that the Servant who stood before them, whose “visage was marred more than any man, and his form more than the sons of men”, Isaiah 52:14, shall one day be King over all the earth?

27:30
And they spit upon him, and took the reed, and smote him on the head.

And they spit upon him- if He is a king, then He must be anointed, but not with the fragrant anointing oil that the Israelites were so precisely instructed to make, but the vile spittle of men. The one who was “anointed with the Holy Ghost and with power”, Acts 10:38, (a far more precious anointing even than with the fragrant oil), is destined to be anointed with “the oil of gladness above His fellows”, as God sets Him on the throne of Israel, to exercise universal sway, Hebrews 1:9. Yet this is of no account to these soldiers, who see in Him only a feeble and pathetic pretender to the throne.

And took the reed, and smote him on the head- it is almost as if they mocked the prophecy of Micah which said that “they shall smite the judge of Israel with a rod upon the cheek”, Micah 5:1. They think Him to be so weak and powerless that a rod will be too heavy for Him. John tells us that they smote Him with their hands, perhaps smiting Him on the mouth. Not that He said anything, for “when he was reviled, he reviled not again; when he suffered, he threatened not; but committed himself to him that judgeth righteously”, 1 Peter 2:23. He is content to allow His Father to give a verdict on Him, and not ignorant men.

John takes up the account at this point.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE GOSPEL OF JOHN CHAPTER 19, VERSES 1 TO 24:

19:1 Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him.

19:2 And the soldiers platted a crown of thorns, and put it on his head, and they put on him a purple robe,

19:3 And said, Hail, King of the Jews! and they smote him with their hands.

19:4 Pilate therefore went forth again, and saith unto them, Behold, I bring him forth to you, that ye may know that I find no fault in him.

19:5 Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of thorns, and the purple robe. And Pilate saith unto them, Behold the man!

19:6 When the chief priests therefore and officers saw him, they cried out, saying, Crucify him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto them, Take ye him, and crucify him: for I find no fault in him.

19:7 The Jews answered him, We have a law, and by our law he ought to die, because he made himself the Son of God.

19:8 When Pilate therefore heard that saying, he was the more afraid;

19:9 And went again into the judgment hall, and saith unto Jesus, Whence art thou? But Jesus gave him no answer.

19:10 Then saith Pilate unto Him, Speakest thou not unto me? knowest thou not that I have power to crucify thee, and have power to release thee?

19:11 Jesus answered, Thou couldest have no power at all against me, except it were given thee from above: therefore he that delivered me unto thee hath the greater sin.

19:12 And from thenceforth Pilate sought to release him: but the Jews cried out, saying, If thou let this man go, thou art not Caesar’s friend: whosoever maketh himself a king speaketh against Caesar.

19:13 When Pilate therefore heard that saying, he brought Jesus forth, and sat down in the judgment seat in a place that is called the Pavement, but in the Hebrew, Gabbatha.

19:14 And it was the preparation of the passover, and about the sixth hour: and he saith unto the Jews, Behold your King!

19:15 But they cried out, Away with him, away with him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto them, Shall I crucify your King? The chief priests answered, We have no king but Caesar.

19:16 Then delivered he him therefore unto them to be crucified. And they took Jesus, and led him away.

19:17 And he bearing his cross went forth into a place called the place of a skull, which is called in the Hebrew Golgotha:

19:18 Where they crucified him, and two other with him, on either side one, and Jesus in the midst.

19:19 And Pilate wrote a title, and put it on the cross. And the writing was JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS.

19:20 This title then read many of the Jews: for the place where Jesus was crucified was nigh to the city: and it was written in Hebrew, and Greek, and Latin.

19:21 Then said the chief priests of the Jews to Pilate, Write not, The King of the Jews; but that he said, I am King of the Jews.

19:22 Pilate answered, What I have written I have written.

19:23 Then the soldiers, when they had crucified Jesus, took his garments, and made four parts, to every soldier a part; and also his coat: now the coat was without seam, woven from the top throughout.

19:24 They said therefore among themselves, Let us not rend it, but cast lots for it, whose it shall be: that the scripture might be fulfilled, which saith, They parted my raiment among them, and for my vesture they did cast lots. These things therefore the soldiers did.

(a)  Verses 1-16
Jesus and His judge

19:1
Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him.

Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him- how much is encompassed in the words “scourged him”. Remember, as Peter said, the Jews have taken or arrested Him, but they crucified Him using the wicked hands of the Gentiles, Acts 2:23. Being wicked, or lawless, they were not restrained by the justice system of Israel. In particular, they were not limited by the “forty stripes”, stipulation in the law, Deuteronomy 25:3. In fact, in New Testament times that had been modified to “forty stripes save one”, 2 Corinthians 11:24, in case they lost count and inadvertently inflicted forty-one in violation of the law.

The scourging of a convicted man before he was crucified was called the first death, so severe was it. In fact, many did not survive the ordeal. Two soldiers, trained in the art of this particularly barbaric form of punishment, would take it in turns to lash the prisoner’s back and chest with leather whips to which were fastened jagged pieces of lead or bone. It is too painful to even begin to assess the intense suffering this would cause, yet this is the cruelty that was inflicted on the one who “went about doing good”.

There is a possibility that Pilate did the scourging himself, (for he was said to be sadistic in character), but he probably delegated it to the soldiers who were specially trained to administer the punishment. Excavations in Jerusalem have discovered a room in what is probably the Roman Praetorium. The roof is held up by pillars, but in the centre of the room is a single pillar, which does not support anything. Could this be the post to which the Christ of God was tied to be scourged?

The psalmist had anticipated this treatment when he wrote, “The ploughers ploughed upon my back: they made long their furrows”, Psalm 129:3. And Isaiah prophesied of God’s Servant, “His visage was so marred more than any man, and his form more than the sons of men”, Isaiah 52:14. The measure of the astonishment at His suffering will be the measure of the astonishment when He comes in glory, for Isaiah wrote, “As many were astonied…so shall he sprinkle many nations”.

19:2
And the soldiers platted a crown of thorns, and put it on His head, and they put on Him a purple robe,

And the soldiers platted a crown of thorns- we have commented on this in the notes on Matthew 27:29.

And they put on Him a purple robe- if in Matthew the soldiers mocked Him as a miltary commander with a scarlet tunic, John tells us of a robe that was purple. It may have depended on how the light struck the cloth. Aloternatively, there may have been two robes, one scarlet, and one purple. Purple is the Imperial colour, and reminds us that despite Matthew being the gospel of the King, there are more references to Christ as King in John’s gospel than there are in Matthew. We should remember that “King of Israel” is a Divine title, Isaiah 44:6. There is a confrontation here between the Kingdom of God and the kingdom of Caesar.

19:3
And said, Hail, King of the Jews! and they smote him with their hands.

And said, Hail, King of the Jews! We have already commented on this in the note on Matthew 27:29.

And they smote him with their hands- perhaps smiting Him on the mouth. Not that He said anything, for “when He was reviled, He reviled not again; when He suffered, He threatened not; but committed Himself to Him that judgeth righteously”, 1 Peter 2:23. He is content to allow His Father to give a verdict on Him, and not ignorant men.

John 19:4
Pilate therefore went forth again, and saith unto them, Behold, I bring him forth to you, that ye may know that I find no fault in him.

Pilate therefore went forth again- another “therefore”, being a repeat of the first in verse 1, meaning he was trying to get Him released. This is Pilate’s last desperate attempt to avoid being responsible for sending Christ to the cross. He has to go forth because the Jews will not enter a Gentile’s house, being afraid of coming into contact with leaven at the feast of unleavened bread. They had no scruples about this later on, in Matthew 27:62.

And saith unto them, Behold, I bring him forth to you- Pilate is trying to excite pity, but he should have been administering justice. The Jews were normally scrupulously fair in their judgments, especially in capital cases, and ensured that the advantage was always with the accused. But this Man is different, for His righteousness condemns their unrighteousness, and they hate Him for it, John 3:20.

That ye may know that I find no fault in him- this is the third time Pilate has said this. The other occasions were Luke 23:4; 23:14,15. He also said “I have found no cause of death in Him”, Luke 23:22. Yet he had already virtually condemned Jesus, and also had Him scourged, which was the first part of the crucifixion process. Strangely, Matthew and Mark do not mention any of the occasions when Pilate said he found no fault.

19:5
Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of thorns, and the purple robe. And Pilate saith unto them, Behold the man!

Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of thorns, and the purple robe- it is either that the soldiers would later remove this robe and put His own clothes on Him, Matthew 27:31, or that they put His own clothes on Him but put the imperial purple robe over the top of them, to complement the imperial crown.

The priests should have been the first to come to His aid, binding up His wounds and pouring in oil and wine, Luke 10:34, but sadly they are the first to condemn Him. Jacob had prophesied that instruments of cruelty would be in the habitations of Levi, and his anger and wrath would be fierce and cruel, Genesis 49:5-7, and now it is coming to pass in his descendants, even though they were priests.

And Pilate saith unto them, Behold the man! He knows it would not impress them if he called Him their king again, so he appeals to them on the level of common humanity and decency, but they have another, religious agenda. The Spirit of Christ in the psalmist could say, “But I am a worm, and no man; a reproach of men, and despised of the people”, Psalm 22:6.

19:6
When the chief priests therefore and officers saw him, they cried out, saying, Crucify Him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto them, Take ye him, and crucify him: for I find no fault in him.

When the chief priests therefore and officers saw him, they cried out, saying, Crucify him, crucify him- they are unmoved by the pitiful sight, so enraged are they. Religious rage is the worst rage of all, especially when it supposes it is defending the interests of the True God. It was a Jewish rabbi who said in a broadcast that religious persecution says more about the ones persecuting than the ones persecuted.

Pilate saith unto them, Take ye him, and crucify him- is he bluffing, knowing they have not this right, as they themselves said in 18:31? God had seen to it that the death penalty had been taken out of their hands just a few years previously, because that would involve stoning, and this might break His legs, contrary to prophecy, John 19:36.

Or is he granting them the right temporarily so that he could escape the guilt of crucifying Him? But it was by wicked hands, (that is, the lawless hands of the Gentiles), He was to be crucified. The Jewish authorities and the Gentiles must be responsible for His death, Acts 4:27. It is the princes of this world that crucified Him, 1 Corinthians 2:8.

For I find no fault in him- they must do it, if anyone does, because Pilate again pronounces Him guiltless according to Roman law. Thus it stands written that Jesus Christ, the Son of God, was executed unjustly and by a miscarriage of justice. Of course, this is not an absolute statement, for Pilate cannot look into the heart. He is stating what is true according to Roman law. God, who looks into the heart, knows there is no fault in absolute terms in Christ.

19:7
The Jews answered him, We have a law, and by our law He ought to die, because He made Himself the Son of God.

The Jews answered him, We have a law, and by our law He ought to die- the law of Moses required that those who blaspheme the name of the Lord should die, Leviticus 24:16. Also, those who tried to turn Israel away from the worship of the God of Israel were to die, too, Deuteronomy 13:1-5. This is what Antichrist will do with his image in the temple, yet the majority of Israel will receive him. See John 5:43.

Since the Jews did not believe it when He said, “I and My Father are one”, and therefore to worship Him was to worship God, they thought He was attracting worship to Himself away from the God of Israel.

Because He made himself the Son of God’- that is, made Himself out to be the Son of God by His claims. It was not that they believed that a man could turn himself into the Son of God.

They had avoided this charge when accusing Him before Pilate, even though it was the one by which they condemned Him in the Sanhedrin, Matthew 26:63-66. These men are manipulative and devious, stopping at nothing to gain their ends. They accused Him of being a king so that Pilate would think Him to be a rebel against Rome, but now they have been wrong-footed by Pilate, so revert back to a charge about which they have a law. They forgot that their law also said, “Thou shalt not wrest the judgement of thy poor in his cause. Keep thee far from a false matter; and the innocent and righteous slay thou not: for I will not justify the wicked”, Exodus 23:6,7.

19:8
When Pilate therefore heard that saying, he was the more afraid;

When Pilate therefore heard that saying, he was the more afraid- he had been made afraid by the report from his wife about her dream, Matthew 27:19. To a superstitious pagan, dreams were full of meaning, especially if it was more like a nightmare, causing his wife to “suffer many things”, as she put it. He had heard from his wife just before he had released Barabbas and condemned Christ. Now something even more worrying is told him. Nothing has been said to Pilate before about Him claiming to be the Son of God. They have called Him a malefactor, John 18:30. Then they tried the charge of forbidding to give tribute to Caesar, Luke 23:2. Again, they said He stirred up the people, from Galilee to Jerusalem, Luke 23:5. Pilate understood them to mean He perverted the people, Luke 23:14, but neither Herod nor Pilate believed this. Now, as a last resort, they bring forward the charge that they were silent about before, because they did not think Pilate would think it worthy of consideration. Their cause is desperate.

19:9
And went again into the judgment hall, and saith unto Jesus, Whence art thou? But Jesus gave him no answer.

And went again into the judgment hall, and saith unto Jesus, Whence art thou? He is not asking where He was born, or who His parents are. Pilate is fearful that the gods have sent one of the “sons of the gods” to judge him. The Lord has already distinguished between being born, and coming into the world, 18:37, but this distinction seems to be lost on Pilate.

But Jesus gave him no answer- it is important to notice that sometimes Christ answered, and sometimes He did not, when asked questions during His trials. The prophet had said that He would be dumb before His shearers, so He only answered when He was not being shorn of His own glory. When it was a question of the honour of His Father, or the defence of His disciples, or to rebuke the injustice of His accusers, He spoke.

19:10
Then saith Pilate unto him, Speakest thou not unto me? knowest thou not that I have power to crucify thee, and have power to release thee?

Then saith Pilate unto him, Speakest thou not unto me? He is amazed, (and perhaps annoyed), that this Galilean carpenter should dare to remain silent when questioned by the representative of Rome. But He does not speak because Pilate has already condemned and scourged Him, contrary to justice, (for he pronounced Him innocent and then condemned Him to death), and to co-operate in that would be untrue to Himself as the Just One.

Knowest thou not that I have power to crucify thee, and have power to release thee? God has put a sword in the hand of the rulers He ordains to be in government. That sword is for the punishment of evildoers, and those who resist that power. We read of this in Romans 13:1-7. So Pilate was right to a certain extent, for he represented a God-ordained ruler, namely Caesar. Pilate had the right to crucify Him if He was guilty of a capital crime; he had the right to release Him if He was innocent or any charge; but he had no authority from God to crucify an innocent man.

19:11
Jesus answered, Thou couldest have no power at all against me, except it were given thee from above: therefore he that delivered me unto thee hath the greater sin.

Jesus answered, Thou couldest have no power at all against me, except it were given thee from above- Pilate was clearly ignorant of the true source of his power. He thought it came from Rome, but he learns now that it comes from heaven. However, Pilate’s power only extended to the punishment of evildoers, and Christ was not one of these. So the only way Pilate can have real power against Christ is by special licence from God, in order that His purpose might be worked out in the death of His Son.

Therefore he that delivered me unto thee hath the greater sin- Pilate’s sin was great, in that he had condemned a man he himself declared to be innocent. But the high priest Caiaphas’ sin was greater, since he should have had an enhanced sense of justice, as instructed by the law of God.

19:12
And from thenceforth Pilate sought to release him: but the Jews cried out, saying, If thou let this man go, thou art not Caesar’s friend: whosoever maketh himself a king speaketh against Caesar.

And from thenceforth Pilate sought to release him- he had been doing this repeatedly, but now there is fresh urgency.

But the Jews cried out, saying, If thou let this man go, thou art not Caesar’s friend: whosoever maketh himself a king speaketh against Caesar- they have now completely abandoned the pursuit of justice, and are simply playing on Pilate’s fears. For his part, Pilate is more fearful of Caesar than he is of God. Scripture says, “The fear of man bringeth a snare”, Proverbs 29:25.

19:13
When Pilate therefore heard that saying, he brought Jesus forth, and sat down in the judgment seat in a place that is called the Pavement, but in the Hebrew, Gabbatha.

When Pilate therefore heard that saying- the thought that Jesus was the Son of God had preyed on his superstitious fears, but now the priests have preyed on his political fear of the wrath of Caesar, verse 12. The Caesar at that time, Tiberias, reacted harshly against failure in his governors. If Pilate lets a rival to Caesar’s throne go free, (especially when Jerusalem is crowded with perhaps a million excitable Jews), his life would be in jeopardy. Will Pilate fear God rather than men? The answer is clear.

He brought Jesus forth- formerly he had gone out to the Jews, but now brings the prisoner out, so that they can see Him, and Pilate can sit on his judgment seat in full view of the crowd. He is still trying to play on the self-esteem of the Jews, to enable him to release Jesus. Peter says that Pilate “was determined to let him go”, Acts 3:13.

And sat down in the judgment seat in a place that is called the Pavement- Roman judgment seats were often portable, and now Pilate sets his down on a paved area, to formally pronounce sentence. We should remember that he has already had Jesus scourged, which should only have taken place if He had been found guilty. Justice is not being done. The Jews have broken their laws, and Pilate has broken the law of Rome.

Isaiah tells us that in a day to come, “kings shall see, and arise”, 49:7. The kings of the earth will stand in that day, and Christ will be seated on “the throne of His glory”, Matthew 25:31.

But in the Hebrew, Gabbatha- why does John tell us the Hebrew name? This is striking, because Gabbatha does not mean Pavement, but refers to the elevated spot with the pavement in front of it. John will tell us about Golgotha in verse 17. Is he linking the two? Gabbatha means “an elevated spot”. Is he contrasting this with Calvary’s hill? One has on it the representative of worldly justice, the unjust Pilate, and the other the Just One Himself. The one is passing earthly sentence on a sinless man; the other is bearing the sentence for sinful man.

19:14
And it was the preparation of the passover, and about the sixth hour: and he saith unto the Jews, “Behold your King!:

And it was the preparation of the passover- the word passover was used for the 14th day of the first month, but it was also used for the whole of the seven days of the feast of passover and of unleavened bread. Luke writes, “Now the feast of unleavened bread drew nigh, which is called the passover”, Luke 22:1.

This is not preparation for the passover, for the passover lamb had been slain the previous day, and the passover meal eaten in that night. The disciples had asked, “where wilt Thou that we prepare for Thee to eat the passover?” Matthew 27:17. By this they meant the passover meal at night, after the lamb had been slain in between 3pm and sunset, (which is what is meant by “between the two evenings”, Exodus 12:6, margin; the word evening is dual in number there).

Edersheim says, “the evening of the 14th to the 15th is never called in Jewish writings ‘the preparation for’, but ‘the eve of’ the Passover”. Mark defines “the preparation” for us, “And now when the even was come, because it was the preparation, that is, the day before the sabbath”, 15:42.

And about the sixth hour- this has caused difficulty, because Mark 15:25 says, “and it was the third hour, and they crucified Him”. He has already described the crucifixion in the previous verse, and then he deliberately puts a time to it. So it is very clear that Christ was crucified at the third hour, which to a Jew meant 9 o’clock in the morning, since their daytime began at 6am. Various suggestions have been made to solve this problem, such as John using Roman time which some believe made the day begin at midnight.

However, consider the following. Roman governors and other judges had a small tablet with a hinged lid. On the inside was a layer of wax on which they would record the main details of the case they were trying. There would be the record of the promise to appear; attestation that the defendant had appeared; the planned day of the hearing; important individuals who were taking part in the trial; the successive stages of the trial; the judgement pronounced. So John may be recording here what Pilate himself wrote in his tablet, which explains why he put the time of the trial at “about the 6th hour”, or about 6 am. The time mentioned may therefore be when the trial started, according to Pilate, a Roman, therefore it is in Roman time.

We know the Jews held their formal Sanhedrin at the dawn of the day, and reached a quick verdict, for when they took Jesus to Pilate it was still early, John 18:28. So if Pilate noted the time when he began to try Christ, it was indeed about the sixth hour, or just after daybreak, for the use of the word “about” indicates it was just after the sixth hour.

It is Mark in his Servant Gospel who records the critical times. So the time-line for the day of the crucifixion is as follows:

During the night, after the arrest in the Garden, an informal trial was held before Annas and then Caiphas, with “all the chief priests and the elders and the scribes”, Mark 14:53.

Just after 6am, “as soon as it was day”, a formal meeting of the Sanhedrin was convened to endorse the decision taken in the night, Luke 22:66.

A little later, but still “early”, the examination by Pilate begins, John 18:28.

The third hour, meaning 9am, the crucifixion, Mark 15:25.

The sixth hour to the ninth hour, the darkness, Mark 15:33.

Just after the ninth hour, the death of Christ, Mark 15:37.

Before the twelfth hour, the burial of Christ, Mark 15:42.

And he saith unto the Jews, “Behold your King!’ This is Pilate’s last attempt to avoid crucifying the Lord. He is appealing to them one last time. Before, the word was, “Behold the man!” This appealed to their pity as men. Now it is “Behold your King!” He is appealing to their self-esteem as a nation. He is pouring scorn on their suggestion that such a pitiable sight could conceivably be mistaken for the King of the Jews.

If he can get them to drop the charge of being a king, (which affects Pilate’s position, for he must defend Caesar from rivals, however petty they may seem to be), then he can also drop the charge of being the Son of God, as having no relevance to Roman law, and which does not threaten the Roman peace.

19:15
But they cried out, Away with him, away with him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto them, Shall I crucify your King? The chief priests answered, We have no king but Caesar.

But they cried out, Away with him, away with him, crucify him- their response is the same as before, except that they say “Away with him” twice over, and not just “crucify him”. They want to be completely rid of Him, not just put on a cross. They want to rid their thoughts of Him, for He touches their conscience.

Pilate saith unto them, Shall I crucify your King? The chief priests answered, We have no king but Caesar- this is the public rejection of Christ as King by the leaders of the nation. But they go further, because ideally the nation was a theocracy, and God was their king. By saying they have no king but Caesar they reject the Kingship of God that Christ came to manifest.

When Israel wanted a king in Samuel’s day, he felt rejected. But God said that it was He who had been rejected, for He was Israel’s true King, see 1 Samuel 8:5-7.

The Rabbis said at the fall of Jerusalem, “The sceptre has departed from Judah, and Messiah has not come”. Hosea said, “The children of Israel shall abide many days without a king…afterward shall the children of Israel return”, Hosea 4:4.

We need to read Matthew 27:31 at this point to learn when the purple robe was removed and His own clothing restored to Him.

27:31
And after that they had mocked him, they took the robe off from him, and put his own raiment on him, and led him away to crucify him.

And after that they had mocked him, they took the robe off from Him- both Mark and John tell us that the soldiers put a purple robe on Him. Either the robe was purplish-scarlet, or a scarletty purple, or they used two robes, the first one becoming so blood-stained through the wounds inflicted by the scourging, that they changed it for another.

And put his own raiment on him- unwittingly they prepare in this way for the fulfilment of Scripture, which foretold that His raiment would be gambled for. The soldiers who did this at the foot of the cross also unwittingly fulfilled Scripture.

And led him away to crucify him- we shall think of this phrase as we return to John’s account.

19:16
Then delivered he him therefore unto them to be crucified. And they took Jesus, and led him away.

Then delivered he him therefore unto them to be crucified- there seems to be a deliberate vagueness here as to whom He was delivered. It reads as if He was delivered to the Jews, but we know in fact that He was handed over to the Roman soldiery. John is emphasising the guilt of the rulers of the nation, just as Peter, Stephen and Paul did in their addresses in the Acts of the Apostles.

Christ rode into Jerusalem and presented Himself as king, John 12:15, for the prophet had foretold this with the words, “Rejoice greatly O daughter of Zion; shout O daughter of Jerusalem: Behold thy king cometh unto thee”, Zechariah 9:9, and now He is taken as king out of the city, His claim rejected.

And they took Jesus, and led him away- if the previous statement sounded as if He was handed over to the Jews, now it is made clear that the Romans were involved too, as Peter said, “Ye (Jews), by wicked hands (the lawless hands of Gentiles), have crucified and slain”.

Both Matthew and Mark tell us the purpose for which they “led Him away”, (Matthew), and “led Him out, (Mark), namely, “to crucify Him”. In other words they were looking for no other outcome. But Jewish law made elaborate provision for the receiving of last-minute evidence. A man on horseback with a white flag would be stationed at the gate in full view of the procession to the execution spot. Another man would accompany the accused. If fresh evidence was brought forward, or if the condemned man wished to produce fresh evidence, then the white flag would be waved, the procession halted, the condemned man brought back into the city, and the trial reopened. None of this happened in the case of Christ, for they led Him out with no other intention than that of crucifying Him.

(b)   Verses 17-30
Jesus and His crucifixion

19:17
And he bearing his cross went forth into a place called the place of a skull, which is called in the Hebrew Golgotha:

And he bearing his cross went forth- He had gone into Jerusalem with the ass bearing Him, and now He goes out of Jerusalem with Him bearing the cross. This movement makes Jerusalem “the city next to the slain man”, Deuteronomy 21:1-9. Under the law of Moses, it was the city next to a slain man that was held responsible to investigate his death. A sacrifice had to be offered to clear the city of the guilt of the man’s murder. Little do the elders of the city of Jerusalem realise that the one they are taking out of the city to execute, is the sacrifice for their sin in doing so. On this basis the word was, “thus it behoved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day: and that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in His name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem”, Luke 24:47.

Into a place called the place of a skull, which is called in the Hebrew Golgotha- Jewish tradition said Goliath’s head was buried there. When Christ bowed His head on the cross, the word is the same as when the armies of the aliens were “turned to flight”, Hebrews 11:34, as happened when David slew Goliath, 1 Samuel 17. Golgotha was the place where the greatest giant of all, Satan himself, was defeated, and his forces routed, Hebrews 2:14. Defeated, moreover, by one who was “crucified through weakness”, 2 Corinthians 13:4, and who appeared helpless in the face of all that came upon Him. It was otherwise, however, for He “spoiled principalities and powers”, Colossians 2:15, and “destroyed him that had the power of death, that is, the Devil”, Hebrews 2:14, just as David ensured that the hosts of the Philistines fled.

There is a great contrast suggested here, for the Hebrew word “gulgoleth” from which comes the word Golgotha, is used of the head of Saul after he died in Gilboa. We read that the Philistines…fastened his head (gulgoleth) in the temple of Dagon”, 1 Chronicles 10:10. So instead of the Philistines fleeing because David had slain their champion, they are here on the victory side. And instead of Goliath’s head being cut off and taken to Jerusalem as a trophy of victory over God’s enemies, the head of Saul the king of Israel is hung up as a trophy in the temple of the heathen god. No such disgrace befell the Saviour, however, for He triumphed over the enemy, and God saw to it that His holy body was not mutilated or brought into contact with corruption; much less used as a trophy by the enemy.

At this point Luke tells us what happened on the way to the cross, and the weeping of the women.

Luke 23:26
And as they led him away, they laid hold upon one Simon, a Cyrenian, coming out of the country, and on him they laid the cross, that he might bear it after Jesus.

And as they led him away, they laid hold upon one Simon, a Cyrenian, coming out of the country- this is all we know about this man, except that, as Mark tells us, he was the father of Alexander and Rufus, Mark 15:21 Why do we need to know who this man’s sons were, unless he, and they, were afterwards converted as a result of this experience, and the first readers of the gospels would know who they were? Mark also tells us that he was compelled to bear the cross. We remember how Mark is emphasising the servant character of the Lord Jesus, so it is interesting to notice the contrast between the willing acceptance by the Lord Jesus of the burden of dealing with the question of sins, and the seeming unwillingness of Simon to simply carry the cross on which the work would be done. We could understand the reluctance of Simon, for those who were seen carrying a cross to the place of execution were despised of men, and a reproach. Yet did what happened on that cross so affect Simon that he was converted to God, and denied himself, and gladly took up his cross and followed Him? See Matthew 16:24.

Whilst the word “country” does literally means a cultivated field, it is often set in contrast to the city. So, for instance, we read in Luke 8:34, “they told it in the city and in the country“. Or Luke 9:12, “go into the towns and country round about”. The idea behind the word in this context is a rural place rather than an urban place. The point is that to bear the cross he must turn right round, and go in the opposite direction, for he is coming towards the city and Christ is going out of it. If he was, in fact, constrained to believe by this event, then he had a moral turn-round also, which is what conversion is.

And on him they laid the cross, that he might bear it after Jesus- this incident is taken up by the writer to the Hebrews when he writes, “Wherefore Jesus also, that He might sanctify the people with His own blood, suffered without the gate. Let us go forth therefore unto Him without the camp, bearing His reproach”, Hebrews 3:12,13. Note the difference between without, or outside, the camp and without the gate. To be without the gate is the physical position the Lord Jesus took up when He endured the cross, corresponding to the place where the sin offering was burnt in Old Testament times. But it had a spiritual meaning, and those who grasp this meaning will take up a moral position in harmony with His moral position as one still rejected by organised religion. If we were exhorted to go outside the gate, we would have to go on a pilgrimage to Jerusalem. As it is, outside the camp is a position we take up in our hearts, and translate into practice as we meet with those of like mind in the assembly.

Simon was compelled to bear His cross; we are called to bear His reproach. On the day of atonement one of the last ceremonies was the carrying of the carcases of the sin offerings, (the bullock and the goat), by a man qualified to do this, outside the camp to be burnt. The writer of the Epistle to the Hebrews encourages us to fulfil that role in its spiritual meaning, and associate with the one who suffered the Divine Fire for us in the outside place. The sin offering had imputed to it the sin of the people, being made sin. It was a detestable thing, therefore. To carry it was to associate closely with it. Now Christ is not a detestable person as far as God is concerned, but He is detested by the religious world, despite what they seem to say about Him. When the full force of Christianity confronts them, they come out in their true character, and deny Him. And so does Judaism. To cleave to Christ, and take the outside place with Him is a place of reproach, yet we should not flinch to do it.

The Lord challenged His disciples to take up their cross. In other words, to make His cross their own, in the sense of association with Him. This is Matthew’s account:

16:24
Then said Jesus unto his disciples, If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me.

Then said Jesus unto his disciples, If any man will come after me- He has just indicated to the disciples that His cross and suffering are definitely ahead, then the call to discipleship can be issued. A true disciple will count the cost before he sets out, Luke 14:25-35. “Will” speaks of desire, not simply a future event. Those who follow Christ must be aware that He was heading for a cross, not a crown.

Let him deny himself- nothing must stand in the way of this commitment. Self is a major obstacle to full devotion.

And take up his cross and follow me- the cross of Christ is unique, but the true follower will not shrink from fellowship with Christ in the rejection the cross represents. In this way His cross becomes ours. Needless to say this cross is not a physical piece of wood, but a doctrine. The teaching regarding the cross is brought out in Paul’s epistles. For instance, Galatians 1:20, “I am crucified with Christ”; Romans 6:6, “Our old man was crucified with Christ”; Galatians 5:24, “They that are Christ’s have crucified the flesh”; Galatians 6:14, “The cross…by which the world is crucified to me, and I unto the world”.

16:25
For whosoever will save his life shall lose it: and whosoever will lose his life for my sake shall find it.

For whosoever will save his life shall lose it- the word for life is soul, the person. To save one’s person is to live for self, and is the opposite of denying self. The cross puts an end to self. The believer who lives for self is not living for the Lord, and will find in the day of assessment that he has nothing to be rewarded for. His life will have been wasted and lost. This has nothing to do with losing salvation, which can never happen to a true believer, but everything to do with losing reward.

And whosoever will lose his life for my sake shall find it- to lose life is to give up one’s own interests in favour of Christ’s. Note it must be “for My sake”, not with the thought of gaining merit, and certainly not as a form of penance, that neglecting of the body which is condemned in Colossians 2:23, and which in fact is satisfying to the flesh. At the Judgment Seat of Christ the life lived for Christ will be found in the form of reward, and at Christ’s appearing it will be found in the form of glory for the One who made it possible, and for the enjoyment of life in the kingdom. Compare 1 Peter 1:7, “found unto praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ”. Then, “Whom having not seen (as He will be when He comes to earth), ye love”. Love to Christ will displace love for self.

16:26
For what is a man profited, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?

For what is a man profited, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul? Such an one will “find” nothing at the end of a life seeking gain for himself. In the light of eternity, to gain everything material is to lose an eternal reward. See Philippians 3:7, where the apostle testifies “What things were gain to me, those I counted loss for Christ”.

Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul? As a man looks back over a wasted life, (even if he has gained the whole world), he realises that all he has accumulated is not enough to buy back lost opportunities. In Ephesians 5:16, the apostle exhorts us to be “Redeeming the time, for the days are evil”, or in other words, “take the hours of the day to the marketplace and sell to the highest bidder, thus putting a high value on them, for days spent as the world spends them are evil and worthless”. How important it is to live in the light of eternity, for the things of time and sense are not lasting, and will not profit spiritually the one occupied with them.

16:27
For the Son of Man shall come in the glory of his Father with his angels; and then shall he reward every man according to his works.

For the Son of Man shall come- here the Lord looks on to the day when He comes to reign, and when His followers shall be with Him, and when He shall be glorified in His saints, 2 Thessalonians 1:10. The degree He is glorified then will be the degree we have denied ourselves in favour of His interests now.

In the glory of his Father with his angels- only those things which glorify Christ can be associated with the glory of His Father, and be on display in that day. Other things will have been burnt up. His angels excel in strength and fly swiftly to do heaven’s bidding, and this zeal should mark the believer.

And then shall He reward every man according to his works- reward means recompense. The self-denial has meant hardship, and in the day of glory this will be compensated. Note that denying self is not a negative thing, for it produces works.

We now resume our look at Luke’s account of those who followed Christ for different reasons.

23:27
And there followed him a great company of people, and of women, which also bewailed and lamented him.

And there followed him a great company of people- no doubt these were pilgrims from all over the world who had come to Jerusalem for the passover, and had perhaps heard of Him from those who had met Christ during His ministry. The priests must have looked on fearfully, for they had told Judas that they did not want to arrest and condemn Him on a feast day, “lest there be an uproar among the people”, Matthew 26:5.

And of women, which also bewailed and lamented him- these seem not to be His female followers, in view of what the Lord said to them in the next verses. Perhaps these are the same as those who provided the stupifying drink which Christ will soon refuse. There is only human sympathy and sentiment, and they are not weeping for the right reason. They would probably have wept like this for any man led out to be crucified.

23:28
But Jesus turning unto them said, Daughters of Jerusalem, weep not for me, but weep for yourselves, and for your children.

But Jesus turning unto them said- by turning round to face them as they followed, the Lord was making Golgotha the backdrop for His remarks. When the city of Jerusalem was destroyed in AD 70, the hills around were covered in crosses, as many thousands of Jews were crucified by the Romans. He will speak of this in His next remarks, as He prophesies what will happen to the nation, not only in AD 70, but also during the Great Tribulation period.

Daughters of Jerusalem, weep not for me, but weep for yourselves, and for your children- the expression “daughters of Jerusalem” seems to mark them out as a well-known body of women, who sought to relieve the sufferings of those crucified.

The crowds had said, “His blood be on us, and on our children”, and in view of this they might well weep for themselves and their children. He was refusing mere sentimental weeping, but He appreciates the weeping of the repentant, as the woman of Luke 7:37,38,47 found.

23:29
For, behold, the days are coming, in the which they shall say, Blessed are the barren, and the wombs that never bare, and the paps which never gave suck.

For, behold, the days are coming, in the which they shall say- here is a further prophecy to the one recorded in Matthew 24. Despite facing the utmost trial, the Lord takes time to warn these women of the consequences of the cry the crowds had made. He thought not on His own things, but on the things of others, Philippians 2:4,5.

Blessed are the barren- to rejoice that a woman was barren was totally contrary to Old Testament feeling. In those times it was a cause of rejoicing if a woman was expecting a child, for it was the sign of God’s blessing. But such is the suffering that the Lord foresees for His nation, that He predicts they will regret having children. Moses had warned of these times too, for if the people disobeyed God’s statutes, (and they were doing this by rejecting the Prophet He had sent to them, Deuteronomy 18:15-19; Acts 3:22-26), then “Cursed shall be the fruit of thy body”, and, “Thou shalt beget sons and daughters, but thou shalt not enjoy them; for they shall go into captivity”, Deuteronomy 28:18,41.

And the wombs that never bare- not only would barren women be blessed, those who were not barren but who had not borne children would be too.

And the paps which never gave suck- even those who had lost their child at birth, and who had never had the satisfaction of feeding it, would count themselves happy. So the soreness of the tribulation they would experience would completely over-ride the maternal instincts of these women. Those who mourned because of barrenness, or that they had not conceived, or had lost their babies, would be counted as those who should rejoice. For those who did have children would regret it.

We can see why the Lord told them to weep for themselves, in anticipation of the real sorrows that would be theirs for rejecting Him. And we can see why He exhorted them to not weep for Him, because their weeping was unreal and uninformed; they thought He was just another criminal being led out to die, and they wanted to relieve His sufferings for that reason alone. He is not forbidding genuine sorrow for His sufferings, but rejects mere sentimentality. Many today are affected by the sufferings of Christ, and much music has been composed to try to express that sorrow, but all sorrow that is purely superficial is of no avail.

23:30
Then shall they begin to say to the mountains, Fall on us; and to the hills, Cover us.

Then shall they begin to say to the mountains, Fall on us; and to the hills, Cover us- notice the word “begin”, for what is spoken of here would come to pass at the siege and destruction of Jerusalem, but would be repeated in greater intensity during the Great Tribulation, in which unparalleled sufferings would be endured, for we read, “And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every freeman, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains; and said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb: for the great day of His wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?” Revelation 6:15-17. To have a mountain fall upon you would be a terrifying thing, so the sufferings here foretold must be even more severe than that.

When speaking of these days, the Lord said, “But woe to them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days”, Matthew 24:17. So there is a blessing on childlessness, and a woe on those with child.

23:31
For if they do these things in a green tree, what shall be done in the dry?

For if they do these things in a green tree- the psalmist foretold that the Lord Jesus would be “like a tree planted by the rivers of water, that bringeth forth His fruit in His season: His leaf also shall not wither; and whatsoever He doeth shall prosper”, Psalm 1:3. And so it was. Whether the season was unfavourable or favourable, the Lord Jesus bore the appropriate fruit to God’s glory. No matter how dry the ground was, (and He was “a root out of a dry ground”, Isaiah 53:2), He flourished, for as the psalmist said elsewhere, “all my springs are in Thee”, Psalm 87:7, and this was true of Christ too. But men did not appreciate the fruit He bore, and reckoned that it was evil and harmful, so they crucified Him.

What shall be done in the dry? Notice the “for” at the beginning of the verse, telling us that this is an extension of the warning in verse 30 about coming judgment for the nation, as represented by “the daughters of Jerusalem”. So the dry tree is the nation of Israel, whose springs were not in God, but in dry ritual and lifeless tradition. They were like the fig tree that the Lord had cursed, which was “dried up from the roots”, Mark 11:20. If the Romans crucified Christ, would they not do the same to Jews in AD 70? And so it came to pass, for there is a close connection between what they did to Christ by handing Him over the Romans, and what the Romans did, when God handed them over to them.

Before the soldiers crucified their victims, it seems it was customary to give them a drink to lessen the pain of being nailed to the cross. Neither Luke nor John mention this, but Matthew and Mark do, Matthew 27:34 and Mark 15:23. This drugged drink was supplied, probably, by the “daughters of Jerusalem” to relieve the sufferings involved in the nailing.

Matthew 27:33
And when they were come to a place called Golgotha, that is to say a place of a skull, they gave Him vinegar to drink mingled with gall: and when He had tasted thereof, He would not drink.

And when they were come to a place called Golgotha, that is to say a place of a skull, they gave him vinegar to drink mingled with gall- notice that Matthew indicates that the vinegar was given as soon as they had arrived and begun the process of crucifixion. This would involve the removal of the clothes, the laying of the victim on the cross as it laid on the ground, and the nailing to the cross. Then the lifting up of the cross into an upright position, and dropping it with a jolt into the hole already made for the base. This would result in the victim’s bones being put out of joint. All His bones were out of joint, but they were not broken, as the Scripture foretold. By causing His bones to be out of joint men thought they had put a stop to Christ’s work. In fact, He did His greatest work with all His bones out of joint.

And when he had tasted thereof, he would not drink- the Lord will ask for a drink later on, but He refuses it when He has ascertained, by sipping it, that it is drugged. He will not allow anything of man to relieve Him of His sufferings. He will bear them in all their full horror. He will die by crucifixion, not poisoning.

Mark’s account is slightly different, as follows:

Mark 15:23
And they gave him to drink wine mingled with myrrh: but he received it not.

And they gave him to drink wine mingled with myrrh: but he received it not- there is no discrepancy here, for Mark is stating a fact, whereas Matthew is giving us a sequence, “when they were come…they gave Him…” Seeing that He has refused the first drink, the soldiers, (who perhaps were required to give this drink), offer Him a slightly different one. Instead of their cheap wine or vinegar with gall added, they next add myrrh. But He refuses this without even tasting it. He was given myrrh at His birth, and the gift was accepted, and it relieved hardship, for Joseph and Mary needed resources to travel to Egypt to escape death. Here He is offered it again, but this time from unbelievers, and to relieve the sufferings of death, and the gift was rejected. Perhaps the myrrh gave off a smell, so He did not need to sip it to see what it was.

We now return to John’s account.

John 19:18
Where they crucified him, and two other with him, on either side one, and Jesus in the midst.

Where they crucified him- the gospel writers spare us the gruesome details. In fact it is noticeable how quickly the narrative moves forward. It is as if the gospel writers cannot bring themselves to explain the details, so hurtful to them was the thought that their Lord and Saviour was crucified. Crucifixion was a disgrace, a disposal, and a deterrent, and a Roman orator said that it was the “most degraded death that could be meted out to any man”. As the old Cornish lady said as she left a meeting where the preacher had dwelt upon these things in the gospel, “T’was a bitter nailing, Sir, a bitter nailing”. And she was right.

The books of Moses give foreshadowings of Calvary; the psalms the feelings; the prophetic books the foretellings; the gospels the facts; the epistles the forthtelling of the meaning.

The meaning of the cross is that the crucifixion of Christ has ended, (a) the believer’s relationship with Adam, for “our old man was crucified with Him”, Romans 6:6. The expression “our old man” meaning the pre-conversion self as linked to Adam.

It has also ended, (b), our relationship with the world, and (c), its relationship with us. The apostle Paul wrote, “But God forbid that I should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world”, Galatians 6:14. Paul and the world stood on either side, and the cross was in the midst. The world looked at Paul in the light of the cross, and saw him as a rejected man, just like the one on the central cross was rejected. By the same token, Paul looked at the world in the light of the cross, and saw it as rejected, for it had crucified the one who had saved him. By “the cross”, he means the doctrine of the cross, not a piece of wood.

And two other with him, on either side one, and Jesus in the midst- is this the order in which they were crucified, or were there soldiers allotted to each victim, so that they were crucified at the same time? When the soldiers came to brake the legs at the end, they came to Jesus last, but they did not break His legs.

He is crucified as King, and in mockery men put on one side a robber, as His Chancellor of the Exchequer in control of the finances, and the other side is a murderer, as His Home Secretary, responsible for the execution of murderers. But all the while the man on the central cross was “despising the shame” that men heaped upon Him, for He knew He was not guilty, and He also knew His Father’s heart was gladdened by His obedience even unto the death of a cross.

We read of “two other with him”, so there were but three crosses that day. Where are the others? The false witnesses were required by law to be given the same sentence as the one they falsely accused was facing, see Deuteronomy 19:16-21. This was conveniently forgotten in their haste and determination to see Christ crucified.

Only Luke gives us the first saying of the Lord Jesus whilst on the cross:

Luke 23:34
Then said Jesus, Father, forgive them; for they know not what they do. And they parted his raiment, and cast lots.

Then said Jesus, Father- there are those who believe that the Lord Jesus was bearing sins and forsaken of God for the whole six hours between His crucifixion and His death. This expression suggests otherwise, for He is in the full consciousness of His relationship with His Father. Of course, He was always the Son of His Father, even when forsaken of His God, for that forsaking was not on account of anything He had done, and the relationship remained intact. But the enjoyment of that relationship does depend on whether He is bearing sin or not. It is true that Peter writes, that “He bare our sins in his own body on the tree”, but we should remember that He was on the tree for a little while at least after He had died, but He was not bearing sin then. Peter, by saying “on the tree”, is ensuring we do not confuse Christ’s pattern sufferings in His life, (to which he has just referred), with His penal sufferings.

Forgive them- there are certain psalms which are called imprecatory, in which the psalmist calls down vengeance on his enemies. There is nothing of that here, for “the Son of Man came not to destroy men’s lives, but to save them”, Luke 9:56.

This is the only saying from the cross which was a formal prayer. It would remind us of the fact that on the Day of Atonement the blood of the sin-offering was sprinkled on the altar of incense, Leviticus 16:18, incense being a symbol of prayer. (See the distinction between the two altars in Leviticus 4:18).

This was true also of the blood of the sin offering for the priest who had sinned. The priests had certainly sinned that day, and there was provision in the sacrifice of Christ even for them. So by appealing to His Father to forgive, the Lord is not only exhibiting His gracious attitude, but is also establishing Himself as the true sin offering, by which alone men may have forgiveness now. Many of them came to realise this, for we read in Acts 6:7 that “a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith”.

This prayer of the Lord cannot be a blanket forgiveness of all men’s sins, or else there would be no need for the gospel to be preached. The details concerning the sin offering in the Old Testament will help us here. There was provision for the priest, the congregation, a ruler, or one of the common people, when they sinned in ignorance. Of the last three categories, after an acceptable sin offering had been brought, killed, and burnt, and thereby atonement made for sin, it is said, “It shall be forgiven them”, or “it shall be forgiven him”, as the case may be, Leviticus 4:20, 26, 31 and 35. So forgiveness was on the basis of the recognition of sin, and the bringing of a suitable offering to atone for it. Forgiveness was not a general thing, therefore, that could be pronounced to all the people regardless of their attitude to their sin. If that was the principle established of old time, then it would not be over-ridden by Christ without explanation.

It was said by the rabbis that the sin of the whole congregation referred to a wrong decision of the Sanhedrin. They certainly had made a wrong decision that day, but the Lord, in marvellous grace, presents Himself as the means of their forgiveness, if they will repent. So it is that Peter, when speaking to the people in the temple courts, said, “But ye denied the Holy One and the Just, and desired a murderer to be granted unto you; and killed the Prince of life, whom God hath raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses…And now brethren, I wot that through ignorance ye did it, as did also your rulers…repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out”, Acts 3:14,15,17,19. So the rulers, and the congregation, are offered forgiveness on the basis of the death of Christ.

It is very solemn to notice, however, that in the case of “the priest that is anointed”, these words of forgiveness are not spoken, although the sin was in fact forgiven. It is also solemn to notice that when Peter was addressing the high priest directly, he does not offer forgiveness to him specifically, (even though Luke is careful to name the priests Peter is addressing, Acts 4:5-7), but speaks in general terms, “Neither is there salvation in any other; for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved”, verse 12. The priests must humble themselves, and become like one of the common people.

For they know not what they do- notice the punctuation of this verse. It is not “forgive them for they know not what they do”, as if the reason for the forgiveness was their ignorance. Rather, it is “forgive them; for they know not what they do”. The semi-colon after “them” makes the distinction plain. In other words, there is the appeal for forgiveness, and then the reason why that forgiveness is necessary. The ground of the forgiveness is not their ignorance, but His sacrifice and God’s grace.

And they parted His raiment, and cast lots- the effectual fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much, James 5:16, so it is interesting to notice that Luke links the clothing with the prayer. That which symbolised His righteous character is associated with His fervent prayer. The Lord said to His Father at the grave of Lazarus, “I knew that thou hearest me always”, John 11:42. So His prayer is answered in virtue of His righteous manhood and His essential Deity. What surer basis can there be for a prayer?

All four gospel writers mention the distribution of His garments, but John’s account is more detailed. He had leant on the bosom of Jesus at supper, this being a reference to the fold of His garment:

John 19:23
Then the soldiers, when they had crucified Jesus, took His garments, and made four parts, to every soldier a part; and also his coat: now the coat was without seam, woven from the top throughout.

Then the soldiers, when they had crucified Jesus, took His garments, and made four parts, to every soldier a part- they must have removed these garments in order to put Him on the cross, and now they come back to claim them. It seems from this that there were four soldiers allotted the task of crucifying Christ, besides the centurion in overall charge.

How humiliating and depressing this was! Humiliating, because His basic necessities were being taken away from Him without permission, showing that He was thought of as having forfeited all rights as a human being. Was it not expressed beforehand in the psalm, “But I am a worm, and no man”, Psalm 22:6?

It was depressing, because to be deprived of clothing in such circumstances means that there is no further use for them. As Job said, “Naked came I out of my mother’s womb, and naked shall I return thither”, Job 1:21. We should remember that His mother was standing by as these things happened. Should not these garments have been given to her as the nearest relative? But all considerations of politeness and respect are lacking at this time.

The normal clothing for a Jewish man consisted of a head-dress, sandals, a girdle, and an outer tunic, and an inner tunic, referred to in the next verse as a coat. That which these things symbolised was of no account to the soldiers, for they thought of them just as items of clothing, blood-soaked at that. But to the believer, how suggestive these garments are.

Think of His head-dress. In Scripture the covering for the head denotes the recognition of the headship of another, a fact that ought to be borne in mind in these days when so many women who wish to be known as Christians gather together to engage in spiritual exercises without covering their heads. This is an affront to God and Christ, and confuses the angels. See 1 Corinthians 11:1-16.

The head-covering of Christ speaks of His recognition of the headship of His God over Him. Paul writes, “the head of Christ is God”, 1 Corinthians 11:3. When He took manhood, the Son of God accepted the place of subjection to His Father. This does not alter His relationship to the Father as sharing His Deity. But it does mean that having been “made in the likeness of men”, Philippians 2:7, He accepts the place of subjection that man has. Sadly, men rebel against the idea of the headship of God, but the Lord Jesus is the believer’s glorious example, for He gladly submitted to the authority of His Father over Him as a man.

We should remember that every believing man has Christ for his head, and every believing woman has the believing man for her head, which is why she should cover her head when engaged in spiritual exercises, even when men are not present. The angels still look on whether men are present or not, and when they are not, there is more need for the woman to signify her godly submission. The man does not cover His head during spiritual exercises because now that Christ is back in heaven, he, the man, is responsible for the exercise of authority on earth, and therefore to signify this he does not wear a head-covering when engaged in activities God-ward. He is the image and glory of God, 1 Corinthians 11:7.

Then there were Christ’s sandals. This would tell of His pilgrimage, for He said to the disciples, “I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world: again, I leave the world, and go to the Father”, John 16:28. Or again, as John wrote of Him, “Jesus…knowing that He was come from God and went to God”, John 13:3. In His ministry in the upper room, the Lord was not only preparing His disciples for the shock of His departure, He was preparing them for their departure also, and teaching them “the way”. They were to wear the sandals of pilgrimage too, and seek to “walk even as He walked”, 1 John 2:6.

Then there was His girdle, the sign of service. How busy He had been! He said, “I must work the works of Him that sent Me while it is day: the night cometh when no man can work”, John 9:4. And again, “For even the Son of man came not to be ministered unto but to minister, and to give His life a ransom for many”, Mark 10:45.

Now the girdle of service is left to His people, for He said, “If any man serve Me, let Him follow Me; and where I am, there shall also My servant be: if any man serve Me, him will My Father honour”. So as we follow His steps, we shall find service to engage in, and then be where He is in heaven, John 12:26.

Then there was His outer coat, in which was He appeared to the world. This would speak of His character as He moved amongst men. Men might blame Him and scorn Him, but they could not deny the good He had done and been. These features should mark His people too, for the apostle urges us to “put ye on the Lord Jesus Christ, and make not provision for the flesh, to fulfil the lust thereof”, Romans 13:14, and again, “as many as have been baptised into Christ have put on Christ”, Galatians 3:27.

And also His coat- we could think first, how that His inner coat must have still smelled of the spikenard that Mary had poured upon Him. That ointment lasted many days, so it is said. Mary of Bethany did not need to be at the cross, but her ointment must have comforted the Saviour in His sufferings. His thoughts would turn to those who, although not standing by the cross physically, were with Him in His sufferings morally. Mary did not need to be at the sepulchre, for she had kept the ointment against the day of His burying, as the Lord had said, John 12:6, but had changed her mind, and anointed Him beforehand. Nor did she need to be at the empty tomb, for she had learnt of Him at His feet, and had heard from Martha His own words, “I am the resurrection and the life”. How could such an one stay in the tomb- He must rise in three days as He said He would.

There must have been something special about this garment, for if it had been of little value they would have ripped it into four. This is not to say that the Lord was wearing a rich man’s garment, for that would not suit His character, for He had become poor in so many senses, 2 Corinthians 8:9. Rather, it showed the love and devotion of the one who had given Him the garment. For He is worthy of the best that we can give Him. We will surely not give the Lord of glory that which is second-hand or second-best.

Caiaphas had rent his garments; the vail was rent, the rocks, too, but not this coat. Nothing personal to Christ must be spoilt. His Father will see to that. Possibly the garments of the thieves were torn already through their violent life-style. But this one “had done no violence”, Isaiah 53:9.

These garments must have been stained with His blood, after the scourging. Joseph’s coat was dipped in the blood of a goat to deceive his father Jacob, Genesis 37:31-35. But Christ’s Father in heaven was able to discern perfectly what those blood-stained robes meant. They told of His Son’s total surrender to His will. To have blood-stained garments would be the very last thing Jacob would wish for his favourite son. Yet this is the will of God regarding His Beloved Son, His Only-begotten.

If His outer garment symbolised His character, that which was evident to men, the inner tunic is that which is close to Himself, and unseen, speaking of that which is personal, of His very nature. We are not told the material this coat was made from, but whatever it was, was a product of the earth, whether linen, cotton or wool. It would not be a mixture of these because that was prohibited by the law, Leviticus 19:19, and the Lord Jesus kept the law perfectly. The mixing of fibres in a garment suggests compromise, and there was none of that with Him. Too often our lives are a mixture of spiritual and carnal, but not His.

Now the coat was without seam- how like Christ it is to have coat without seam. For a seam is a place of weakness, where the material is vulnerable to being rent. The Lord spoke of old garments rending when He was giving teaching about the way the old covenant was to be replaced by the new, Matthew 9:16. His garment is not rent at all, for He brings in that which is eternal, and shall never need replacing. The high priest had rent his garments during the trial of Christ, Matthew 26:65, even though this was forbidden, Leviticus 21:10. But it symbolised the end of the Levitical system of priesthood. Christ’s priesthood is for ever, Hebrews 7:21.

Woven from the top throughout- this too is deeply significant in connection with Christ. The garment is made in one piece, with no additions afterwards. There was nothing that needed to be added to Christ, He was complete in His person. Of course He “increased in wisdom and stature”, Luke 2:52, but what was growing was what was there from the beginning. The believer is to grow in Christ-likeness until the goal is reached, even “the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ”, “the perfect man”, Ephesians 4:13,15.

As the weaver began the work on this garment, the first thing to emerge from the loom was that which was to be the top of the garment. The Lord Jesus presented a stark contrast in His words to the Pharisees. He said, “Ye are from beneath; I am from above: ye are of this world; I am not of this world”, John 8:23. How searching these words were to the men who stood before Him in their long white Pharisee-robes. But these were but a covering for their unrighteousness. He was so different, coming from heaven as He did, and remaining in touch with heaven.

19:24
They said therefore among themselves, Let us not rend it, but
cast lots for it, whose it shall be: that the scripture might be fulfilled, which saith, They parted My raiment among them, and for My vesture they did cast lots. These things therefore the soldiers did.

They said therefore among themselves, Let us not rend it, but cast lots for it, whose it shall be- if there were five items of clothing, (head-dress, girdle, sandals, outer garment, inner garment), why did not the centurion claim the best article? Or does “they said therefore among themselves” mean that the soldiers are agreeing amongst themselves without the centurion knowing? A few hours later he will affirm that Jesus is the Son of God, and a righteous man. This is his appreciation of His person (represented by the inner garment), and character, (represented by the outer garment). If it was a question of having Christ’s garment, or having an appreciation of what the garment signified, he chose the better part. In any case, the word from Christ, “Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do”, must have been in marked contrast to the reaction of the other two men, and, indeed, all others that he had been responsible for crucifying, and made a deep impression on him.

That the scripture might be fulfilled, which saith- the soldiers are not doing this so that Scripture might be fulfilled, for they have no interest in that. It could be read “to the fulfilling of Scripture”.

‘They parted My raiment among them, and for My vesture they did cast lots’- these are words from Psalm 22:18. John does not quote the first verse of that psalm, as Matthew and Mark do, for “Eli Eli, lama sabachthani” are expressive of the Lord’s feelings as the Sin Offering, abandoned of His God. John’s theme is the Burnt Offering, and so he is interested in linking Christ with the Old Testament, and the way in which He was prepared to surrender His will to the Father even to the extent of being deprived of His basic needs.

How graphic is this scene. At the foot of the cross there are those who are gambling with one another. But that is what their lives were like. As Roman soldiers they fought Caesar’s battles. If they were slain, they were slain. If they survived, they survived. They believed their lives were games of chance, their fortunes in “the lap of the gods”. But on the cross above them there was one who was “delivered by the determinate will and counsel of God”. His death was not a chance, but His choice, for He was acting in line with the will of God. It is this truth that gives what He did on the cross such meaning.

These things therefore the soldiers did- John is affirming the fact, reminding us that he was an eye-witness of the event. Perhaps this suggests that the soldiers were not really allowed to do this, so John is saying that, contrary to custom, they really did it on this occasion.

We notice now Mark’s account and his time-keeping.

Mark 15:25
And it was the third hour, and they crucified him

And it was the third hour, and they crucified him- see notes on John 19:14. It is Mark in his Servant Gospel who records the critical times. So the time-line for the day of the crucifixion is as follows:

During the night, after the arrest in the Garden, an informal trial was held before Annas and then Caiphas, with “all the chief priests and the elders and the scribes”, Mark 14:53.

Just after 6am, “as soon as it was day”, a formal meeting of the Sanhedrin was convened to endorse the decision taken in the night, Luke 22:66.

A little later, but still “early”, the examination by Pilate begins, John 18:28.

The third hour, meaning 9am, the crucifixion, Mark 15:25.

The sixth hour to the ninth hour, the darkness, Mark 15:33.

Just after the ninth hour, the death of Christ, Mark 15:37.

Before the twelfth hour, the burial of Christ, Mark 15:42.

Matthew adds a detail at this point, as follows:

Matthew 27:36
And sitting down they watched him there;

And sitting down they watched him there- the sense is that were keeping guard over Him, lest there should be an uprising among the people, and an attempt made to rescue Him from the cross. If they had allowed this the soldiers would have been executed, so they have a personal interest in ensuring He remains on the cross. Unwittingly they are bearing testimony to the fact that He was there, and not replaced by another, just as His tomb was sealed by the authorities, and by this means it is ensured that His dead body is not substituted for another. God is making the wrath of man to praise Him, Psalm 76:10. But that Scripture goes on to say, “The remainder of wrath shalt thou restrain”, so there is a limit put upon what men can do to God’s Son when He is impaled on a cross.

We now continue with John’s account.

19:19
And Pilate wrote a title, and put it on the cross. And the writing was JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS.

And Pilate wrote a title, and put it on the cross- the usual procedure was for the accusation against the victim to be written on a piece of wood, and nailed to the cross. It seems Pilate personally wrote this title, a further jibe at the Jews for having such a person for their king. The title recorded the crime for which the man was crucified. Christ’s only “crime”, according to Pilate was to claim to be King. Matthew’s gospel is written to assure us His claim is genuine, but there are more references to Christ as King in John’s gospel, the gospel of His Deity, than there are in Matthew, the gospel of His sovereignty, for ‘King of Israel’ is a Divine title, Isaiah 43:15.

In Matthew’s gospel there is no record of Christ being at Jerusalem, (which He Himself described as “the city of the Great King”, Matthew 5:35), until He went there to die. And there is no record in Matthew of Him being in Jerusalem after He was crucified and risen either. John’s gospel, however, is built around His visits to Jerusalem, for that was, ideally considered, “the place of the Name”, that is, where God dwelt. So it is fitting that the one who bears “the Name” should be found there so much in John.

And the writing was JESUS OF NAZARETH THE KING OF THE JEWS- no one gospel writer gives us all of the title, but each selects what is relevant to his purpose.

Matthew: “This is Jesus the King of the Jews”.

This is the name and the claim. Matthew is the official gospel.

Mark: “The King of the Jews”.

Here the emphasis is not so much on His name but on His office as King; in effect, He who is God’s Servant will serve as God’s King. Mark is the ministerial gospel.

Luke: “This is the King of the Jews”.

Luke emphasises the person, as if to say “this person is…” Luke is the personal gospel.

John: “Jesus of Nazareth the King of the Jews”.

John is the only one to mention that the title included the place where He lived, Nazareth. Pilate is scorning the Jews for having a king from such a place. But He came from heaven to Nazareth, for John is the filial gospel, the gospel of the Son. John is not embarrassed to record what Pilate wrote, for he has made an irrefutable argument throughout his gospel for the Deity of Christ.

Pilate wrote “Jesus of Nazareth”, but the King was to be born at Bethlehem and reign in Jerusalem, whereas Pilate highlights disreputable Nazareth. Again, he is scorning the Jews. But as he does so he reminds us that the Lord Jesus is pleased to be known by this lowly title. When He was arrested in the garden, the arrest party said they were coming for “Jesus of Nazareth”, and the Lord steps forward and declares, “I am He”. And when He confronted Saul of Tarsus on the Damascus road, He announced Himself to still be “Jesus of Nazareth”, even though He is in heaven, Acts 22:8. No doubt Saul was proud of having come from Tarsus, but there is no pride with Christ. He is not embarrassed by His humble upbringing, for He made Himself of no reputation, even as to His home town.

19:20
This title then read many of the Jews: for the place where Jesus was crucified was nigh to the city: and it was written in Hebrew, and Greek, and Latin.

This title then read many of the Jews- Jerusalem would be full of pilgrims at passover time. Some say as many as three million. We can see why the authorities did not want to arrest Christ on a feast day, Mark 14:2, and why they wanted the bodies removed quickly, John 19:31. They feared that Jews from other countries might be curious about this Jesus of Nazareth, and begin to question why He had been crucified if He had done such good.

For the place where Jesus was crucified was nigh to the city- the maiden in the Song of Solomon found her beloved a little way past the watchmen that patrolled the walls, Song of Solomon 3:3,4. He still has the outside place, but He is not so far removed that men cannot seek and find Him. He separates Himself from the “camp” of Israel, but as in Moses’ day, the “tabernacle” is outside the camp, and those who seek the Lord will go unto Him there, see Exodus 33:7,8. He tabernacled amongst Israel, John 1:14, and now is tabernacled outside the camp, yet even though they have rejected Him He is not far away.

And it was written in Hebrew, and Greek, and Latin- Hebrew was the language of the Jews, the men of religion; Greek was that of the Greeks, the men of philosophy and learning; Latin was used by the Romans, the men of politics. This is all there is to the world as far as power and influence are concerned. These are the languages of the princes of this world, that crucified the Lord of Glory in ignorance, despite all that was available to them in these languages, 1 Corinthians 2:8. Hebrew addresses the soul through religion. Greek addresses the mind through philosophy. Latin addresses the will through politics. But the Lord addresses the heart, not by the writings of men, but by the Scriptures that tell of Him and His work.

He is King, with sovereign power, able to bring in a superior way of worshipping God, for He is a Priest-King. He brings in a superior way of thinking, for He is the Wisdom of God. And because “King of Israel” is a Divine title, and He is equal with God, He brings in a superior way of governing. In the first chapter of the Kingly Gospel, He is said to be Emmanuel, meaning “God with us”, Matthew 1:23. He is God’s choice for ruler, all others in His genealogy having failed, for they could not save their people from their sins. By the cross He has shown Himself “Christ the power of God and the wisdom of God”, 1 Corinthians 1:24. He has power superior to David, and wisdom superior to Solomon. And He is able to bring Israel back, like Josiah did, who was Israel’s best king, 2 Kings 23:25.

Only Luke and John tell us about the three languages. Luke, the Greek man of earthly learning, puts Greek first, then Latin, then Hebrew, for that is the order of his awareness. As a Greek, his earliest recollections were in that language. But then he began to realise that it was the Romans who ruled men, and he needed their language too. But when he was converted he came into the good of the Hebrew Scriptures. John the Jewish man of Old Testament learning puts Hebrew first, the language of his first acquaintance with the things of God as he listened in the synagogue to the Scriptures read in Hebrew, the language of the Old Testament. Then he learned Greek, for he would be used to write much of the New Testament, and he would do so in Greek. Then he would know Latin, the language of the occupying Romans.

19:21
Then said the chief priests of the Jews to Pilate, Write not, The King of the Jews; but that he said, I am King of the Jews.

Then said the chief priests of the Jews to Pilate- only in John is there objection from the priests.

Write not, The King of the Jews; but that he said, I am King of the Jews- they wish it to be a statement by Christ rather than by Pilate. Then it would not look as though His claim was recognised. He had been prepared to agree that He was King of the Jews, Matthew 27:11, for it was the time of His humiliation, and “Jew” is a title of disgrace, only being used after Israel had gone into captivity. He will reign as King of Israel, and King of kings. Nathaniel was right to address Him as King of Israel, and the context of his words reminds us of the millenial reign of Christ, John 1:43-51.

19:22
Pilate answered, What I have written I have written.

Pilate answered, What I have written I have written- Pilate was, by all accounts, a very stubborn man, and also held the Jews in contempt. He will not allow them to have the last word. He has had Him crucified because of His claim to kingship, with its implied threat to the supremacy of Caesar. To simply accuse Him of claiming to be King is not strong enough to enable Pilate to escape censure. It may be that Pilate means that he has written, (over the cross), what he has written, (on his tablet). He cannot erase his official record, and the title must agree with his trial records. In effect it means that the person charged was Jesus of Nazareth, and the accusation against Him was “King of the Jews”, and these two facts were written over Him.

Mark adds a detail at this point, and then gives his account of the mocking of the bystanders, which John does not record.

Mark 15:28
And the scripture was fulfilled which saith, And he was numbered with the transgressors.

And the scripture was fulfilled which saith, And he was numbered with the transgressors- it is significant that it should be Mark who quotes these words, for his is the Servant Gospel, and they come from Isaiah’s classic chapter about God’s Perfect Servant. The prophet wrote, “And he shall divide the spoil with the strong; because he hath poured out his soul unto death: and he was numbered with the transgressors; and he bare the sin of many, and made intercession for the transgressors”, Isaiah 53:12. The prophet is giving reasons why God’s Servant will be recompensed by His God. First, it is because He “poured out his soul unto death”. The giving up of His life was the ultimate surrender to the will of God, for He was “obedient unto death, even the death of the cross”, and merits the ultimate exaltation. Second, because “He was numbered with the transgressors”. This was the ultimate disgrace, and is met by the ultimate honour. Third, because “He bare the sin of many”, the ultimate burden, and is rewarded by a weight of glory. Fourth, because “He made intercession for the transgressors”, the ultimate act of forbearance is rewarded by the ultimate reward of having some of those He prayed for, surrounding Him for all eternity. So the ultimate disgrace is being crucified, and that between two thieves, as if He is no different. He who had not come to “steal, and to kill, and to destroy”, like a thief, John 10:10, but rather to give life to men, is given the same punishment as thieves.

The Lord had already quoted these words Himself before His arrest. “And he said unto them, When I sent you without purse, and scrip, and shoes, lacked ye any thing? And they said, Nothing. Then said he unto them, But now, he that hath a purse, let him take it, and likewise his scrip: and he that hath no sword, let him sell his garment, and buy one. For I say unto you, that this that is written must yet be accomplished in me, And he was reckoned among the transgressors: for the things concerning me have an end. And they said, Lord, behold, here are two swords. And he said unto them, It is enough”, Luke 22:35-38.

The Lord is clearly preparing His disciples for changed circumstances after He had been crucified. During His ministry He had been with them, and provided for them, no doubt largely through the women who followed Him and “ministered unto him of their substance”, Luke 8:3. But now He is going away, and things are going to be different. Before, they had only briefly gone into Gentile territory, but they would soon be sent into all the world. They would now need to provide for themselves, as Paul did with his tent-making, and they would need a purse for money, and a scrip or provisions bag. Until they made converts, who would be responsible for supplying their needs, 1 Corinthians 9:14, they would need these things. Moreover, the constraints of God’s law would not be present in the lawless world of the Gentiles as they were in Israel, so they would need a sword to protect themselves from the perils on their journey. Now the start of this change was His arrest, trial, and execution, all of which would be unjustly done. The prophet had foreseen what would happen, and foretold that He would be tried by the lawless, sentenced by the lawless, and slain as if He were lawless.

John does not record the insults that those around the cross flung at the Holy Sufferer, but the other three gospel writers do, as represented by Matthew, as follows:

Matthew 27:39,40
And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their heads, and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save thyself. If thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross.

And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their heads, and saying- thus is fulfilled the prophecy of the psalmist when he wrote beforehand of the experiences of Christ: “But I am a worm, and no man; a reproach of men, and despised of the people. All they that see me laugh me to scorn: they shoot out the lip, they shake the head, saying, ‘He trusted on the Lord that he would deliver him: let him deliver him, seeing he delighted in him'”, Psalm 22:6-8. Despite all this provocation, the Lord did not rebuke, threaten, or revile. “When he was reviled, he reviled not again; when he suffered he threatened not; but committed himself to him that judgeth righteously”, 1 Peter 2:23. Peter gives this as a prime example of the fact that He “did no sin”, verse 22. When under the greatest stress from crucifixion, and the most provocative statements from those who mocked and jeered Him, He remained passive, and confidently rested in His Father’s will. The holiest of saints would have given way, but not He. It is said of Moses that he was “very meek, above all the men which were upon the face of the earth”, Numbers 12:3. Yet he “spake unadvisedly with his lips” because the people had “provoked his spirit”, Psalm 106:33. No such thing happened with Christ, despite the most severe provocation.

Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest it in three days, save thyself- this goes back to His first public passover appearance, when He said, (having purged the temple because it was a den of thieves), when asked what His authority for thus purging it was, “Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up”, John 2:19. There was nothing in that statement about Him destroying the temple. In fact, He was using a figure of speech, and likening His body to a temple, which the Jewish authorities would destroy by causing His death, with its dissolution of spirit, soul, and body.

They sarcastically suggest that if He can destroy and build a temple in three days singlehandedly, He can surely remove a few nails from His hands and feet and walk free. But they are using the word “save” in a physical sense, whereas the reason why He willingly remained on the cross was to save men’s souls.

Far from mocking Him, they should have realised that His prophecy had come true, and they were in the process of ensuring His death in the most horrid way. This should have convicted their conscience, but they are too hard-hearted at this point to allow this to happen, seemingly.

If thou be the Son of God, come down from the cross- now another matter that came up at His trial, and the one for which He was being crucified, namely His claim to be the Son of God. They seem to think that if He is equal with God, (and the name Son of God signifies this, as He made plain in John 10:30,33,36), then He can do what He pleases, including release Himself. What they do not realise is that it was not so much the nails that fastened Him to the tree, but His great love for His Father’s interests. And His Father’s interests included, amongst other things, the salvation of men. He had spent His entire ministry showing without a shadow of a doubt that He was the Son of God, and the majority had not believed Him. Simply making a dramatic gesture would not convince them. He had brought Lazarus from the grave, is that not enough proof?

27:41,42
Likewise also the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, said, He saved others; himself he cannot save.   If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him.

Likewise also the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, said, He saved others; himself he cannot save- now it is the turn of the chief priests, scribes and elders. They cannot deny that He saved others as far as physical diseases were concerned, (and that was a very significant admission), but they here suggest that His power was limited, and did not extend to helping Himself by physically saving Himself from the cross. At the beginning of His ministry the Lord quoted a proverb, “Physician heal thyself”, and this is what they are in effect saying to Him now.

If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him- the mocking of the passers-by was directly at Him, whereas the chief priests are not so much talking to Him as to the crowds, (note that they speak in the third person, “he”, whereas the passers by said “thou”), making statements which they hope will convince them that His claims were false, so that they are not inclined to side with Him. What would be the consequence if some two million pilgrims suddenly became convinced that He was being wrongly executed? They reason that if He does not come down from the cross, then His claims were bogus. In fact, the reverse is true, for His right to eventually reign as King of Israel rests on the work of the cross. There can be no glory without the sufferings. The apostles learned this when, on the Mount of Transfiguration, the conversation between Christ, Moses, and Elijah was His decease, not His reign, Luke 9:31.

Note the repeated attempts to get Him to come down from the cross, and to save Himself. Does the Devil realise that he has over-reached himself, and what he dreads, even the precise fulfilment of Scripture, is happening?

27:43
He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, I am the Son of God.

He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, I am the Son of God- how close this comes to the words of the psalmist, “He trusted on the Lord that he would deliver him: let him deliver him, seeing he delighted in him”. On the one side there is His trust in God, and on the other, God’s delight in Him. How sad that they are making these statements sarcastically. They see His remaining on the cross as vindication of their sentence on Him, and to their minds it proves He was a fraud. For these mockings are a mirror image of His trials, where the questions addressed were whether He was the destroyer and rebuilder of the temple, or the King of Israel, or the Son of God. And the latter claim, to be the Son of God, (and “I am the Son of God” is their climax), and then be exposed as false, vindicates them, so they think, for executing Him as a false prophet and a blasphemer.

But then the soldiers joined in, as Luke tells us:

Luke 23:36,37
And the soldiers also mocked him, coming to him, and offering him vinegar, and saying, If thou be the king of the Jews, save thyself.

And the soldiers also mocked him, coming to him, and offering him vinegar- the soldiers, being pagans, would not appreciate the finer points of what the chief priests were saying, but they enter into the spirit of the occasion to make sport of Him, as they had done in the Common Hall.

They had offered Him vinegar and gall, and vinegar and myrrh, but now it is just the simple drink they had with them. As if to say that He was no better than a common soldier. It seems as if they came towards Him with a drink, and then at the last moment withdrew it, thus cruelly teasing Him. Such is the callous heart of man. And this sort of treatment has been repeated down through the centuries, as His people have been subjected to cruel oppression. As He warned His disciples, “Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also”, John 15:20.

And saying, If thou be the king of the Jews, save thyself- here is the sixth class of mockers. As soldiers, they are used to the idea of the successful battle commander being made Caesar, for it was the soldiers who chose him. So if this one is king, He must have some extraordinary ability to escape difficult circumstances, and turn the situation around. What they did not and could not understand was that the Holy Sufferer had no intention of saving Himself from the sufferings of the cross. They had been allotted to Him in eternity, and prophesied of Him in times past. To seek to escape would overturn Divine and eternal counsels. He did indeed pray to be “saved from death”, Hebrews 5:7, but only in the sense of being brought into resurrection the other side of death. He was “obedient unto death, even the death of the cross”, Philippians 2:8.

Note the soldiers do not ask Him to save them, as the malefactors did, for they did not think they had need of it, being on the dominant side as Romans. They think only in terms of political salvation, but when Paul wrote to the believers in Rome he made clear that salvation was from sin and self.

Even those crucified alongside of Him reviled Him. At first both of them did so, but then there came a change, and they disagreed with one another, and then one turned to Christ:

Matthew 27:44
The thieves also, which were crucified with him, cast the same in his teeth.

Luke 23:39
And one of the malefactors which were hanged railed on him, saying, If thou be Christ, save thyself and us.

And one of the malefactors which were hanged railed on him- as Matthew tells us in the quotation given above, both malefactors reviled Him at first, but then a great change came over one of them, and their destinies changed also. If the mutual enmity of Herod and Pilate was overridden by their enmity for Christ, so here the suffering of these two men was less than their mockery of Him. They see mocking Christ as a distraction, taking their minds off their pain. So they caused Him more pain, and themselves less. This is selfishness typical of the unbeliever.

Saying, If thou be Christ, save thyself and us- they mocked Him because of the claim His accusation made for Him. If He really was the King of the Jews, He must have great power and influence, even if it was only to persuade the centurion in charge of the execution to halt the proceedings. Let Him demonstrate the truth of His claim, starting with saving Himself and them.

23:40
But the other answering rebuked him, saying, Dost not thou fear God, seeing thou art in the same condemnation?

But the other answering rebuked him- so there came a great difference between these two men in the closing hours of their lives. We can tell what made the change by listening to what the second man said. A seeker after the truth will learn to rebuke the wrong thoughts of the natural mind, and realise that the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God.

In verse 32 Luke had used the word “heteros” for “other”, for that is the word which emphasises the difference between the two malefactors and Christ. He was pure and righteous, they were other than that. He still uses this word here, for despite his search for the truth the man is still different to Christ. But he is also to a certain extent different to the first malefactor now, because he is becoming inclined towards Christ.

Dost not thou fear God, seeing thou art in the same condemnation? The rebuke centred on his lack of fear of God. He was about to be plunged into eternity, and face the judgment of God; was this not reason to fear God? “The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom”, Proverbs 9:10. The fact that he rebuked his fellow-malefactor showed he was beginning to have strong and robust ideas about sin and the judgment it will receive. The condemnation he speaks of here is being condemned to death, but he realises there is something beyond the judgment of men. The administration of justice is often faulty in the hands of men, but the judge of all the earth shall do right, Genesis 18:25. Those who do not believe there is a God must also believe that justice will never be done. This is counter-intuitive.

23:41
And we indeed justly; for we receive the due reward of our deeds: but this man hath done nothing amiss.

And we indeed justly- this man now realises, on the brink of death, that his punishment is just. He must now believe that sin should be punished, even if the sin in question is his own. When a man starts to have a right view of sin, and that it must be punished, he is on the road to blessing.

For we receive the due reward of our deeds- before, he would have done everything to escape justice, and give reasons why he should not be punished. He was a thief, and might have argued that he needed to steal to survive. Now he realises that “Thou shalt not steal” means what it says, and that transgression of this law has its consequences. He now has an enhanced sense of the seriousness of sin. By due reward the man means what the Romans had determined that a thief should suffer. The law of Moses said, “If a man steal an ox, or a sheep, and kill it, or sell it; he shall restore five oxen for an ox, and four sheep for a sheep”, Exodus 22:1. So restitution of the stolen property was the punishment and the deterrent; to slay a man for stealing was to devalue the punishment of death for murder. The punishment must suit the crime, so in that sense the punishment of crucifixion for stealing was unjust. Perhaps this shows that the malefactors had done more that simply steal. We may be sure that the just judgment of God will ensure that every sin reaps its due punishment in eternity. This man, however, came into the good of Divine forgiveness whilst he had time and opportunity.

But this man hath done nothing amiss- by saying this he spoke more than he knew. As far as he was aware, the charge against Christ was baseless. Had he noted the difference in attitude and speech of the man on the central cross? “Father, forgive them” spoke volumes to him, and he was the first to be converted through those words, which would explain why they were spoken out loud. But he is not the last, for many have found the forgiveness of sins and peace with God through the One who spoke them, and His sacrificial work on the cross. What of my reader? Do you know the forgiveness of sins through the redeeming blood of Christ?

But we need not rely on the imperfect testimony of this man, for we have the perfect testimony of the Word of God. Wrote the apostle John, “And ye know he was manifested to take away our sins; and in him is no sin”. The word came from heaven on more than one occasion, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased”, Matthew 3:17; 17:5. Would the Father have said that if there was any trace of sin in His Son? He lived in disreputable Nazareth for thirty years, yet no defilement spoiled Him. He moved in public ministry amongst men for three and a half years, exposed to relentless pressure from both the Devil and men, yet in no instance was He found wanting; always He was “holy, harmless, undefiled, and separate from sinners”, Hebrews 7:26. John could also write, “this is the condemnation, that light is come into the world”, John 3:19. The presence of the undiluted holiness of Christ in this world was outright condemnation of its sin, and clearly showed God’s attitude to it.

Notice that John does not write “in him was no sin”, although that is true, but “in him is no sin”. He is not referring simply to the past. Rather, he is saying that at whatever moment we look at Him, past, present, or future, the only conclusion we can come to is that in Him is no sin. John is probing His nature and character, and telling us that there is no sin of any sort there.

Note how John, (the man of insight), links the Person and the work when he writes, “in him is no sin”, and “to take away our sins”. Peter, (the man of intention), does the same when he writes, “Who did no sin”, and “who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree”, 1 Peter 2:22,24. And also Paul, (the man of intellect), who wrote, “He hath made him to be sin for us”, and “who knew no sin”, 2 Corinthians 5:21. We could compare the three sacrifices that are linked together as being most holy, (that is, they meet the approval of a thrice holy God), Leviticus 6:17. They are, the meal offering, telling of Christ’s nature, (John’s view); the sin offering, telling of His being made sin, (Paul’s view), and the trespass offering, speaking of the way He took account of the faults of others, (Peter’s view). No wonder God specifically mentions in that verse that leaven, (a symbol of corrupting sin), is to excluded from those offerings, for no suggestion of sin must spoil our thoughts of Christ and His work. The repentant thief, although unaware of these precious truths during most of his life, is enjoying them now in eternity.

23:42
And he said unto Jesus, Lord, remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom.

And he said unto Jesus, Lord- notice he does not address Jesus as King, although that was the title on the cross, and although he was going to speak of His kingdom. Where does he gain the truth that Jesus is Lord? Can it be that he saw through the taunts of the priests and people, and realised that those titles they gave Him were in fact true? Why else would He be heard addressing God as His Father, and asking for forgiveness for them? And this was just one indication of His attitude to what He was being subjected to. When He was reviled, He reviled not again, as Peter wrote later. No word of anger, bitterness or cursing passed His lips. Someone who could ask for forgiveness for those who crucified Him must be of a different order of character altogether. He is totally in control of Himself, and the malefactor becomes convinced that this is because He is Lord, as the titles used of Him suggest. If He is Lord, then He is worthy of our faith and submission.

The acknowledgement of Christ as Lord is an essential part of response to Christ. The apostle put it like this, “The word is nigh thee, even in thy mouth, and in thy heart: that is the word of faith, which we preach; that if thou shalt confess with thy mouth the Lord Jesus, and shalt believe in thine heart that God hath raised him from the dead, thou shalt be saved. For with the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation. For the scripture saith, whosoever believeth on him shall not be ashamed. For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon him. For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved”, Romans 10:8-13. This acknowledgement of His Lordship contains within it a recognition of personal unworthiness and sin, the starting-point of true repentance.

Remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom- if He is King He must have a kingdom, and since He has been taunted with the titles “King of the Jews” and “Messiah”, His kingdom must be destined to be set up on earth, and this man wants to have a part in that. He takes the humble place, for he does not presume to have a position in the kingdom, but simply asks that he might be remembered by the King, leaving it to Him to decide his destiny. The mother of Zebedee’s children wanted a prominent place in the kingdom for her sons, Matthew 20:20,21, and she was rebuked for it, but this man is content to just be in the kingdom. Those who genuinely come to Christ in faith do so with humility, owning that they are not worthy of the least of His blessings.

23:43
And Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto thee, To day shalt thou be with me in paradise.

And Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto thee- his humility meets a ready response from the Saviour. He has asked for nothing in the present, only a future remembrance, but he is given a present blessing which would merge into eternal glory. He was hesitant, but there is nothing hesitant about the reply, prefaced, as it is, by the word of certainty, “Verily”.

To day shalt thou be with me in paradise- so the man’s confidence in the Lord is justified, for he now learns that not only does He have a future kingdom, but controls the destiny of men. The fact that the Lord knew that both of them would be dead before the day ended would confirm this. We read in the Book of Genesis that Joseph was able to interpret the dream both of the butler and the baker, and explain their respective destinies, but he had no control over those destinies. Here we see that Christ’s kingship extends to the control of men’s future.

So the promise to the dying thief was that when he died, He would go to the place of comfort, as would Christ. The word paradise was borrowed from the Persian, and became the Hebrew word “pardes”, meaning “park, or forest, or orchard”. The idea is that of the pleasant grounds surrounding a splendid palace, in which one may walk and enjoy its delights, just as Adam did in the Garden of Eden before he fell. So the thief, by Divine grace, is granted to walk in the pleasure gardens of his Lord, and will no longer steal, because he will have all he needs to satisfy him.

Notice how this shows that there is consciousness after death, or the promise would have no meaning or value. Men say they cannot know what there is beyond death. But they can, for God has given us His word which bears testimony about these matters. If men remain in ignorance it is because they reject God’s word. As the Lord Jesus indicated, it is not someone back from the dead who will convince men, but the Scriptures, Luke 16:31.

We now note what John has to say about those who stood by the cross:

John 19:25
Now there stood by the cross of Jesus his mother, and his mother’s sister, Mary the wife of Cleophas, and Mary Magdalene.

Now there stood by the cross of Jesus his mother- this is the occasion foretold by Simeon when he said to Mary, “a sword shall pierce through thine own soul also”, Luke 2:35. The Catholic system calls Mary “Redemptrix”, claiming that she is able to mediate salvation. This is blasphemous. There is one mediator, not two, even “the man Christ Jesus”, and He gave Himself a ransom for all, so there is no need or room for anyone else, 1 Timothy 2:4. Redemption is by the blood of the Lamb, 1 Peter 1:19, but Mary is not on the cross dying, but beside it, no doubt weeping.

The other reference to Mary in John’s gospel emphasises that links with Christ must be spiritual, for the Lord had said to her, “Woman, what have I to do with thee, mine hour is not yet come”, John 2:4, so spiritual relationships with Christ are established through His death.

In Matthew chapter 12:46-50, when His mother and His brethren wanted to speak with Him, He replied, “Who is my mother, and who are my brethren? And he stretched forth his hand toward his disciples, and said, Behold my mother and my brethren! For whosoever shall do the will of my Father which is in heaven, the same is my brother, and sister, and mother'”. Note that every true believer is brother, sister, mother, as is shown by the singular verb “is”. It is not that some believers are brothers, some are sisters, and some are mothers. Note the parallel passages in Mark 3:31-35 and Luke 8:19-21, which show that to hear the word of God and to do the will of God are vitally linked.

The same title that He gave to His mother at the wedding in Cana, He gives to her now that He is on the cross. It was a title of respect, for the Lord Jesus honoured His earthly mother and legal father, and thus magnified the law and made it honourable, Isaiah 42:21, for the command to honour father and mother is the first commandment with a promise attached to it, Ephesians 6:1-3. And yet for all that He was hung upon the cross as if He were a stubborn and rebellious son who would not obey the voice of his father or the voice of his mother, see Deuteronomy 21:18-23.

The last mention of Mary is in Acts chapter 1:14, where she is found in the upper room waiting for the Spirit to come on the day of Pentecost, when she, along with all believers of this age, would be united to the Lord Jesus in a far higher relationship. “Mine hour is not yet come” indicates a time when this relationship would be initiated. At the cross earthly links are broken, Galatians 2:20, and at Pentecost spiritual links are established, 1 Corinthians 6:16; 12:13.

It is interesting to note that He goes to a marriage where a natural relationship and joining is enacted, and yet He implies by His word that natural relationships must give way to spiritual ones at the appropriate moment. We should ever hold natural relationships in their proper place, and not allow them to hinder love to Christ. He Himself said, “He that loveth father or mother more than me, is not worthy of me”, Matthew 10:37. Yet at the same time the apostle condemns those who have no natural affection, 2 Timothy 3:3, so we should keep these things in their proper balance.

Notice also that Mary is found in the room praying with the others as they waited for the Spirit of God to come. They were not praying to Mary, nor was she praying for them. They were all praying to God.

And his mother’s sister, Mary the wife of Cleophas, and Mary Magdalene- only those standing by the cross before Christ died, (whether standing near or far off, Matthew 27:56), whose name was Mary are given a name. So He is surrounded by those whose name means “bitter”. After He has died Salome is named, Mark 15:40. She, Mary the mother of James, and Mary Magdalene, bought sweet spices after the bitterness of the cross was over, Mark 16:1.

The name Mary is the equivalent of the Old Testament Miriam. Was Miriam, (meaning “bitter”) named because of the bitter affliction in Egypt under Pharoah? Yet she sang in triumph on the banks of the Red Sea, Exodus 15:20,21, for the people had been saved from their affliction.

The waters of Mara were made sweet after the tree was cut down and thrown into them, Exodus 15:23-25.

Naomi asked to be called “Mara”, for, she said, “The Almighty hath dealt very bitterly with me”, Ruth 1:20,21. Yet she was soon to hold an ancestor of David, Solomon, and Christ in her arms, Ruth 4:16,17. So bitter as the experience of standing by the cross was to these women, the bitterness would turn to joy after He was raised from the dead.

It is very unlikely that we should understand “His mother’s sister” to be “Mary the wife of Cleophas”, or else there would be two sisters named Mary in the same family at the same time. (Cleophas should not be confused with the Cleopas of the Emmaus road, Luke 24:18). This means there were four women and one man beside the cross. And there were four soldiers and a centurion also. God had His representatives at the cross as well as Caesar. The soldiers clearly do not think that these five are any threat to the process of crucifixion.

We must admire the courage of these women and John to stand by the cross, for there were not only common bystanders there jeering, but chief priests, and scribes also. To associate with Christ was very brave of them. It must have been a great solace to Christ to see them there. All believers are called to suffer with Him, 2 Timothy 2:12. And Paul wrote of the sufferings of Christ that he was able to share, Colossians 1:24.

19:26
When Jesus therefore saw his mother, and the disciple standing by, whom he loved, he saith unto his mother, Woman, behold thy son!

When Jesus therefore saw his mother- later on, as described in Psalm 22:9,10. He would think how He had been cast on the Lord from the womb, and lived a life of utter dependence. (It is possible to trace allusions to the cries from the cross in Psalm 22). Now He will commit His mother to the care of another, having fully discharged His responsibilities to her as her son. He had honoured His father and mother, yet His days were not long upon the earth, as the promise attached to that commandment said, Exodus 20:12. He forfeited His rights under the law, for He was made a curse, and the blessing was withheld from Him.

We see from this incident that His dealings with His mother in John 2:4 and Matthew 12:46-50 were not a slight upon her, but the maintaining of righteous principles. Relations with Christ can only be spiritual, they cannot be natural.

It could be said that He is identifying Himself as the Seed of the woman at this point, the fulfilment of that first promise in Eden. He is about to bruise the serpent’s head.

And the disciple standing by- this is usually thought to be John. In the upper room He was leaning on the bosom of Jesus; here he is standing by the cross of Jesus; in John 20:4 he is running to the tomb of Jesus; in John 21:22 he is waiting for the coming of Jesus. In Revelation 1:17 he is seen falling at His feet.

Whom he loved- this does not mean that the Lord loved John but did not love, say, Andrew, for He said to them all that He loved them as His Father loved Him, John 15:9. It means that John is so aware of the love of the Lord for him, that he feels free to describe himself in this way. It was John who later wrote, “We love him because he first loved us”, 1 John 4:19. We ought to notice that in John 20:1, where we read of “Simon Peter, and…the other disciple, whom Jesus loved”, the expression “whom Jesus loved” applies to Peter as well as to John.

He saith unto his mother, Woman, behold thy son! His care for His mother will extend beyond His death. One of the features of the last days is that men will be “without natural affection”. He is requiting His parent, as Paul exhorts us all to do, 1 Timothy 5:4.

“Behold thy son” did not mean He was no longer her son, but meant she had gained another son. He was confident that John would be a true son to her, as indeed church history says he was, caring for her until her death.

19:27
Then saith he to the disciple, Behold thy mother! And from that hour that disciple took her unto his own home.

Then saith he to the disciple, Behold thy mother! And from that hour that disciple took her unto his own home- it seems that all the apostles were lodging in or near Jerusalem at this time, see 20:2. Was it at Bethany, which would be another reason why Mary of Bethany is not at the cross? They may have been in separate houses, though, for it seems Mary Magdalene had to run to find Peter, then to find John, suggesting he was elsewhere, no doubt to avoid all being arrested at one place.

Possibly Mary Magdalene moves away at this point, (for Matthew 27:55,56 describes her as being at a distance), and the other two accompany Mary home to where John was staying. She would not want to stay alone with the soldiers.

It is unlikely that a fisherman from Galilee would have his own house in Jerusalem, so it says much for whoever he was staying with that it was called “his own home”. The expression “every man went to His own home”, John 7:53, is different to “took her to his own home”. The former uses the word for house, the latter simply means John’s own things, meaning, probably, that John took Mary to a place he called his own at that time. Many pilgrims stayed in Jerusalem for the passover.

We notice now the reference to the darkness found in Matthew, Mark and Luke, but not John. Apart from anything else, this will silence the mocking of those around the cross, and enable the Holy Sufferer to do His work of sin-bearing without interference.

Matthew 27:45
Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land unto the ninth hour.

Now from the sixth hour- this is Jewish time and we would call it twelve noon. So it begins the period when the Eastern sun is at its hottest. But the heat of the sun was nothing compared to the heat of the wrath of God which He is about to endure. The sun was darkened at this time, so relieving the two malefactors of the intensity of the heat, but for the one on the central cross there was no relief at all. He must be pre-eminent even in that detail.

There was darkness over all the land- the time is daytime, but it is turned into darkness. This is what Psalm 22 anticipated, for the words of Christ as written beforehand in that psalm are, “O my God, I cry in the daytime, and thou hearest not; and in the night season, and am not silent”, verse 2. From the sixth hour to the ninth hour is daytime, but it became a night season as darkness shrouded the scene. It was not just like night-time, but it was really a night season for Him, for that was what those hours were in character, as darkness descended over Him.

Matthew, who writes about Christ as King, says the darkness was over the land, for it is Immanuel’s Land, Isaiah 8:8, and it is draped in sackcloth, mourning the impending death of the King.

Mark, who writes about Christ as Servant, says “there was darkness over the whole land”, with the emphasis on the extent of the darkness. No-one, anywhere, could work, whilst the Servant of the Lord is performing His greatest service. He had already forbidden any to carry a vessel through the temple courts, Mark 11:16, thus establishing Himself as the sole burden bearer, and here He is doing the work of bearing sin. The darkness would no doubt hinder if not halt the work of the priests in the temple courts, but the supreme sacrifice was being offered outside the city walls, and the God who is not prevented from seeing by darkness, was taking account of that. Interestingly, the matter of taking animals for sacrifice came up when the plague of darkness was on Egypt, Exodus 10:21-26. The darkness resulted in Pharoah being forced to allow animals for sacrifice to be taken into the wilderness. Here, God Himself has provided the sacrifice, and it is offered in the darkness.

Luke emphasises that the darkness was over the whole earth, for the Son of man has jurisdiction over it all, and can, if He chooses, put a stop to the activities of men whilst He is at work.

John does not tell us of the darkness, for he concentrates on what he witnessed himself, and whilst he would know it was dark, he was pre-occupied with caring for Mary at home. Just as Israel had light in their dwellings whilst the land of Egypt was plagued with darkness, Exodus 10:23, so John had the light of the glory of Christ in his soul as he comforted Mary. On passover night all except those sheltered by the blood of the lamb were distraught with sorrow, as their firstborn sons all died. Yet Mary’s firstborn Son is about to die, and He the Lamb of God. How she must have sorrowed!

Unto the ninth hour- this was the hour of prayer in the temple, as Acts 3:1 informs us. We learn from the next verse, and the psalm it quotes, that the holy sufferer’s prayer was not answered during those three hours, although it was answered afterwards. It was also the time of the offering of the evening sacrifice consisting of a lamb. The nation persisted with its rituals, because they did not realise that the true evening lamb was suffering outside the city walls. It was especially on that first day of unleavened bread that the Chagigah, or peace offering was brought by godly Israelites.

We often speak of the three hours of darkness as if they were three hours of sixty minutes each. But the Jewish day was from sunrise to sunset, and was always reckoned to have twelve hours, as we see from the Lord’s words, “Are there not twelve hours in the day?” John 11:9. That period of time was divided into twelve equal parts. So in the summer time the hour was a maximum of 71 minutes long, and in the winter time was a minimum of 49 minutes. The emphasis in the expression “from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land unto the ninth hour” is not on the number of minutes, but on the things associated with the two times mentioned. There were Divinely set limits on the suffering of the Saviour. He did not need to have the day lengthened miraculously as Joshua did when he was fighting the King of Jerusalem and his allies, Joshua 10:13. The darkness came when the sun was at its brightest, at noon, and the light returned when the sun was beginning to decline, so in fact the day was virtually shortened by three hours, such was the ability of the greater than Joshua. Joshua’s name means “Jehovah the Saviour”, and is testimony to the saving power of God, and is the equivalent to “Jesus”. But Jesus does not simply bear the same name as Joshua, but He fills out the name, for He is Jehovah the Saviour, as Matthew makes clear, Matthew 1:21-23. No wonder He does not need extra time to “save his people from their sins”, for He has Divine resources at His disposal, and the shortening of the hours of the day does not prevent Him from finishing the work.

27:46
And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? that is to say, my God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?

Mark writes, “And at the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani? Which is, being interpreted, “my God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?”

And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani? So Matthew says the cry was made “about the ninth hour”, whereas Mark says “at the ninth hour”. Who was right? They cannot both be; or can they? Notice that Matthew says, “Eli” was the word used, whereas Mark says it was “Eloi”. Matthew says “that is to say”, whereas Mark says, “being interpreted”. Matthew does not need to interpret for his first readers, who would be Jews, (for it is usually thought that Matthew wrote for the nation of Israel in the first instance). As Jews they would know what the words meant, for they were in Hebrew, the language of Israel and the Old Testament. Matthew simply transposes them into his account.

Mark, however, has to interpret the words, even for Jews, for they are in the Chaldean language. He has to translate them so that they may be understood in New Testament times and in the Greek New Testament. So it is quite possible that there were two cries, one after the other. One was at the ninth hour, and one was about the ninth hour. And since they were cries uttered out of a sense of forsaken-ness, and therefore in the darkness, (for the darkness loses is point if He is forsaken when it is light as well), then Matthew’s cry must have been just before Mark’s. If this is the case, we need to search for the significance.

Matthew’s Gospel presents to us the King of Israel as He associates with His people. It is fitting therefore that He, as their King, should cry in Hebrew, the national language. The language, moreover, in which the Old Testament is written, and in particular, that the prophecies are written in, for the most part. The nation is being confronted with the reality of what their sin has done, for their rightful King has been abandoned by God. Yet therein lay their hope, for He ever identified Himself with His people, and even whilst they are rejecting Him He is working for their restoration to favour with God.

When the nation of Israel was about to enter the land of Canaan, the Lord said to Moses, “Behold, thou shalt sleep with thy fathers; and this people will rise up, and go a whoring after the gods of the strangers of the land, whither they go to be among them, and will forsake me, and break my covenant which I have made with them. Then my anger shall be kindled against them in that day, and I will forsake them, and I will hide my face from them, and they shall be devoured, and many evils and troubles shall befall them; so that they will say in that day, Are not these evils come upon us, because our God is not among us? And I will surely hide my face in that day for all the evils which they shall have wrought, in that they are turned unto other gods”, Deuteronomy 31:16-18.

And so it came to pass, for they entered the land, and went after the gods of the heathen. Centuries later, the Spirit of the Lord came upon Zechariah the son of Jehoiada the priest, and he said, “Thus saith God, Why transgress ye the commandments of the Lord, that ye cannot prosper? Because ye have forsaken the Lord, he hath forsaken you”, 2 Chronicles 24:20. The response of the people was to conspire against him, and stone him to death in the courts of the Lord, verse 21.

The sign that God had forsaken them was that they were taken into captivity, and another prophecy came to pass which said, “Because thou servedst not the Lord thy God with joyfulness, and with gladness of heart…the Lord shall bring a nation against thee from far, from the end of the earth, as swift as the eagle flieth; a nation whose tongue thou shalt not understand”, Deuteronomy 28:47,49. So it was that the Chaldeans came and took the people into captivity, and they were surrounded by those who spoke the Chaldean language. The passage from chapter 2:4 of the Book of Daniel up to chapter 7:28, was originally in the Chaldean language, and so was Jeremiah 10:11.

So when the Lord uses the Chaldean language for His cry, as Mark records, He is highlighting the fact that the nation had once been in captivity for serving other gods, and they had become used to hearing the Chaldean language. And this is in Mark, the servant gospel, for they had served other gods and not the Lord. How ironic that the one who had indeed served the Lord “with joyfulness, and with gladness of heart”, was the one who was forsaken. He did not serve other gods, for He says twice over, “My God, my God”, thus emphasising that even though His God had forsaken Him, He had not forsaken God. Israel were the opposite, for they were forsaken because they did forsake God.

That is to say, my God, my God- whether in Chaldean or Hebrew, the meaning is the same. This is a declaration of dependence, as He endures the wrath of God in the hours of darkness. God had always been His Father, for He was “that eternal life, which was with the Father”, 1 John 1:2. He had become His God, however, when He was conceived. Psalm 22:10 reads “Thou art my God from my mother’s belly”. It was when He became incarnate at His conception that His relationship with the Father was given a new dimension, and He can now begin to address His Father as His God, the one on whom He depended as a man. Now that dependence is being shown to its greatest degree.

This expression is also one of submission. When He came into manhood, Christ accepted the headship of God, 1 Corinthians 11:3, a relationship involving subjection. Under the supreme trial of the wrath-bearing, will His submission falter? The fact that it did not is clear from this verse, for twice over He affirms that God is still His God, and He recognises His claims over Him as His Son in manhood. Adam in ideal circumstances was found to rebel and be insubject. Not so the Last Adam.

It is also an expression of devotion, for He, even in His hour of suffering, was a true worshipper, and did not move from total allegiance to His God. How trying it must have been to Him to be in extreme sorrow, when the psalmist said, (and it is a Messianic psalm), “Their sorrows shall be multiplied that hasten after another god”.

In the patriarchs we have the fore-shadowing of His sufferings, and in the prophets we have the foretelling of the sufferings, in such passages as Isaiah 53. When we come to the New Testament, we have the fact of the sufferings in the accounts in the four Gospels, and then the forth-telling of the meaning of it all in the Epistles. But in the Psalms we have the feelings of the sufferings, as in poetic form the trauma of Calvary is expressed.

Why hast thou forsaken me? Notice that the being forsaken is still continuing, for these words are a direct quotation from Psalm 22:1, and that psalm goes on “Why art Thou so far from helping me”, so the suffering was ongoing at that point, although soon to end. So it should not be translated, “why didst thou forsake me?”

Is there any final answer to this question? Who can ever understand why it was the will of God that the Son of God should be abandoned of His God? How can He who is “in the bosom of the Father”, John 1:18 be said to be forsaken? Especially as the “is” of that quotation has the force of “ever is”. It is a position that cannot be given up. At whatever point we view Christ, whether in eternity or time, and even upon the cross, He is in the bosom of the Father, for this is an expression that tells of the unique relationship He has with the Father as His Only-begotten Son.

Psalm 22 presents to us the sin-offering aspect of the work of Christ at Calvary, beginning as it does with this cry as one forsaken of God. Something of great moment must have happened if the Son of God’s love, His only-begotten, was caused to ask why He had been forsaken. And indeed it had, for He had been “made sin”, as 2 Corinthians 5:21 declares.

We are helped to understand this a little by reference to what happened when a sin-offering was brought in tabernacle times. The sinner brought his animal, and laid his hands upon it, thus identifying himself with it, and acknowledging that he indeed was a sinner. From then on, the animal was reckoned to stand in the stead of the sinner, and the man’s sin was attributed to it. In fact, since the word for sin and sin offering is the same, to be a sin offering means to be made sin. (This is the basis of Paul’s word that “God hath made him to be sin for us”, in 2 Corinthians 5:21). Whatever the sin deserved is inflicted upon the animal, and not on the man. So it was that the offering is killed beside the altar of burnt offering, but is not laid upon it. Its blood having been shed, and poured out at the base of the altar, it is taken outside the camp and burnt on the ground. The fire of God’s wrath consumed it, so that in figure the sin was no more.

Now each of the vessels of the tabernacle was the support for something else. The ark supported the mercy-seat; the lamp-stand supported the lamps; the altar of incense supported the censer; the table supported the loaves; the laver supported the water, and finally, the altar supported the sacrifices laid upon it. So it is that the person of Christ is the support of His work. So the altar represents the person of Christ as the one who is able to undertake the work of sacrifice. And the bringing of the sin-offering to that altar to be killed recognised that fact.

But the major part of the sin-offering was burnt on the ground, and not on the altar at all. So the offering is disconnected from the altar, suggesting to us that in His sin-offering work Christ is dealt with as if He is not the person He is, for He is standing in as the substitute for others, and has been made sin. He does not confess those sins as if they were His own, but He does have attributed to Him that which is totally contrary to Himself personally. But since God is “of purer eyes that to behold evil, and canst not look on iniquity”, Habakkuk 1:13, He had to turn away. God says, “But your iniquities have separated between you and your God, and your sins have hid his face from you, that he will not hear”, Isaiah 59:2, hence He must distance Himself from His own Son.

However, He is still the person He ever was, for the apostle Paul, when speaking of the purpose of God to bless us, spoke of Him as “He who spared not his own Son, but freely delivered him up for us all”, Romans 8:32, so He was still His own Son, even though, as the sinner’s representative, and made sin, He was abandoned by God. But it only lasted as long as the three hours of darkness, for after they were ended, He then said, “Father”. The sense of desertion was over, for the sins had been borne. It only remained for Him to die, and rise again, so as to introduce those who believe into the good of His death, in association with Him in resurrection.

We are also helped to understand what happened in the darkness by reference to the experience of the scapegoat on the Day of Atonement. It was banished to the land of separation and desolation, bearing as it did, in figure, the tremendous load of Israel’s sins. Having heard the sins confessed by Aaron over the head of the goat, the nation sees them carried away, and no doubt many in Israel mused upon the fact, so graphically presented to them, that sins do indeed separate, and they do mean that, if unforgiven, those sins will consign the sinner to the ultimate place of forsaken-ness. God made provision, however, so that the goat might experience the isolation, whilst they could enjoy the continued presence of God amidst the camp of Israel. We see the fulfilment of this at Calvary, where the lamb of God bore away the sin of the world. This is not to say that the whole world is therefore free of its sin. Rather, it means that all the sin has been answered for, and those who believe enter into the good of it.

As we can see from Leviticus 23:29, any in Israel who failed to afflict their souls, (meaning repentance), and cease from work, (meaning resting in faith), on the Day of Atonement, were to be cut off from the nation. If in Israel’s case they could opt out of the blessing, in the case of men now they need to opt in.

So Aaron sent the goat away from the gate of the tabernacle which faced east, and the fit man let it go. The one removed the sins from the camp of Israel, the other ensured that the sins were sent to a place of no return. This reminds us of the psalmist, who rejoiced that “as far as the east is from the west, so far hath he removed our transgressions from us”, Psalm 103:12. We are glad it is as far as the east is from the west, for that is an infinite distance. If it had been as far as the north is from the south, then that would be a limited distance, and our sins might return to haunt us.

The goat as it wandered in the desolate place was largely unaware of its situation. It may have been nervous, but would soon become used to its plight. Not so with the Lord Jesus at Calvary. So intense was the suffering He endured because He was forsaken of God, and became the object of His wrath against the sins He was taking responsibility for, (for to “bare sins”, means to “take responsibility for sins”), those hours of darkness and abandonment were limited to just three. But into those hours was compressed an infinite amount of suffering, because an infinite God was satisfying Himself infinitely. No wonder there is wrung from the lips of the Lord Jesus that most heart-rending of cries, “My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me?” The goat bore its load of sins until it died, whereas the Lord Jesus carried the load of sins until He emerged from the darkness, for He was in full fellowship with His Father when He gave up His spirit in death. He endured the darkness and the abandonment that His people might know the light and glory of heaven for eternity.

We learn from Psalm 22 that during those hours of darkness the Lord was crying to His Father. Such was the intensity of His call, that He describes it as roaring. We should notice that Psalm 22 contains no confession of sin, so it is not David’s personal experience that is being described. The suffering in the psalm is uniquely Christ’s. This is how the psalm continues:

Psalm 22:1-5

Why art thou so far from helping me- as a dependent man, the Lord Jesus could always count on the support of His Father. The promise of the Father to Him was “I will be to him a Father, and he shall be to me a Son”, Hebrews 1:5. These were words originally spoken about Solomon, 2 Samuel 7:14, but “a greater than Solomon is here”, Matthew 12:42; if the words were true of Solomon, how much more so of Christ. All that a dutiful son may expect his father to be in terms of support and resources, God had been to Him. God had been His God, as He moved in lowly dependence before Him. But He had been a true Son to His Father, and that gave great pleasure to God.

We are often reminded of the contrast between God’s words to Israel in Malachi’s day, and His word to Christ on the banks of the Jordan. In Malachi we read of God saying, “A son honoureth his father, and a servant his master: If I then be a Father, where is mine honour? And if I be a Master, where is my fear?” Malachi 1:6. As a result of Israel’s failure as a nation in this regard, (and remember it was God’s national son, Exodus 4:22), God went on to say, “I have no pleasure in you, saith the Lord of Hosts”, verse 10. How different was the scene at Jordan, when the word came, “This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well-pleased”, Matthew 3:17. And He would go on to honour Him and serve Him faithfully, for He came not to be ministered unto, but to minister.

At the end of Malachi’s prophecy, God promises to spare Israel, “as a father spareth his own son that serveth him”, 3:17. Yet the language of Romans 8:32 is, “He that spared not his own Son” What has happened? Certainly not a breakdown of the relationship between Father and Son; that could never be. But a new situation has arisen, where the Son is standing in the place of sinners as the one made sin, and God’s attitude must necessarily take account of that. So it is that the Divine help He was afforded during His life, seems now to be withdrawn temporarily.

And from the words of my roaring? We read of God that His arm is “not shortened that it cannot save, neither his ear heavy that it cannot hear”, Isaiah 59:1. But now it seems that in relation to His own Son, His arm is not stretched out to save when He calls for help; nor does His ear seem to be open to His cry. It is not that His prayer is not fervent enough, for the expressive term “My roaring” tells of the most intense of cries. If it were not for the fact that He has been made sin, His prayer would have been answered long before. The writer to the Hebrews speaks of the strong crying and tears of the Saviour, Hebrews 5:7, and this is a prime example.

O my God, I cry in the daytime, but thou hearest not- notice the deep feeling expressed in the “O”; He is directly addressing His God, and pleading, not so much with the intensity of prayer as in verse 1, but the constancy of it. As far as the clock was concerned, it was daytime, and He constantly appealed to His God, such is the reality of His need, and His confidence that His need could be met. He is not asking to be delivered from the experience He was going through, but to be enabled to endure it. He had said to His disciples, “The cup which my Father hath given me, shall I not drink it?” John 18:11, so He was not desiring to be relieved of the suffering, but to be enabled to pass through it with spiritual success. And even though His prayer seemingly met no response, in reality it was otherwise, for He can say in verse 21 “Thou hast heard me”. So we are to understand “Thou hearest not”, as meaning “Thou gavest me no indication that thou wast hearing me”.

And in the night season, and am not silent- although it was day as far as the clock was concerned, it was night as far as the supernatural darkness was concerned. Scripture tells us of great darkness that came over the earth when the Saviour was hanging upon the cross. Darkness within strictly confined limits, (from the sixth to the ninth hour, Luke 23:44), and therefore Divinely sent and controlled. As a result, the sun was darkened, verse 45. So the darkness was not that of an eclipse, (which cannot occur at full moon anyway), but was brought about by heaven’s intervention. The sun was still shining, but the darkness intervened. Is this not a parable? The Sun of Righteousness was still shining in all the brightness of His glory, but the thick darkness of our sins clothed Him in sackcloth.

Whilst the Saviour was on the cross in the darkness, the priests were preparing to offer the incense at the hour of prayer, being the ninth hour, Acts 3:1. This incense was unique, for no man was to make anything like it, Exodus 30:38. Yet this was only a symbol. The true incense of prayer was offered on the cross, and there is no prayer like His.

But thou art holy- here we have the first of several “buts” in the psalm. Each has its own shade of meaning. In verse 3 there is the “but” of the refusal of an unspoken, unacceptable alternative. In verse 6 the “but” of contrast, for Israel had been delivered and He has not been, thus far. In verse 9, the “but” of faithfulness, even though as yet not delivered, He continues on with undiminished trust in His God. In verse 19 the “but” of an appeal. In verse 24 the “but” of recompense, for we read, “but when he cried unto him, he heard”.

So the “but” of verse 3 is that of an unspoken and unacceptable alternative. Faced with a situation of extreme trauma, when earnest prayers seem to go unanswered, many a saint might, if only for a fleeting moment, entertain wrong thoughts of God. Not so this Holy Sufferer. He banishes the thoughts before they arise. For Him, to sin is not an option, and to doubt the goodness of God, even when passing through this situation, would be to sin. But His holy mind will have none of it, and He immediately ascribes holiness to God. By saying this He is safeguarding God’s honour, seeking God’s interests, and securing God’s praise, as the next phrase goes on to indicate. After all, how can it be proper to praise a God whose dealings are less than holy?

O thou that inhabitest the praises of Israel- the blood of atonement enabled God to dwell amongst His people for a further year, even though they in many senses were unclean, Leviticus 16:16. Christ is conscious that His blood is that which will enable God to dwell with His people for ever, so He must go through with the work. But there is more than that. What if He failed God by attributing to Him wrong motives, or failure to help those in need? How that would spoil the praises of the righteous, for as they were rejoicing in the just dealings of their God, doubt would be cast upon those dealings if His own Son thought Him to be less than righteous. Perhaps before the darkness had come, the voices of the temple-choir had drifted across the air. How He would feel the fact that even whilst the worshippers were rejoicing in the courts of the Lord, He Himself was consigned to the desolation and loneliness of Calvary. Their joy tried His soul in His sorrow.

Our fathers trusted in thee- as He thinks of the praises of Israel, He remembers it is passover time, the celebration of the great deliverance from Egypt, when God had heard the groanings of the children and had come down to deliver them, Exodus 3:7,8. How they had sung on the banks of the Red Sea! That first recorded song in the Bible is testimony to the saving power of God when He delivers His helpless people. And He is part of that people, a True Israelite, for He says “our” fathers, thus associating Himself with them. Yet He is seemingly forgotten.

They trusted, and thou didst deliver them- note in these two verse the repetition, as if the matter is constantly occupying His mind. Their trust was not misplaced, for deliverance came. He is sure that His confidence is not misplaced, (for to think otherwise would be to sin), but it does not meet with the same response as Israel’s trust did.

They cried unto thee, and were delivered- now the emphasis is on their cry, as before it was upon their trust. They cried because they trusted, and they received the answer to their cry. God said, “I have surely seen the affliction of my people which are in Egypt, and have heard their cry by reason of their taskmasters; for I know their sorrows; and I am come down to deliver them”, Exodus 3:7,8. “Affliction…heard their cry…their sorrows…am come down to deliver them”. Yet what of His affliction, His cry, His sorrows? Where was the “come down to deliver” for Him?

They trusted in thee, and were not confounded- their trust in God was rewarded, and they were not embarrassed by any delay in the deliverance. Yet His deliverance was seemingly not at hand. Such were the feelings of the Lord Jesus, recorded beforehand, as He hung alone in the darkness.

In seeking to understand a little of the mystery of Christ’s abandonment by His God, we are helped if we consider a little more the contrast between the Burnt Offering and the Sin Offering in the Levitical system, as follows:

Acceptance or rejection
In the burnt offering there is a question of acceptance, for the acceptableness of the offering was transferred to the offerer when he laid his hands upon it. How gratifying it must have been to read the words “it shall be accepted for him”, Leviticus 1:4. How much more gratifying for us to know that because of Calvary God has caused believers to be accepted in the Beloved, Ephesians 1:6. All that the Father finds delightful about His Beloved Son is attributed to His people; we are graced in Him.

The sin offering was different, however, for now the unacceptableness of the offerer is dealt with by being transferred to the offering, so that atonement for sin can be made. The apostle Paul had this side of things in mind when he wrote “For he hath made him to be sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in him”, 2 Corinthians 5:21. These words are an echo of what is stated in Leviticus 16:9, where the words “offer him for a sin offering” can be literally rendered “make it sin”. Who can tell what it meant to Christ to be made sin; to be reckoned by God as if He were sin itself, and to be treated accordingly?

The fire making or destroying
In the burnt offering the fire is said to make the offering, for it is “an offering made by fire”, Leviticus 1:9. As the flame fed upon the carcase, there was caused to ascend heavenwards that which spoke to God of Christ. As the flame progressed from one part to the other, (for the parts of the animal were laid in order, not at haphazard), the varied excellencies of Christ came before the Father in all their acceptablenes. The head would tell of His intelligent devotion; the legs His patient progress; the inwards His heart-affection, and the fat His energetic determination to please His Father in all things. At Calvary these things, that had been so delightful to His Father during His life, were now surrendered in holy sacrifice.

With the sin offering, however, the flame consumed the carcase, destroying it so that it was utterly done away. This is what Christ has done by His sacrifice, for “once in the end of the world hath he appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself, Hebrews 9:26. The expression “put away” meaning to abolish or destroy. Hebrews 13:11,12 interprets the fire for us. It was nothing less than suffering. The bodies of beasts burnt outside the camp find their counterpart in Jesus suffering without the gate. With this difference, however, that the animal was dead when it was burnt, but Christ suffered before He died, and in those hours of darkness upon the cross endured what no tongue can tell. Every faculty was alert and alive to the pain. His senses not at all dulled by sin as with us. He endured unimaginable horrors at the hand of His God because of our sins. The penalty was not one whit lessened because it was the Son of God who was paying the awful price. The wrath was not less fierce because of who it was that suffered under it. God said He would spare Israel “as a man spareth his own son that serveth him”, Malachi 3:17. Yet here is the Son beyond all sons, who had served beyond all others, and He is not spared! As the apostle Paul wrote in Romans 8:32, “He that spared not his own Son, but delivered him up for us all, how shall he not with him also freely give us all things?”

Voluntary or compulsory
The burnt offering was a voluntary offering, for “of his own voluntary will” is the language of Leviticus 1:3. Christ came willingly to Bethlehem, stooping to take the servant’s form and to be made in the likeness of men. His willingness took Him further still, for He humbled Himself even unto death, and that the death of the cross, Philippians 2:8. His devotion was unmistakeable, for coming into the world He said, “Lo, I come, (in the volume of the book it is written of me,) to do thy will, O God”, Hebrews 10:7. Christ went willingly to Calvary, for although men “led him away”, it is also true that He “went forth” to that place to do the Father’s will, John 19:16,17.

The sin offering was compulsory, however, for “let him bring”, is the decisive and immediate requirement of God, Leviticus 4:3. Sin made its demands on Christ, and He would not rest until the obligation laid upon Him to settle the matter to His Father’s glory was accomplished. He could say “But that the world may know that I love the Father; and as the Father gave me commandment, even so I do”, John 14:31. That He has satisfied every Divine requirement regarding sin is seen in the fact that He has sat down on the right hand of the One whose will He had promised to do, Hebrews 10:12. He who is the brightness of Divine glory, and the exact expression of the essence of God, had purged sins in such a glorious way that He could sit Himself down on the right hand of God in all His majesty with the utmost confidence, Hebrews 1:3.

Sweet savour or intense displeasure
The burnt offering was a sweet savour offering, God’s nostrils being delighted by that which spoke to Him of Christ. When Noah offered his burnt offerings after the flood, it is said that the Lord smelled a sweet savour, Genesis 8:20,21. Literally these words could be rendered, “a savour of rest”, or “a soothing fragrance”. After looking upon all the turmoil and unrest of the pre-flood world, God could at last rest in what spoke to Him of Calvary. After all the distress to His heart, when men’s imagination was only evil continually, how soothing for Him to enjoy the fragrance of Noah’s sacrifice, anticipating as it did the effects of the work of Christ.

The sin offering was not like this, however, for there is no mention of a sweet savour with it. Sin is hateful to God, and gives Him no pleasure. Surely it gave God no pleasure to judge His Son. It is true that Isaiah said “Yet it pleased the Lord to bruise him”, Isaiah 53:10, but this means that it was God’s good pleasure, His determining will, to do this thing. A convicted criminal may be “detained at Her Majesty’s pleasure”, but we may be certain that Queen Elizabeth derives no enjoyment from that situation, but it is her sovereign pleasure nonetheless. Because Christ was made sin, He must needs be treated by God as if He is that detestable thing. From that standpoint there was no pleasure for God in the matter.

Nearness or distance
The burnt offering was burnt on the altar, which became known because of this as the altar of burnt offering, Exodus 40:29. This was the place where God promised He would meet with His people, Exodus 29:43. The altar becomes the point at which God, sacrifice, and people meet. Such is Calvary, for did not the Lord Jesus say, “And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me”, John 12:32?

The major part of the sin offering, however, was burnt outside the camp, the place of rejection. So the burnt offering emphasised the nearness of Christ to the Father as He undertook the work of sacrifice, whereas the sin offering highlighted the distance at which Christ was put because of our sin. As the prophet said about Israel, “But your iniquities have separated between you and your God, and your sins have hid his face from you, that he will not hear”, Isaiah 59:2.

Heavenward or downward
The burnt offering was lifted up onto the altar, the blood was sprinkled round about upon the altar, and a sweet savour ascended up from the altar, so everything was elevated heavenwards. Now the “burnt offering gospel”, is the gospel of John. It is that gospel which emphasises the relationship between the Son and the Father typified so wonderfully by the burnt offering. The gospel, too, which tells of the upward journey of Christ via the place of sacrifice.

He speaks to Nicodemus of ascending to heaven, John 3:13, then speaks of being lifted up on the cross, as the brazen serpent had been lifted up, verse 14. He speaks of giving His flesh for the life of the world, then asks, “What and if ye shall see the Son of Man ascend up where he was before?” John 6:51,62. He refuses to allow Mary to touch Him, because He was not yet ascended to the Father, John 20:17. (Her contact with Him must be a spiritual one, forged once He had returned to His Father and sent down the Spirit from thence). Yet His conversation with Mary took place in the garden of the place where He was crucified, John 19:41, thus linking together the sacrifice and the ascending. He speaks of His ascent in the place of His sacrifice. Just as the angel who appeared to Manoah and his wife ascended up in the flame of the burnt offering, Judges 13:20, may we not say that in a grander way, Christ has ascended in the flame of His sacrifice? Yet John does not record the ascension, as if to indicate that the return of Christ to heaven was to him a foregone conclusion.

With the sin offering, however, all was downward. The animal was burnt on the ground, (except the fat which was burnt on the altar), the blood was poured out at the base of the altar, (except what was sprinkled before the vail, or on the altars), and the fire consumed the carcase until all that was left was a heap of ashes on the ground. How low Christ was prepared to go for us! Not content with descending to earth, He humbled Himself still further to the depths of suffering at Calvary. But He who went so low, has been taken up so high, for the same God and Father who required His obedience, has “also”, as well as doing that, highly exalted Him, Philippians 2:9.

Whilst all these things are true, it is also instructive to notice that God was careful to preserve the integrity of the person of Christ even in these Old Testament illustrations. God is a jealous God, jealous of His own glory and that of His Son. We see this in the following ways:

First, the sin offering is killed in the same place as the burnt offering, on the north side of the altar, and before the Lord, Leviticus 4:24. The same place witnessed the death of two very different sorts of sacrifice. Calvary, too, witnessed the death of one who combined in His person the burnt offering aspect of things and also the sin offering side.

Second, we find that although the major part of the sin offering was to be burnt up outside the camp in the place of rejection and loneliness, the fat was to be burnt as a sweet savour on the altar of burnt offering, Leviticus 4:8-10.

Third, we read that the sin offering was to be burnt where the ashes of the burnt offering were poured out, in a clean place, Leviticus 4:12. The ashes of the burnt offering had been collected with due ceremony and deposited in a clean place outside the camp, Leviticus 6:11, and it is in this selfsame place that the sin offering was burnt, so that when the fire had done its work, a pile of ashes remained that was a mixture of burnt offering ashes and sin offering ashes. Could anything more graphically preserve the integrity of Christ, in that even when dealing with sins in the place of abandonment, He was associated by God with that which spoke of full acceptance? God spared not, but it was His own Son that He spared not. God gave to the horrors of Calvary, but it was His only begotten Son that He gave, John 3:16.

May the Lord help us to have an enhanced appreciation of these things, so that we may offer to our God the intelligent and adoring worship He so much desires from our hearts. “Ye also, as lively stones, are built up a spiritual house, an holy priesthood, to offer up spiritual sacrifices, acceptable to God by Jesus Christ”, 1 Peter 2:5.

We now return to Matthew’s narrative.

27:47
Some of them that stood there, when they heard that, said, This man calleth for Elias.

Some of them that stood there, when they heard that, said, This man calleth for Elias- we see now why Matthew and Mark need to ensure that we know exactly what the Lord meant when He uttered the words. It is vital that the link with Psalm 22 be established in our minds. These bystanders, however, seem to mistakenly think that He is calling for Elias, or Elijah, to come to save Him. (This shows that they are responding to the cry “Eli”, and not “Eloi”, for surely they would not mistake the latter for Elijah). They seem to have no idea that there is a connection with Psalm 22.

Malachi foretold that Elijah would be sent “before the coming of the great and terrible day of the Lord”, Malachi 4:5. Even the association of Elijah with the day of judgment does not seem to disturb these men. Elijah was indeed noted for great deliverances, but his services were not needed here. After all, more than twelve legions of angels stood ready to assist Christ if He called for them, but the call never came, Matthew 26:53. The reason it never came is found in the next verse of that passage, “But how then shall the scriptures be fulfilled, that thus it must be?” The carrying out of God’s will as detailed in the Old Testament was of paramount importance, and deliverance from suffering was not on His mind at all. The only deliverance He asked for was to be brought into resurrection.

It is possible that since the name Elijah can be translated “God Himself”, that those standing by watching the proceedings thought He was asking for God Himself to come and save Him. The priests had said, “He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, I am the Son of God”, so perhaps the bystanders thought He was calling for God Himself to intervene in some way.

27:48
And straightway one of them ran, and took a spunge, and filled it with vinegar, and put it on a reed, and gave him to drink.

And straightway one of them ran- there are five cries that come in quick succession just before and just after the hours of darkness finished. The first two are questions, (assuming there were two similar cries), “Why hast Thou forsaken Me?” The third is an implied request, “I thirst”. The fourth is a statement, “It is finished”. The fifth is a committal, “into Thy hands I commend My spirit”.

And took a spunge, and filled it with vinegar- perhaps the spunge was part of their equipment, to wipe their hands from the blood of the men they had crucified. If this is the case, we find that the blood of Christ and cheap wine are associated together. And that is all men think of the blood of Christ. God describes it as precious, men value it little; in fact, on the same level as cheap wine. In fact, the blood of all three men may have been on the spunge, telling us they thought His blood no different to that of the malefactors. The writer to the Hebrews warns the nation that they were counting the blood of the covenant an unholy thing, Hebrews 10:29. Such behaviour, as the writer goes on to say, merits vengeance from God.

And put it on a reed, and gave Him to drink- John tells us, (and we should remember that by this time he would have returned to Calvary), that the soldier put the spunge on hyssop, thus telling us what the reed was made of. It also suggests that the cross was not very high, for hyssop is a small shrub and would not have long branches.

The accounts of Matthew and Mark, (Luke does not record the incident), seem to read as if the giving of a drink is in response to the cry “Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani”, but we know from John’s account that the statement “I thirst” came soon after that cry. Nevertheless is it possible that the cry of Christ was difficult to decipher, (remember His tongue is cleaving to His jaws, Psalm 22:15), so some think He is calling to Elijah, but others may have confused “Sabacthani” with the Latin word “bacchari” which means “to celebrate the festival of Bacchus”, the Roman god of wine. With uncouth insensitivity they think He is suggesting a party, hence the offer of wine.

27:49
The rest said, Let be, let us see whether Elias will come to save Him.

So we have the mingling here of the response to the cry of abandonment, which some misunderstood as a call for Elijah to help Him, and the statement, “I thirst”. Does this indicate that the cries were very close together?

We now need to revert to John’s account to get the sequence.

19:28
After this, Jesus knowing that all things were now accomplished, that the scripture might be fulfilled, saith, I thirst.

After this- there are over three hours between verses 27, when He committed His mother to John, and this verse. John makes no mention of the mockery of the bystanders, (he is more interested in those who were sympathetic as they stood by), or of the conversation with the repentant thief, or the darkness, or the cry “Eli, Eli, lama, sabacthani, Why hast Thou forsaken Me?” We could explain the absence of reference to the last two, because John is concerned to tell us only what he witnessed, and he no doubt was with Mary during the hours of darkness, only returning to Calvary when it ended. John’s sensitive spirit recoiled from the railing of men, including that of both thieves at first. His theme is the burnt offering aspect of the death of Christ, so he does not emphasise the desertion because that emphasises Christ’s sin-offering work.

Jesus knowing that all things were now accomplished- the word “accomplished” is the same as that translated “fulfilled” in this verse, and “finished” in verse 30. The cry “It is finished” is the last phrase of Psalm 22, just as “My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me” is the first phrase of that psalm. So what is finished takes in all that the psalm speaks of, whether His sufferings or His ever-expanding glories. In anticipation of the fulfilment of everything, the Lord knows that all things are accomplished in the “now” of Divine insight. It is a characteristic of John’s gospel to highlight the knowledge of the Lord Jesus, just as the head of the animal for the burnt offering was specially mentioned. He is acting with Divine intelligence as to what satisfies God. He had spoken in anticipation in John 17:4, “I have finished the work thou gavest me to do”. The work was given Him from the Father, but was foreshadowed in the Old Testament scriptures.

Now He is going to speak in anticipation again. In order to announce He has finished the work He needs His throat to be refreshed. Psalm 22 is His own description of His condition, and He says there, “My strength is dried up like a potsherd; and my tongue cleaveth to my jaws”, verse 15. His prayers had been described as roaring in Psalm 22, so His throat was no doubt sore. This will prevent Him crying out in triumph, which He fully intends to do. He refused drink to relieve His own sufferings, but called for a drink now so that men might hear clearly and plainly that the work of sacrifice was over, and they need not suffer for their sins.

In Psalm 22 Christ is concerned lest four things prevent Him from announcing that His work is finished. They are the sword, the power of the dog, the lion’s mouth, and the horns of the unicorns.

The sword
God has put a sword into the hand of those who rule. The apostle Paul spoke of these things when he wrote, “Let every soul be subject to the higher powers. For there is no power but of God: the powers that be are ordained of God. Whosoever therefore resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God: and they that resist shall receive to themselves damnation. For rulers are not a terror to good works, but to the evil. Wilt thou then not be afraid of the power? Do that which is good, and thou shalt have praise of the same: for he is the minister of God to thee for good. But if thou do that which is evil, be afraid; for he beareth not the sword in vain: for he is the revenger to execute wrath upon him that doeth evil,” Romans 13:1-4.

So power has been given to rulers to do four things: To execute those who murder; to punish those who resist their authority, (for those who do this resist God); to protect decent citizens, and in that sense be a force for good, and praise those who abide by the law.

Now Pilate, representative of the power of Caesar as he was, had made decisions about two men. He had convicted Barabbas of murder, insurrection, and robbery, Mark 15:7; John 18:40, yet had released him. And he had, (against his better judgment, John 18:38), convicted Jesus Christ of insurrection, for this was what the Jews accused Him of before Pilate, with the words, “We found this fellow perverting the nation, forbidding to give tribute to Caesar, saying that he himself is Christ a King”, Luke 23:2. It was also the implication behind the accusation over the cross, “This is Jesus, the King of the Jews”.

Now if the death of Christ is the direct result of Pilate using the “sword”, then it will go down in the record books that He was an evil-doer and an insurrectionist. The only way of avoiding this is for Christ to lay down His own life, thus keeping the initiative. It was His soul that was delivered from the sword, for His soul-longing was to obey the command of His Father to lay down His own life. He is not asking to be delivered from the sword of Divine Justice spoken of in Zechariah 13:7.

The power of the dog
We have been told of the dogs in Psalm 22:16, and here we meet them again. There it was in connection with Him being crucified, as they pierced His hands and His feet, and gambled for His clothes. Now they have power of a different sort. The Jewish authorities would soon ask Pilate that the legs of the victims be broken to hasten their death, because the next day, that began at 6pm, was drawing near. These Gentile dogs have the power to wield the club that will break Christ’s legs, and cause His almost immediate death, for He will no longer be able to push Himself up so as to breathe.

The lion’s mouth
We have been told of those who were lion-like, in verse 13, the princes of this world. But now the prince of this world is mentioned, the one who the Lord Jesus prophesied would come. We know from Hebrews 2:14,14 that this one had the power of death in Old Testament times. This was because men had a sinful nature, and as such were in the domain of Satan, for the wages of sin is death, and they were in bondage to him because of their fear of death. This is not true of Christ personally, but He is acting as representative of sinful men, and has been made sin. Satan thinks he has power over Him, and asserts that power with his mouth. In other words, accuses Him before God. He is the accuser of the brethren, Revelation 12:10, and uses every opportunity and excuse to do so. That Satan has not the power of death over Christ is true, but the impression will be given that it is so, unless Christ keeps the initiative, and is strengthened to lay down His life of Himself, and not through external pressure.

The horns of the unicorns
Despite not having received any answer to His pleadings thus far, the Lord Jesus is confident that His God has heard, and will answer at the moment of His choosing. That moment is about to come. The unicorn was a wild ox, and a group of such animals are here pictured as lowering their heads for the final charge at their victim. We read of bulls of Bashan in verse 12, symbolising the ceremonially clean but morally unfit priesthood. Here they are again, but this time they are exposed in their true character as wild, fierce and vicious. They had already shown that to be the case, for we read that the chief priests “were the more fierce”, as they accused Him before Pilate, Luke 23:5. Their fierceness is coming to a climax, for they are concerned lest the bodies hang on the cross after the end of the day, at the twelfth hour. So they “besought Pilate that their legs might be broken, and that they might be taken away”, John 19:31. Their request was granted, and the soldiers brake the legs of the malefactors, “but when they came to Jesus, and saw that he was dead already, they brake not His legs”, verse 33.

Unknown to the priests, the request of Christ had been granted, strength had been given Him, and He had not only cried “It is finished”, but had given up His spirit to God, John 19:30.

So it was that He did not die by the sword of Caesar as if He was a malefactor; His death was not hastened by the Roman club; He was delivered from the mouth of the lion, and the horns of the unicorns did not impale Him and cause His death. His trust in God had been vindicated, His work had been completed, and the sin-bearing was over.

Returning to our passage in John:

That the scripture might be fulfilled, saith, I thirst- He will only ask to be relieved somewhat, (a) after His sin-bearing is over, (and it is, for He now reverts back to saying “Father”), and (b) so that He may fulfil the last scripture that is outstanding. It is a vital scripture, and He is intent on fulfilling it. It is not that some scripture foretold that He would say these words, (as, for instance, Psalm 22:1 foretold His cry “Eli, Eli…”), but the scripture to be fulfilled is the whole of what was written in that psalm, not only about His sufferings, but also His glory. They are about to be completely finished, and He needs to declare this. He had come into the world with the intention of doing God’s will, Hebrews 10:5,7, and now He leaves the world announcing He has done it.

19:29
Now there was set a vessel full of vinegar: and they filled a spunge with vinegar, and put it upon hyssop, and put it to his mouth.

Now there was set a vessel full of vinegar- the Lord had been offered wine or vinegar before. In Matthew 27:34 the soldiers gave Him “vinegar…mingled with gall”. Then they crucified Him, verse 35, so presumably the drink was offered before He was put on the cross. But when He tasted what it was, He would not drink. Gall is poisonous, and He was destined to die by crucifixion, not poisoning. This may be the same vinegar they gave Him at the end, but then it was without the gall, and He accepted it. Then in Mark 15:23 we read, “and they gave Him to drink wine mingled with myrrh: but He received it not”. If this is a different drink, then it was possibly that which the “daughters of Jerusalem” provided out of compassion for the victims on the cross. The soldiers, realising He would not have His life cut short, offer Him this drink, but He will not have His senses dulled, for it is His soul, (that is His person in its entirety), that is to be made an offering for sin, Isaiah 53:10, and He will go into the suffering fully alert. He has transactions with God to go through with in the hours of darkness, and He wishes to be fully aware of everything. This also ensures than none of His people can suffer more pain than He. He can sympathise fully. Then there was the drink that the soldiers offered Him mocking Him. “And the soldiers also mocked him, coming to him, and offering him vinegar, and saying, “If thou be the king of the Jews, save thyself'”, Luke 23:36.

So there was the wine of mercy; the wine of sympathy; the wine of mockery, and now the wine of necessity. He receives it because it will serve His purpose.

That the vessel was full of vinegar shows it was not the vessel from which the other drinks had been taken. It was just vinegar, therefore, and had no other ingredients. It was purely to whet His throat for the final cries.

And they filled a spunge with vinegar, and put it upon hyssop, and put it to his mouth- hyssop was a small shrub that grew on walls. This shows the Saviour was not very far from the ground, or else the hyssop branch would not reach. Solomon “spake of trees, from the cedar tree that is in Lebanon, even unto the hyssop that springeth out of the wall”, 1 Kings 4:23. Notice the “even unto”, which we may compare to the “unto…even” of Philippians 2:8. The mighty cedar tree would symbolise Christ in His majesty, (“in the form of God”), whereas the lowly hyssop would remind us of His humiliation, even unto death on a cross. John does not quote any scripture about this incident, for the words of Psalm 69:21 had been fulfilled when the soldiers offered Him vinegar and gall at the start of the crucifixion.

19:30
When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar, he said, It is finished: and he bowed his head, and gave up the ghost.

When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar- instead of a throat dried like a potsherd, and His tongue cleaving to His jaws, making it difficult to articulate words, His throat and mouth are refreshed, and He is able to cry with a loud voice, (as the other gospels tell us He did, Matthew 27:50; Mark 15:37). He had spoken “Eli, Eli…” with a loud voice, but that cry was to His God. This cry must reverberate around Jerusalem.

What is it that is finished? Consider the following:

1. The sacrifices are finished
Not because they were faulty, but because they were temporary, and now they are rendered obsolete by the supreme sacrifice. “It” would indicate the whole range of sacrifices. With regard to these it is said, “He taketh away the first that he may establish the second”, Hebrews 10:9. Just as Christ had purged the temple of its sacrifices on former occasions, so now again, and for the last time, He renders the temple system outdated.

For three hours the temple rituals had been hampered, if not stopped, by the thick darkness that had covered the earth. Now the light has returned, and the sacrifices could resume. But as they did so a voice rings out to tell that they were now obsolete.

The gospel writers are careful to document the time at which things happened at Calvary, so we know that the time from His crucifixion to the end of the hours of darkness was from the third hour to the ninth, Mark 15:25,33,34. It was during this period, from the offering of incense at the third hour, to the offering of it again at the ninth hour, that the worshippers would be bringing their sacrifices, whether they be burnt offerings, meal offerings, peace offerings, or sin offerings. Yet at the end of it all, there sounds out a loud cry across the temple courts, and amazingly, it comes from the Man on the central cross. “It is finished”, He declares, or “It is fulfilled”. The will of God expressed in sacrifices and offerings has been brought to its climax, and now, with a word, He “taketh away the first, that he may establish the second”, Hebrews 10:9. And it is by that will that believers have been perfected by His one offering. We see how important it is, then, for Him to have strength, not only to cry this cry with loud voice so as to reach the temple courts, but also to commit His spirit to God, laying down His life in wholehearted surrender to His Father’s will.

2. The Scriptures concerning the suffering of Messiah are fulfilled
As He said to the disciples after His resurrection, “all things must be fulfilled, which were written in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the psalms, concerning me”, Luke 23:44.

3. The work given Him to do is accomplished
He had declared the Father in all the variety of His attributes. Nothing of what God is has not been expressed by Christ.

4. The battle with the forces of darkness is over
He has triumphed, for He is about to give up His own life, showing the Devil’s power is broken. He foretold that as a result of His lifting up on a cross the prince of this world would be cast out, John 12:31. This will be finally enacted when the Devil is cast into the lake of fire, Revelation 20:10. In the mysterious ways of God he is still allowed some liberty. One reason for this is that God’s children may show their growth in Divine things by overcoming him by the use of the Word of God, 1 John 2:14.

And he bowed his head- even though His strength had been dried up, yet He is refreshed enough by the vinegar not only to cry out in triumph, but also to deliberately bow His head before He gave up His spirit. Normally the head would drop after the life was ended, but Christ shows His total control of the situation by this simple act.

The word for “bow” is also used in Hebrews 11:34, where it is translated “turned to flight”. It was faith which caused the Philistine army to be put to flight by David, having fought and defeated Goliath. So here, for “Goliath” has been defeated, and his army of evil forces routed utterly.

The Saviour said that the foxes had holes, (where they went to rest in the daytime), and the birds of the air have their nests, (where they go to rest in the night-time), but the Son of Man had not where to lay His head. Now He lays His head to rest whilst hanging on the cross, the only resting-place heartless man gave Him.

And gave up the ghost- by “ghost” is meant the spirit of man. It is written in the Old Testament, “There is no man that hath power over the spirit to retain the spirit; neither hath he power in the day of death: and there is no discharge in that war; neither shall wickedness deliver those that are given to it”, Ecclesiastes 8:8. So it is not in the power of man to retain his spirit. Even if a man commits suicide, he still does it in God’s permissive will. He has not gained the initiative, even though he might think he has. It is God that gives men breath, Daniel 5:23; Acts 17:25, and only at the moment of His choosing does a man die.

The Lord Jesus is real man, and so is bound by this principle. But there is an over-riding principle, namely, that He had come to do His Father’s will, and His Father gave Him commandment to lay down His life of Himself, and not let anyone take it from Him. He would be bound by this principle, and, having authority to lay down His life, does so in obedience to His Father. He was obedient even to the extent of death on a cross, Philippians 2:8, even though that sort of death would usually render any other man unable to control his actions. With Christ it was different, for He was in total control.

Luke gives the actual words He spoke, for as a doctor, Luke was very interested in death, and carefully records the manner of this death, Luke 23:46. He is also very interested in the manhood of Christ, and part of what He took when He became man was the ability to die. He records that the Saviour said:

Father, into thy hands I commend my spirit- He not only commits His spirit in line with Psalm 31, but also commends it, confident that there is nothing that the Father does not find commendable about His spirit. He is confident also, in line with Psalm 16:9,10, that His soul and body will be preserved and watched over by His Father. His soul would not be abandoned permanently in hell, neither would God suffer His Holy One to see corruption as to the body.

It was the practice of godly Israelites to quote the words of Psalm 31:5 when they retired to bed after the day’s work was done, saying, “Into thy hand I commit my spirit”. Satisfied they had done God’s will during the day, they commit their spirit to God for safe keeping until the morning light. So it was with Christ in a far higher sense. He had worked the works of Him that sent Him while it was day, and now the night had come, John 9:4. Content that He has fulfilled His Father’s will in every detail, He confidently commits His spirit to God, safe in the knowledge that He will keep it until the morning light of resurrection, when He would take His life again.

At this point Matthew and Mark record the rending of the veil in the temple.

Matthew 27:51
And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent;

And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom- Matthew is impressed deeply by the things he is about to describe, and he calls out attention to them by the word behold. He wants us to lay hold of the significance.

After Matthew had begun to follow Christ, he made Him a feast in his house, 9:9-17, although he humbly does not tell us this, (although Mark and Luke do, calling him Levi). During that feast the Lord Jesus gave teaching on the great change that was brought about by His coming. The subject was raised by the disciples of John, who asked the Lord why John’s disciples fasted, and His did not. The answer was that there had been a change in God’s dealings with men. The law and the prophets were until John, Luke 16:16, so he was the last of the Old Testament prophets. Now that Christ had come God was dealing in grace not law. So if under John the disciples fasted, under grace His disciples rejoiced. And these two situations cannot be mixed, for it would be like putting a new patch on an old garment, or new wine in old bottles, (meaning wine-skins), for the new would ruin the old, and the new could not be held by the old. So Matthew learns in his own house about the ways of God with men in the past and the then-present. But he also learnt on the Mount of Olives that there were changes coming in the future as well, after the present age was finished.

So it is that Matthew delights to build up a picture for us as he relates historic events. For instance, he tells us how that Christ went into Egypt as a child, then came back, (just as Israel had come out of Egypt), was baptised in the Jordan, and then went into the wilderness. This is in some ways different to Israel’s journey. True, they came out of Egypt, but they then went into the wilderness so that God could know what was in their heart, Deuteronomy 8:2, (the next verse was quoted by the Lord in His wilderness temptation). They then crossed the Jordan into the promised land. God knew what was in Christ’s heart before He went into the wilderness temptation, and He did not need to be tried by those experiences to see whether He was fit to go into the land. So Matthew is presenting comparisons and contrasts between the history of Israel and that of Christ, showing He can relate to the nation as its rightful king.

And so it is here, for Matthew sees that those things which happened when Christ died have deep significance. After all, surely the Creator of all things cannot die without creation responding. He gives to us the key to the way he is thinking by calling Jerusalem “the holy city”. Now Jerusalem was anything but holy when it cast out God’s Son. Nor was it holy when it persecuted the apostles. But one day the city will merit the title, and it is that day that Matthew has in mind.

Coming back to the veil of the temple, we read that it was rent in twain from the top to the bottom. This clearly indicates that a Divine hand was at work, for not only was it was rent from the top, but also the veil was so thick that no human hand could have done it. This was not the result of the earthquake, for the damage was very precise.

The rending of the veil is deeply significant in several respects.

First, it showed that the first tabernacle, (continued in the form of the temple), no longer had any standing before God. There were degrees of privilege in the earthly sanctuary, with the High Priest alone able to enter the presence of God within the veil, the priests able to enter the Holy Place, and the ordinary Israelite not able to enter either compartments. This was by design, for the division of the tabernacle into holy and most holy was a sign from the Holy Spirit that “the way into the holiest of all was not yet made manifest , while as the first tabernacle was yet standing”, Hebrews 9:8. By “first tabernacle” is meant the first compartment of the tabernacle, called the Holy Place. As long as that had a standing separate from the Most Holy Place, the priests could not enter right in to God. Since the presence of that veil meant the Holiest of All was not available to the priesthood, the virtual destruction of the veil meant that this situation has come to an end. The veil was Divinely ordained, and Divinely removed. The writer to the Hebrews calls it the time of reformation, 9:10. Earlier in the epistle he had spoken of a better hope, or prospect, even that of drawing near to God, 7:19.

To signify these things, not only was the veil rent by a Divine hand, (for only God can bring to an end what He Himself has brought in), but it was also rent in twain, so there was a completeness about the deed, and a signal that the whole system which revolved around the veil was finished with. The high priest had already rent his clothes, unwittingly telling of the end of the priesthood, and now the veil is rent to signify the end of the Levitical system as a whole.

Second, it tells of a completely new arrangement, for “that which decayeth and waxeth old is ready to vanish away”, Hebrews 8:13. It is Matthew who tells us most about what happened when Christ gave up His spirit, for Matthew’s is the kingly gospel, and Christ is a King-Priest after the order of Melchisedec. His office does not depend on an earthly sanctuary.

Third, it tells of a better intercessor. In Hebrews 7 the writer also speaks of the Lord Jesus ever living to make intercession, and it is the altar of incense in the tabernacle that spoke of prayer being offered. Luke adds the detail that the veil was rent in the midst. This means that it opened up opposite the altar of incense, and since it happened at the ninth hour, the time of the offering of incense, the officiating priest may well have been standing there as it happened.

It is said that the Jews had hung two veils in the sanctuary, one cubit apart, because they were unsure from the details given in the Book of Exodus which side of the pillars it was suspended, and indeed where the pillars themselves were. So even if the veil that God recognised was rent, the way into the holiest of the earthly temple was still not open, and this because of the ignorance of the Jews. And so it is still, they may prepare to construct their temple, but they do so in ignorance of God as a nation.

God only knows of one veil, and that has been rent. The Jews had spare veils in the event of one becoming dilapidated, so they would soon have replaced the rent one. And Christendom is like this too, for instead of learning the lesson of the rent veil, they have replaced it with another of their own devising, the current system which is part Judaistic, part pagan.

Luke has his own way of noticing the rending of the veil, for he links it with the darkening of the sun, Luke 23:44. So the darkening of the sun called a halt temporarily to the ceremonies in the temple courts, and the rending of the veil called a halt permanently to them as far as God was concerned. And in between those two points Christ was made sin, in part “for the redemption of the transgressions under the first covenant, that they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance”, Hebrews 9:15, those who are called being Christian priests, and their eternal inheritance being the privilege of serving God in eternity.

Fourth, in Luke the veil and its rending is spoken of before the Lord had actually died, telling us in symbol that the way was open for Christ to enter heaven to begin His work of intercession. In Matthew and Mark the veil is said to be rent after Christ gave up His spirit, telling us in symbol that the way is now open for those to enter the presence of God who are in the good of His death; or as the writer to the Hebrews would put it, who enter “by the blood of Jesus”, Hebrews 10:19.

Fifth, in connection with the words of Hebrews 10, the believer now has free access into the presence of God “through the veil, that is to say, His flesh”, verse 20. So this give significance to the veil which hung across the path of the Old Testament priest. It was a sign that, because Christ had not yet come, there was a barrier to the presence of God. But once He had lived, and then given up Himself in death, then the barrier could be rent, thus ending the old system and introducing the new in Christ risen and ascended. So it was that when the Lord Jesus dismissed His spirit, and died, (for the body without the spirit is dead, James 2:25) the veil in the temple was rent in twain. This was a sign of heaven’s response to the giving up of the life of Christ. Now that He has returned to heaven, He Himself, considered as the one who lived and died upon the earth, is the means by which we enter into God’s presence. His life on earth and all that it implied does not represent a barrier, but rather a means of access. Hence we are said to enter through the vail, and not within the vail. “Within the vail” is an Old Testament expression, speaking of a situation that prevailed then, but which does not prevail now. There is no veil in the heavenly sanctuary, for it is all thrice holy, and has not the degrees of holiness that marked the earthly sanctuary.

And the earth did quake, and the rocks rent- notice that the veil is rent before the earthquake is mentioned. The veil was rent directly by God, and not indirectly by an earthquake. That is not to say that the earthquake was a coincidence, but that it was not the cause of the rent veil. After all, it would be most unusual for an earthquake to rend something from the top down. It is not that the structure of the temple collapsed and rent the veil that way. The rending was very selective.

Something of the severity of this earthquake is seen in that the rocks rent, signifying that the very layers of rock beneath the surface were ruptured. And this resulted in visible effects, for we read that the centurion saw what was done. And this was selective too, for Joseph of Arimathea’s tomb was hewn out of the rock, but that remained intact. The Jews would not have sealed a tomb that had an escape route out from it in the form of a path through the rock made by the earthquake. Nothing that was personal to Christ was rent that day; His garments were not rent, nor was His tomb.

Matthew is continuing to build up his picture. He has indicated the ending of the Old Testament era by the rending of the veil. Now he is reminding us that in a future day the earth is going to be shaken. Again we turn to the words of the writer to the Hebrews. “See that ye refuse not him that speaketh. For if they escaped not who refused him that spake on earth, much more shall not we escape, if we turn away from him that speaketh from heaven: Whose voice then shook the earth: but now he hath promised, saying, Yet once more I shake not the earth only, but also heaven. And this word, Yet once more, signifieth the removing of those things that are shaken, as of things that are made, that those things which cannot be shaken may remain. Wherefore we receiving a kingdom which cannot be moved, let us have grace, whereby we may serve God acceptably with reverence and godly fear: For our God is a consuming fire”, Hebrews 12:25-29. God spoke
at Sinai at the giving of the law, and the mountain quaked, and so did Moses. As a result, the people asked for someone to act for them, and God promised a prophet like Moses, Deuteronomy 18:18. This is fulfilled in Christ, as Peter made clear in Acts 3:22. Although the nation refused Him, He still speaks in grace from His exalted place in heaven, and there is no need for men to quake. But the time is coming when not only the earth but the heavens shall be shaken as Christ speaks in wrath, and then they shall have every reason to quake in fear.

27:52
And the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose,

And the graves were opened- at the end of the time of tribulation, the first resurrection as it relates to Old Testament saints will take place, and this is a preview of it. We read, “And the four and twenty elders, which sat before God on their seats, fell upon their faces, and worshipped God, Saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty, which art, and wast, and art to come; because thou hast taken to thee thy great power, and hast reigned. And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth”, Revelation 11:16-18.

This is in accord with the prophecy of the Lord Jesus when He said, “Marvel not at this: for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall hear his voice, and shall come forth; they that have done good unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil to the resurrection of damnation”, John 5:28,29. Daniel had been told of this in the words, “and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book. And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt”, Daniel 12:1,2. These two resurrections are one thousand years apart, and the first of them is the resurrection of Old Testament saints, prefigured by what happened when Christ died.

And many bodies of the saints which slept arose- so it is only saints who rise here, just as only saints will rise at the end of the Tribulation Period. Notice the testimony to the fact that there shall be a bodily resurrection. The world has not seen Christ in resurrection, but these resurrected saints were seen.

27:53
And came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many.

And came out of the graves after his resurrection- so there is a link established between the raising of these saints and the resurrection of Christ. He must rise first because it is His resurrection that ensures theirs. Even though they came out after His resurrection, Matthew establishes that they did so in connection with His death. So to put both ideas together, these saints rise because He died and rose. And this is true of the resurrection of all believers.

And went into the holy city- as already noticed, this is the key to the passage, showing that Matthew is looking at the events he details as figurative as well as literal, for at that time Jerusalem was not actually a holy city. But it is holy potentially, for John foresaw that the new Jerusalem in eternity will be called “the holy city”, Revelation 21:2, and even the Millennial city will be called “holy Jerusalem”, verse 10. Such is the cleansing power of the blood of Christ that even the sin of crucifying their Messiah will be dealt with. When a man was found slain in the countryside, the city next to the slain man was responsible for discovering the murderer. We read of this in Deuteronomy 21:1-9. Under the law, the elders of the city nearest to where the man was slain were to offer a sacrifice to clear themselves of any suggestion of guilt. This the elders of Jerusalem did not do, which is why the apostle Peter, having charged the nation with the sin of crucifying their Messiah, called on his hearers to “Save yourselves from this untoward generation”, Acts 2:40, thus distancing themselves from the nation that had sinned so grievously.

And appeared unto many- the idea is that they manifested themselves to many. So presumably they had not long died, or else those in the city would not recognise them and the process would be meaningless. If Noah for instance came back from the dead, they presumably would not know who he was. But the point is that these were known to those to whom they appeared. This showed the reality of their resurrection, and gave a foretaste of what will happen just before Christ sets up His kingdom.

27:54
Now when the centurion, and they that were with him, watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those things that were done, they feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the Son of God.

Now when the centurion, and they that were with him, watching Jesus- they were not casual onlookers, but were keeping watch over the scene, no doubt alert for any attempt by His disciples to rescue Him from the cross.

Saw the earthquake, and those things that were done- they were watching Him, and watching for disciples, but God gave them other things to watch. Things, moreover, that could only be from heaven.

They feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the Son of God- the centurion and his soldiers would be superstitious pagans, and earthquakes would be thought of by them as intervention by the gods. Thus what they said may only have meant that they believed that Christ was one of the “sons of the gods”. No wonder they feared, for they had executed Him!

In Mark’s account what impressed the centurion was the way He cried out to give up His spirit. He writes, “And when the centurion, which stood over against him, saw that he so cried out, and gave up the ghost, he said, Truly this man was the Son of God”, Mark 15:39. The centurion had seen many die by crucifixion, and he well knew that victims usually died of respiratory failure, unable to breathe fast enough to remove acid from their blood, and consequently with chest expanded so they could not speak. This One cries out loudly twice, showing He died of blood loss. He poured out His soul unto death, for the life of the flesh is in the blood.

In Luke the emphasis was on the character of Christ, for he writes, “Now when the centurion saw what was done, he glorified God, saying, Certainly this was a righteous man”. He would no doubt know somewhat of the circumstances of the arrest and trial of Christ, and all the surrounding circumstances have impressed him with the truth that he has been treated unjustly. Yet he himself had heard the prayer, “Father forgive them”, and realised that this was no ordinary man, for he did not react to injustice as ordinary men did.

Luke also tells us the following, “And all the people that came together to that sight, beholding the things which were done, smote their breasts, and returned”, Luke 23:48. By contrast, Mark tells us, “There were also women looking on afar off: among whom was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James the less and of Joses, and Salome; (Who also, when he was in Galilee, followed him, and ministered unto him;) and many other women which came up with him unto Jerusalem”, Mark 15:40,41. So some only came to see “the sight” of men being crucified, whereas other came together because of the man on the central cross. They had served Him in His life, and now, with constancy of heart, served Him in His death. How comforting for Him to see them there in the closing minutes of His life, between the darkness going, and His death.

We now turn to John for the account of the request to Pilate that the bodies be taken down from the cross:

John 19:31
The Jews therefore, because it was the preparation, that the bodies should not remain upon the cross on the  sabbath day, (for that sabbath day was an high day,) besought Pilate that their legs might be broken, and that they might be taken away.

The Jews therefore- the “therefore” does not follow on from the previous verse, but introduces the next incident John records. He says nothing of the exclamation of the centurion, just as he had not recorded the conversion of the repentant thief. He will not record favourable words, or unfavourable ones, such as the jeering of the bystanders. He wants to emphasise his testimony as an apostle and an eye-witness. In the final analysis, the assurance of the believer is based on the word of God, not the word of men.

Because it was the preparation- this is not the preparation for the passover feast, in the sense of the passover plus the feast of unleavened bread, “which is called the passover”, Luke 22:1, for that had already begun. Edersheim says that this phrase was never used by the Jews for the preparation for the passover. The passover had been sacrificed the previous afternoon, “between the two evenings”, that is, between 3pm, (when the sun started to decline), and 6pm, (when the sun set and three stars were visible). And the passover supper had been eaten that night.

This is a reference to the preparation of the passover, that is, the preparation for something during the eight-day feast begun on the passover day. The question is, what is it preparation for? Those who believe the Lord died on a Friday will say that it is the preparation for the normal Sabbath day. Passover, it is said, was on Thursday April 6th, in AD 30, or on Friday April 3rd, in AD 33.

That the bodies should not remain upon the cross on the sabbath day, (for that sabbath day was an high day)- the Scripture they had in mind reads, “And if a man have committed a sin worthy of death, and he be to be put to death, and thou hang him on a tree: his body shall not remain all night upon the tree, but thou shalt in any wise bury him that day; (for he that is hanged is accursed of God;) that thy land be not defiled, which the Lord thy God giveth thee for an inheritance”, Deuteronomy 21:22,23. Only John tells us about the demand that His body be taken away before evening, “because it was the sabbath day”, verse 31. Scripture said nothing about the sabbath day in the command about removing bodies, for it applied to any day of the week, Deuteronomy 21:22,23. So why are the authorities concerned about the bodies being on the cross on the sabbath day? The answer is surely that Jerusalem is filled with pilgrims, hundreds of thousands of them. Luke has already told us that a great company of people followed the procession out to Calvary. They will have opportunity to survey the scene outside the city walls. If there are three victims dying in agony on crosses, they will be curious. And they will specially curious if they discover that one of them has the title “King of the Jews” over His head. Questions will be asked, and the priests are obviously concerned that there might be a popular rising against them once the people learn of their wicked dealings.

Besought Pilate that their legs might be broken- the Jewish authorities have no control over the crucifixion process, so have to ask Pilate to grant their request. The Jews ask for the body to break it, Joseph of Arimathea asked for the body to care for it.

The breaking of the legs would not only mean excruciating pain, but also would prevent the victims pushing themselves up so that they could breathe. Death soon came in those circumstances. God had seen to it that His Son had died by a means that did not involve the breaking of bones, as would be the case if He had been executed by the Jewish means, namely stoning. All His bones were out of joint it is true, for Psalm 22:14 says so, but not one was broken. God had seen to it that the nailing of hands and feet to the cross did not break any of His bones.

And that they might be taken away- they wish to rid the scene of the sight of these men. Hypocrites that they were, they would say it was because of God’s requirement. Really, it was because of their fear of the multitudes. Ironically, Christ was taken away, but by loving hands, to be laid, not in a hastily dug grave at the foot of the cross, but in a new tomb nearby.

19:32
Then came the soldiers, and brake the legs of the first, and of the other which was crucified with him.

Then came the soldiers, and brake the legs of the first, and of the other which was crucified with him the pathway of these men had been crooked and devious, and they had walked in sin. It might be thought fitting that their life should end with the breaking of their legs. However, this was only true of one of them now, for the other man had repented, and his past had been blotted out. This was nothing to the soldier who came to hasten his death, however. Little did he realise he was hastening his pathway into paradise.

19:33
But when they came to Jesus, and saw that he was dead already, they brake not his legs:

But when they came to Jesus, and saw that he was dead already- these are experienced executioners, and know what a dead man looks like. They did not appreciate the significance of His cry when He committed His spirit to God. They probably thought it was a pious hope. Whereas they came to exercise the authority of Rome over Him, they did not realise He had already exercised the authority given to Him by His Father.

They brake not his legs- they are restrained from breaking them “to make sure”, even though they are not restrained from piercing His side. They had received instructions to do so, but a Divine hand is restricting and allowing. He has been crucified according to the “determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God”, Acts 2:23, and this part of the proceedings is no exception. The reason why they are not allowed to break His legs is given to us in verse 36.

19:34
But one of the soldiers with a spear pierced his side, and forthwith came there out blood and water.

But one of the soldiers with a spear pierced his side- this is the last time an unbelieving man will touch the body of the Lord Jesus. Is this a spontaneous action on the part of the soldier, with God allowing it, to fulfil scripture, just as He did not allow the braking of the legs, to fulfil scripture?

The fact this was easily done would suggest that those crucified were not far off from the ground, as is often depicted by artists. This also means that John was easily able to see what happened.

And forthwith came there out blood and water- since He is God’s Holy One, who will not even see corruption from outside, it is no surprise to find that the blood of Christ is not congealed and beginning to putrefy, as if He was subject to corruption, but runs freely from His side as if He is still alive. The Lord Jesus has taken flesh and blood, but that does not mean He was corrupt in body, for Adam had a body that was incorrupt before he sinned. God pronounced everything very good after He had made man and woman, so there was no corruption anywhere. Corruption came in through the fall of man, Romans 8:19-22. Christ is the start of the new creation, and no corruption shall be there either.

Some see in this blood and water what John wrote of later on, when he penned, “This is he that came by water and blood, even Jesus Christ; not by water only, but by water and blood”, 1 John 5:6. The reference there is to the fact that the gospel does not just involve Jesus Christ as one introduced to public ministry after His water baptism, but also Jesus Christ, introduced to His heavenly ministry by His death. But John may see a symbol of this in the blood and water from His side.

Others will speak of this blood as the blood that saves. But the gospel uses the word “blood” as a figure for the life given up, not specifically of the physical blood. God said to Israel, “For the life of the flesh is in the blood: and I have given it to you upon the altar to make an atonement for your souls; for it is the blood that maketh an atonement for the soul”, Leviticus 17:11. So it is blood in connection with sacrifice that makes atonement, and blood as the life of the flesh. So the blood stands for the life, or soul. So when we read that the Messiah would “pour out his soul unto death”, Isaiah 53:12, then we understand that this means “He will die by his own will”. This is the shedding of blood of which God speaks. The blood that flowed from the side of Christ was as a result of man’s act, and not His, and therefore is not Him pouring out His soul. It is the blood of a living man given in death that saves, whereas this blood is coming from a dead body. Significantly, John does not link this blood with atonement when he explains the meaning of the spear-thrust. He sees significance in the non-use of the club, and the use of the spear.

19:35
And he that saw it bare record, and his record is true: and he knoweth that he saith true, that ye might believe.

And he that saw it bare record- John is concerned to assure us that he is an eye-witness of the things he tells us about. This is especially the case because of the unique phenomenon of the water and blood flowing from a dead body.

Peter spoke of the qualification to be an apostle- “Wherefore of these men who have companied with us all the time that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us, beginning from the baptism of John, until that same day that he was taken up from us, must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection”, Acts 1:21,22. John was one of these apostles; but so was Matthew, yet the latter did not stand by the cross. So it is important to notice that the apostles were witness to the resurrection, even though they were not witnesses of the resurrection actually taking place. They were inspired by the Spirit of truth to write the truth.

To bear record is perhaps a slightly different idea to bearing witness. The latter can be done by word of mouth, whereas to bear record includes the idea of John writing something down to make it available to a wide readership. So a link is established between the man who stood by the cross, and we who read his account in the 21st century.

And his record is true- in a court of law, statements that are made must be supported by the witness or testimony of others. In Jewish law, a man’s own testimony was not allowed, unless accompanied by the witness of others. This is why the Pharisees disputed Christ’s right to testify about Himself. The testimony of Christ, if it were unsupported by others, would not be valid, but since it is supported by the testimony of the Father, and the Old Testament, then it is allowable.

So just as the Lord Jesus had a Divine person, the Father, to endorse what He said, so the apostle had a Divine Person, the Spirit, to endorse what he said. John wrote, (and it is the next verse after the mention of water and blood), “If we receive the witness of men, the witness of God is greater: for this is the witness of God which he hath testified of his Son. He that believeth on the Son of God hath the witness in himself: he that believeth not God hath made him a liar; because he believeth not the record that God gave of his Son”, 1 John 5:9,10.

Of course John is not saying we accept without question the testimony of everyone, whether they are trustworthy or not. He is referring to what the Lord said in John 7:18, “It is also written in your law, that the testimony of two men is true”. The law was referring to court-conditions, when men were required, (under penalty if they lied), to give a true witness. In those circumstances we accept the testimony of two credible and sane eye-witnesses. If we accept the testimony of mere men, John argues, we should the rather accept the testimony of Divine persons. And the Father and the Spirit both testify to the Son, and those who believe receive the gift of the Holy Spirit, and He indwells them. They now have the witness in themselves, and need not to rely on man, for they have the testimony directly from God.

And he knoweth that he saith true, that ye might believe- John is confident that what he is saying is true not only because he was present at the cross and saw events unfold before his very eyes, but also because he is indwelt by the Holy Spirit, and so has the testimony in his own spirit. That being the case, we ought to believe, not only the testimony of a man like John, but also the testimony of the Spirit of God who indwelt John and who indwells believers. The double purpose of John’s writings was to bring us to initial faith is Christ, John 20:30,31, and to encourage us to continue in the faith, 1 John 5:13.

19:36
For these things were done, that the scripture should be fulfilled, A bone of him shall not be broken.

For these things were done- a reference to the non-breaking of His legs, and the piercing of His side, so both the negative and the positive had meaning. They were not trivial things, but had deep significance.

That the scripture should be fulfilled- not that the soldiers set out to fulfil scripture, but rather, that what they did or did not do was over-ruled by God, so that whilst it was their act, it was His will. And since that will had been expressed beforehand in Old Testament Scripture, they unwittingly fulfilled the prophecy.

A bone of Him shall not be broken- despite the fact that the human hand and foot contain many bones, God saw to it that not one was broken when He was nailed to the cross.

The relevant scriptures are these:

“neither shall ye break a bone thereof”, Exodus 12:46

“nor break any bone of it”, Numbers 9:12.

“Many are the afflictions of the righteous: But the Lord delivereth him out of them all. He keepeth all his bones: Not one of them is broken”, Psalm 34:19,20.

The first scripture is the word of God through Moses in connection with the original passover night. The lamb was to be without spot and blemish, because no lamb with a broken bone was acceptable. The lamb had been scrutinised for four days, and if any of its bones was broken this would have become evident. The Lord Jesus was in the public eye after His baptism, (we could think of the Father’s commendation at that time as the selection of the Lamb of God), and was closely watched by men. There was no fault found in Him. It is true men blamed Him, but they did not have just cause to do so, and He was in fact, as Peter says, “without blemish and without spot”, 1 Peter 1:19. We read of John the Baptist that “looking on Jesus as he walked, he said, Behold the Lamb of God, John 1:36. This testimony is especially valuable because John was the greatest prophet among those that are born of women, Luke 7:28, and as such was intelligent as to God’s thoughts. He was also of the priestly line, even though he did not function in the temple like his father did. Even though he did not officiate in the temple, he had priestly discernment, and just as the priest was to examine an offering to see if it was acceptable, John has done this to Christ. As he walked there was no physical limping; nor was there anything of this in the moral sphere.

David sinned grievously in the matter of Bathsheba, and God dealt with him in discipline because of it, for not only the child that resulted from his adultery die, but Absalom his son rebelled against him, and the sword did not depart from his house, 2 Samuel 12:10-14.

He repented of his sin, however, and in Psalm 51, one of his repentance psalms, he wrote, “Purge me with hyssop, and I shall be clean: wash me, and I shall be whiter than snow. Make me to hear joy and gladness; that the bones thou hast broken may rejoice”, verses 7,8. In his days as a shepherd, if there had been a lamb that had the tendency to stray, he would have broken its leg, so that it would have to keep close by him if he was to survive. Once the broken bone had healed, it would be safe for it to roam free again. That was David’s experience, for God had severely disciplined him, broken his bones so to speak, so that he might learn not to stray. But now he has been disciplined, and he tells us his experience.

There was nothing of this with Christ. His legs never needed to be broken, for he had no intention of straying. It is fitting then that this should be emphasised after He had died. He had carried the sins of His people like the scapegoat carried Israel’s sins, and did not limp or stumble. He walked the whole of the journey to “the land not inhabited”.

The second scripture is found in the instructions God gave in the case of those who could not keep the passover in the first month because they were “in a journey far off”, Numbers 9:10. In that situation they could keep the passover in the second month. This looks on to the future, for Israel has, so to speak, missed the first passover, not recognising that “Christ our passover has been sacrificed for us”, 1 Corinthians 5:7. They have been in a journey far off since 70AD, for they have been scattered amongst the nations. If they will return to God, they will find that there is provision for them even after their long lapse.

The third scripture makes the prediction more personal, and it is the passage John quotes, for whereas in Exodus and Numbers the pronoun is “it”, in Psalm 34 it is “him”. The person in view is a righteous man, persecuted and afflicted, but He keeps all his bones.

The Lord Jesus never strayed from the pathway of obedience to His Father, and therefore never needed to be disciplined. He was the truly Righteous Man, who walked in the paths of righteousness, Psalm 23:3. It is fitting, therefore, that His bones should not be broken, even after His death. He was confident that His Father would preserve Him, even as to the body.

19:37
And again another scripture saith, They shall look on Him whom they pierced.

And again another scripture saith- notice that John does not say this Scripture has been fulfilled. The quotation in verse 36 was about what did not happen; this one is about what did happen.

They shall look on him whom they pierced- just as the scripture in Numbers looks on to a future day for Israel, so does this one. It is a quotation from Zechariah 12:10 which reads, “And I will pour upon the house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the Spirit of grace and supplications: And they shall look upon me whom they have pierced, and they shall mourn for him, as one mourneth for his only son, and shall be in bitterness for him, as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn”. Notice that the three persons of the Godhead are here, for there is “me”, and “him”, and “the Spirit of grace”. Yet remarkably, it is the Lord of Hosts who says “look upon me whom they pierced”, and yet they mourn for “him”. And the “him” is God’s only-begotten and His firstborn, titles of the Lord Jesus.

The reference is to the second coming of Christ, which John describes in the Book of Revelation, “Behold, He cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen”, Revelation 1:7.

We see how important is an apparently simple matter of whether the Lord’s legs were broken, for the piercing with the spear would most likely not have taken place if His legs had been broken, for we do not read of the two malefactors having their side pierced.

So it was that in Jerusalem that day there was a dead body that could not be confused with any other body, for whereas the malefactors’ bodies had broken legs and unpierced side, Christ’s was the only one with a pierced side and unbroken legs.

19:38
And after this Joseph of Arimathaea, being a disciple of Jesus, but secretly for fear of the Jews, besought Pilate that he might take away the body of Jesus: and Pilate gave him leave. He came therefore, and took the body of Jesus.

And after this Joseph of Arimathaea- we learn from the other gospels that Joseph was “a rich man of Arimathaea, who also himself was Jesus’ disciple”, (Matthew); “an honourable counsellor, which also waited for the kingdom of God”, (Mark); “a counsellor, and he was a good man, and a just: (the same had not consented to the counsel and deed of them;) he was of Arimathaea, a city of the Jews: who also himself waited for the kingdom of God”, (Luke).

An honourable counsellor was a member of the inner circle of the Sanhedrin, so he was a very high official amongst the Jews.

He waited for the kingdom of God, so was looking for the Messiah, and came to the conclusion that Jesus of Nazareth was He.

He was a good and just man, who had not agreed to the decisions of the Sanhedrin about Christ, (for he was just, and saw their injustice). Nor did he agree with their actions, (for he was good, and saw their actions were evil).

He came from Arimathaea, which Luke, (always interested in detailed historical matters), tells us was a city of the Jews. He tells us this because in Old Testament times the city was reckoned to be in Samaria, but the boundary was changed. It is possibly the same as Ramah, or Ramathaim-zophim, the birthplace of Samuel, 1 Samuel 1:1.

Being a disciple of Jesus, but secretly for fear of the Jews- we read in John 12:42,43 that “Nevertheless among the chief rulers also many believed on him; but because of the Pharisees they did not confess him, lest they should be put out of the synagogue: for they loved the praise of men more than the praise of God”. Joseph would be amongst this company, but at this point he comes out into the open, thus showing he realised it is much better to have the praise of God than of men.

Why did Joseph change sides? Isaiah 53:9 will help us with this question, as the prophet describes the burial of the Lord Jesus:

Isaiah 53:9
And he made his grave with the wicked, and with the rich in his death; because he had done no violence, neither was any deceit in his mouth.

And he made his grave with the wicked- verses 7 and 8 have described the way men treated the Lord Jesus. They oppressed and afflicted Him, sought to destroy His character, and at last took Him and slaughtered Him on a cross. In all this it seemed as if they were in control, and that He was the helpless victim of circumstances, but this verse tells us it was not so. The apostle Peter emphasised this on the day of Pentecost when he declared that the nation of Israel had by means of the wicked hands of the Gentiles crucified Him, and allowed that crucifixion process to continue until He was slain, Acts 2:23; they callously allowed Him to suffer, and only planned to curtail His sufferings because the feast day was near.

There was another dimension to this, however, as Peter points out at the same time. The fact is that He was delivered by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God. Men were only allowed to do what they did because it was part of God’s plan. Indeed, the basis of God’s plan. Now Isaiah 53:10 tells us that the pleasure of the Lord prospers in the hand of the Lord Jesus. As God’s Firstborn Son, as well as His Only begotten Son, He was charged with the task of administering God’s affairs. Not in any dispassionate way, but personally, and a major part of those affairs involved Him in suffering of different sorts. He suffered in life, as earlier verses of the chapter have told us; He suffered in the three hours of darkness, as verse 5 has told us; He suffered injustice and cruelty at the hands of men, as verses 7 and 8 clearly show. But He not only suffered in these ways, as He carried out the will of His Father, He was in control as He did so. So, for instance, we find verses 7-9 alternate between passive and active. He was oppressed…He was afflicted, yet He opened not His mouth. Passive in oppression and affliction, but active in not opening His mouth. He is brought…He is dumb. Men bring Him, and He passively allows this, but He actively remained as dumb. So also in verse 8. He is taken…He was cut off… stricken. But then the active, He made. Each time the active is t he answer to the passive. So when He made His grave with the wicked, He was responding to something that He had passively allowed, but during which He was totally in control.

The question is, of course, in what way was He in control so that He made His grave with the wicked? And if He was in control in this matter, why did it not happen? And how can He make His grave with the wicked and with the rich at the same time? So tightly interwoven is this prophecy that it can be fulfilled in the experience of only one man.

We need to notice that the word wicked is in the plural, and the word rich is in the singular. So there are wicked men, and there is a rich man. The word for wicked used here is an actively bad person. We know that “all have sinned”, but not all set out to be actively bad. We are told in verse 12 that the Lord Jesus was “numbered with the transgressors”, and the word transgressors means persons who have broken away in revolt against just authority. The words are quoted by Mark when he describes the Lord Jesus being crucified between two thieves. So we begin to see a picture building up of Christ in some way making His grave with wicked men by being crucified. He submitted Himself to arrest, trial and execution, knowing that normally the end result of that process was to be flung unceremoniously, (and in company with the others crucified with Him), into a pit dug at the foot of the cross. But even though it is true that He submitted Himself to the process of arrest and all that followed, nonetheless He was in complete control of the situation. He did not call for the legions of angels that were at His disposal, Matthew 26:53. He did not allow His followers to try to prevent His arrest, and rebuked Peter for attempting it, and remedied the damage he had done with his sword. He could have any moment passed through the midst of them and gone His way, as He had done several times during His ministry when the crowds were hostile. He did none of these things. And by thus not resisting He ensured that His grave would be with the others crucified with Him, even though this was a distasteful prospect, and normally to be avoided at all costs.

It is interesting to notice that the words “he was numbered with the transgressors” are quoted twice in the gospel records. Once by Mark as he records the crucifixion, but prior to that by the Lord Jesus as He is about to leave the upper room and make His way to Gethsemane, Luke 22:37. So these words bracket together the whole series of events from the arrest in Gethsemane, to the crucifixion at Golgotha.

And with the rich in His death- there is a big problem, however, with this situation, and it is this. It is vitally important that the Lord Jesus be put in an easily identified and publicly-known grave, and, moreover, is put there on His own. If He is buried at the foot of the cross with the two thieves, who is to know whether He has risen from the dead? In theory those near of kin to the thieves could even come to the place, remove the body of their relative, and claim he had risen from the dead! And even if this is unlikely to be attempted, the followers of the Lord could be accused of doing the same, and pretending that He had risen.

There is also the consideration that the psalmist prophesied by the Spirit that God would not suffer His Holy One, meaning the Messiah, to see corruption, Psalm 16:10. There would certainly be corruption in a grave at the foot of the cross, with the remains of many criminals mingling together there. Now of course whilst the whole of creation is in the bondage of corruption, nonetheless only humans are morally corrupt. So the requirement is that the Lord Jesus must be buried in a marked grave, which has had no-one else in it before, and has no-one else in it whilst He is there. Only in this way can it be sure that the one who was put into it is the one who came out.

How can this situation be brought about? It will be necessary for this grave to be more than a marked grave in the ground. It will need to be secure and unused. This involves expense, and the Lord Jesus had not the material resources to arrange for this to happen. Yet our passage says “He made His grave…with the rich in His death.” It is certainly not that He had influential friends who could rise to the occasion in this matter. His followers were poor, as He was. And yet in a real sense He does arrange this matter, for our passage says “He made His grave…with the rich”.

In the event, the rich individual pinpointed in this passage was Joseph of Arimathaea. He was not a prominent member of the disciples that followed the Lord. In fact, he was only a disciple secretly, because he feared the Jews, and what they would think of him. For he was a counsellor, meaning that he was a member of the Sanhedrin, and as such was one of those spoken of in John 12:42,43, which reads, “Nevertheless among the chief rulers also many believed on Him; but because of the Pharisees they did not confess Him, lest they should be put out of the synagogue: for they loved the praise of men more than the praise of God”. Luke records that “the same had not consented to the counsel and the deed of them”, Luke 23:51. The “them” referring to his fellow-members of the Sanhedrin.

He was assisted by a Pharisee, Nicodemus, who also was a secret disciple, and who is designated by John as “he that came to Jesus by night”, reminding us of his conversation with the Lord Jesus in John 3. He presumably was a member of the Sanhedrim since he is described as a ruler of the Jews, John 3:1. He seems to have had great influence amongst them as we see from John 7:45-53. On that occasion the chief priests and Pharisees had sent officers to arrest the Lord Jesus, no doubt on the pretence that He had interrupted the temple services by crying out, “If any man thirst, let him come unto me and drink”, verse 37. The officers returned without Him, and when the Pharisees protested at this, Nicodemus said, “Doth our law judge any man, before it hear him, and know what he doeth? Thus he showed himself to be prepared to defend the interests of Christ in a small way, and to appeal for justice to be done. Things have changed, now, however, for he has to make a decision. He cannot be neutral about Christ any longer, and something makes him side with Christ publicly, like Joseph of Arimathea.

Because He had done no violence, neither was any deceit in His mouth- we might well ask ourselves what it is that convinced them of the genuineness of Christ’s claims. Remember, our answer must be in line with what the prophet said, which was, “He made his grave…with the rich in his death. We notice that the words “in his death” are only applicable to His grave with the rich. The prophet did not say “He made His grave with the wicked in His death”. So to all intents and purposes He was destined for a grave with the wicked; but in the event, and by His own ordering, His grave was actually with the rich in His death.

We are told several things about the character of Joseph. First, that he was a good man, the direct opposite of the wicked men between whom the Lord Jesus was crucified. Second, that he was just man, meaning he was diligent in trying to keep the law, in direct contrast to the transgressors, who rebelled against all law. Third, he waited for the kingdom of God, showing that he had a longing for the fulfilment of the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. Fourth, he was a rich man, so is a candidate for the role marked out in Isaiah 53. Fifth, he was an honourable counsellor, which implies that, (as indeed was the case), there were members of the Sanhedrin who were not honourable. Sixth, he was prepared to make sacrifices, for he gave up his own tomb in favour of the carpenter from Nazareth. And seventh, he came from secret discipleship to open and bold discipleship at last.

It is the first three qualities that we need to focus on. A reading of the gospel records will show that the whole council, meaning the Sanhedrin, of which Joseph was a member, were present at the first trial before Caiaphas. Matthew 26:59 reads, “Now the chief priests, and elders, and all the council, sought false witness against Jesus, to put Him to death”. Here is the first test for Joseph. He is a just man, and he must ask himself whether justice is being done here. He is a good man, and must ask himself if the prisoner is being treated respectfully.

We have already noticed, in connection with John 18, that the rules which governed the arrest of prisoners have been broken.

And then when the first trial before Caiaphas is taking place, Joseph has further questions to answer, for he is a member of the body that is conducting this trial. It will be clear to him, as a just man, that in the proceedings of the trial, and the manner of the bringing forth of witnesses, justice is not being done.

And then, the morning comes, and Mark tells us “the chief priests held a consultation with the elders and scribes and the whole council“. So Joseph must be present at this meeting also.

Now at some time during these proceedings Joseph made a stand. We read that he “had not consented to the counsel and deed of them”, Luke 23:51, the “them” meaning the other members of the Sanhedrin. Their deliberations, and what they had done, both by sins of omission and by commission, he disagreed with strongly.

But there was more than the breaking of rules involved here. The prisoner is special, and is making dramatic claims. There was something about the way those claims were made that convinced Joseph. What that was is told us in the next phrases in Isaiah 53:9. “He made his grave with the wicked, and with the rich in His death, because he had done no violence, neither was any deceit in his mouth”. The reason why Joseph came forward to offer his tomb, is because there was no violence with Christ, and because he came to believe that when He testified as to His person, there was no deceit in His mouth.

Peter tells us that “when He was reviled, He reviled not again; when He suffered He threatened not”, 1 Peter 2:23. There was something about the way Christ presented Himself, His poise, His calm, His answers, and His restraint under the most intense provocation that so impressed Joseph, that he was resolved to distance himself from the decision of the Sanhedrin. It is too late to resign membership, but he can “bring forth works unto repentance” by honouring Christ in His death, in contrast to the dishonour done to Him in His life.

The testimony of the Lord Jesus revolved around His claim to be the Son of God, and the Messiah, and the Son of Man. Joseph comes to believe that those claims are true, and resolves to act accordingly. His mind is made up, he must absolve himself from complicity in the crime of murdering the Son of God, by repentance and faith in Him, as Peter exhorted the rest of the nation to do at Pentecost, six weeks later.

Now this is very powerful testimony from within the council-chamber itself, and from one who was present as a member of that council. It is also a powerful rebuke for those who remained steadfast in their hostility towards Christ after His resurrection.

With these thoughts in mind we return to the narrative:

Besought Pilate that he might take away the body of Jesus: and Pilate gave him leave- so it is that after the Lord Jesus has died Joseph steps boldly forward. Each one of the steps in the burial of the Lord Jesus is carefully documented, and there is no room for doubt to any fair-minded person that He who was put, dead, in Joseph’s tomb, was He who rose the third day.

We know from John 19:31 that the Jewish authorities demanded that the victims be taken down before the sabbath began at 6 o’clock in the evening, the twelfth hour. Neither Jew nor Gentile authority had any interest in taking down anything other than dead bodies. The Gentiles because the integrity of their law system was involved, and the Jews because they wanted above all else to see Christ dead. So it is that the soldiers hasten the death of two thieves, but find Christ is dead already. They must be sure however, so what stops them breaking Christ’s legs? The answer is given to us by the apostle John, who was there as a witness. It is because the scripture had said that as the true passover lamb His bones must not be broken. But still the soldiers must be satisfied, and so must the centurion, for he is soon going to be asked by Pilate if Jesus of Nazareth is dead. So it is that the side of Christ is pierced, and the evidence that death has recently taken place is seen in the issuing forth of blood and water, no doubt meaning the blood from around the heart and the watery fluid that was in the pericardium that surrounds the heart.

So it is that Joseph now goes to Pilate, and begs the body of Jesus. We now have the remarkable sight of a rich man begging, and his request is granted. As a rich man, Joseph had longed to be able to gain many things; now his only desire is to be associated with a dead body, for he is a changed man, and the things of earth that money can buy have now lost their attraction.

Pilate is surprised that the victim is dead. It is more than his position is worth for him to allow a body to be taken down from the cross when it is not dead. The victim may recover, and thus escape justice. Pilate may even have faced the death penalty himself if this should happen.

He therefore summons the centurion to him, and verifies it from him as the man in charge of the crucifixion, who, as a professional executioner, will certainly know whether a person is dead or not. Mark 15:44 reads, “And Pilate marvelled if he were already dead: and calling unto him the centurion, he asked him whether he had been any while dead”. He does not simply ask the centurion to send a message, but has a face to face conversation with him. There is no possibility of a note being forged and passed off as a message from the centurion, or later, a note passed off as a message from Pilate. This also ensures that the centurion knows who Joseph is, for both are now before Pilate at the same time. Notice that Pilate wants to know if He has been dead a while, for it might have appeared He had died, but then He may have revived. So the next verse says, “And when he knew it” (that is, that he had been dead a while), “he gave the body to Joseph”.

Pilate grants the body to Joseph, but why should he do so? It was customary to allow close relatives of the deceased victims to take the body if they wished, but Joseph is not one of these. So why does Pilate allow it? Of course, one reason is that the Scripture says that Christ will be with the rich in his death; but Pilate has no interest in furthering the fulfilment of Scripture.

Is it because he has a guilty conscience? His last conversation with Christ had been on the fact that He was Son of God. Superstitious Pilate was no doubt fearful lest he had killed a “son of the gods”, and would receive Divine vengeance. Perhaps this is his feeble attempt to repair the damage resulting from his clumsy and cowardly dealing during the trial. In any event, he grants the body to Joseph, in effect signing Christ’s death certificate, and thus proclaiming with all the authority of the world-empire of Rome that Jesus of Nazareth was really dead. When John says “Pilate gave him leave”, he uses a word for leave which is used by Luke in Acts 21:40, “and when he had given him licence”. So Pilate has formally licensed, as the representative of Roman law, that Jesus Christ is really dead. Joseph holds the death certificate in his hand, if not literally, certainly metaphorically.

Not only does Pilate give Joseph leave to have the body, but he also commands the centurion to put this into effect, as we learn from Matthew 27:58, “Then Pilate commanded the body to be delivered”. So the jurisdiction of Rome still controls the body until the moment Joseph takes it down from the cross. Every stage of the proceedings depends on the one before.

So it is that a well-known man, with the authority of the centurion and through him of Pilate, takes a body certified as dead down from the cross. He does this in full view of everyone, for the place of execution was near the city, John 19:20. John tells us that the title on the cross was readable from the highway; so also must the action of Joseph be easily observable. Moreover, he takes the body down in full view of the Roman authorities, and also, no doubt, of the Jewish authorities also, who are anxious to ensure that the bodies are taken down before the twelfth hour, when the sabbath day will start. They also have a commandment from God to not allow hanged bodies to remain after nightfall, but to ensure they are buried the day they died, Deuteronomy 21:22,23.

So it is also that He is not taken down by one of His long-time followers, who could be said to have an interest in trying to get scripture fulfilled. A new convert, who has not spoken to Christ at all as far as the record goes, is now the centre of the action.

He came therefore, and took the body of Jesus- it would seem from the accounts that Joseph did this himself, although see on verse 40. We learn from Mark, for instance, that “he bought fine linen, and took him down, and wrapped him in the linen”, Mark 15:46. So either before or after he had requested the body, (probably before), Joseph bought a linen cloth, and wrapped the body in that single cloth at the foot of the cross, thus ensuring that even during the short journey from the cross to the tomb the body was not exposed to external defilement. This would also spare the feelings of the devout women who looked on, and followed to the tomb.

So Simon the Cyrenean carried His cross, that associating with a man who was to be crucified. Joseph of Arimathea carried His body, thus associating with a man who was buried. Mary Magdalene carried His news, thus associating with a man who was raised. All believers do this when they get baptized, for by that act they identify themselves with a crucified, buried and risen man, Romans 6:1-11.

19:39
And there came also Nicodemus, which at the first came to Jesus by night, and brought a mixture of myrrh and aloes, about an hundred pound weight.

And there came also Nicodemus, which at the first came to Jesus by night- John is the only one to mention Nicodemus in this connection. He highlights that Nicodemus was the one who came by night, but now he is coming into the light of day in open allegiance to Christ. He has been brought from darkness to light by the work of the cross.

And brought a mixture of myrrh and aloes, about an hundred pound weight- Joseph gave his tomb, and bought fine linen, Nicodemus brought spices. They are intent on giving Christ a royal burial, after His death between two thieves. He became poor, but from now on He shall be rich in glory, and these two men anticipate the process.

Joseph had to buy the linen, for it was not something he would need to keep, but Nicodemus seems to have had the spices to hand, for he is not said to buy them, but bring them, as if he already possessed them. Were they for some other purpose? Were they for his anointing in death, just as Joseph’s tomb was for Joseph’s burial? Just as Mary of Bethany had kept the spikenard, and then brake the box, so it could not be gathered up again, Nicodemus is going to devote a costly gift to a dead man in a tomb. It is said that spikenard clings to the clothing for days, so Christ’s clothing as He went to the cross reminded Him of the devotion of Mary. Now the fragrance of myrrh and aloes will linger in the tomb. But Mary had already anointed Him for the burial, and did not need to be present here. Hers is a better part, for she lavished her gift on Him when He could appreciate it.

The word “pound” does not mean an English pound. Rather, “an hundred pound weight” amounts to about five English pounds. The wise men gave Him myrrh soon after His birth, for as the Psalmist said, “I am afflicted and ready to die from my youth up”. Myrrh was bitter to the taste, flowed like tears from a pierced tree, and yet yielded a sweet fragrance. So the bitter experiences of Christ in life and death have yielded a sweet fragrance to God. The juice of the Aloe Verae plant was bitter, but was used for embalming. It is also used as a healing agent, reminding us that “by his stripes ye were healed”, 1 Peter 2:24.

19:40
Then took they the body of Jesus, and wound it in linen clothes with the spices, as the manner of the Jews is to bury.

Then took they the body of Jesus- this would refer to the short journey from the cross to the tomb. It seems as if Joseph took down the body single-handed, but perhaps this spurred Nicodemus to come out into the open and help Joseph. Only reverent hands touched the body of Jesus after His side had been pierced. His Father is caring for Him in death.

And wound it in linen clothes with the spices, as the manner of the Jews is to bury- note that now the word for cloth is plural, and that it is not “the linen clothes”, as if it referred to the initial cloth used to wrap the body before bringing to the tomb. These are other linen clothes. The body is wound in linen, so that there is no possibility of revival and escape from the clothes. One of the things that convinced John that Christ had risen was the way the linen clothes were lying, as if the body was still within, but the napkin was in a separate place, showing that there was in fact no body there because there was no neck. This is why Joseph used linen clothes, not a linen cloth, for there would be need for at least two, and probably several more, separate pieces. There would be one for each arm, and one for each leg, another one or more for the trunk, and then another for His head.

The body is buried in the Jewish manner, which means that strips of linen cloth are wound round the body, with fragrant spices between the layers. Even if the Lord Jesus were still alive, it would be impossible for Him to extricate Himself from these grave clothes. Other methods as used by the heathen would involve the removal of certain organs from the body, but the body of Christ was kept intact, as His Father answered the prayer of His Son to not let His body see corruption.

All this is done outside the sepulchre, for it is not until the process is finished that the body is placed within, as both Matthew 27:59,60, and Mark 15:46, 47 show. John seems to go further, for he alone tells us the position of the tomb in relation to the place of crucifixion, but mentions the wrapping in linen before saying where the tomb was, thus suggesting that the wrapping was done near the tomb, and then the body was placed inside the tomb. In any event, all is under the watchful eye of unbelieving men. There is no possibility of bodies being switched in transit, with a disciple substituted for Christ, and disappearing from the tomb, with Christ’s dead body buried in a secret location. All is open and transparent.

There is no mention here of a shroud covering the body. Christendom may parade its Shroud of Turin, but far from being a cloth used to cover the dead body of Christ, it was more likely to be a cloth depicting Christ used in passion plays. In any case, Christianity does not have to do with relics, but realities. Much shame has been brought to the name of Christ by the sale of supposed pieces of the cross and other superstitious items. All such practices are foreign to Christianity.

Joseph is of Arimathea, a city of the Jews, as Luke carefully tells us. (Arimathea was in Samaria in Old Testament times, but with boundary changes it was classed in New Testament times as a city in Judea. Luke is a world-class historian, and wants us to have the facts in our minds. He draws attention to this relatively obscure matter so that we realise he is competent. We can trust Luke even in apparently inconsequential matters like boundary changes, so we can trust him also in the vital matters also). Yet Joseph’s tomb is not in Arimathea, but Jerusalem. This shows his strength of commitment to the things of God, for he wishes to be buried near the centre of Messiah’s kingdom, for which he waited, and yet it is ordered of God so that his tomb is near the place of crucifixion for the burying of Christ. It is the cross that is the centre of the moral universe. Joseph must associate with the place of sacrifice before he can associate with the throne, and this is true of all.

It is not only important that the body of the Lord Jesus should be immediately identifiable, (which was ensured by the fact, as we have noticed, that He is the only one of the three persons crucified that day who had unbroken legs and a pierced side), but He must be placed in a readily identifiable tomb. A tomb, moreover, which has no dead bodies in it before Christ’s dead body is placed there, and no dead body in it until He has come forth. Moses’ burying place is unknown, no doubt lest it be turned into a shrine. The tomb of Christ must be known, and yet it was not turned into a shrine. As we read the Acts of the Apostles we look in vain for any reference to the sepulchre, apart from when the resurrection of Christ is preached.

19:41
Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden; and in the garden a new sepulchre, wherein was never man yet laid.

Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden- it was near the place of execution, which itself was near the city, so was well known and could not be mistaken for another. In any case, the Jewish authorities clearly know which tomb it is, for they set a watch over it. It is fitting that just as life and death were first experienced in a garden, so death should be defeated in a garden, so that those who believe may have a life that cannot be touched by death.

We are told several things about this sepulchre:

1. It was “his (Joseph’s) own new tomb, which he had hewn out in a rock”, Matthew 27:60. Because it was his, Joseph can vouch that it is empty before Christ is put into it. He can also locate it if asked.

2. it was “a sepulchre which was hewn out of a rock”, Mark 15:46. It is a very secure place, with no escape routes. It is very different to the burial-places of the two thieves, in a shallow grave at the foot of the cross.

3. It was “a sepulchre that was hewn in stone, wherein never man before was laid”, Luke 23:53. It had never had a body laid in it before.

4. it was “a new sepulchre, wherein was never man yet laid”, John 19:41. It was new, as if freshly prepared for Christ.

5. It was “nigh at hand”. John 19:42. There is close association between Christ’s death and His burial.

And in the garden a new sepulchre, wherein was never man yet laid- this was Joseph’s own sepulchre, prepared for his own burial. This being the case, and since this was a last-minute decision on the part of Joseph, there would be no point in having any secret passageway away from this tomb through which to take away a body. Such a thought would not have crossed Joseph’s mind.

It was hewn out in a rock, so it was clearly identifiable, in contrast to the graves at the foot of the cross. It would also be impregnable. As already mentioned, Matthew is not embarrassed when he tells us that the rocks were rent when Christ died, and he even implies that because of this some Old Testament saints came out of their tombs after Christ’s resurrection. He has no reason to hide these facts, for he is confident that when the rocks were rent, Joseph’s tomb was unaffected. If it had been, Joseph would not have offered it for use. The tomb had never been used before, so the one who was laid there was the one who came out again.

19:42
There laid they Jesus therefore because of the Jews’ preparation day; for the sepulchre was nigh at hand.

There laid they Jesus therefore- so it is that, assisted by Nicodemus, Joseph carries the body and lays it in the sepulchre, and then rolls the stone to the entrance. This was no doubt a stone like a millstone, in a stone channel which sloped towards the entrance, so it was comparatively easy to roll it down, but more difficult to roll it up and away.

It is said of the bird for a burnt offering, “And he shall pluck away his crop with his feathers, and cast it beside the altar on the east part, by the place of the ashes”, Leviticus 1:16. If in the case of the lamb, the killing of the animal at the north side of the altar is specially mentioned, then here we have the east part specified as being the place of the ashes. If the north side was the place of the shadows, then the east part was surely the place of the sun-rise. For the rays of the rising sun would first strike the east wall of the altar, which, in fact, was the side nearest to the offerer as he approached it.

It is not too difficult to relate the place of the sun-rising with the place of resurrection. The words of Mark are interesting in this connection, “And very early in the morning the first day of the week, they came unto the sepulchre at the rising of the sun”, Mark 16:2. Couple this with the fact made known by John that the garden-tomb was in the place where Jesus was crucified, 19:41, or to put it another way, was in the “place of sacrifice”. Then we readily see that the sun is rising on the east wall of the altar, so to speak, and is lighting up the place of the ashes. For the ashes were evidence that a sacrifice had been offered and were carefully deposited, with due ceremony, (Leviticus 6:8-11), firstly at the base of the altar, and then without the camp in a clean place.

Correspondingly, the body of the Lord Jesus was reverently taken down from the cross and laid in a new tomb. And all this took place “without the camp” Hebrews 13:12,13. So like the ashes in the ancient ritual, his body was not only associated with the place of death as it lay buried, (thus the link is maintained between the Christ who died, and the Christ who was buried), but at the same time was disassociated from the uncleanness of the camp of Israel, (for the garden was outside the gate of Jerusalem).

But not only was He buried in a garden, but having risen from the dead, He appeared to Mary in that garden. And these are the very things that the apostle links together in 1 Corinthians 15:1-8, “Christ died…He was buried…He rose again…He was seen”. There can be no gospel without the setting forth of these fundamental doctrines, and they who preach, yet ignore them, betray the Son of God again. Beware of a so-called gospel which appeals to some supposed good in man, whilst forgetting that it was man that put the Lord of glory on a cross.

Because of the Jews’ preparation day: For the sepulchre was nigh at hand- this explains the “therefore” of the start of the verse. The text reads as if the body was laid in the tomb as a temporary measure, since John seems to imply that they laid the body there because it was nearly the twelfth hour, and the Sabbath was about to begin. It was indeed a temporary measure, but not for the reason Joseph and Nicodemus thought. Christ would be gone in three days, gloriously risen. They would be prevented from moving the body to another location by the presence of the guard, and the seal, although at that point they did not know the tomb would be secured by the authorities. If this is the case, it shows that the Lord had not arranged to be buried with the rich man so as to fulfil Scripture, for that rich man intended to move His body from his own tomb, showing there was no collusion.

Matthew adds a detail at this point.

Matthew 27:61
And there was Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre.

And there was Mary Magdalene, and the other Mary, sitting over against the sepulchre- this is important, because there are those who suggest that on the resurrection morning these women went to the wrong tomb, and that was why they found no body there. Matthew tells us that they knew very well where the tomb was, because they were watching what Joseph and Nicodemus were doing. Luke tells us specifically that they “followed after, beheld the sepulchre, and how His body was laid”, Luke 23:55, so they went from standing afar off after Christ had died, followed Joseph and Nicodemus, and then sat near to His sepulchre. Mark says they “beheld where He was laid”, Mark 15:47, so they must have been close enough to have seen these things. Now that Christ was dead the anger of the authorities would subside, and these women would be in less danger, but that does not diminish from their bravery as they sat close by to see Him buried.

Luke’s account centres on the group of women from Galilee led by Joanna, and in contrast to Mary Magdalene and Mary the mother of Joses, who stayed longer at the tomb, and therefore did not have time to buy the spices they needed, (they bought them after the Sabbath was past, Mark 16:1), they had time to prepare spices so as to be able to anoint His body on the first day of the week.

Luke 23:56
And they returned, and prepared spices and ointments; and rested the sabbath day according to the commandment.

And they returned, and prepared spices and ointments- would preparing to anoint the dead be exempt from Sabbath regulations? Mary of Bethany did not come to the sepulchre, either whilst His body was in it or after He was risen, because she had already anointed His body whilst He could appreciate it. She knew He would die and be buried, for she had sat at His feet and heard His word, Luke 10:39; did she also realise that He would rise quickly, making another reason for her to anoint Him during His life? The nation should have anointed Him as their Messiah, but on the eve of His riding into Jerusalem as Israel’s King, (the only time He formally presented Himself to the nation), she anointed Him privately as one who believed in Him.

And rested the sabbath day according to the commandment- the question is whether this is the normal weekly sabbath, or one of the festival sabbaths? The first day of unleavened bread was a sabbath, and so was the last day, so there were other sabbaths. John tells us that this sabbath was a high day. What does he mean to tell us by that? Why would it be breaking the sabbath to anoint His body, but not breaking the sabbath to prepare the spices and ointments? Clearly they did not have time between seeing where the body was laid and the twelfth hour, for when Joseph and Nicodemus laid the body in the near-at-hand tomb, they did so because they had not much time.

27:62
Now the next day, that followed the day of the preparation, the chief priests and Pharisees came together unto Pilate,

Now the next day, that followed the day of the preparation- Joseph departs, his task completed. But the authorities are not satisfied. It is the day after the preparation, and this means it is the sabbath day, so the urgency of the matter makes them endanger the sanctity of the day. They had refused to go in to Pilate because it was the first day of unleavened bread, which was a festival Sabbath, John 18:28, Leviticus 23:7, but they are willing to go to a Gentile’s residence on the sabbath day which was a high day, John 19:31, even though it is still the feast of unleavened bread, and that house may contain leaven.

The chief priests and Pharisees came together unto Pilate- they have a conscience about Christ even when He is dead. They even command Pilate to act, and he, also with a guilty conscience, agrees to do as they say, even though at other times he showed he loathed them, and stubbornly refused their requests. Perhaps the centurion has told Pilate about the events surrounding the death of Christ, and his conviction that he was the Son of God, and this would remind Pilate of his conversation with Christ about whether He was the Son of God. It is ironic if, as is likely, the chief priests were of the Sadducees, like Caiaphas and Annas, then they did not believe in the resurrection of the body. Yet they are concerned about the resurrection of Christ’s body, although they mask this by talking of the body being stolen.

27:63
Saying, Sir, we remember that that deceiver said, while he was yet alive, After three days I will rise again.

Saying, Sir, we remember that that deceiver said- if they believed Him to be a deceiver, then He would not rise, for He declared He would, but according to them His word is untrue. Here is the second inconsistency in their thinking. As soon as Christ is thought of as a deceiver, logic is jettisoned. Note how careful they are to be respectful to Pilate now, calling him “Sir”, for they are worried lest he refuses their request. The title they use implies that he is in control. They had been arrogant when Pilate had not gone along with their plot at the first. See, for instance, John 18:30.

While he was yet alive- so even His sworn enemies bore testimony to the fact that at that moment He was no longer alive. The giving up of His spirit; the spear thrust and the blood and water; the reaction of the soldiers as they came to break His legs; the testimony of the centurion to Pilate when he was called to give account; the licence that Pilate gave to Joseph to take the body; all these things bear testimony to the reality of His death. So why do some persist in suggesting He only swooned, and revived in the cool of the tomb?

After three days I will rise again- they give themselves away again here, for there is now no twisting of His words as there was at His trial. Then they had tried to suggest that the “raise it in three days” was a reference to the temple, which would indicate they thought He had magical powers. They knew very well the meaning of His words, but had not been willing to believe Him to the saving of their souls. But they are now willing to believe Him to the saving of their reputation and station in Israel.

27:64
Command therefore that the sepulchre be made sure until the third day, lest his disciples come by night, and steal him away, and say unto the people, He is risen from the dead: so the last error shall be worse than the first.

Command therefore that the sepulchre be made sure until the third day- when these same people had wanted the bodies removed, they besought, or asked Pilate that it might happen. Now they are anxious that the body be not removed. This time they do not simply ask, but bluntly tell him what to do. It is as if they are commanding the Commander to command, such is their desperation.

By Jewish reckoning, if it was Friday, and something was going to happen on Sunday, you would say it would happen on the third day, for the day you were speaking was counted as the first day, Saturday would be the second, and Sunday the third. This is contrary to our modern way of reckoning, but it is how things were in Bible times, and we should not seek to impose our thinking on the situation. So, for instance, Rehoboam told Jeroboam to “Depart yet for three days, then come again to me”, 1 Kings 12:5. Then we read, “So Jeroboam and all the people came to Rehoboam the third day”, verse 12. And lest we think they came back a day early, the narrative goes on, “as the king appointed, saying, Come to me again the third day”.

These men are speaking to Pilate on Saturday, but they are thinking of the time between Christ’s death and His resurrection. In that context the third day was the next day.

We should also notice in this connection the phrase “three days and three nights”. The Lord said, “for as Jonas was three days and three nights in the whale’s belly: so shall the Son of Man be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth”, Matthew 12:40. Nowadays we would immediately think that three days of 12 hours each and three nights of 12 hours each is in view, making 72 hours. But we read that Esther told the Jews, “fast ye for me, and neither eat nor drink three days, night and day”, Esther 4:16. They did this, and “it came to pass on the third day, that Esther put on her royal apparel, and stood in the inner court of the king’s house”, 5:1. So to a Jew three days and three nights ended on the third day.

Lest his disciples come by night, and steal him away- little did they realise that the disciples did not believe He would rise soon. They believed in the resurrection of the dead, but not that He would rise beforehand. They thought that since He had died without setting up His kingdom, they were in for a long wait. When the Lord told the disciples the details about what was soon to happen to Him, including “and put Him to death: and the third day He shall rise again”, we read, “And they understood none of these things: and this saying was hid from them, neither knew they the things which were spoken”, Luke 18:33,34.

There are three verbs here, “understood”, “hid”, and “knew”. The word translated “understood” means, in a literal sense, to put together, and hence to comprehend. The disciples were unable to put together the prophecies of a glorious reign, and this prophecy of a shameful death, and hence were not able to comprehend what was being spoken. This was true of the two on the road to Emmaus, and the Lord had to rebuke them for not believing “all that the prophets have spoken”, Luke 24:25. They only believed some of the things, and ignored the passages about the sufferings.

The second word is “hid”, meaning concealed by being covered over. The first and the third words relate to their reaction to the statement, whereas this is what happened to them from outside. God withheld the understanding of the truth that Christ would rise. It could not be said that they waited so eagerly for Him to rise that in their religious fervour they imagined it had happened, and also preached as if it had happened. So the great change that came over the disciples was not due to imagination, but the reality of His resurrection.

Even after they had been told by the women that He was risen, they refused to believe, for “their words seemed to them as idle tales, and they believed them not”, Luke 24:11. This time, however, the Lord “upraided them with their unbelief and hardness of heart, because they believed not them which had seen Him after He was risen”, Mark 16:14. Their unbelief was now inexcusable, for He had appeared in resurrection.

The third word is “knew”, or got to know. Because they were unwilling to accept that the Messiah would suffer, the truth was hid from them for a time, and hence they did not come to know what was to take place. These three facts show that the disciples would have no intention of stealing the body, even if they could.

And say unto the people, He is risen from the dead- but that is exactly what they did say, not because they had stolen the body, but because He was indeed risen from the dead and they had seen Him. The Jewish rulers realised that the resurrection of Christ from the dead would indicate God’s approval of Him, and also God’s disapproval of them for crucifying Him.

So the last error shall be worse than the first- their reason for crucifying Him was His claim to be the Son of God. They believed this to be an error, the first one, not only because the matter of His Sonship came up at His first trial before Caiaphas, but because it was the subject of His first discourse in John’s gospel. The last error would be, in their eyes, the claim that He had risen from the dead. They do not say “first error…second error”, for they believe that the disciples would not be able to face persecution in defence of a lie, and would therefore be silenced, so there would be no third error, for the “error” of claiming He was risen would be the last, in their view. It is indeed the case that men will not in normal circumstances die for what they know to be untrue, and so they reason that the sect of the Nazarene will soon be extinct.

27:65
Pilate said unto them, Ye have a watch: go your way, make it as sure as ye can.

Pilate said unto them, Ye have a watch- the temple guard was under the control of the Jewish authorities, as we see from John 7:32,45, so they did not need Roman soldiers. This in itself would be significant, because the Jews could not say that the Romans had been careless and let the disciples steal the body. At every stage the sepulchre was under scrutiny, not least because it was near the place where Christ died, which was “nigh to the city”, close enough for the title on the cross to be read.

Go your way, make it as sure as ye can- the Jews now have permission to tamper with a private sepulchre. Unwittingly, they are ensuring that the only way Christ can emerge from death is by resurrection. He will have a spiritual body when He rises, so will not be prevented by a wall of rock from emerging from the tomb. He will not need the door to be moved to let Him out, as Lazarus did, for the latter regained his old body, with all its limitations. The surer the sepulchre is made, the surer the truth that He rose.

27:66
So they went, and made the sepulchre sure, sealing the stone, and setting a watch.

So they went, and made the sepulchre sure- we may be sure that in the circumstances they will not seal the tomb without assuring themselves that the body is still there. They will also be very careful to examine the tomb to make sure that the earthquake that occurred when Christ died, Matthew 27:51,52, and which rent the rocks in the area, has not damaged the rock-hewn tomb of Joseph, thus providing a means of access for disciples without the watch knowing.

Sealing the stone- after they have satisfied themselves that the body is still there, they seal the stone to the wall of the rock. If the seal is broken, they will know something is amiss. They are convinced that the only way for Him to emerge out of the tomb is if the disciples take the body. They do not believe He is going to rise the next day.

And setting a watch- there is no verb here, it is simply “with a watch, (or guard)”, so the verb is supplied from “made the sepulchre sure…with a guard”. They are watching here to prevent stealing, then later they use stealing as the excuse for Him not being in the tomb, 28:13.

Despite all these precautions, sometime between 6 o’clock on the Sabbath evening, (the hour at which the first day of the week began), and 4 o’clock in the morning on the first day of the week, (the hour at which it begins to get light in Palestine in April), Jesus of Nazareth, Son of God and Israel’s Messiah, rose triumphantly from among the dead, to die no more.

 

JOHN 14

We hope you will find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the e-mail address: martin_margaret3@yahoo.co.uk We would be pleased to hear from you.

JOHN 14

Setting of the chapter
As we noticed when looking at chapter 13, what is called the Upper Room Ministry may be looked at in three sections. In Chapters 13 and 14 we find principles to guide believers as they come together. In Chapters 15 and 16 there are principles that guide believers as they live in the world. In Chapter 17 we gain insight into the present heavenly ministry of Christ for His own as He “ever liveth to make intercession”, Hebrews 7:25.

In chapter 14 therefore we have the attitude of heart that should characterise believers as they come together during the absence of the Lord Jesus. In the previous chapter He has washed the disciples’ feet, indicating that as they come together they must do so having applied the word of God to their pathway since the last time they met, so that the defilement of the world through which they must needs pass does not cling to them. If they do not do this they will bring worldly influences into the holy confines of the assembly gathering.

Survey of the chapter
Chapter 13 closed with the announcement that the Lord Jesus was going away and would be glorified. After Judas had left, He was free to speak of His glory. That glory would be earned at the cross, but would be exhibited initially in heaven. So it was that He gently said to His remaining apostles, “Little children, yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek me: and as I said unto the Jews, Whither I go ye cannot come; so now I say to you”. The fact that the apostles and the Jews were in the same situation shows that the going away is physical. It is not a metaphor, as if He is speaking of making progress in some matter beyond what they have attained so far. In that case, they might be able to follow Him. But the going away is from earth to heaven, and they cannot tread that path yet.

In 14:1-3 the Lord balances the idea that He is going away, with the truth that He is coming back for them, to take them to be where He is, in the Father’s house.

There follows a discussion on the subject of the way, suggested by the foregoing. Whilst the disciples could not follow the Lord to heaven, He said they would seek Him, 13:33. The Lord encourages His own to travel the road to heaven in the sense that they make spiritual progress, and grow in heavenly-mindedness. This is why the section centres around the idea of knowing Christ.

They will need to be occupied whilst He is away, which is why in verses 12-14 He speaks of works that they will do. They need power to do these works, and therefore the coming of the Spirit is the subject of verses 15-26.

The rest of the chapter is designed to comfort and strengthen them for the short-term trauma of the crucifixion, and the longer-term stress of His absence. They will be able to cope because He leaves His peace with them. The peace of heart He knew through doing the Father’s will is to be theirs too.

Structure of the chapter

(a) Verses 1-4 His going to the Father and His coming again
(b) Verses 5-14 The believer coming to the Father
(c) Verses 15-20 The coming of the Spirit
(d) Verses 21-24 The Father and the Son coming to dwell
(e) Verses 25-31 Resources for believers in His absence

(a)   Verses 1-4
His going to the Father and His coming again

14:1
Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in me.

Let not your heart be troubled- the previous chapter ends with the forecast of Peter’s denial. It is important to notice, then, that “your” is plural, so it is not a personal exhortation to Peter to not be troubled in heart about denying Him. We know from the record of Peter’s denial that afterwards “he went out, and wept bitterly”, Matthew 26:75. And well he might, and well might we if we in any way and to any degree deny the one we call our Lord.

The trouble of heart they were experiencing was due to His statement, “yet a little while I am with you…whither I go ye cannot come”, 13:33. He had been with them for over three years now, and they with Him. Now it seems that things are going to change, and they are troubled. Notice that the exhortation puts the responsibility on the believer to not let his heart be troubled. It will not happen automatically. The application of the truths the Lord is about to impart to the disciples will enable them to heed the exhortation.

Ye believe in God- the first thing to do when troubled in heart is to act in faith. Earthly remedies cannot cure the maladies of the soul. Men may distract their minds from their trouble of heart by the use of many things, some innocent and some evil; but the trouble is still there beneath the surface. The believer has the infallible remedy, namely, trust in God.

Before they met Christ these men were godly Israelites, waiting for the kingdom of God to come. They lived by faith, and that faith brought future things into their souls, and was evidence to them that they would surely come, see Hebrews 11:1. It was not that faith was a substitute for evidence. Rather, it was the response to evidence, for the word of God assures us of things to come, and that is enough for the believer. They knew well the history of their nation, and the example of the sort of people listed in Hebrews 11. The fathers believed in God, and so did the disciples.

Believe also in me- one of the leading features of faith is that it does not need to see what or who is believed in. The Lord Jesus had appeared on the scene in public ministry, announced by the word from heaven that He was God’s Beloved Son, and therefore the long-awaited Messiah. The faith of the Old Testament fathers became a visible reality, and the disciples had believed in Him. But now He has announced that He is leaving them, and therefore they would no longer see Him physically. The faith in the unseen God that they had before He came, which assured them that Messiah was coming, was still to be theirs after He had gone.

Because the Father and the Son are equal, faith in the one is faith in the other, whether they are visible to the eye or not. They are here being commanded to believe in Him in this way. It is true they believed on Him as a miracle-worker, as a fine teacher, as a man of sympathy and concern. But above all this they must believe in Him as a person, even in His absence, when they do not see Him work, and do not hear Him speak. This is the remedy for trouble of heart; it steadies, stabilises, and stimulates.

The apostle Peter learnt the lesson, and writes about the appearing of Jesus Christ, “Whom having not seen, ye love; in whom, though now ye see Him not, yet believing, ye rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory: receiving the end of your faith, even the salvation of your souls.” 1 Peter 1:8,9. The Lord will later on speak of His joy remaining in us, and that it was full joy, John 15:11.

14:2
In my Father’s house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you.

In my Father’s house are many mansions- previously in John’s Gospel “My Father’s house” had been the temple at Jerusalem, for when He purged the temple the first time the Lord had said, “make not my Father’s house an house of merchandise”, John 2:16. Despite all the abuses and evils associated with the temple, the Lord saw it as a continuation of the House of God throughout the Old Testament from Solomon’s time, even though that particular temple had been burnt down by Nebuchadnezzar, for “he burnt the house of the Lord”, 2 Kings 25:9. It was rebuilt under Zerubbabel, and then renovated on a grand scale by Herod, to please the Jews. This was the temple in existence in the Lord’s day.

Now in the original temple there were chambers of varying sizes, as we read in 1 Kings 6:5,6,8, “And against the wall of the house he built chambers round about, against the walls of the house round about, both of the temple and of the oracle: and he made chambers round about: the nethermost chamber was five cubits broad, and the middle was six cubits broad, and the third was seven cubits broad: for without in the wall of the house he made narrowed rests round about, that the beams should not be fastened in the walls of the house…The door for the middle chamber was in the right side of the house: and they went up with winding stairs into the middle chamber, and out of the middle into the third.” The same will be true of the Millenial temple described by Ezekiel.

Is it these chambers that the Lord has in mind when He speaks of many mansions? To us today the word brings to mind a very large and impressive house, so it is strange to us to be told of a house with mansions inside it. However, it was not until the 19th century that the word was used of a stately residence. It was used of a manor house in the 16th century, but before that it simply meant an abiding-place. This reflects the connection of the word with the Greek verb “meno” to abide, (hence “mansion”, and “manor-house”). It is a place where you are resident, not merely staying temporarily. One, moreover, where you are at home, abiding in peace and enjoyment.

So it is that to troubled hearts comes the word, that there is a place of peace and comfort ahead, after the disturbance and trial of the pilgrim pathway is over. David had the confidence that he would dwell in the house of the Lord for ever, Psalm 23:6, and this is the hope of the believer of this age. It is not even that Paradise is before them, for that was pleasant parkland surrounding a palace. They are promised a place in the palace.

If it were not so, I would have told you- in a sense, where the saints will dwell is a minor point, for there are far more important things we need to know and believe. But if the Lord assures us He has not withheld from us this minor point, then we may be confident that He has not withheld from us any major point we need to know.

Troubled hearts that have been disturbed by the news that He is going away need to know that there are no further shocks in store. He will soon tell them that He is the truth, for it is found in its entirety in Him. There are no realities outside of Him. We may be confident that He will tell us everything we have the capacity to understand, and hold nothing back from us. He does this through the Spirit of truth, who guides into all truth, John 14:13.

I go to prepare a place for you- if the abiding-places are connected with the heavenly sanctuary, then that place needs to be fitted out, for it was not the dwelling place of men at the time Christ was speaking. The Epistle to the Hebrews will help us here, for although the basis of that book is the Tabernacle system, nevertheless there are fixed principles that we may learn from it, seeing it was a figure of the true and heavenly sanctuary, as Hebrews 9:24 states. The previous verse to that reads, “It was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these; but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these.” verse 23. The earthly sanctuary, the tabernacle, had to be sprinkled with blood initially at its consecration to purify it from the defilement of those who had made it, verse 21. Then the Day of Atonement was needed to maintain it in holiness before God.

The heavenly sanctuary also needed to be purified from defilement, but in this instance the pride of Lucifer when he sought to rise up against God. Until Christ’s blood was shed, there had been no means of doing this, so God looked at the sanctuary in the light of what His Son would do at Calvary. But once He had died, having taken the lowest of all places, (instead of being like Lucifer who sought the highest of all), and having been obedient even unto death, (in contrast to Lucifer who rebelled against the will of God), His blood was effective in purging the heavenly sanctuary from the taint of pride and rebellion.

The writer describes the work of Christ as involving sacrifices in the plural, reminding us that all the sacrifices and offerings of old time have found their fulfilment at the cross, and the varied results they all spoke of have been realised to the full and finally in Him. So it is that the heavenly sanctuary now becomes a fit place for Him to enter, and also for us.

But the Hebrews Epistle also tells us that the Lord Jesus has entered heaven as our forerunner, Hebrews 6:19,20. He has gone where we shall go, and His very presence in heaven as a man with a body is token that it is a fit place for the saints to enter with their resurrection bodies. When He comes again in fulfilment of His promise, He is coming as “the second man”, who is “the Lord from heaven”, 1 Corinthians 15:47. In the context, that means that He is coming in the body He took in resurrection to change His people’s bodies so that they are spiritual bodies, and are thereby fitted for heavenly conditions also. As the apostle Paul says, “For none of us liveth to himself, and no man dieth to himself. For whether we live, we live unto the Lord; and whether we die, we die unto the Lord: whether we live therefore, or die, we are the Lord’s. For to this end Christ both died, and rose, and revived, that he might be Lord both of the dead and living.” Romans 14:7-9. He is going to exercise that Lordship by raising dead saints, and changing living saints, so that they have bodies fitted for heaven.

14:3
And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also.

And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again- the sadness of His departure is tempered by two things in these statements. First that He is going for our benefit, to prepare a heavenly place for us. Second, that the fact that He is going is the guarantee that He is coming back. The disciples saw Him go into heaven, and both Stephen and John saw Him in heaven, so it is an undoubted fact that He has gone. That is, He has not simply gone away to some unspecified place, but gone to the Father’s house. This is His guarantee to us that He will come again. His coming in the future is as sure as His going in the past.

And receive you unto myself- so it is not just that He will present us to the Father, although that will happen, (for we shall come to the Father by Him, verse 6), but receive to Himself. The apostle Paul spoke of or implied five locations, when he was describing the coming of the Lord at the resurrection day. “For the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord.” 1 Thessalonians 4:16,17. So there will be those who are in the grave. There will be those alive on the earth. There will be a catching up of both parties together in the clouds. There will be the meeting of the Lord in the air, above the clouds. So we shall be received to Himself, and then escorted through the domain of the prince of the power of the air, to arrive, unharmed and unhindered, in heaven. The saints will move from one location to another under His close supervision. They shall arrive safely in heaven, it is true, but their main object will be Christ their Lord and Saviour.

That where I am, there ye may be also- believers may not be constantly in one place, but they will always be with Him. When He comes to earth to reign they shall come with Him, Colossians 3:4, but He may not always be on the earth, for there is to be a connection between heaven and earth, and movement from one to the other. The prophecy of Ezekiel speaks of a Prince who shall function in the temple, no doubt as Christ’s representative when He is elsewhere. So He is assuring His disciples, and all believers, that the compensation for Him being absent for a time, is to be with Him for all eternity.

14:4
And whither I go ye know, and the way ye know.

And whither I go ye know- there are several references in John’s gospel to the going away of the Lord Jesus, which the disciples knew, but seemingly had pushed to the back of their minds. Were they not godly Israelites looking for the setting up of Messiah’s earthly kingdom? Why should they think their Lord was going to heaven; was He not about to ascend the throne of David? But they should have known where He was going by the following statements:

Speaking to Nicodemus, the Lord said, “And no man hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down from heaven, even the Son of Man which is in heaven.” John 3:13.

After the feeding of the five thousand, He said, “What and if ye shall see the Son of Man ascend up where he was before?” John 6:62.

Later in His ministry at the feast of tabernacles He said to the Jews, “Yet a little while am I with you, and then I go unto him that sent me”, John 7:33. From these statements alone the disciples should have known where He was going to.

And the way ye know- not only did they know the end of the way, but they knew what would happen along the way. In John 3:16 He spoke of being lifted up as the serpent had been lifted up in the wilderness. In John 8:28 He said, “when ye have lifted up the Son of Man, then shall ye know that I am he”. In John 12:32 He said, “And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me”. And John adds, “This he said, signifying what death he should die”. The disciples knew of only one way of dying when you are lifted up, and that was by crucifixion.

But in the synoptic gospels He was even more specific about what would happen. We read, “From that time forth began Jesus to shew unto his disciples, how that he must go unto Jerusalem, and suffer many things of the elders and chief priests and scribes, and be killed, and be raised again the third day.” Matthew 16:21. Later, He said, “The Son of man shall be betrayed into the hands of men: and they shall kill him, and the third day he shall rise again. And they were exceeding sorry”, Matthew 17:22,23. As they neared Jerusalem for the last time He said to the twelve disciples, “Behold, we go up to Jerusalem; and the Son of man shall be betrayed unto the chief priests and unto the scribes, and they shall condemn him to death, and shall deliver him to the Gentiles to mock, and to scourge, and to crucify him: and the third day he shall rise again.” Matthew 20:18,19. All these quotations justify the statements, “whither I go ye know”, and “the way ye know”.

(b)   Verses 5-14
The believer coming to the Father

Special note on the movements in these verses

(a)   Christ to the cross and heaven, alone, 13:36.

(b)   Peter, to suffer crucifixion, 13:36; 21:18,19.

(c)   Repentant sinners, coming to the Father at conversion, 14:6.

(d)   All believers, associated with Christ’s death, burial, resurrection, ascension and present session in heavenly places, Romans 6:1-10; Ephesians 2:5,6.

(e)   All believers, making progress in the knowledge of the Father through the Son, 14:7-10.

(f)   All believers, engaging in worship and prayer, Hebrews 10:19-22; Ephesians 2:18.

(g)   All believers, taken to heaven when He comes again.

14:5
Thomas saith unto him, Lord, we know not whither thou goest; and how can we know the way?

Thomas saith unto him, Lord, we know not whither thou goest- sadly, Thomas speaks for them all, (“we”), and denies that they know where He is going. They are waiting for the kingdom of Messiah to be set up, and they are convinced that He is that Messiah. What other destiny can there be for Him than the throne of glory on earth? The idea of Him going back to heaven without setting up His kingdom was unthinkable. They were like the two on the road to Emmaus, slow of heart to believe all that the prophets had spoken, Luke 24:25. They believed some things, the glory passages, but ignored or misunderstood the suffering passages. And what they did to the prophets they were now doing to the Lord, and were selective in what they were prepared to accept.

And how can we know the way? It is logical to say that if you do not know the end of the journey, you do not know the way to the end. The answer to Thomas’s question is that you know the way by listening to the Lord telling you it. He had told them clearly what His pathway was going to be, but they had not understood Him, allowing their ideas to over-ride His truth. This comes out clearly in Luke’s account, for we read that before He told them He would be delivered over to men, He said, “Let these sayings sink down into your ears”, so He was anticipating that they would be slow to take in the truths He taught them. Then Luke tells us “But they understood not this saying, and it was hid from them, that they perceived it not: and they feared to ask him of that saying.” Luke 9:44,45. It was the same later on, when the Lord went into more detail about His sufferings at the hands of men, for Luke tells us “And they understood none of these things: and this saying was hid from them, neither knew they the things that were spoken.” Luke 18:34. How often as believers we are like them, and do not listen when the Lord tells us things, but go on with our own thoughts.
There are two sides to this. On the one hand they did not let the sayings sink down into their ears as He exhorted them to do. But on the other hand God overruled in this so that it could not be said that they preached the resurrection out of enthusiasm and imagination, and not out of belief in the evidence.

14:6
Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by me.

Jesus saith unto him, I am the way- like the other “I am” statements in John’s gospel, this is a figure of speech. In John 6 the Lord had said “I am the bread of life”. So features of literal bread in the physical world, may be applied to Him in a spiritual way. We eat bread literally, but we eat the Bread of Life in a spiritual way for, as He explained in that chapter, He lived by the Father, sustaining His spirit by what and who He knew the Father to be. So believers are sustained in spirit by taking in and mentally absorbing the features that marked the Lord Jesus when He was on earth, as John 6:57 indicates.

The emphatic “I” signals the important fact that He is now developing the conversation, so that from speaking of a literal journey from earth to heaven, He is now speaking of a spiritual journey, namely progress on the way to the knowledge of the Father. He knows the Father perfectly, so He does not have to progress in knowledge of the Father, but He does help us to do so. The fact that He Himself is the way, shows that He is not on the way.

Those features which are true of a roadway, are true of Him. Imagine a solid roadway across some desolate moorland on a foggy, moonless night. On either side are dangerous bogs, ready to suck the unwary traveller to his doom. How can he tell where to go? Simply by staying on the roadway. There is only one over this stretch of moor. It is firm underfoot, and is the safe way to go. The road defines the way, to not diverge is to reach the destination. Christ is the way to the Father; no other route will arrive there.

How does this work out in practice? Notice that He says “I am”, so He was the way as He spoke to them. So we can say that it is as one who lived before them that He is the way. As they “looked upon Jesus as He walked”, they saw every aspect of one who was in possession of the full-knowledge of the Father, and whose life demonstrated the fact. What He knew of the Father was translated into words, works, and ways. By these things He demonstrated what the knowledge of the Father resulted in, and thus He became the model for those who sought that knowledge of the Father.

The truth- we have seen that “the way” is a metaphor for progress. That progress starts at the moment of conversion. He will speak in the next verses of the knowledge of Himself as being the way to the knowledge of the Father. It is the truth of His person that enables us to make progress, for knowing Him increasingly well is the secret. The measure of our appreciation of the glories of His Person is the measure of our progress.

And the life- from the saying “I am…the life” we learn that as we make progress on the way, we do so only because we share His life. He said Himself, “this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom thou has sent”, John 17:3. The possession of the life of God enables progress to be made as we gain an increased understanding of God and His Son. The life of the flesh enables unbelievers to understand natural things, and eternal life enables the believer to understand spiritual things, and gives the energy for it as well.

No man cometh unto the Father, but by me- all other ways lead in the wrong direction. They do not lead to the knowledge of the Father. All other thinking is mistaken, for the knowledge of the Father is vested in the Son. All other examples are vain, for only in His life is the example for believers found as they travel the road to the Father.

14:7
If ye had known me, ye should have known my Father also: and from henceforth ye know him, and have seen him.

If ye had known me, ye should have known my Father also- the “should” is not an indication of what they ought to have done, but rather what they could have done, for the verb is in the subjunctive, which is used to indicate that there is something that can possibly happen. The potential is there, whether realised or not. The verb is also in the pluperfect, which places the action further back than merely in the recent past. The Lord is saying to them that it would have been possible for them to have reached the knowledge of the Father by means of what they had learnt of Him during those years when they had been with Him. The way had been pointed out, the truth had been made known, and the life had been lived- what more was there to do? As John writes, “the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, he hath declared him”, John 1:18. And as He said to His Father just before the cross, “I have finished the work which thou gavest me to do”, John 17:4, which in that context was the manifestation of the Father. So it is possible to make real progress in a relatively short period of time, and this prompts us to ask ourselves what progress have we made?

And from henceforth ye know him, and have seen him- now that they had been given insight into the meaning of His life before them, that it was a demonstration of the way they should walk, they can, as they review the life of Christ, know the Father. Before, they but dimly saw Him, but now He has been manifested to them. And the reason they can now, and from henceforth, do this, is because He is seen in His Son.

14:8
Philip saith unto him, Lord, shew us the Father, and it sufficeth us.

Philip saith unto him, Lord, shew us the Father- when a named disciple addresses the Lord in the upper room, he always, with one exception, prefaces his remark with the title “Lord”. See 13:6,9,25,36,37; 14:5,8,22. The significant exception is when Peter refused to allow the Lord to wash his feet, 13:8. Peter’s will was pitted against Christ’s in that incident, so it is no surprise that he does not call Him Lord. He commended them generally, however, for calling Him Lord, 13:13.

The disciples never called the Lord Jesus simply Jesus when they addressed Him. Of course, the gospel writers constantly speak of Jesus, for they are writing history, and Jesus is the personal name by which He is identified to men. Those who constantly refer to the Lord Jesus as Jesus are either not believers, (for “no man can say that Jesus is the Lord but by the Holy Ghost”, 1 Corinthians 12:3), or uninformed. We have it from His own lips that to call Him Lord is to “say well”, John 13:13, and that should carry great weight with a true believer.

This request on the part of Philip ignores the teaching of verse 7. He is asking for a further revelation, and by using the aorist tense in his request he is asking for it as a event complete in itself. In other words, an instant and final revelation.

And it sufficeth us- it is good to be satisfied with nothing less than a sight of God as Father. Philip’s problem, (as the Lord will point out in the next verse), was that he did not realise that this “shewing” had already been done. It is good to desire to see the glory; it is better to recognise it and respond to it when it is seen. Although the Lord Jesus, in one aspect, made Himself of no reputation in the world of men, it is also true that He “manifested forth his glory, and his disciples believed on him”, John 2:11. Clearly they had not at that point discerned that the glory they saw was not simply of a miracle-worker, but was a display of Divine power. After all, it is God as Creator who makes rain into wine, and that is what the Lord had done at the wedding in Cana.

Notice that to see the Father was, to the apostles as Philip speaks for them, the ultimate goal. Only so could the soul be satisfied. The psalmist expressed it well when he wrote, “One thing have I desired of the Lord, that will I seek after; That I may dwell in the house of the Lord all the days of my life, to behold the beauty of the Lord, and to enquire in his temple.” Psalm 27:4. No amount of Christian activity can replace this knowledge of God. In fact, Christian activity without some degree of this knowledge is pointless.

14:9
Jesus saith unto him, Have I been so long time with you, and yet thou hast not known me, Philip? He that hath seen me hath seen the Father; and how sayest thou then, Shew us the Father?

Jesus saith unto him, Have I been so long time with you- the time during which He was publicly manifested was three and a half years, yet there was compressed into that period the most profound teaching, and the display of what had pertained eternally. It was as the one who is in the bosom of the Father eternally that the Son declared God. He brought eternal conditions into display, hence a relatively short period of time, as we think of it, is a long time when considered as to its content. We might compare the remark at the end of John’s gospel that the world itself would not be able to contain the books that could be written about Christ’s life, John 21:25. Every believer of the last two thousand years could write a book about the way Christ has revealed the Father to him.

And yet thou hast not known me, Philip? After such an intense display of Deity in manhood, Philip has not advanced as he should have done. Before we criticise him, we might ask ourselves whether we have done any better? Notice that Philip had spoken on behalf of all the disciples in verse 8, using the word “us”, but the Lord applies His answer to him personally, addressing him by his name to assure him that He was speaking to him kindly as a friend, see 15:14,15. He also says “thou” with emphasis, as if to say, “thou, with all thy privileges and advantages as an apostle, one who has been with me constantly from the beginning”.

He that hath seen me hath seen the Father; and how sayest thou then, Shew us the Father? To ask to see when the object desired has already been shown, is folly. Perhaps Philip was thinking in terms of a blaze of splendour. He does not realise he has seen the splendour of the Father, but it came in a form he was able to appreciate. Sadly, he did not.
“There shall no man see me and live” was God’s word to Moses, when he asked to be shown God’s glory, Exodus 33:20. How this dilemma is solved is told us in the next verse. When his request was granted he heard God speaking, declaring His name, Exodus 34:5-7. There was nothing about God as Father in that manifestation of Divine glory to Moses, but John says, “we beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father”, John 1:14. This is the final revelation, for God has spoken unto us in His Son, Hebrews 1:2, and in Him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily, Colossians 2:9, so He is competent to show the Father. Whereas Moses heard words, Christ is the Word, comprehending in His person all that God can say and be. To see Christ in His life is to see what and who the Father is.

14:10
Believest thou not that I am in the Father, and the Father in me? the words that I speak unto you I speak not of myself: but the Father that dwelleth in me, he doeth the works.

Believest thou not that I am in the Father- the sight of the glory of Christ was only known to faith, hence the question as to whether Philip believed. He would no doubt assert he did, but his faith needed to be further informed so that he would realise the implications of the life and works of Christ. They were not simply the activities of a holy miracle-worker, but the outworking in manhood of a Divine relationship.

Being “in the Father” is put first, because the Lord is at pains to emphasise that He was not acting in independence of His Father when Philip saw Him in His ministry. He is in Him in the sense that there is no point at which they diverge, whether it be in essence, character, will, or action. This is not to say that the Father and the Son are one Person. Rather, that one person of the Godhead, the Father, is manifested perfectly by another Person of the Godhead, the Son.

And the Father in me? Conversely there is no moment in which the Father does not fully express Himself in the Son. These two statements depend upon one another. If the Son is not in the Father, then the Father is not in the Son, and vice versa. If the Father is in the Son, then to see the Son with spiritual insight is to see the Father.

The words that I speak unto you I speak not of myself- to reinforce His statement, the Lord speaks of words and works, the way the Son manifested the Father. When Moses requested to see the glory of God, Exodus 33:18, he was rewarded, not by a blaze of glory, but by words, even the proclamation of the name of the Lord in terms of His attributes attitudes and actions, Exodus 34:5-8.

There is an ongoing Divine Conversation, in which the persons of the Godhead commune with one another. See, for example, Genesis 1:26, (“let us make man”); 3:22, “Behold, the man is become as one of us”); 11:7, (“Go to, let us go down”); Isaiah 6:8, (“who will go for us”). The Lord is claiming to be privy to that conversation, not as one who overhears, but as a participant. He does not hear to discover, but to discuss. His ear is that of a learned one, not an ignorant one, for He shared mutually known truth, as Isaiah 50:4 indicates.

We could illustrate it like this. Two university professors who teach the same subject are discussing that subject between themselves. They converse as equals, discussing what they both know. Then they go to their respective lecture halls. Now the situation is different, for they now speak with those who do not know, in order to impart to them their knowledge. The Lord Jesus is in the former category, as one who discusses what He knows. He spoke with the tongue of the learned, because He heard as the learned, Isaiah 50:4.

So what He spoke was what He heard as He conversed with His Father, and not a word was spoken in independence. As He Himself said, “For I have not spoken of myself; but the Father which sent me, he gave me a commandment, what I should say, and what I should speak.” John 12:49. The expression “sent me” alerts us to the fact that He had come to do His Father’s will as a Servant-Son, and as such received commandments. These are not commandments as from a sergeant major to his recruits. Rather, His Father’s words were so important to Him that He treated them as commands.

But the Father that dwelleth in me, he doeth the works- far from acting in independence of His Father, (hence the word “but”), it is in fact the Father who acts when the Son acts. This is because the Father dwelleth in the Son, for He is at home there; there is nothing in the Son to cause the Father misgivings or disquiet.

Note the change from words to works. The words come to the Son as commandments, and those commandments are passed on in the form of the words Christ spoke when He performed a miracle. John uses the word “work” for miracles, as does the Lord Himself, in John 7:21 for instance. In this way the works are words made visible. (There is a similar thought in a different context in John 8:38). This is important to see in view of verse 12. Philip has only to recollect the miracles he had seen Christ do, to see the Father at work, thereby showing His glory.

14:11
Believe me that I am in the Father, and the Father in me: or else believe me for the very works’ sake.

Believe me that I am in the Father, and the Father in me- Philip, and the other ten, (for the word “believe” is in the plural), has a choice if they wish to see the Father. They can either recognise the life of the Father in the life of the Son, and believe the Son simply because He says that is what it is.

Or else believe me for the very works’ sake- or they can believe the Son on the basis of the works, as they demonstrate Divine power in action. So important is it to believe the truth of the deity of Christ that both routes are open to the enquiring mind. We have learnt already, in verse 10, that the Father is shown to be in the Son and the Son in the Father by the fact that the Son does not speak independently of the Father, but when the Son speaks to perform a miracle, that miracle is in fact the work of the Father and Himself together. So in reality to believe on the Son for the sake of the works, is the same as to believe the Father and the Son are in one another. They are not opposing ideas, but different expressions of the same truth.

14:12
Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater works than these shall he do; because I go unto my Father.

Verily, verily, I say unto you- the familiar formula introducing that which is a development, might be doubted, even denied, was difficult, but nonetheless definite, and above all, the words of one who possesses deity. It is the statement of one who is equal with the Father, as if the Father says “verily” and the Son echoes the word.

He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also- as we have seen in verse 10, the Lord equates works and words; “I speak not of Myself: but the Father that dwelleth in Me, He doeth the works“. The works were doctrine in action and manifestation. So to do the same works as He did is to set out the truths as found in the gospel records, the teaching appropriate for the time but nonetheless containing timeless principles.

And greater works than these shall he do; because I go unto my Father- consequent upon the return of Christ to heaven the Spirit would come and guide into all truth, including that which was to be revealed through the apostle Paul. These were words that were on a higher level. The Lord knew them, of course, but could not tell the disciples at that point because they could not bear them, 16:12.

When we are thinking of greater works, we must bear in mind that the Lord has virtually made words and works synonymous, in verse 10. So the works take the form of words. In any case, it is not promised to all believers that they will work miracles, for the question is asked in 1 Corinthians 12:29, “Are all workers of miracles?” and the answer is clearly “No”. So the works believers are able to do are not miracles, for the promise is to all who believe on Him without exception. It is “he that believeth on me”, not, “he that is an apostle”, or “he that has the gift of miracles”. Hence it is open to all believers to do these works. This would include the sisters as they engage in private conversations, as well as brothers as they preach and teach. They are not doing works greater than Christ could do. Rather, they are doing works it was not appropriate for Him to do before the Spirit came to give them deeper insight into His person.

We could look at the doing of these greater works in the following way, by reference to the works in John’s gospel:

1. To turn water into wine was a great work, John 2:1-11, and believers may so set forth the truth of Christ that sinners can be brought into the joy of God’s salvation. By doing this they do a great work. It is a greater work, however, to show the deeper meaning of the miracle, and explain that it sets forth the glories of Christ. We should remember that we have the benefit of the teaching of John’s gospel, which the disciples did not have as they companied with Christ. The gospel was written after the Spirit had come to bring all things into the remembrance of the apostles, John 14:26.

2. To rescue a child from dying was a great work, John 4:46-54, and believers may likewise present the Saviour as the one who can give life to those who are in danger of dying in their sins. It is a greater work to enlarge upon this and explain that He is eternal life personified, and promised that those who believe on Him shall never see death, John 8:51.

3. It was a great work to feed the five thousand so that there was enough and to spare, John 6:5-13, and believers, too, may point to Christ as the Living Bread. They may do a greater work as they enlarge on the truths set out in Christ’s long discourse on the subject in that chapter. Such things as His relationship with the Father; the nature of His mission to earth; His complete submission to the will of His Father, and the way in which that means believers are eternally secure; the nature of His death as He gives His flesh for the life of the world; the way His person sustains the souls of His people as they feed on Him; His promise to raise His people up at the last day; His return to heaven and its consequences. All these are profound subjects, and the setting forth of them, either publicly or privately, is a greater work than simply pointing sinners to Christ the Bread of God, vital and valuable as that work is.

4. To give a blind man his sight was a great work, John 9:1-7, and to preach Christ is to open blind eyes, for Paul said that he was sent to the Gentiles to “open their eyes”, Acts 26:18. This initial opening of the eyes of the understanding, so that men receive Christ by faith, is followed by the greater work of enlightening believers as to the deeper things of God, “and to make all men see, what is the fellowship of the mystery, which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in God, who created all things by Jesus Christ”, Ephesians 3:9.

5. To raise a dead man to life was a great work, John 11:38-44, and believers may so present the Person of Christ that men believe, and gain a share in the benefits of His own resurrection. A greater work, however, is done by those who set out the consequences of the resurrection of Christ, as found in such chapters as Romans 6, 1 Corinthians 15, and Ephesians 2. The believer is associated with Christ in His death, burial and resurrection in a way unknown to the disciples at that time.

14:13
And whatsoever ye shall ask in my name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son.

And whatsoever ye shall ask in my name, that will I do- to ask in His name is to ask as if it is Himself that is asking. (It is not a question of merely adding His name to the end of a prayer). This is why the Father is certain to respond, for Christ would never ask amiss of His Father. The phrase “because I go to the Father” of verse 12 will soon be explained as an indication that the Holy Spirit would come to guide them, so that they could and would intelligently ask for the right things. The indwelling Spirit would also ensure they had the power to do these works. The Spirit always directs us to ask for the things Christ would ask for. In the context, it is asking for blessing on the truth as it is made known.

That the Father may be glorified in the Son- from His prayer in John 17 we learn that the great desire of the Son was to glorify the Father, even after He had returned to heaven. So He speaks of being given power over all flesh, so that He might give eternal life to those given Him by the Father. In this way the Father is glorified. The way that the offer of eternal life is made to men is through the setting out of the truth by the people of God. They ask for blessing on the word, they preach that word, and eternal life is given to men. There is no greater work they could do than this. Miracles only fitted men for an improved life for their few remaining years on earth; eternal life fits for heaven for all eternity. Notice that the Father is glorified through the Son; it is not that believers are glorified.

14:14
If ye shall ask any thing in my name, I will do it.

If ye shall ask any thing in my name, I will do it- the disciples may have been taken aback by the immensity of what the Lord is saying here. Is it really true that everything they ask will be given them? Correctly understood, it is, and so the Lord repeats it to reinforce the definiteness of the promise. Just as He repeats the “verily”, He repeats the promise it introduces.

(c)   Verses 15-20
The coming of the Spirit

14:15
If ye love me, keep my commandments.

If ye love me, keep my commandments- this verse is the condition for the fulfilment of verse 16. The Lord applies a test, which is applicable in the first instance to the apostles. God tests men when He begins to deal in a particular way. He tested Adam and Eve at the beginning of time. He tested Israel at the beginning of the law-age. He tested Saul at the beginning of the kingdom period. He tested Israel by the preaching of John the Baptist, and the presence of Christ. Now He is going to test the apostles at the beginning of the church age on the day of Pentecost. The essential feature that must mark them is love, for “love is of God; and every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth God. He that loveth not knoweth not God, for God is love”, 1 John 4:7,8. This love is expressed in loving obedience.

The circumstances of the giving of the law were calculated to strike fear into the hearts of the Israelites, as Moses said to the people, “that his fear may be before your faces, that ye sin not”, Exodus 20:20. How different is this age, when “the love of Christ constraineth us”, 2 Corinthians 5:14. So it is that we read that on the day of Pentecost the disciples were “all with one accord in one place”, Acts 2:1. The Lord had “commanded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but wait for the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ye have heard of me”, Acts 1:4. They obeyed this command, and by so doing set the tone for the whole age, for loving obedience is expected of all His people.

Special note on verses 16-23
Verses 16-20 are addressed to the apostles, “you”, (plural), and those they represent, namely believers of this age. The event in view is Pentecost, and the blessing is collective.

Verses 21-23 are addressed to individuals, “any man”, and they concern individual communion with Christ. The context in view is the believer’s love to God, and the blessing is individual.

14:16
And I will pray the Father, and he shall give you another Comforter, that he may abide with you for ever;

And I will pray the Father- not only is the day of the coming of the Spirit marked by obedience, but also by prayer, even the prayer of the Son to the Father. The giving of the Spirit is a sign therefore that the Father still continues to hear the Son, as He did when He was on earth, John 11:42. In 15:26 the Lord speaks of the Spirit as sent by Himself from the Father, so on the one hand there is a request that the Father should send, and on the other the fact that the Son would send. There is equal authority with the Father, but there is also the attitude of the Servant, whose desire is only to do the will of Him that sent Him. All three Persons of the Godhead are involved unitedly in this important event, just as they were at the baptism of Christ.

And he shall give you another Comforter- notice the confidence the Son has that His request will be granted. The word for “another” signifies “another of the same sort”, thus confirming the deity of the Holy Spirit. He could not be of the same sort otherwise. The word also indicates that the Spirit is a Person, not just an influence. The Son was not just an influence, so neither is the Spirit.

That he may abide with you for ever- the purpose of the giving of the Spirit is that He may abide with believers for ever, so it is not “and he shall abide”, but “that he may abide”, for that is the purpose in view. This is sure testimony to the eternal security of the true believer in Christ. The Lord Jesus was going away, and the disciples would be unnerved by that, but to encourage them they are told of one who shall never leave them. Of course the Lord did not leave them in one very real sense, (“I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee”, Hebrews 13:15), but He would no longer be with them in the body and this would sadden them. They would know His presence in a different way.

14:17
Even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth him not, neither knoweth him: but ye know him; for he dwelleth with you, and shall be in you.

Even the Spirit of truth- the Lord now defines who this other Comforter is. He is not a person in the flesh, but is the Spirit of God. And because the promise is in the context of the greater works of setting forth Divine truth, He is aptly called the Spirit of truth. He will disclose the truth to all believers so that they may make Christ known in the various ways open to them, and will support and strengthen them as they do so.

Note that the Lord is careful when He mentions this Comforter to define who He is, for He knew Islam would rise up 700 years later and claim that their prophet was the comforter. The history of that religion down the centuries shows plainly that as they worked out the teachings of their prophet it certainly did not bring comfort to men. Violence and murder were in abundance, but comfort was in very short supply. And the same applies today.

Whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth him not, neither knoweth him- notice the clear line of distinction drawn here between believers and the world. And the difference highlighted here is that the world is unable to do two things.

First, it cannot see the Holy Spirit. We might think that in this they are no different to believers, for they cannot see the Spirit either. The point is that the world can only appreciate things that are accessible to the natural senses. The spiritual ability to appreciate the things of the Spirit, and therefore the Spirit Himself, is totally lacking in their case, as 1 Corinthians 2:14 explains, “But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned.”

Second, the world cannot know the Spirit, or in other words, cannot have any meaningful relationship with the Spirit, for He will not link Himself with that which is of Adam. Israel were expressly told not to pour the anointing oil on anyone other than priests, “Upon man’s flesh shall it not be poured”, Exodus 30:32, where the word for man is “adam”. So the Spirit of God cannot indwell anyone who is still a child of Adam, and not a child of God.

But ye know him; for he dwelleth with you, and shall be in you- the disciples already had experience of the working and presence of the Spirit as Christ did miracles in His power. As He said, “But if I cast out demons by the Spirit of God, then the kingdom of God is come unto you.” Matthew 12:28. So to have Christ by their side was to have the Spirit with them, for He could say, “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me”, Luke 4:18. But there was a new experience in store for them, for they would have the Spirit within them. But the word “dwelleth” is in the present tense, and indicates that the Spirit would continue to abide or remain with them, even after He had come within them.

So it was that the Spirit filled every one of the believers on the day of Pentecost, Acts 2:4, and that happens the moment a person believes the gospel, for the apostle Paul states very clearly, “Now if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of his.” Romans 8:9.

We should be clear that every believer is filled with the Spirit all the time. When the apostle exhorts us to “be filled with the Spirit”, Ephesians 5:18, he is not saying we need a further supply of the Spirit because for some reason we have become less than full. He means that we should “be” what we “are”, that is, filled with the Spirit. We are to live in the light of the fact that we are filled with the Spirit, and allow Him to control us.

In verse 16, the Lord prophesied that the Spirit would dwell or abide with them. Here, He speaks of the Spirit abiding or dwelling with, and also actually being within. In verse 16, “with” is “meta”, with the genitive. In verse 17, the word “with” is “para”, with the dative. These distinctions would have been appreciated by the apostles when they heard the Lord Jesus speaking in Hebrew, and Greek-speakers who first read them as John translated them would note the difference too.. Both “meta” and “para” mean “with”. But “meta” is “in connection with”, “in company with”, or “among, in the midst of”. Christ companied with men, and with His disciples; He was in their midst, and among them, but He was about to leave them, and leave the world, so they would not have His company in that sense any more; however, they would have the companionship of the Spirit.

The word “para”, however, involves a closer relationship, meaning “by the side of”. In fact, the word for Comforter is “para-clete”, one who draws alongside to help. So we have three ideas. The Spirit is among the people of God for ever, verse 16; He is alongside them to help, verse 17; He is within them to empower, verse 17.

14:18
I will not leave you comfortless: I will come to you.

I will not leave you comfortless- the word used here is not the same as is used in the word Comforter. It has the idea of being an orphan. An orphan is one who is left vulnerable and alone. The Lord will see to it that His own are not like that. He had called the disciples little children in 13:33, and would do so again in John 21:5, (and the apostle John adopts the thought in his epistles), and in Hebrews 2:13 also.

I will come to you- there are several ways we could look at this promise. First, He would come at Pentecost in the person of the Holy Spirit. This is enlarged on in verse 23. Any one of the Persons of the Godhead may fully represent the other. We see this in Romans 8:9,10, where to have the Spirit within is to have Christ within. So here, to have the Spirit within is to have Christ and His Father within.

Second, when individual believers commune with Him He promises to come in unto them and sup with them, and they with Him, Revelation 3:20, a very precious promise, especially for those who live in Laodicean conditions.

Third, and allied to this, is the way He manifests Himself to those who keep His commandments, verse 21. The word for coming in verse 18 is in the present tense, “I am coming to you”, as if He cannot wait to make Himself known to His own.

14:19
Yet a little while, and the world seeth me no more; but ye see me: because I live, ye shall live also.

Yet a little while, and the world seeth me no more- the world could not see the Holy Spirit, but it could see Christ, for He was manifest in flesh. That physical presence was, in a little while, to be withdrawn from the world, as He ascends back to His Father.

But ye see me- it was true that the disciples would not see Him in that sense either, but in another and very real sense, they would continue to do what they were doing at that moment, namely, see Him with spiritual insight. Their view of Him was not limited to physical sight, so to not see Him physically was no handicap. They saw Him to be the Son of God, and equal with the Father. As the Lord had said, “And this is the will of him that sent me, that every one which seeth the Son, and believeth on him, may have everlasting life: and I will raise him up at the last day.” John 6:40. They would continue to see Him in that way even when He was gone from their physical sight. When the manna was given the people saw it physically, but “they wist not what it was”, so they did not see the spiritual significance of what they were looking at, Exodus 16:15. So in John 6:42, the chapter where the Lord shows He is the true manna, the bread from heaven, the people said, “is this not Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know? How is it then that he saith, I came down from heaven”. They saw Him physically, but they had no spiritual insight into His person. But at the end of the discourse on the Bread of Life, Peter confessed “We believe and are sure that thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God”, John 6:69. Moses had told the people that on the day the manna came they would see the glory of the Lord, Exodus 16:7. The disciples had seen the glory that day.

Because I live, ye shall live also- their sight of Him, even when He was gone, would be of a living person, the very embodiment and personification of eternal life. One of the reasons why John wrote his first epistle was so that what he and his fellow-apostles saw and heard might be seen and heard by others who were not physically present at the time.

Because the Lord Jesus is eternal life personified, the eternal life they already had would flourish as they understand Him better by the aid of the Spirit. In John’s gospel there is a close connection between seeing and knowing, for knowing in this context is spiritual insight. Because they knew Him, they could continue to see Him, even when He was no longer visible to the eye, and hence their spiritual life would develop. To possess eternal life is to know God and Jesus Christ, 17:3, and there is to be progress in that knowing, and when this happens we can be said to live in the fullest sense of the term.

It is “because I live”, as He said, that we live; it is no credit to believers, but He works in them by the Spirit, so that they develop in the knowledge of Himself. By seeing Him and knowing Him as the full expression of eternal life, they would live in the good of what He is, and thus themselves live. He is not only the living bread, who, having life in Himself can impart it to those who believe, John 6:51, but He is also the bread of life, verse 48, the sustainer of the life He gives.
The expression “I live” emphasises the fact that Christ as to His Deity is not subject to death, for His life is constant and indissoluble, or as Hebrews 7:16 puts it, “endless”. As He said to John, “I am he that liveth”, Revelation 1:18. John had fallen at His feet as dead; but death, or even its semblance, cannot be allowed in Christ’s presence, therefore the Lord spoke of Himself as the Living One to counteract John’s condition.

14:20
At that day ye shall know that I am in my Father, and ye in me, and I in you.

At that day ye shall know that I am in my Father- “that day” means the present age marked by the fact that the Spirit has come. After the Spirit had come they would be given insight into three things: First, His relationship with the Father. Second, their relationship with Him. Third, His relationship with them.

Their insight into His Person would deepen, and they would not only believe that He was in the Father because He had told them, verses 10,11, but they would know it with conviction. The Spirit would work in them to this end. Note there is no “the Father in Me”, as in verse 10. Having asserted that truth there, the Lord only needs to assure them here that there will be a link between them and the ascended Son of God. In verse 10 the relationship is horizontal, so to speak, with the persons involved being on the same level of Deity. Here the relationship is vertical, with the Son linking us to the Father because He remains in Him. It is not so much that the Father will be in us, but the Son will, by the Spirit, as we learn in the remainder of this verse.

And ye in me- this is a new truth, only to be grasped when the Spirit came. It involved being linked so closely with the Son of God that we can be said to be in Him. That is, personally, vitally, and intimately identified with Him in the bonds of eternal life, enclosed in all that He is, so that all that concerns Him concerns us. Of course, our relationship with Him will never result in us sharing Deity. But we do share His life. As the apostle John wrote, “And we know that the Son of God is come, and hath given us an understanding, that we may know him that is true. and we are in him that is true, even in his Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God, and eternal life.” 1 John 5:20.

And I in you- by the Spirit He will dwell within, for the presence of the Spirit is as good as having Him within. He cannot be in us physically, for He has a body, but He can be in us as the Spirit dwells in us. It is a truly solemn thought that a Person of the Godhead dwells within. How careful this should make us as to our behaviour.

(d)   Verses 21-24
The Father and the Son coming to dwell

14:21
He that hath my commandments, and keepeth them, he it is that loveth me: and he that loveth me shall be loved of my Father, and I will love him, and will manifest myself to him.

He that hath my commandments, and keepeth them- just as obedience on the part of the apostles was necessary for the Spirit to come, (for He cannot indwell a rebellious body), so now in relation to “any man”. The good of this verse is not automatically known by all the people of God. There is a condition, and that condition, as with the apostles in verse 15, is obedience. The blessing held out in this verse is for those who, first, have His commandments. That is, they have heard His commands and hold them in their hearts as precious. Just because we are not saved by works of the law we must not think that the Christian life is an unprincipled and lawless life. Christ is our Lord, and has every right to issue commands to us. (We learn from the Lord’s words in 15:10 that the word of the Father to Him was so important to Him that He looked on those words as commandments, with binding force). They are not commands which by keeping we gain the blessing of salvation, but rather, by which we gain the blessing of an enhanced sense of who He is. Second, they keep those commands. They do not hold them as theories, but work them out in practice.

He it is that loveth me- of course all believers love the Lord, for “He that loveth not knoweth not God; for God is love.” 1 John 4:8. Here, however, we have a similar idea to the fact the John describes himself as the disciple whom Jesus loved, John 13:23; 19:26; 21:7; 21:20. Did He not love Peter? Of course, for John 13:1 says, “Jesus…having loved his own which were in the world, he loved them unto the end”. But there was a special bond between John and his Lord, as is seen in that he leant on the bosom of Jesus at supper. Some believers “love much”, Luke 7:47. So just as John had a very special sense that the Lord loved him, so the Lord Jesus likewise has a special attachment to those whose love for Him is strong.

And he that loveth me shall be loved of my Father- the reaction of people to His Son touches the Father’s heart. When He sees one who is devoted to His Son, who loves Him deeply, and show his love by keeping His commandments, then He has a special love for that believer, without in any wise diluting His love for all His people. Just as John was loved by Jesus, and had a special sense of His love, so here the same is true in relation to the Father.

And I will love him- not only is this one loved of the Father, but is loved by the Son also. The Father and the Son are united in their reaction to this believer.
And will manifest myself to him- this is no doubt through the ministry of the Holy Spirit, who takes of the things of Christ and reveals them to us as 16:14 will explain. But that is a work done in the heart of every believer. Here there is something special and individual that we might well covet. What a promise this is to us, that even though He is in heaven, He reveals Himself to those who are on earth. Once again, the sadness of the disciples that He was going away is tempered by this promise that He will come to them personally.

14:22
Judas saith unto him, not Iscariot, Lord, how is it that thou wilt manifest thyself unto us, and not unto the world?

Judas saith unto him, not Iscariot- just as there were two Simons in the apostolic band, (so that John needs to distinguish them by saying, Simon Peter, to show he is not writing about Simon the Cananite, who we read of in Matthew 10:4), so there were two men named Judas. The one, Judas Iscariot, was the betrayer, the other was loyal, but John carefully marks the distinction between them here by saying “not Iscariot”. The reason he does this is not only to protect the character of the other Judas, but also to highlight how he addressed the Lord, as we next see.

Lord- this is the difference that John wishes to emphasize. It is noticeable that Judas Iscariot never addressed Christ as Lord, and this is the mark of an unbeliever. The recognition of the Lordship of Christ is vital, and where it is in evidence, is the sure sign of a believer. Salvation comes to those who confess with the mouth the Lord Jesus, Romans 10:9. Because the gospels are in the first place historical records, it is appropriate for the writers to constantly refer to Jesus, but when the disciples addressed Him, they never used this name. We should beware if those who profess to be saved never use it either. It is remarkable that Saul of Tarsus, confronted on the Damascus Road by one who said “I am Jesus”, immediately responded with the title “Lord”, Acts 9:5,6.

How is it that thou wilt manifest thyself unto us, and not unto the world? This is the typical response of a godly Jew who is waiting for the glorious manifestation of Messiah’s kingdom upon the earth. Judas is puzzled, for how could that happen, and only believers see it? He is about to learn that the manifestation is of a quite different kind to the one of which he is thinking.

14:23
Jesus answered and said unto him, If a man love me, he will keep my words: and my Father will love him, and we will come unto him, and make our abode with him.

Jesus answered and said unto him, If a man love me, he will keep my words- there is nothing in this answer about a coming kingdom. The manifestation will be personal to the man who loves Christ. Notice the “if”, and “any man”, for this experience is not common to all believers, but is reserved for those who are truly in touch with Christ. The distinguishing feature of a man who loves the Lord Jesus is the obedience to His commands that His love to us deserves. These commands are contained in His word, not in the sense of “in the Bible”, but more specifically, in His statements to us, which taken together, make up His collective word to us. We are not given an option of choosing which words we will comply with and which not, as suits us.

But this statement goes further, for it not simply practising His words, or believing them, or obeying them, it is keeping or preserving them. Thus we learn that there is a special place in the heart of Christ for those who preserve His words from the attacks of the enemy. To insist on the integrity and truthfulness of the words of Christ in the face of liberal tendencies, takes courage, and that only comes through love to Christ. Judas Iscariot betrayed Christ and His cause; the other Judas is being given the opportunity to be loyal to Christ, and further His interests, even in a world that still betrays Him.

And my Father will love him- the Father is very sensitive to reactions to His Son. The reward for the one who keeps the words of Christ is to have a special sense of the love of the Father. Of course God loves all His children, but just as Christ loved all “his own”, but John was “the disciple whom Jesus loved”, so there is a special and loving relationship formed between the obedient child and his Father. This is well worth going in for.

And we will come unto him, and make our abode with him- clearly the Son is sensitive to reaction to His word as well, and He, together with His Father, makes His abode with the one who is the object of special favour because of his obedience. To make an abode means to be at home, happy with the atmosphere that prevails. It is a further thought than simply being in a person. The Father and the Son are in each believer, but they may not be fully at home, because of the things that believer allows in his life. The apostle Paul prayed for the Ephesian believers, “that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith”, Ephesians 3:17. He was not praying that they might get saved, for they already were, but that the Lord Jesus, who entered their hearts when they received the Spirit at their conversion, might be at home there, and not just present.

At the beginning of the gospel, two disciples desired to know where Jesus dwelt, and when He said “Come and see”, they came and dwelt where He did, probably in a temporary shelter near the river Jordan, (it was very likely at the time of the feast of tabernacles). It mattered not the outward circumstances, the important thing was to dwell with Him. Now the reverse is the case, He, and His Father, dwell with the obedient child. The psalmist wrote of God’s commandments that “in keeping of them is great reward”. He had little insight, if any, into the greatness of the rewards for believers in this age, but he had grasped the principle.

No doubt this is by the power of the Spirit, for Divine persons can each be represented by the other, even though they are distinct. For instance the apostle Paul wrote, “But ye are not in the flesh, but in the Spirit, if so be that the Spirit of God dwell in you. Now if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of His. And if Christ be in you…” Romans 8:9,10. So there is the mention of the Spirit, the Spirit of God, and the Spirit of Christ, but the same Spirit in each case, but considered in relation to Himself, to God, and to Christ. Instead of going on to say “And if the Spirit be in you”, Paul writes “if Christ be in you”. So to have the Spirit is to have Christ, for He is able to fully represent Christ to us. So this is the way Christ manifests Himself, not in a blaze of glory to the world, but in the quietness of the heart that loves Him.

14:24
He that loveth me not keepeth not my sayings: and the word which ye hear is not mine, but the Father’s which sent me.

He that loveth me not keepeth not my sayings- here is the reverse situation to that of the previous verse. John in his writings often presents the opposite side to a statement he has just made- is this where he learnt the technique? It ensures that we are in no doubt, for there are no exceptions. Following the line of argument from verse 21, we might say that the one who does not love the Lord is the one who does not “love much”, Luke 7:47. The one who loves much will keep His sayings, and will have a special sense and appreciation of the presence of the Father and the Son, by the Spirit.

Note that the counterpart of “my words”, is “my sayings”. Is this why the Authorised Version renders the former phrase in the plural, even though the expression translated “my words” is in the singular? It would be well for those who insist on constantly criticizing the Authorised Version to give the noble translators of that version credit for their godliness and learning, and not be so hasty to try to correct them.

And the word which ye hear is not mine, but the Father’s which sent me- this shows the seriousness of not keeping, or even believing, the word of Christ, for it does not originate with Him in isolation, but in harmony with His Father. It is not the rejection of the words of a carpenter from Nazareth, but of the Son of God as He speaks for His Father. This is yet another passage where this unity is manifest in the Lord’s speaking. Others are as follows, (notice they are all from John’s Gospel, the one that emphasises the equality of the Son with the Father. The relevant words have been put in bold lettering simply and only for the purpose of making them stand out):

“Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into the temple, and taught. And the Jews marvelled, saying, How knoweth this man letters, having never learned? Jesus answered them, and said, My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me. If any man will do his will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God, or whether I speak of myself. He that speaketh of himself seeketh his own glory: but he that seeketh his glory that sent him, the same is true, and no unrighteousness is in him.” John 7:14-18.

“Then said they unto him, Who art Thou? And Jesus saith unto them, Even the same that I said unto you from the beginning. I have many things to say and to judge of you: but he that sent me is true; and I speak to the world those things which I have heard of him. They understood not that he spake to them of the Father.” John 8:25-27.

I speak that which I have seen with my Father: and ye do that which ye have seen with your father.” John 8:38.

“He that rejecteth me, and receiveth not my words, hath one that judgeth him: the word that I have spoken, the same shall judge him in the last day. For I have not spoken of myself; but the Father which sent me, he gave me a commandment, what I should say, and what I should speak. And I know that his commandment is life everlasting: whatsoever I speak therefore, even as the Father said unto me, so I speak.” John 12:48-50.

(e)   Verses 25-31
Resources for believers in His absence

14:25
These things have I spoken unto you, being yet present with you.

These things have I spoken unto you, being yet present with you- this is another gentle indication that He is leaving them. He had told them about Judas so that they would not be overwhelmed, and also so that they would maintain confidence in Him when He was arrested and crucified, seeing He, knowing beforehand what was to happen, had forewarned them, 13:18-19. This short-term prophecy would also give them confidence in His more long-term prophecies. This is important, because a man whose prophecies did not come to pass was to be stoned as an imposter, Deuteronomy 18:20-22.

He had also warned them in the words, “Little children, yet a little while I am with you”, 13:33. Something of His pity for them is expressed in the words “little children”. Jehovah pitied His people in Psalm 103:13 “as a father pitieth his children”, and now God manifest in flesh is expressing this. This going away, however, is so that He may prepare a place for them and return to escort them to heaven. So these indications of His departure are followed by words of encouragement. The same is true in our verse, for the mention of not being with them is followed by the assurance that the Spirit would come as a comforter.

14:26
But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you.

But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost- the word “but” emphasizes the changed conditions that are about to prevail, yet also serves to introduce the compensating benefit. The Lord is careful to define who the comforter is, lest they think He is a man. After all, the Lord has already described Him as “another”, meaning “another of the same sort”, so they could be forgiven for this mistake, seeing Christ was a man. So “Comforter…Holy Ghost” rules out that notion, as it does in verses 16,17, and 16:7,13. But even though He is spirit and not flesh and blood, the fact that He is of the same sort as Christ assures us of His Deity. This careful defining of the Comforter is necessary for its own sake, but also because the Lord well knew that Mahomet would come on the scene in the 7th Century and claim to be the promised comforter. His claim is forestalled by these words, for how can a man be described as a holy spirit?

The title of Consolation of Israel had been given to the Lord Jesus by Simeon, in Luke 2:25, and it is interesting to notice that when the child Jesus was presented to the Lord in the temple at the age of forty days, Mary offered to God either two turtle doves or two pigeons, (we are not told which). But the Holy Spirit is seen to come down on Christ at His baptism as a dove, and Luke tells us He came in bodily form, Luke 3:2. Thus these things give incidental testimony to the unity of Divine persons, for the dove represents the Spirit, but He came in bodily form because the Son was now in the body.

Whom the Father will send in my name- this indicates that the Father sends the Spirit in response to all He sees in His Son. Whatever He discerns in His Son’s character gives meaning to His sending of the Spirit. We may be assured, then, that there will be no discrepancy between the attitude of the Spirit to things, and the attitude of the Son. And because the Son’s attitude to things was that of His Father, then the Godhead is, as always, acting manifestly in harmony. This ensures the continuity of Divine testimony. The Father had sent the Son, but He had taken a body. The Holy Spirit dwells within the body of the believer, as 1 Corinthians 6:19 tells us in the words, “your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God”. He uses the vehicle of the believer’s body to carry out His work.

The coming of the Spirit is here the act of the Father, whereas in Acts 2:33 it was the Lord Jesus who shed forth the Spirit, as John the Baptist had predicted in the words, “the same is he which baptizeth with the Holy Ghost”, John 1:33. Again, the Persons of the Godhead are seen to be in harmony. This being the case, we should expect the Scriptures that come as a result of the Spirit’s movements to be in harmony also, and this is certainly the case.

He shall teach you all things- the word “He” is emphatic here, which does not make it mean, “He, the Spirit, shall teach you as I did not”, but rather, “He, this same one, difficult as it is for you to take in, shall teach you”. They had been used to listening to men teaching, whether the rabbis, or John the Baptist, or Christ, but now it was to be the Spirit teaching, and they were possibly perplexed.

The solution to their puzzlement is two-fold. First there is the idea of truth being brought to remembrance so that it could be written down. The Spirit and the Word would be vitally linked. Second, it is seen in the fact that the apostles, men of flesh and blood, would be the Spirit’s teaching agencies. So much so that it becomes their word, John 17:20; Acts 2:41.

Note it is the Spirit who will teach, not the church, as the Roman Catholic system claims. As soon as men start to claim to originate ideas, there is confusion, as the history of the last two thousand years clearly demonstrates.

By “all things” is meant, “all things that remain to be taught”. It is not that the Spirit will start afresh, or else they would not need past things brought to their memory. There were further truths to be brought to light after the Spirit had come at Pentecost, as 16:12,13 explains.

And bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you- nothing of what Christ had said was going to be lost, but the Spirit of God would gather it up and enable the apostles to remember what He had said, just as after He had fed the five thousand, the Lord said to His disciples, “Gather up the fragments that remain, that nothing be lost”, and this they did, John 6:12.

When they came to write it down, and when they preached it, they were able to give a true account of the Lord’s teaching. We may be confident that what we read in the Scriptures is indeed a trustworthy account. Luke tells us that many had set themselves the task of writing down the details of the Lord’s life. He does not condemn them for doing this, but the fact that Luke’s gospel gained the approval of the apostles, (as is seen, for instance, in that the apostle Paul quoted from it in Acts 20:35), shows Luke’s gospel is authoritative. And it is this because the Spirit of truth inspired it, which could not be said of other attempts at writing a gospel. Furthermore, the apostle John was allowed to live a long life, so that he could assess that which was written, and approve the genuinely inspired Scriptures, and condemn all that was spurious. The books of the Apocrypha, (the word means “hidden”), were called that not because they were suppressed, but because they were seen to be not genuine, and therefore should be hidden away as being of no use.

Because the apostles were thus guided of the Spirit, that which they preached before the New Testament was written can be relied upon. They were not using their imagination, nor did they have to depend on their own memory. Nor did they have to draw on traditions, and paste together a collection of them as they saw fit. So it is that Peter can assure us that the apostles “have not followed cunningly devised fables”, 2 Peter 1:16.

14:27
Peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you: not as the world giveth, give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid.

Peace I leave with you- there were three sweet-savour offerings in the Book of Leviticus, and they spoke of aspects of Christ as to His person. As the fulfilment of the Burnt Offering He was the Accepted Man, pleasing to His Father in all things. As the Meal Offering He was the Ideal Man, the sort of man that God was looking for. As the Peace Offering He is Harmonious Man, at all times in fellowship with His Father.

We might see a connection with this statement and the one before it, that the Spirit would bring to their remembrance what He had said unto them. As He left them to go to His Father, there would be the remembrance of His words, and as they contemplated them great peace would fill their hearts, for it was as if He were still with them. This was one of the ways in which their troubled hearts would be filled with peace.

My peace I give unto you- in His ministry at this time the Lord spoke of several things that were especially His own. For instance, He could speak of My joy, the joy that was personally His, John 15:11. He could speak of My love, John 15:9. Then in His prayer to His Father He spoke of My glory, John 17:24. Here it is My peace. This is peace that is special and unique to Him up to that point, the peace of one whose whole being was in harmony with God.

One of the meanings of the word peace as used of the peace offering is wholeness. This is why when the apostle was praying for the Thessalonian believers he asked the God of peace to sanctify them wholly, so that their whole spirit and soul and body might be preserved blameless unto the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1 Thessalonians 5:23. The perfect example of blamelessness in spirit and soul and body is the Lord Jesus. Now He has left us an example that we should follow His steps, 1 Peter 2:21, and in this way He has left peace with us. As we follow His steps we shall be at peace with our Father, just as He was at peace with the Father.

These disciples were about to experience the worst events of their lives, and they would be left sorrowful, perplexed and distressed. They need a special word of assurance to prepare them for this, and they receive it now as He grants them His peace. The last phrase of the Old Testament priestly blessing was, “The Lord lift up his countenance upon thee, and give thee peace”, Numbers 6:26. This is what is happening here. If they remembered His words as they went through the trauma of the next few days, His peace would fill their hearts. They would realise that, great as their distresses were, His were infinitely greater, and yet His heart was at peace as one who was wholly set apart to do His Father’s will. In the measure in which they reacted like He did to the trials, they would know the same peace as He knew.

Not as the world giveth, give I unto you- the world only gives peace to those who compromise with it. He gives peace out of the love of His heart for them. The world gives with ulterior motives, He gives sincerely. The world gives sparingly, He gives substantially. The world gives temporarily, He gives eternal blessings.

Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid- here is His specific exhortation, one that in trying times they may be able to recall as spoken directly to them, designed to calm their fears. One of the distinctive features of the peace offering was its emphasis on the inwards of the animal, and the fat that surrounded them. Now the Hebrews believed that the emotions were centred in that region. So it is peace of heart that the man had as he came with his offering, but in order to preserve the uniqueness of Christ, he must come with the inwards of a substitute, which foreshadowed Christ. Only the Lord Jesus can offer Himself without spot to God as an offering and a sacrifice of a sweet savour to God, Ephesians 5:2; Hebrews 9:14.

We can be troubled by the past, and we can be afraid of the future. As they passed through the experiences of the next few days, they might torment themselves for their failures. The way in which they forsook Him and fled; how they, (except John), had not the courage to stand by the cross; how they betrayed Him, Peter openly, the rest of them by their desertion of Him. Yet in the midst of it all His words would come to their hearts, “Let not your heart be troubled”. He had said this before He told them He was going away, verse 1, and now they need the same word because of the current circumstances. Just as He knew Judas would betray Him, He knew they would desert Him, yet He still spoke words of comfort to them. He knew that in their heart of hearts they were true to Him.

But we can be afraid because of what we think might be in the future. If they let Him down once, might they not do it again? He pre-empts that thought, and gives them His word of cheer so that they do not allow the future to frighten them. The apostle Paul could say, “I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord.” Romans 8:38,39. The believer shares his confidence.

14:28
Ye have heard how I said unto you, I go away, and come again unto you. If ye loved me, ye would rejoice, because I said, I go unto the Father: for my Father is greater than I.

Ye have heard how I said unto you, I go away, and come again unto you- He reminds them of His promise that, even though He was going away, He would come again to receive them to Himself that they might be in the safety and calm of the Father’s house. This prospect would cheer them as they waited for His return. They had heard His words, but how they would react was critical.

If ye loved me, ye would rejoice, because I said, I go unto the Father- far from being sad, they should turn away from themselves and their own circumstances, and concentrate on the fact He was going back to His Father, and all His sufferings would be over. If we thought of His interests more, and thought of our interests less, our fears would be gone. So, far from being sad for themselves, they should in fact be the opposite, and rejoice for Him, for the following reasons:

1.  He would be rewarded for His service down here as He revealed the Father.

2.  He would be given reputation after the reproach heaped upon Him by men.

3.  He would be recompensed for His sufferings, by being glorified.

4.  He would release the power they needed to fulfil His commands.

For my Father is greater than I- this is an important statement, (as well as a misunderstood one), and we need to bear the following things in mind as we consider it:

1. This statement is pointless if Jesus Christ is merely a creature like the rest of men. It goes without saying that God is greater than a man.

2. The expression “my Father” itself is a claim to Deity, as the Jews recognised in John 5:17. When the Lord said, “My Father worketh hitherto and I work”, they saw this as making Himself equal with God.

3. He is stated to be equal with God in other scriptures, such as follows:

“In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.” John 1:1.

“I and my Father are one.”, John 10:30.

“Christ Jesus: who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God”, Philippians 2:5,6.

“His dear Son:…Who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature: for by him were all things created”, Colossians 1:13,15,16.

“his Son…being the brightness of his glory, and the express image of his person”, Hebrews 1:2,3.

So nothing in the phrase we are considering should be thought of as denying the truth of the Deity of Christ.
4. John writes to specifically set forth the Deity of Christ, (“these are written, that ye might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God”, John 20:31), so why is he the only one to record this statement, if it goes against his theme?
We could ask ourselves the question, is a natural father greater than his natural son? Do they not share the same nature? Does not the father beget in his own likeness, and reproduce himself in his son? The father is not greater because he is prior in time, for that does not bestow greatness. Nor is he greater because he is responsible for the begetting of his son, for the son is simply, in a sense, an extension of himself; that does not bestow greatness either.

But what if the father is head of the company he has built up, and when his son leaves school he feels it best that he should be on the payroll like an employee, and obey the dictates of the company director, who just happens to be his father? Is not the father greater than the son in a sense then?

No sooner does the son become an employee, he becomes subject to his father. He must obey if he wishes to remain in the workforce. He may be morally superior to his father; he may be more hardworking than his father, he may be more clever than his father, but the over-riding matter is that he is a servant.

Now the above illustration has many flaws in it in regards to the relationship between God the Father and His Son. But the main point is this, that when the Son of God took upon Him the form of a servant and was made in the likeness of men, He accepted a place of subjection, and with that came the obligation to obey. At that point His Father became, not greater in essence or nature, not greater in integrity or character, not greater is skill or ability, but greater in administrative function. Nevertheless, when He commanded the Lord to do something, it did not in any wise imply that He was inferior to Him.

So what is the connection between the Son going back to the Father and Him being greater than the Son? The Lord was not able to say at that point, for there were certain things they were not able to bear before the Spirit indwelt them. But we now know that the return of the Lord Jesus to heaven opened up a whole range of ministries that He could not engage in until the work of Calvary was over.

We should remember that the Lord Jesus has taken the form of a servant for ever, for part of being a man is the obligation to serve God, and He is a man for ever. Currently He is a minister of the sanctuary, Hebrews 8:2, and in a day to come He said Himself that “he shall gird himself, and make them to sit down to meat, and will come forth and serve them”, Luke 12:37. And even at the end of time, we read, “And when all things shall be subdued unto him, then shall the Son also himself be subject unto him that put all things under Him, that God may be all in all”, 1 Corinthians 15:28.

He was going back to His Father in full recognition that He had much service ahead of Him, which service He would render in obedience to His Father, and this should give the apostles cause for joy, for it would mean He would minister to their needs despite being far away in heaven. All that He had been to them in the past would be secure for them in the future, and more besides.

14:29
And now I have told you before it come to pass, that, when it is come to pass, ye might believe.

And now I have told you before it come to pass- He had told them that Judas would betray Him, “that, when it is come to pass, ye may believe that I am He”, 13:19. Now we have almost identical words in connection with His going away and the ministry that would open up for Him afterwards. So whether it is the sadness of His betrayal, or the joy of His reinstatement in heaven, the apostles were fortified by the fact that He knew beforehand, and that these events did not take Him by surprise. They would thereby be confirmed in their faith in Him. Their faith in Him before was in one who would ascend the throne of David, now their faith would be in one who had ascended to the throne of heaven.

14:30
Hereafter I will not talk much with you: for the prince of this world cometh, and hath nothing in me.

Hereafter I will not talk much with you- He would teach them some more, but not much, for they were not able to bear it until the Spirit came at Pentecost to carry on His teaching work, 16:13. Does He sense the approach of Judas, and does He wish to protect from disturbance the man who kindly gave Him the upper room? It is possible that the house was owned by Mark’s father, and that Judas came to the house first before he tried to locate Him in the Garden of Gethsemane. Was the young man clad only in a linen cloth who followed the arrest party Mark himself, disturbed from his sleep by Judas’ visit, and who then followed the band of soldiers to Gethsemane? See Mark 14:51,52, the only place where this incident is recorded.

For the prince of this world cometh, and hath nothing in me- even though Judas, empowered as he now was by Satan, the prince of this world, would put into operation the arrest, examination, sentence and crucifixion of the Lord Jesus, He was confident, at the outset, that all the accusations were baseless, and that He was innocent of them all. All other men had things in them that Satan could accuse them of, but not He.

This statement by the Lord would strengthen their hearts, for many charges would be laid against Him, and when they heard of them they might waver in their belief in Him. Here is His assurance that all the charges would be baseless, and continued faith in Him was worthwhile.

14:31
But that the world may know that I love the Father; and as the Father gave me commandment, even so I do. Arise, let us go hence.

But that the world may know that I love the Father- having assured the disciples that there was nothing in Him that the prince of this world could fasten upon to gain an advantage, (as, sadly, there had been with Judas), the positive side is presented here. It is that the Father has everything in Him that He looked for. He asserts His love to the Father, thus assuring the disciples that there was nothing that He would fail to do for Him. He would go to the cross without any resentment or reserve.

Strange as it may seem, this is the only place where it is stated that He loves the Father. We are told several times that the Father loves the Son, but not that He loves Him. How shall we account for this? John writes, “My little children, let us not love in word, neither in tongue; but in deed and in truth.” 1 John 3:18. Is the same principle here, that the love of the Son for the Father is not stated, because it was so obvious by deed and truth? The disciples knew that He loved the Father, but now the world is going to discover it. To the unbeliever, simply observing the events of the next three days would not reveal the Son’s love to the Father, but if they came into the good of the gospel, they would learn it. So it is “the world may know”, not “the world shall know”. They will have the opportunity to know.

And as the Father gave me commandment, even so I do- even though the Father’s word to the Son was not of the same sort as the ten commandments given to Israel, nevertheless so eager was He to comply, that He treated them like commandments. He did not need to be ordered to obey, for He did so willingly. Not only was He willing, but He was careful to do exactly as the Father said, for it is “as…even so”. The specific commandment in view was the one He spoke of in John 10:17,18, “Therefore doth my Father love me, because I lay down my life that I might take it again. No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father.” So it is that He begins the journey from the upper room to the cross, to the tomb, and to heaven. The love of the Son for the Father, resulting in Him obeying His commandments, is the example for the disciples whilst He is absent from them, so they show their love to Him by likewise keeping His commandments, verse 15.

Arise, let us go hence- on the original passover night, the Israelites were told to eat the passover meal “with your loins girded, your shoes on your feet, and your staff in your hand; and ye shall eat it in haste; it is the Lord’s passover”, Exodus 12:11. Just as Israel began their journey to Canaan that night, and ate the meal in readiness to move off, so the Lord and His disciples are beginning a journey. He is about to accomplish His decease, (the word is “exodon”, meaning exodus), Luke 9:31, and depart out of this world. The disciples will soon learn that He has taken them out of the world, morally speaking, but will send them into the word, evangelically speaking. By removing them from the upper room at this point, the Lord is indicating that there is a change in His ministry, and He will now prepare them for conditions in this world in the next two chapters. This will involve fruit-bearing and testimony, the subject of chapters 15 and 16. With this we may compare the change of location in Matthew 13, with the first four of seven parables spoken to the crowds at the sea side, and the last three spoken to the disciples in the house, Matthew 13:1,36. The location is significant in each case.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROMANS 11

We hope you find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the contact form at the end of each article. We would be pleased to hear from you.

 

GOD’S DEALINGS WITH THE NATION OF ISRAEL.

Romans chapters 9-11 form a parenthetical section in the epistle, in which the apostle shows that the gospel to Jew and Gentile as detailed in chapters 1-8 is perfectly in harmony with the purpose of God. In chapter 9 the emphasis is upon incidents from Israel’s past which declare the principles behind that purpose.  In chapter 10 the emphasis is on Israel’s present unbelief and its consequences.  In chapter 11 the emphasis is on the future for Israel when “the Redeemer shall come from Zion”.  It is noticeable that in these three chapters the apostle speaks 14 times of Israel, with the emphasis on what they are as a nation, whereas in the rest of the epistle he speaks of Jews, with the emphasis on what they are as individuals.  It is also noteworthy that there are some 30 quotes from the Old Testament in Romans chapters 1-8, and 12-16, whereas there are almost as many, 28, in chapters 9-11. In view of the fact that as a people Israel are disobedient and gainsaying, 10:21, what has God’s response been?  The apostle asks two main questions which by their construction demand a negative answer.  The first is in verse 1, the second in verse 11.  As he answers these questions, he is able to show that God has a purpose in the unbelief of Israel as a nation, and also intends to transform their attitude when Christ comes again to the earth.

THE STRUCTURE OF THE CHAPTER 1

Verses 1 to 10 God casting away Israel as a nation
Verses 11-15  Israel stumbling at Christ.
Verses 16-24 God breaking off branches from an olive tree.
Verses 25-32 Christ coming to Israel as deliverer.
Verses 33-36 Paul worshipping God for His wisdom and knowledge.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 11, VERSES 1 TO 10:

11:1  I say then, Hath God cast away His people? God forbid. For I also am an Israelite, of the seed of Abraham, of the tribe of Benjamin.

11:2  God hath not cast away His people which He foreknew. Wot ye not what the scripture saith of Elias? how he maketh intercession to God against Israel saying,

11:3  Lord, they have killed Thy prophets, and digged down Thine altars; and I am left alone, and they seek my life.

11:4  But what saith the answer of God unto him? I have reserved to Myself seven thousand men, who have not bowed the knee to the image of Baal.

11:5  Even so then at this present time also there is a remnant according to the election of grace.

11:6  And if by grace, then is it no more of works: otherwise grace is no more grace. But if it be of works, then it is no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.

11:7  What then? Israel hath not obtained that which he seeketh for; but the election hath obtained it, and the rest were blinded.

11:8  (According as it is written, God hath given them the spirit of slumber, eyes that they should not see, and ears that they should not hear;) unto this day.

11:9  And David saith, Let their table be made a snare, and a trap, and a stumblingblock, and a recompence unto them:

11:10  Let their eyes be darkened, that they may not see, and bow down their back alway.

SECTION 1    Verses 1-10    God casting Israel away as a nation

 

11:1  I say then, Hath God cast away His people? God forbid. For I also am an Israelite, of the seed of Abraham, of the tribe of Benjamin.

I say then- this is an expression which expects an answer in the negative.
Hath God cast away His people?- that is, has God cast away His people so thoroughly that an individual Jew cannot be saved?
God forbid- a strong assertion that this is not the case, for two reasons which the apostle now gives; the first in verses 1-2(i), the second in verse 2(ii)-5.  See Leviticus 26:44,45.
For I also am an Israelite- if God has cast away every individual Jew, then He has cast away Paul.  Of the seed of Abraham, of the tribe of Benjamin- the apostle was able to trace his lineage back to Benjamin and Abraham.  This shows that he was not a proselyte from the Gentiles, who might be considered an exception to the rule that God has cast off Israel.

11:2  God hath not cast away His people which He foreknew. Wot ye not what the scripture saith of Elias? how he maketh intercession to God against Israel saying,

God hath not cast away His people which He foreknew when the boundaries of the nations were set after the scattering because of Babel, then the sons of Adam were divided up in relation to the people of Israel, even though as a nation they were not yet formed,  They were in the mind of God, however, Deuteronomy 32:8,9.  When Christ rules as King of Israel, it will be a kingdom prepared from the foundation of the world, Matthew 25:34.  When God rested on the seventh day in Genesis 2:2, then that was an anticipation of His millenial rest, according to Hebrews 4:1-9.  He has not cast away the nation utterly, for they are destined for greatness according to His foreknowledge.  Note Leviticus 26:45, “Remember the covenant of their ancestors”.
Wot ye not?- that is, “know ye not?”
What the scripture saith of Elias- the situation in Elijah’s day provides an illustration of things current in the apostle’s day.  The incident is recorded in 1 Kings 19.  The literal rendering of the apostle’s words reads “The scripture saith in Elijah”, meaning the section which in the Jewish scriptures was headed “Elijah”; cf. Mark 12:26, “In (the section headed) The Bush”.  The Jews gave titles to paragraphs in the Old Testament which summed up the content.
How he maketh intercession to God against Israel, saying- note that Elijah, a representative of the law, interceded against Israel, whereas Paul, a representative of grace, longed and prayed that Israel might be saved, Romans 10:1.

11:3  Lord, they have killed Thy prophets, and digged down Thine altars; and I am left alone, and they seek my life.

Lord, they have killed Thy prophets, and digged down Thy altars; and I am left alone, and they seek my life- Elijah thought the situation was so desperate that he was the only believer left amongst a nation that had killed God’s servants and sought to do the same to him.

11:4  But what saith the answer of God unto him? I have reserved to Myself seven thousand men, who have not bowed the knee to the image of Baal.

But what saith the answer of God to him?- God’s response to him was based on His full knowledge of the situation, counteracting Elijah’s defective knowledge.
I have reserved to Myself seven thousand men, who have not bowed the knee to the image of Baal- God’s purpose had not been frustrated by Ahab and Jezebel, but He had overruled to preserve for Himself a remnant.

11:5  Even so then at this present time also there is a remnant according to the election of grace.

Even so at this present time also- just as in Elijah’s day there was a remnant of faithful believers, even though Elijah thought he alone was loyal to God, so the situation is the same today.
There is a remnant according to the election of grace- there is a remnant of Jews who have believed the gospel and have come into the good of God’s grace.  Despite sins far worse than killing prophets, (for they had killed God’s Son), the grace of God was still available to them.  Note that there is “a remnant”, the Jews who had believed the gospel, and “the rest”,  verse 7, the majority who remained in unbelief.  Election is sometimes national, as with Israel, and sometimes individual, as here.  With Jacob and Esau, the election was one of purpose, and individual salvation was not in view, whereas here the salvation of individuals by the grace of God is in view. See 2 Thessalonians 2:13,14.  Note that it is the election of grace, not the election of sovereignty, for men come into the good of God’s electing purpose when they believe, as 2 Thessalonians 2:2 indicates with the words, “because God hath chosen you to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief of the truth”.

11:6  And if by grace, then is it no more of works: otherwise grace is no more grace. But if it be of works, then it is no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.

And if by grace, then is it no more of works: otherwise grace is no more grace- if the blessing for Israel was on the ground of their works, they have clearly forfeited it, for their work was to crucify their Messiah! The whole principle of grace is destroyed if God’s grace blesses works.
But if it be of works, then is it no more of grace: otherwise work is no more work- the principle of grace and works are so diametrically opposed, that to mix them is to destroy them.

11:7  What then? Israel hath not obtained that which he seeketh for; but the election hath obtained it, and the rest were blinded.

What then?- what is the true situation, which preserves God’s grace, yet brings individual Jews into blessing?
Israel hath not obtained that which he seeketh for-
in 9:31,32, Israel is described as not finding what it sought by way of blessing from God, because it sought it not by faith.
But the election hath obtained it- those who are described as “a remnant according to the election of grace”, verse 5.
And the rest were blinded- the majority of the nation who rejected Christ as their Messiah have been judged by God in a way which matches their reaction to Him.  They closed their eyes, so God has ensured that they keep them closed.

11:8  (According as it is written, God hath given them the spirit of slumber, eyes that they should not see, and ears that they should not hear;) unto this day.

(According as it is written)- not was written, but still stands written, a constant testimony from God as to what He said He would do, and which can now be seen as done.
God hath given them the spirit of slumber- the remainder of verse 8 is a quotation from Isaiah 6:9,10, but this phrase is taken from Isaiah 29:10.  The nation was as if asleep, with their eyes closed.  There may be the thought that just as a sleeper may awake and open his eyes, so Israel are not permanently blinded.
Eyes that they should not see- Isaiah, having seen the glory of Christ, (see John 12:41), was told to go to Israel and first describe them as hearing, but not understanding, and seeing and not perceiving; then “make their ears heavy”, and “shut their eyes”.  In other words make them this by describing them as this.  Isaiah had no power to blind them.  So in Christ’s day, when again His glory was seen, those things which Christ did by way of miracles were called signs, but they refused what they saw.  Hence God has blinded them nationally, ensuring that they will not see until they receive Christ with faith.
And ears that they should not hear- Christ’s teaching had fallen upon deaf ears, for they ignored Him when He said, “Let these sayings sink down into your ears”.  See Matthew 13:13-17.  The parable ministry of the Lord Jesus was as a result of the nation rejecting Him, see Matthew 13:10-17.  So also in John 12:40,42, where even from amongst a blinded nation there were those who believed, which shows that the blinding is national.
Unto this day- this may be Paul’s comment, for what the prophet had foretold had come to pass, and the judicial blindness was ongoing.  Or it may be a quotation from Deuteronomy 29:4, where similar things about not seeing and hearing were said by Moses, and the words “unto this day” are used.  This does not prevent individuals being saved, but it does prevent God’s purpose for them as His chosen nation from being fulfilled at the present time.

11:9  And David saith, Let their table be made a snare, and a trap, and a stumblingblock, and a recompence unto them:

And David saith, Let their table be made a snare, and a trap, and a stumblingblock, and a recompence unto them- this is a quotation from Psalm 69:22,23, which gives the solemn words of a crucified Christ regarding the nation which rejected Him.  Those things which they had seen and heard from Him were like a banquet spread before them, but they refused the feast.  Christ had spread a banquet, and filled the cup of joy- they gave Him gall and vinegar in return.  In recompence, God ensures that the bitter things which they offered to Christ for His meat and drink on the cross, Psalm 69:21, become theirs.  In Jeremiah 9:15 God declares, “I will feed them, even this people, with wormwood, and give them water of gall to drink.  I will scatter them also among the heathen”. The stumblingblock, or “skandalon”, was the part of a trap to which bait was attached.  So the “snare” is the bait fixed, then the prey is herded towards the “trap”, the “stumblingblock” of the trap is sprung, and the “recompence” is known by the trapped victim.

11:10  Let their eyes be darkened, that they may not see, and bow down their back alway.

Let their eyes be darkened, that they may not see- instead of the light of Christ’s person illuminating them, by its very brightness it has blinded their eyes.  Paul had experience of the light of Christ’s glory blinding him, but he had said “Lord, what wilt thou have me to do”.
And bow down their back alway- they were not only blinded to see and hear what Christ did and said on earth, but they were bowed down as a nation so that they could not see Him in His heavenly glory.  These words come from Psalm 69, a traitor psalm, (see Psalm 69:25 and Acts 1:20), but the nation as a whole had become the betrayer of Christ, Acts 7:52.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 11, VERSES 11 TO 15:

11:11  I say then, Have they stumbled that they should fall? God forbid: but rather through their fall salvation is come unto the Gentiles, for to provoke them to jealousy.

11:12  Now if the fall of them be the riches of the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles; how much more their fulness?

11:13  For I speak to you Gentiles, inasmuch as I am the apostle of the Gentiles, I magnify mine office:

11:14  If by any means I may provoke to emulation them which are my flesh, and might save some of them.

11:15  For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them be, but life from the dead?

SECTION 2    Verses 11-15    ISRAEL STUMBLING AT CHRIST

11:11  I say then, Have they stumbled that they should fall? God forbid: but rather through their fall salvation is come unto the Gentiles, for to provoke them to jealousy.

I say then- as with the same expression in verse 1, this phrase expects the answer “No”.
Have they stumbled that they should fall?- has Israel stumbled to fall never to rise again?
God forbid- the answer again is in the negative, but now the reason lies in the purpose of God to bless Gentiles as a result of Israel’s rejection of their Messiah.  The way still lies open for their recovery as a nation, for the apostle speaks in verse 12 of “their fulness” in contrast to their “fall” or defection from the path of faithfulness to God.  In verse 12 he speaks of them being received nationally, and in verse 15 of some being saved individually.
But rather through their fall salvation is come unto the Gentiles- note the two words for fall.  The verb fall, “have they stumbled that they should fall”, means to fall aside, to defect, whereas the noun fall, “through their fall”, is the general word for fall.  So whereas it is true they have fallen, in the sense of “fall by the wayside”, yet that fall is not irreversible.  God delays their recovery however, because during the time when He breaks off dealings with Israel as a nation, He turns to the Gentiles to call out of them a people for His name, Acts 15:14.
For to provoke them to jealousy- the apostle has already quoted the words of Deuteronomy 32:21 in Romans 10:19.  By turning to the Gentiles, God would ensure that Israel would be startled into a reassessment of their position.  When they saw Gentiles being blessed with blessings superior to those promised to them, they would be envious in the right sort of way.  Peter, when writing to the “Sojourners of the Dispersion”, refers to “exceeding great and precious promises”, 2 Peter 1:4.  Israel had great and precious promises, believers of this present age have exceedingly better ones.

11:12  Now if the fall of them be the riches of the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles; how much more their fulness?

Now if the fall of them be the riches of the world- their temporary falling aside from a position of advantage means that God’s rich blessing flows out potentially to the whole world.
And the diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles- they are now restricted, for their national unbelief has resulted in only a small proportion of them being believers.  This means, however, that those who were formerly not blessed, can be.
How much more their fulness- if gospel blessings flow out to the whole world through their being restricted, what will be the result of their enlargement as the nation of God’s choice?  Worldwide blessing will flow out to the Gentiles in the Kingdom Age, otherwise known as the Millennium.

11:13  For I speak to you Gentiles, inasmuch as I am the apostle of the Gentiles, I magnify mine office:

For I speak to you Gentiles, (inasmuch as I am the apostle to the Gentiles, I magnify my office)- Paul now addresses the Gentile world, and his qualification for doing this is that he was especially commissioned to take the gospel to the Gentiles.  He magnifies his office in a good cause- he does not magnify himself.

It is important to realize that Paul is not addressing saints as such in verses 13-24.  In verse 25 he reverts to addressing believers.

11:14  If by any means I may provoke to emulation them which are my flesh, and might save some of them.

If by any means I may provoke to emulation them which are my flesh- emulation is jealousy.  The writing of the apostle is designed to provoke Jews to think.  The fact that Paul is apostle to the Gentiles does not mean he is indifferent to his kinsmen in Israel.
And might save some of them- thus they would anticipate the national salvation that awaits them at the end-time, and meanwhile enter into the better and heavenly blessings given to church believers.

11:15  For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them be, but life from the dead?

For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the world- “God was in Christ reconciling the world unto Himself”, 2 Corinthians 5:19, not limiting His dealings to Israel now.  Christ was not sent but unto the lost sheep of the house of Israel, Matthew 15:24, although He did bless individual Gentiles.
What shall the receiving of them be, but life from the dead?- The “for” at the beginning of the verse shows this is the consequence of the desire of Paul for the salvation of “some” in Israel.  As the apostle to Gentiles, the apostle was responsible for the process whereby some in Israel would be provoked to trust Christ when they realized they had forfeited national blessings.  Hence this life from the dead is individual salvation, as some in Israel believe in a Crucified and Risen Messiah.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 11, VERSES 16 TO 24:

11:16  For if the firstfruit be holy, the lump is also holy: and if the root be holy, so are the branches.

11:17  And if some of the branches be broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert graffed in among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree;

11:18  Boast not against the branches. But if thou boast, thou bearest not the root, but the root thee.

11:19  Thou wilt say then, The branches were broken off, that I might be graffed in.

11:20  Well; because of unbelief they were broken off, and thou standest by faith. Be not highminded, but fear:

11:21  For if God spared not the natural branches, take heed lest He also spare not thee.

11:22  Behold therefore the goodness and severity of God: on them which fell, severity; but toward thee, goodness, if thou continue in His goodness: otherwise thou also shalt be cut off.

11:23  And they also, if they abide not still in unbelief, shall be graffed in: for God is able to graff them in again.

11:24  For if thou wert cut out of the olive tree which is wild by nature, and wert graffed contrary to nature into a good olive tree: how much more shall these, which be the natural branches, be graffed into their own olive tree?

SECTION 3     Verses 16-24    GOD BREAKING BRANCHES FROM AN OLIVE TREE

It is important to remember when we read of branches being broken off in this section, that Paul is speaking generally of Gentiles and Jews as groups, not as individuals.  The branches represent classes of people, not individuals.  This is proved by the fact that the branches broken off in verse 17, (which represents the unbelieving part of Israel being rejected nationally since they crucified Christ), are re-instated in verse 23.  This will be done in a time that is still future, when Israel is converted as a nation.  Clearly individuals are not in view if 2000 years separates the two events.  In any case, the branches broken off were unbelievers, who showed their unbelief by rejecting Christ.  We have the definite word of the Lord Jesus that neither He nor His Father will allow His sheep to be lost, John 10:27-30.

11:16  For if the firstfruit be holy, the lump is also holy: and if the root be holy, so are the branches.

For if the firstfruit be holy, the lump is also holy- the apostle is showing that that which God approves of must always be consistently in line with His character as the Holy One.  He cannot allow a mixture of holiness and unholiness to co-exist permanently, since He hates compromise.  See Matthew 12:33.  The lump referred to here is a lump of dough.  It is a reference to Numbers 15:20, where God required that He be offered the first of their dough as an offering.  If what is offered to Him is holy, then the lump from which it was taken is holy too, for a lump of moist dough cannot be separated out, it is one whole uniform thing.
And if the root be holy, so are the branches-
this is a statement of the ideal situation, since it is clear that some of the branches of the olive tree were not holy, being unbelievers.  God acts in the ways detailed in the following verses so that this ideal situation may be reached.  The olive tree represents blessing through association with Abraham.  Just as the branch of a tree draws its nourishment (fatness) from the roots, so association with all that God promised through Abraham, guarantees spiritual prosperity if the one associating is a true believer.  God’s promise to Abraham was, “In thee shall all families of the earth be blessed”, Genesis 12:3.  The illustration of the lump of dough tells us that there is consistency between the firstfruits and the lump, whereas the illustration of the olive tree shows how God achieves this consistency.  Not only was the firstfruit of the dough to be offered, but also the firstfruit of the olive tree, Deuteronomy 18:4.

11:17  And if some of the branches be broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert graffed in among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree;

And if some of the branches be broken off- some of the branches of this olive tree, (described in verse 24 as “a good olive tree”), were only children of Abraham in the physical sense, not as believers.  They represent that part of the nation of Israel which rejected Christ, (the “rest” of verse 7), and were rejected by God as a result. The branches that remain represent that remnant of Israel, (the “remnant” of verse 5) which believed in Christ.  Many in Israel made the mistake of thinking that because they were physically descended from Abraham, and had been circumcised, then they were the children of God.  The seed of Abraham does sometimes include those who are merely descended from him, (see, for example, Genesis 15:5), but the Lord Jesus reminded those of His day that although Ishmael was descended from Abraham, yet he was a slave and not a son. See John 8:30-47, Genesis 21:13.  In other senses the seed of Abraham is either Isaac, Christ, Galatians 3:16, or believers, Galatians 3:29, 4:28-31. And thou, being a wild olive tree, wert graffed in among them- usually shoots from a cultivated tree are grafted onto the stock of a wild tree.  There are references in the writings of those times to the practice of doing the reverse, however.  The Gentiles, sunk in sin and idolatry, were those who were wild and uncultivated, but are now given the opportunity of association with the things of God.  Note only some of the branches are broken off, and the Gentile branches are grafted among the branches that remain, for the remnant of the election of grace remain in the tree, whilst the unbelieving majority forfeit the right to bl;essing and are cut off from the blessing.
And with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree- the root is that which gives a tree stability, and also draws necessary resources to pass on to the rest of the tree.  Such was Abraham, with whom God made a firm and everlasting covenant, and through whom all the nations of the earth would be blessed, Genesis 12:3.  The fatness of the olive tree would be the rich nutrients carried up from the roots, representing the rich blessing of God which association with God as a child of Abraham brings.  “That the blessing of Abraham might come on the Gentiles through Jesus Christ; that we might receive the promise of the Spirit through faith”, Galatians 3:14.  The apostle is showing that the enjoyment of these things is not a national right, but as a result of the goodness of God.

11:18  Boast not against the branches. But if thou boast, thou bearest not the root, but the root thee.

Boast not against the branches- the Gentiles should not boast of this privilege, for they have the opportunity of blessing only because of association with what God promised to Abraham.  They have no merit of their own.  Even though it is true that others have been removed to make room for them, this does not mean they have ground for boasting.
But if thou boast, thou bearest not the root, but the root thee- if they are tempted to boast, (and the apostle shows in verse 20 they are likely to be high-minded and therefore boastful), they should remember that they are not the source of their stability and welfare, (they do not bear the root, as if they supported the whole of the tree), but the root supports them, as is normal with trees.

11:19  Thou wilt say then, The branches were broken off, that I might be graffed in.

Thou wilt say then, “The branches were broken off, that I might be graffed in”- if they lapse into a boastful state they will be filled with self-importance, hence the word “I” is emphasized.

11:20  Well; because of unbelief they were broken off, and thou standest by faith. Be not highminded, but fear:

Well- The statement of verse 19 is a fair assessment of the situation, “Well said”, or “Fair comment”, but the Gentiles should remember that they only have a permanent place in the olive tree if they are believers; mere profession is not enough.  Being amongst the olive branches represents a test of reality.  Those who prove themselves to have no spiritual life, are eventually removed. 
Because of unbelief they were broken off, and thou standest by faith-
the only reason that association with the good olive tree can be continued is through genuine faith.  Mere religious association with the things of God is not enough.
Be not high-minded, but fear- it is tragically true that one of the leading features of Christendom is its arrogant disregard for God and His word.  Men should tremble at His word, but the Christian profession is not marked by this, generally speaking.

11:21  For if God spared not the natural branches, take heed lest He also spare not thee.

For if God spared not the natural branches, take heed lest He also spare not thee- if God did not hesitate to remove the Jewish branches because of their unbelief, then why should He hesitate to remove Gentiles who likewise only profess?  The natural branches had more claim on the olive tree than the graffed-in branches did.

11:22  Behold therefore the goodness and severity of God: on them which fell, severity; but toward thee, goodness, if thou continue in His goodness: otherwise thou also shalt be cut off.

Behold therefore the goodness and severity of God- the goodness of God does not override His holiness and righteousness.  He will not hesitate to be severe if His goodness is despised.
On them which fell, severity- the removal of Jewish branches is evidence of the severe judgement of God on the nation which rejected His Son.
But toward thee, goodness, if thou continue in His goodness: otherwise thou also shalt be cut off- His grafting of Gentiles into the tree is evidence of His goodness.  Let them continue in His goodness, and thereby show themselves genuine.  Otherwise they will experience the same severity.  Those who, being true believers, continue in His goodness, will not be broken off.

11:23  And they also, if they abide not still in unbelief, shall be graffed in: for God is able to graff them in again.

And they also, if they abide not still in unbelief, shall be graffed in: for God is able to graff them in again- if Israel repents as a nation, as it will do in the future, see Zechariah 12:10-14, Revelation 1:7, they will be re-instated into the olive tree of blessing on a permanent basis.  The remnant of Israel that will believe in God during the time of the Great Tribulation, are of the same sort as those who believe amongst Israel now.  What is spoken of here is national restoration.  Those who believe as individual Jews now, are represented by branches that have never been broken off.

11:24  For if thou wert cut out of the olive tree which is wild by nature, and wert graffed contrary to nature into a good olive tree: how much more shall these, which be the natural branches, be graffed into their own olive tree?

For if thou wert cut out of the olive tree which is wild by nature, and wert graffed contrary to nature into a good olive tree: how much more shall these, which be the natural branches, be graffed into their own olive tree?- if God is able to do the thing which is contrary to nature, (graft wild branches onto a cultivated olive), He is able to graft a cultivated branch back in too.  Especially since the tree they are re-instated in is “their own olive tree”, the tree they were associated with originally because of God’s dealings with them as a nation.  Let us notice again that this breaking off and grafting back in are events centuries apart- they have not to do with individuals being lost after they were saved.  Such an idea is completely foreign to Scripture.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 11, VERSES 25 TO 32:

11:25  For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in.

11:26  And so all Israel shall be saved: as it is written, There shall come out of Sion the Deliverer, and shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob:

11:27  For this is My covenant unto them, when I shall take away their sins.

11:28  As concerning the gospel, they are enemies for your sakes: but as touching the election, they are beloved for the father’s sakes.

11:29  For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance.

11:30  For as ye in times past have not believed God, yet have now obtained mercy through their unbelief:

11:31  Even so have these also now not believed, that through your mercy they also may obtain mercy.

11:32  For God hath concluded them all in unbelief, that He might have mercy upon all.

SECTION 4    Verses 25-32    CHRIST COMING TO ISRAEL AS A DELIVERER

The apostle now describes how the nation will be brought back into blessing again.  It will not be by the gradual spread of the gospel, but by the return of Christ.

11:25  For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in.

For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery- note the apostle now reverts to calling them brethren, whereas in verse 13 he was speaking to the Gentiles in general, believers or not.  A mystery in the New Testament is a secret which is now disclosed to those who have the Spirit of God, and who are therefore able to understand it.  The dealings of God in the way spoken of in this passage are a mystery unknown in Old Testament times.  The prophets did not know of a casting off for Israel to allow the Gentiles opportunity for blessing, for they always spoke in terms of Gentiles being blessed though Israel.  Nor did they envisage that there would be such a long period of opportunity for the Gentiles.
Lest you should be wise in your own conceits- lest you think, with worldly wisdom, that the Gentiles are in some way superior to the Jews, and that this is why the latter have been broken off.  They have not been broken off as a compliment to Gentiles, but as a judgement to Jews.
That blindness in part is happened to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in- the blindness referred to in verses 7 and 8 as experienced by Israel is only partial at present, in that it does not involve the whole of the nation, for some are Christians.  It is not partial blindness for all, but total blindness for part of the nation.  When the full number of Gentile believers has been reached, then God will resume His dealings with Israel as a nation.  Just as the removal of the natural branches was provoked by the rejection of Christ by the nation of Israel, so the removal of the Gentiles will be provoked by their siding with Antichrist.  The fulness of the Gentiles is the sum total of Gentiles blessed as individuals during the time of Israel’s national rejection.

11:26  And so all Israel shall be saved: as it is written, There shall come out of Sion the Deliverer, and shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob:

And so all Israel shall be saved- it is clear that the majority in Israel, (the “many” of Daniel 9:27), will accept the protection of the Antichrist, and will make a covenant with him, so that they may continue with their temple-rituals.  These, however, shall perish in the final stages of God’s wrath at the end of the Tribulation, having received the mark of the beast, see Revelation 14:9-11.  Others, however, will be under the protection of God, Revelation 12:6,14.  Still others will travel worldwide to preach the Gospel of the Kingdom, Revelation 7:1-8, (with the results of their ministry in verses 9-17), Matthew 24:14.  Those who give help to these will be rewarded when the King comes, for they will show by their kindness to the Jews that they are true believers, just as Rahab did, Matthew 25:34-40, Hebrews 11:31, James 2:25,26.  All Israel clearly does not include either apostates or unbelieving Jews of Old Testament times, so is not an absolute statement. “All Israel” stands in contrast to a remnant of Israel, as now.  All twelve tribes of Israel, in contrast to the two-tribed portion of the nation, (which formed the majority of those who came back from Babylon and were in the land when Paul was writing), will be brought into blessing. There will no longer be a division between a remnant who believe and the rest, the majority, who do not.  Those who enter Christ’s Messianic kingdom will all be saved persons.
As it is written- despite being a mystery, the truth set out here by the apostle is supported by Old Testament prophecies.  It is what happens in the interval between Christ’s first and second comings that is a mystery.
There shall come out of Zion the deliverer- when Judah was taken into captivity into Babylon, the Times of the Gentiles began, and God began to be known as the God of Heaven- He was no longer the God of the Land of Israel, for the royal tribe was in exile.  The centre of government moved to the heavenly Zion, and out from this place the Deliverer of the nation of Israel will come.  John saw Him as the Lion of the tribe of Judah in heaven, not in the land of Israel, Revelation 5:5.
And shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob- this is a quotation from Isaiah 59:20.  In the previous verses of that chapter, the prophet has described the feelings of the oppressed nation of Israel, and their hopes for deliverance.  Those who resist worshipping the beast will at last be delivered from their trials, and the sight of Christ coming in glory will be the means of their salvation.  Isaiah wrote “They that turn from transgression in Jacob”, which highlights their responsibility to turn in repentance from transgression, but that which stimulates them to do so is the coming of Christ.  So both statements are true, for Jacob will turn, yet the thing that turns them is the appearance of Christ.  Just as Saul of Tarsus was converted by the sight of Jesus of Nazareth in heaven, so these will see that same Jesus of Nazareth coming in the clouds of heaven, and they who pierced Him will weep for what they did, Revelation 1:7, Zechariah 12:10,11.  Paul describes himself as a “pattern to them which should hereafter believe on Him to life everlasting”, 1 Timothy 1:16, and this includes Israelites who believe, whether now or at the end of the Tribulation period.

11:27  For this is My covenant unto them, when I shall take away their sins.

For this is My covenant unto them, when I shall take away their sins- Israel will then enter into the good of the New Covenant, which promises the forgiveness of sins, see Jeremiah 31:31-34, Hebrews 8:8-12; Hebrews 10:15-18.  Literally the words are “This is My covenant from Me to them”, indicating that the initiative is entirely God’s.  Hebrews 8:9 expressly says that this covenant is not like the covenant of the law, which depended on Israel’s obedience.  This covenant is unconditional and everlasting, Hebrews 13:20, and is guaranteed by Christ Himself, Hebrews 7:22.  They will come into the good of the sacrifice of Christ accomplished so long before.

11:28  As concerning the gospel, they are enemies for your sakes: but as touching the election, they are beloved for the father’s sakes.

As concerning the gospel they are enemies for your sakes- at the present time Israel maintains enmity with God and this attitude has become the means the blessing for Gentiles.  The apostle is not saying that the Gentiles should treat them as their enemies.  The enmity is on their part, and toward God.
But as touching the election, they are beloved for the father’s sakes- when the nation is saved, they will enter into what God had in mind when He chose them, and promised blessing to the fathers of the nation like Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.  He reaffirmed to Moses that He was still the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, even though they had died, so the promises He made to them would not lapse, but they would rise from the dead to receive them. See Exodus 3:6 and Matthew 22:23-33.

11:29  For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance.

For the gifts and calling of God are without repentance- God will never change His mind after He has promised to bless and to call.  His calling of them as a nation in the person of Abraham, and His individual gifts of salvation and privilege, will never be revoked.  It goes without saying that this verse does not mean that God blesses men apart from them repenting, for it is clear that He does not.  It is God that does not repent, not men, in this context.

11:30  For as ye in times past have not believed God, yet have now obtained mercy through their unbelief:

For as ye in times past have not believed God, yet have now obtained mercy through their unbelief- in Old Testament times the Gentiles were generally unbelieving, yet have come into blessing because Israel rejected their Messiah.  The words “believed” and “unbelief” both have the idea of disobedience in them, in contrast to the obedience of faith, Romans 1:5, 16:26.

11:31  Even so have these also now not believed, that through your mercy they also may obtain mercy.

Even so, have these also now not believed- they refused nationally to obey Christ.  His words were of equal authority to the words of the law uttered at Sinai, yet they refused to obey, Matthew 5:21,27,33,43.  See Deuteronomy 30:8-10 and Acts 3:22,23.
That through your mercy- by means of the fact that mercy has been shown to the Gentiles without that blessing coming via the nation of Israel.  Many Gentiles have embraced that mercy and made it their own.
They also may obtain mercy- so the Gentiles come into mercy through the unbelief of Israel, and this is also the means whereby the nation is eventually brought back. The restoration of Israel does not depend upon the Gentiles, but the coming of Christ.

11:32  For God hath concluded them all in unbelief, that He might have mercy upon all.

For God hath concluded them all in unbelief, that He might have mercy upon all- all individuals, Jew and Gentile alike, have been concluded (put in the same category) in unbelief, or disobedience, so they may all have opportunity to know God’s mercy.  All must be reduced to an absolute dependence on the mercy of God.  None may gain a standing before God either on individual or collective merit.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 11, VERSES 33 TO 36:

11:33  O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out!

11:34  For who hath known the mind of the Lord? or who hath been His counsellor?

11:35  Or who hath first given to Him, and it shall be recompensed unto him again?

11:36  For of Him, and through Him, and to Him, are all things: to whom be glory for ever. Amen.

SECTION 5    Verses 33-36    PAUL’S EXPRESSION OF PRAISE

Each of the three major sections of the epistle ends on a note of praise and triumph, see 8:38,39; 16:25-27. This particular doxology (praise to God) is based on a quotation from Isaiah 40:13,14, which reads, “Who hath directed the Spirit of the Lord, or being His counsellor hath taught Him?”  The implied answer to Isaiah’s question is “No-one”.

11:33  O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments, and His ways past finding out!

O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God!- the wisdom and knowledge of God are infinite, therefore they must be deep, far beyond our ability to plumb their depths.  Yet there is a hint in the word riches that He has made His wisdom (insight into the true nature of things) and knowledge known in a measure, as in 10:12, “The same Lord is rich unto all that call upon Him”.  This is confirmed when we read the same quotation from Isaiah 40:13 in 1 Corinthians 2:16, which is there followed by “But we have the mind of Christ”.  In other words the wisdom and knowledge of God are beyond the unaided mind of man to grasp, but by the Spirit believers are able to begin to grasp things as Christ (who knows them fully), reveals them.
How unsearchable are His judgements-
God’s judgements, or decisions, (such as to break off branches and graft in branches), are based upon His infinite wisdom and knowledge.
And His ways past finding out- His ways, which are the outworking of His decisions, are likewise mysterious.  Hence the apostle describes the unfolding of the partial knowledge of these things in this chapter as the telling of a mystery, verse 25.  In Old Testament times God’s purpose to bless Gentiles in the ways detailed in the New Testament, were past finding out, even by prophets.

11:34  For who hath known the mind of the Lord? or who hath been His counsellor?

For “Who hath known the mind of the Lord?  Or who hath been His counsellor?- beginning with “for” as it does, this verse gives the reason why the things of God are beyond us.  No-one can fully know the workings of the Divine mind, nor can they draw alongside as a fellow-counsellor and offer Him advice, as those who have equal or superior wisdom.  Only as God is pleased to reveal His mind can we know it.

11:35  Or who hath first given to Him, and it shall be recompensed unto him again?

Or who hath first given to Him, and it shall be recompensed to him again?- who has gone before God offering Him knowledge and wisdom He did not have before, so that He is placed under an obligation to give him a reward for his help?  For Him to bless under such circumstances would simply be recompence, the discharge of a debt.  This is impossible with God, hence the next verse begins with “for”, giving an explanation as to why it is impossible.

11:36  For of Him, and through Him, and to Him, are all things: to whom be glory for ever. Amen.

For of Him- God is the source of all things, whether as the Creator of all things, seen or unseen, the Proprietor of the earth and its unfolding ages, or the Grantor of spiritual blessings.
And through Him- God is the one through whose agency all things are carried out.  (Note incidentally that God being the means of things being accomplished does not imply that He is not God. So also, when the Lord Jesus is said to be the one “By whom” all things were made, John 1:3, this does not mean He is inferior to God.  He and God the Father are both agents in creation.)
And to Him, are all things- God is Himself the purpose for all His actings.  The supreme goal of all God’s purpose is His own glory.

In the light of the words of this doxology, and the whole of the doctrine of the preceding eleven chapters, we might well join with the apostle as he says-

TO WHOM BE GLORY FOR EVER.  AMEN.

ROMANS 10

 

We hope you find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the contact form at the end of each article. We would be pleased to hear from you.

 

STRUCTURE OF THE CHAPTER:

(a) Verses 1 -4 Israel going about.
(b) Verses 5-13 Christ coming down and rising from the dead.
(c) Verses 14-21 Preachers going forth.

SUMMARY OF THE  CHAPTER:

This chapter follows on from chapter 9, and shows God’s provision for Israel in Christ. Their national unbelief is not because of a lack of interest by God in their spiritual welfare, but rather because of their rejection of their Messiah.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 10, VERSES 1 TO 4:

10:1  Brethren, my heart’s desire and prayer to God for Israel is, that they might be saved.

10:2  For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God, but not according to knowledge.

10:3  For they being ignorant of God’s righteousness, and going about to establish their own righteousness, have not submitted themselves unto the righteousness of God.

10:4  For Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to every one that believeth.

(a)   Verses 1-4   Israel going about

10:1  Brethren, my heart’s desire and prayer to God for Israel is, that they might be saved.

Brethren, my heart’s desire and prayer to God for Israel is, that they might be saved- before, the apostle was prepared to be accursed for their sakes, if that were possible.  Now he indicates his interest in their welfare by praying for them.  In this he is in harmony with his Saviour, who sought their forgiveness when on the cross, Luke 23:34, and also continues to intercede for the nation, transgressors though they are, Isaiah 53:12.

10:2  For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God, but not according to knowledge.

For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God, but not according to knowledge- as was true of the apostle before he was saved.  His zeal knew no bounds on the Damascus Road, but it was in ignorance, 1 Timothy 1:13, for he was rejecting the One who came to the circumcision for the sake of the truth of God, Romans 15:8.

10:3  For they being ignorant of God’s righteousness, and going about to establish their own righteousness, have not submitted themselves unto the righteousness of God.

For they being ignorant of God’s righteousness- having rejected knowledge, they were necessarily ignorant.  They knew that God was righteous, for He had declared it to them, but they had no personal knowledge of what it was to be right in His sight through faith.
And going about to establish their own righteousness-
because the heart of man is full of pride, it prefers to work rather than rest in the work of another.
Have not submitted themselves unto the righteousness of God-
becoming righteous before God through the gospel necessitates submission to His word and will, and involves the surrender of our own will.

10:4  For Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to every one that believeth.

For Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to everyone that believeth- Christ has, by His death, brought the law to an end as a possible means of gaining a right standing before God.  Paul wrote, “I do not frustrate the grace of God: for if righteousness come by the law, then Christ is dead in vain”, Galatians 2:21. Since His death was not in vain, then it follows that all other means of being right with God, including attempting to keep His law, are of no avail, and are rendered obsolete.  Since there is no definite article before law, then we may read Christ is the end of “law for righteousness”; salvation is on the basis of “faith for righteousness”.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 10, VERSES 5 TO 13:

10:5  For Moses describeth the righteousness which is of the law, That the man which doeth those things shall live by them.

10:6  But the righteousness which is of faith speaketh on this wise, Say not in thine heart, Who shall ascend into heaven? (that is, to bring Christ down from above:)

10:7  Or, Who shall descend into the deep? (that is, to bring up Christ again from the dead.)

10:8  But what saith it? The word is nigh thee, even in thy mouth, and in thy heart: that is, the word of faith, which we preach;

10:9  That if thou shalt confess with thy mouth the Lord Jesus, and shalt believe in thine heart that God hath raised Him from the dead, thou shalt be saved.

10:10  For with the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation.

10:11  For the scripture saith, Whosoever believeth on Him shall not be ashamed.

10:12  For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon Him.

10:13  For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved.

(b)    Verses 5-13    Christ coming down from heaven and rising from the dead.

10:5  For Moses describeth the righteousness which is of the law, That the man which doeth those things shall live by them.

For Moses describeth the righteousness which is of the law- how powerful is Paul’s way of reasoning here, for he quotes Moses the lawgiver himself!  “Of the law” means “on the principle of law”.  Of course there is only one righteousness, but Israel sought it by the works of the law, on that principle.
That “the man that doeth those things shall live by them”-
or as the Lord Jesus said to the lawyer after he had quoted a summary of the law, “Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt live”, Luke 10:28.  The subsequent story of the Good Samaritan shows three things. 1. That those most zealous for the law, (the priest and the Levite), are unwilling to act unselfishly, and thus love their neighbour as themselves. 2. That man is incapable of working for God, because he has been rendered helpless by sin. 3. The one who loved his neighbour as himself was a Samaritan, who was not under the jurisdiction of the law, which came to Israel exclusively.

10:6  But the righteousness which is of faith speaketh on this wise, Say not in thine heart, Who shall ascend into heaven? (that is, to bring Christ down from above:)

But the righteousness which is of faith speaketh on this wise- Paul now uses the Old Testament in a way which may seem strange to us, but which would be familiar to those who were used to listening to the rabbis.  They, however, were unrestrained in the way they manipulated the scriptures, whereas the apostle applies the passage he is about to quote in a very disciplined way.  He needs a scripture that does the following things:

1. Quotes Moses.

2. Warns against ignoring the revealed will of God.

3. States there is no need for effort on their part.

4. Assures that there is blessing even for those who have rebelled against God, if they repent.

5. Emphasises the need for confession and faith.

The apostle finds the scripture he needs in Deuteronomy 30:11-14, which reads, “For this commandment which I command thee this day, it is not hidden from thee, neither is it far off.  It is not in heaven, that thou shouldest say, ‘Who will go up for us to heaven, and bring it unto us, that we may hear it, and do it’?  Neither is it beyond the sea, that thou shouldest say, ‘Who shall go over the sea for us, and bring it unto us, that we may hear it, and do it’? But the word is very nigh unto thee, in thy mouth, and in thy heart, that thou mayest do it”. He quotes three excerpts from the passage, and then says “that is”, and then gives his application of the principle involved.
Say not in thine heart, who shall ascend into heaven- in his original statement, Moses simply cites an example of a supreme effort.
(That is, to bring Christ down from above)- here is the apostle’s application of the principle involved in the statement by Moses, with particular relevance to the nation of his day whom he longs to see saved.  Their Messiah has already come down from heaven, so they have no need to journey to heaven to bring Him down.

10:7  Or, Who shall descend into the deep? (that is, to bring up Christ again from the dead.)

Or, who shall descend into the deep? (That is, to bring up Christ again from the dead)-  Moses’ words were ‘Who shall go over the sea for us’.  The reference would be to the Mediterranean Sea, the Great Sea, beyond which lay the great unknown.  The idea is of extreme distance travelled with great effort.  Paul, however, uses the word for sea which emphasises its depth, and thus introduces a further direction to the upwards and outwards already mentioned.  Christ has not to be summoned up from the dead, for He is already risen.

10:8  But what saith it? The word is nigh thee, even in thy mouth, and in thy heart: that is, the word of faith, which we preach;

But what saith it?- having stated in verses 6 and 7 what men should not say, here is what faith personified says.
“The word is nigh thee, even in thy mouth, and in thy heart” that is the word of faith, which we preach- works personified would say “Strive to attain”, faith personified says through the preaching of the gospel, “Confess and believe what God has brought near to you”.  In that way the word would be both on the lip and in the heart.

10:9  That if thou shalt confess with thy mouth the Lord Jesus, and shalt believe in thine heart that God hath raised Him from the dead, thou shalt be saved.

That if thou shalt confess with thy mouth the Lord Jesus-  here Paul gives a summary of the minimum that needs to be believed for a person to be saved.  Christ coming down from heaven implies His Lordship and His Deity, which must be accepted if a person is to be saved.  “For whatsoever is born of God overcometh the world: and this is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith. Who is he that overcometh the world, but he that believeth that Jesus is the Son of God?” 1 John 5:4,5.  To confess means to say the same thing as God does about His Son, the One sent from heaven.  In this way the word is in the mouth of the sinner when he believes.
And shalt believe in thine heart that God hath raised Him from the dead, thou shalt be saved- just as Christ’s coming from heaven implied His Deity and Lordship, so His rising from the dead implies the acceptableness of His work upon the cross for sins.  Thus the person and work of Christ are believed in the heart or innermost being of a man, and there is full agreement with the truth that God brings nigh to us about His Son as the gospel is preached.

10:10  For with the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation.

For with the heart man believeth unto righteousness; and with the mouth confession is made unto salvation-  note that in this context salvation is equivalent to being reckoned righteous by God. There are two aspects at least to this confession.  In the first instance it involves saying the same thing to God about His Son as He says to us with regard to His Deity.  In this way the word is in the mouth as we speak to God.  But there is also the need to confess Him before men subsequently, see 1 Timothy 6:11-16; Matthew 10:32.  Full salvation does not depend on this second aspect of confession, however, or else salvation would be through something we had done, rather than by pure grace. In verse 9 the order was “mouth…heart”, following the order in the quotation from Deuteronomy; here however it is “heart…mouth”. This guards against the idea that we do not need to confess Jesus Christ as risen, only believe it, nor have to believe He is the Jesus the Lord, only confess it.  Both must be believed, and both confessed.  Needless to say, this has nothing to do with confessing to a human priest, which has no basis in Scripture.

10:11  For the scripture saith, Whosoever believeth on Him shall not be ashamed.

For the scripture saith, ‘whosoever believeth on Him shall not be ashamed’- a verse already quoted in 9:33 to emphasise the availability of Christ to be believed on.  In Isaiah’s original statement, the wording was ‘shall not make haste’, we shall not need to hastily abandon reliance on Christ, whatever situation arises.

10:12  For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek: for the same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon Him.

For there is no difference between the Jew and the Greek- the whosoever” of his quotation in verse 11 has led the apostle to think of the universal application of this principle, despite the fact that he is dealing in the main with the question of Israel.  See 1:16,17, and 3:22,23.
For the same Lord over all is rich unto all that call upon Him- He is Lord over Jews and Gentiles alike, and is rich to both alike also.  The Jew must own his spiritual bankruptcy as much as the Greek, but when either believes, he is brought into the riches of God’s grace.

10:13  For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved.

For ‘Whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved’- whosoever means ‘every one that’, so any and every individual that calls shall be saved.  To call upon the name means to call to God for salvation on the ground of who the Lord Jesus is, and is the same as confessing with the mouth the Lord Jesus.  In the Old Testament the word for Lord is Jehovah, so this is a testimony to the Deity of the Lord Jesus.  The apostle will develop further the idea of calling in the next section.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS CHAPTER 10, VERSES 14 TO 21:

10:14  How then shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? and how shall they believe in Him of whom they have not heard? and how shall they hear without a preacher?

10:15  And how shall they preach, except they be sent? as it is written, How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things!

10:16  But they have not all obeyed the gospel. For Esaias saith, Lord, who hath believed our report?

10:17  So then faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the word of God.

10:18  But I say, Have they not heard? Yes verily, their sound went into all the earth, and their words unto the ends of the world.

10:19  But I say, Did not Israel know? First Moses saith, I will provoke you to jealousy by them that are no people, and by a foolish nation I will anger you.

10:20  But Esaias is very bold, and saith, I was found of them that sought Me not; I was made manifest unto them that asked not after Me.

10:21  But to Israel He saith, All day long I have stretched forth My hands unto a disobedient and gainsaying people.

(c)   Verses 14-21    Preachers going forth

10:14  How then shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? and how shall they believe in Him of whom they have not heard? and how shall they hear without a preacher?

How then shall they call on Him in whom they have not believed? and how shall they believe on Him of whom they have not heard? And how shall they hear without a preacher?- the apostle now addresses the question as to how “the word of faith, which we preach”, verse 8, reaches those who need it.  He has emphasised that Christ has come down from heaven, and has risen from the dead, and in that sense the word of faith has been brought near by Him personally.  But there is also the fact that Christ has returned to heaven, and is not available as before.  How are men to come into contact with Him now?  The answer lies in the work of the preacher.  His task is to present the truths of the gospel.  These include the fact that the Lord Jesus is the Son of God, and as such is equal with God; that He came into true, real and sinless manhood; that His death was for our sins; that He was raised from the dead bodily; that He is now at the right hand of God; that the benefit of these things is only known by those who own up to being sinners, and call upon God to show them mercy on the basis of the death of His Son. Having mentioned calling on the name of the Lord in the previous verse, the apostle points out that this can only be done meaningfully if there is belief.  But the belief can only happen if they have heard the gospel, and the hearing of that gospel is dependant on the preacher. So the preacher presents the gospel, the sinner believes it, and calls on the Lord for salvation, claiming His promise that all who call on the name of the Lord in this way shall certainly be saved.

There is a very great need in the days in which we live for those who are prepared to give themselves to the study of the scriptures, so they may be able to present to men a well-informed and accurate statement of gospel truth- what the apostle called “the word of the truth of the gospel”, Colossians 1:5.

10:15  And how shall they preach, except they be sent? as it is written, How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things!

And how shall they preach, except they be sent?- those who go forth with the gospel must have the conviction in their hearts that the Lord is sending them.  He does not send those who are not equipped for the task, who are not leading spiritual lives, and who are not tested, see 1 Timothy 3:8-13.  Nor does He send those who are not willing to go, as Isaiah 6:8 makes clear.
As it is written, ‘How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things!’-  of course the beautiful feet are metaphorical, meaning they run to bring a beautiful message.  The expression ‘gospel of peace’ emphasizes God’s side of the gospel in that Christ has made the basis by His death for man to be at peace with God.  ‘Glad tidings of good things’ emphasizes the abundance of blessing which there is for those who believe.

10:16  But they have not all obeyed the gospel. For Esaias saith, Lord, who hath believed our report?

But they have not all obeyed the gospel- because the Lord Jesus is the Lord from heaven, He should be obeyed.  God expects the obedience of faith when the word is preached, 1:5, 16:26.  Preachers should not be downcast if those to whom they preach do not believe.  Ezekiel was sent to preach ‘whether they will hear, or whether they will forbear’, (refuse to hear), Ezekiel 2:6,7; 3:10,11; 3:18,19; Acts 20:26,27.
For Esaias saith, ‘Lord, who hath believed our report?’- Paul wants us to be clear that Isaiah was addressing the Lord when he used these words. This emphasizes that the preaching of the gospel is the joint work of the One who sends and the one who is sent. As the Lord Jesus said, when He sent forth His apostles, “Go ye, therefore, and teach all nations…and lo, I am with you”, Matthew 28:19,20.  As a result, we read,  “And they went forth, and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them”; Mark 16:20.  And Paul could write to the Ephesians that “Christ Jesus…came and preached peace”, Ephesians 2:13,17.  Not only does the Lord pledge His presence at the side of those who preach His word, but He is the originator of the message, as the next verse shows, which is based on Isaiah’s word “report”, something to be heard in the heart.

10:17  So then faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the word of God.

So then-  summing up the reasoning of verses 14-16.
Faith cometh by hearing, and hearing by the word of God- the word for hearing has the idea of a report, so it might be thought of as “Faith cometh by a report, and the report by the word of God”.  Both ends of the chain from God to man are here.  On man’s side, there should be faith, which may be defined as “a firm persuasion about the truth of God, and a reliance wholeheartedly upon that truth”. This is put into practice when we rely entirely upon the Lord Jesus and His work on the cross as He dealt with the question of sins.  On God’s side there is a report. But the report that preachers bring from God is something they have gained from God in the first place, as they listen to His voice before they go forth.  The word of God is His spoken word or saying to the preacher, giving him the right message for those the Lord knows he will be addressing.  See Jeremiah 1:7-9.

10:18  But I say, Have they not heard? Yes verily, their sound went into all the earth, and their words unto the ends of the world.

But I say, have they not heard?- perhaps some would argue that the reason why people have not believed the report is not that they are unbelieving, verse 16, but that they have not heard it.  After all, verse 14 says “how shall they hear without a preacher?”
Yes verily- that argument is now refuted; it is not true that they have not heard.  it is verily or certainly true that they have. At this point the apostle again quotes the Old Testament and deepens the meaning of the words, as he did in verses 5-8.  This shows his equal authority with David as a Spirit-inspired writer.  The psalmist in Psalm 19 is thinking of the way the glory of God is made known through creation.  Paul uses his words to illustrate the fact that the gospel of the glory of God is widespread too.
Their sound went into all the earth, and their words unto the ends of the world-
there were present at Jerusalem on the Day of Pentecost devout Jews out of every nation under heaven, Acts 2:5, and Luke details those nations in verses 9-11.  Those that were saved that day would return to their homes and spread the gospel there.  See also Colossians 1:6, “come unto you, as it is in all the world”; Colossians 1:23, “preached to every creature which is under heaven”.  All this was in obedience to the command of the Lord Jesus, Matthew 28:19, Mark 16:15,20.

10:19  But I say, Did not Israel know? First Moses saith, I will provoke you to jealousy by them that are no people, and by a foolish nation I will anger you.

But I say, Did not Israel know?  perhaps the Jews did not realise that the gospel was relevant to them, seeing they had the Law of the Old Testament.
First Moses saith, “I will provoke you to jealousy by them that are no people, and by a foolish nation I will anger you”- note the mention again of “no people”, a term for the Gentiles, but which God applied in judgement to Israel, as we have seen, 9:25,26.  It is clear that the Jews were aware of the gospel, and some were angered, e.g. Acts 17:5-8; 18:4-6.  Some however were provoked to jealousy, and wanted to have the blessing that Gentiles were receiving, e.g. Acts 13:43; 18:8. The original significance of “by a foolish nation I will anger you” would be that when the Assyrians came to carry them into captivity, the Jews would be angry at being delivered into the hands of those who were foolish, because they were  ignorant of the true God.

10:20  But Esaias is very bold, and saith, I was found of them that sought Me not; I was made manifest unto them that asked not after Me.

But Esaias is very bold-  makes a very daring statement.
And saith, “I was found of them that sought Me not; I was made manifest unto them that asked not after Me”- this is a daring statement because the usual principle is that men must seek the Lord to find Him, as Paul himself said, “that they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after Him and find Him, although He be not far from any one of us”, Acts 17:27; here it is the Lord Himself who takes the initiative through His sent preachers.  To ‘ask not after Me’ means they did not consult God in prayer.  Those who were characteristically uninterested in God have been sought out by Him, whereas Israel, who were by profession seekers and consulters, have largely ignored the gospel.

10:21  But to Israel He saith, All day long I have stretched forth My hands unto a disobedient and gainsaying people.

But unto Israel He saith, “All day long have I stretched out My hands unto a disobedient and gainsaying people”- despite their unbelief of the gospel, and their arguing against it, God assures them that He still stretches out His hands to them, ready to embrace them in love, as the father did to the prodigal.  This is the ultimate reason why Paul desires the salvation of Israel, verse 1, because it is God’s desire too.  It is well for us to have the same  attitude to things as our God.

COLOSSIANS 1

We hope you will find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the contact form at the end of each article. We would be pleased to hear from you.

COLOSSIANS 1

Survey of the epistle as a whole
The epistle was written because of the concern the apostle Paul had for the spiritual well-being of the Colossian believers. Epaphras, one of their number, had evidently visited the apostle when he was imprisoned in Rome, and whilst he could give a good report of the progress the believers in Colosse were making, he nonetheless had told the apostle of those who were trying to draw them away from their allegiance to Christ. These heretics were either of two sorts, or of one sort with a double agenda. They were encouraging the believersto be involved in Judaism, and thus lose confidence in the finality of the work of Christ for them. And they also attempted to draw them away to the speculations and mysticism of a group called the Gnostics, who claimed to have superior knowledge.

The epistle is full of the glory and work of Christ, the perfect antidote to error. No heresy can be successful when the truths about Christ are set forth plainly and faithfully. This the apostle does in this epistle, and, of course, because the epistle is inspired of the Spirit of God, it is the perfect answer to all the heresies that were assailing the Colossian believers. When fortified by the truth of this epistle, we too can resist the attacks of the enemy, and also have a grasp of the great truths about Christ that are made known therein.

The epistle also sets out the responsibilities that believers in Christ have. Those responsibilities are in relation to our personal lives, our lives in relation to others, and also in relation to the world. The believer is called to live in such a way that the glories of Christ are maintained, and in no way tarnished.

Structure of the epistle

(i) 1:1-11 The effect of the gospel of Christ
(ii) 1:12-2:3 The excellence of the person of Christ
(iii) 2:4-19 The enemies of the truth about Christ
(iv) 2:20-3:17 The expression of life in Christ, (personally)
(v) 3:18-4:1 The expression of life in Christ, (socially)
(vi) 4:2-6 The expression of life in Christ, (generally)
(vii) 4:7-18 The examples of those true to Christ

Structure of the first chapter

(a) Verses 1-2 Greetings from Paul and Timothy
(b) Verses 3-8 Gratitude to God for their faith and love
(c) Verses 9-11 Goals set before them
(d) Verses 12-14 Gratitude to God for His work in them
(e) Verses 15-20 Glories of Christ
(f) Verses 21-23 Grounding in the faith
(g) Verses 24-29 Greatness of the mystery

(i) 1:1-11
The effect of the gospel of Christ

(a) Verses 1-2
Greetings from Paul and Timothy

1:1
Paul, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, and Timotheus our brother,

Paul- the usual way of starting any letter in New Testament times was to mention who was writing. Even though this letter is inspired by the Spirit of God, (I Timothy 3:16; 2 Peter 1:21), the apostle does not override the custom of the day. The letter is written by the apostle as the expression of his heart.

An apostle of Jesus Christ- the word apostle is made up of the Greek preposition “apo”, meaning “away from”, and a form of the verb “stello”, meaning “sent”. The apostles were sent by Christ with authority to undertake a task for Him. As such, they were servants, despite being apostles. As the Lord Jesus said, “The servant is not greater than his Lord; neither he that is sent greater than he that sent him”, John 13:16. He prefaced that statement with “Verily, verily”, assuring us of its truth, since He knew there would be those who would doubt it and dispute it. And so it came to pass, for not only did some false teachers try to pass themselves off as apostles, and as such try to dominate the believers, but also there were others who disputed the authority of the apostle Paul. He had to assert the genuineness of his apostleship in such passages as 1 Corinthians 9:1-6, and 2 Corinthians 11. The apostle does not hesitate to combine “Jesus” with “Christ”, for he knew that the gnostics taught that they were separate persons.

By the will of God- no doubt those who were bold enough to dispute the authority of the apostle Paul did so because he had not been with the Lord in His earthly ministry, and Peter had defined an apostle as one who had “companied with us all the time that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us, beginning from the baptism of John, unto that same day that he was taken up from us”, Acts 1:21,22. The apostleship of Paul was of a distinctive kind, however, for whereas the twelve apostles bare testimony to Christ upon the earth, (as John makes clear in 1 John 1:1-3), Paul’s special task was to bear testimony that Christ was in heaven. In fact in Galatians 1:1 he emphasised the fact that he was not an apostle “of man”, that is, as a result of man’s initiative; nor “by man”, as if Christ had used the Twelve to make him an apostle, but his authority came from Jesus Christ directly, and God the Father also, because Jesus Christ always acts in line with God’s will. A word had come to him from the Lord when he was in the temple courts in Jerusalem, and that word was, “Depart, for I will send thee far hence unto the Gentiles”, Acts 22:21. So he was sent by Jesus Christ, yet this was fully within the confines of the will of God.

We should ever remember the word of 1 Corinthians 14:37, “If any man think himself to be a prophet, or spiritual, let him acknowledge that the things that I write unto you are the commandments of the Lord”. The next verse reads, “But if any man be ignorant, let him be ignorant”. In other words there are only two options, knowledge through apostolic writings, or ignorance. We do well to note these things, and never make the mistake of despising the writings of Paul as some have done to their spiritual detriment, and of the others they have led astray.

And Timotheus our brother- the apostle here joins Timothy with his greeting, and this combined aspect of the epistle continues during the thanksgiving until 1:23, where a change occurs, and the apostle uses the emphatic personal pronoun “I”, as he makes known his distinctive ministry. The Scripture says, “A brother is born for adversity”, Proverbs 17:17, and Timothy was evidently by the apostle’s side in his prison cell, although some time later he was set free, as Hebrews 13:23 indicates. Tradition says that the epistle was written down by Tychicus and Onesimus, so perhaps they were simply visiting Paul in prison, and served God by writing what Paul dictated to them. Timothy may have been in chains, and hence not able to write.

It is interesting to note the different cultures that are represented by these two men. Paul was a Hebrew, of Hebrew parents, Philippians 3:5, yet he had Roman citizenship, Acts 16:37; 22:27,28. Timothy’s mother was a Jewess, but his father was a Greek, Acts 16:1. So the three main divisions of humanity at the time, centred in Israel, Greece and Rome, are represented by these two men. But they both now had better citizenship, that of heaven, Philippians 3:20, (“conversation” has the idea of a city-state of which we have citizenship), and how that had come about is the theme of the epistle to the Colossians. Christianity knows no linguistic, social, or ethnic barriers, and Christians have been lifted above the distinctions of earth. So it is that Paul, born a Jew, is no longer a Jew, for he wrote to the Corinthians, “to the Jew I became a Jew”.

All this furthers the intent of the apostle in the letter, for the Gnostic heretics suggested that all faiths and religions were valid, whereas Paul will argue for the exclusive right of Christ to claim the allegiance of men.

1:2
To the saints and faithful brethren in Christ which are at Colosse: Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.

To the saints- this is a word that originally was used of those who were idol-worshippers, and as such were “dedicated to the gods”, which is the original meaning of the word. Examples of these could be heard chanting “Great is Diana of the Ephesians” for two whole hours in the theatre in Ephesus, Acts 19:34. The word was taken up by the Holy Spirit, separated from its pagan use, and used of those who were dedicated and consecrated to God, and separated from the world. So the very word that was separated from things pagan, and consecrated to the things of God, is used as a description of those who had been likewise separated from pagan things, and consecrated to God.

Every true believer is a saint by status or standing before God, for the sacrifice of Christ has sanctified him, Hebrews 10:10, and the Holy Spirit indwells him to mark him out as such, 1 Corinthians 6:11. The gospel is a call to sainthood, for Paul describes the believers at Corinth as those who were “called to be saints”, 1 Corinthians 1:2.

The idea that a saint is a person who has been canonised, and given the title because of some alleged goodness or ability finds no support at all in Scripture. We have to make up our minds whether we are going to regulate our beliefs and practices by Scripture, or by the traditions and fables of men. There is no middle ground, because the Lord Jesus said, “Thus have ye made the commandment of God of no effect by your tradition”, Matthew 15:6. And in Mark the word is, “Full well ye reject the commandment of God, that ye may keep your own tradition”, Mark 7:9.

And faithful brethren- this is not a separate class of believer, as if some were unfaithful. The normal description of all believers is that they are faithful, simply because they are believing; belief and faithfulness go together, for the latter is the expression of the former. Lydia was judged faithful the day she was saved, so it is not a question of time and experience, Acts 16:15.

The opposite of faithful in this context is not unfaithful, but false, like the heretics who troubled them. When it is a question of service, or stewardship, then there are indeed degrees of faithfulness, but unfaithful persons in this setting are unbelievers.

In Christ which are at Colosse- to be in Christ means to be completely secure, because wherever Christ is reckoned to be, so is the believer. But Christ is in heaven, having dealt with our sins, and risen and ascended up to the right hand of God. To be reckoned by God to be “in Him” is also a dignified position to be in, for there is no more noble person than the Lord Jesus.

If “in Christ” signified security and dignity, “in Colosse” meant danger and duty. The city of Colosse was in Asia Minor, a hotbed of pagan religions of various sorts. So the Colossian believers were constantly assailed by the false ideas of men, and needed to be on their guard. Nothing could destroy their place in Christ, but false ideas could destroy the enjoyment of that position.

Grace be unto you, and peace- the word used for grace here is the normal salutation when Gentile met Gentile, “Charis!” The word used for peace is the normal salutation when Jew met Jew, “Shalom!”. Here both terms are used to the believers in the assembly at Colosse, whether they were Greeks or Jews before. This reminds us that in Christ there is not Jew or Greek, Galatians 3:28, for even Divinely-made distinctions are erased in Christ, as are human distinctions, like bond and free.

But these words are not just a combination of everyday salutations. Rather, they express the heart-felt wish of the apostle for the believers to whom he writes. It is his profound desire that they might know the grace and peace of God in practice. They would do so if they took note of the teaching of this epistle. The two errors that confronted the Colossians were legalism, but God’s grace would deliver them, and mysticism, with its accompanying uncertainty of mind. God’s peace would deliver them from that.

(b) Verses 3-8
Gratitude to God for the believers’ faith and love

1:3
We give thanks to God and the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, praying always for you,

We give thanks to God and the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ- the apostle and Timothy were alike thankful to God for the fact that there were those in corrupt Colosse who believed in Christ. There had been joy in the presence of the angels when they had believed, and now Paul and Timothy share that joy, and express their thanksgiving to God for the news. In verse 2 the emphasis was on the fact that God was their Father. Here the point is that He is God and that He is the Father of the Lord Jesus Christ. As God He had put forth His power in salvation; as the Father of the Lord Jesus, He is the source of everything that those who have been saved, (and hence can call the Lord Jesus Christ “our Lord Jesus Christ”), need to maintain them in the faith. All that the Father was to Christ, He has become for us, as the Lord Himself indicated in John 20:17, for He said, “I ascend unto my Father and your Father; and to my God and your God”. So the thanksgiving is two-fold: to God as God, the source of all blessing, and to God as the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, the one who delights to bless on the basis of who His Son is, and what He has done.

Praying always for you- they never missed an opportunity to pray for the Colossian believers, even though, in Paul’s case at least, they had never met them. The Lord Jesus said, “men ought always to pray, and not to faint”, Luke 18:1, and the apostle exhorted the Thessalonian believers to “pray without ceasing”, 1 Thessalonians 5:17. This does not mean, of course, that we should pray instead of sleeping, but it does mean regularly being in an attitude of prayer, never missing an opportunity to lift our hearts to God. The idea that the Lord Jesus invariably spent the whole night in prayer to God has no support in Scripture. The reality of His manhood meant that this was not possible, or indeed advisable. Constant lack of sleep is detrimental to health, both physically and mentally.

When he writes “for you”, the apostle does not mean to suggest that the Colossians could not pray for themselves. Rather, Paul and Timothy prayed concerning them, but not vicariously for them, as if the prayer of an apostle availed more than the prayer of the Colossians. The idea that believers need a substitute to pray for them is contrary to the Christian faith, for every true believer in Christ is a priest in his own right. The New Testament knows nothing of the division of believers into clergy and laity. If some believers have to take up a disproportionate amount of prayer meeting time, then this may be because others are not rising to their responsibilities as they should. Such should not criticise those who are exercised to take part.

We learn from these verses and elsewhere that prayer should be incessant, (“always”, 1:3); intelligent, (“since we heard”, 1:4; “who also declared unto us”, 1:8); intense, (“labouring fervently for you in prayers”, 4:12), and interested, (“to desire that ye may be filled”, 1:9).

It is best to think of “praying always for you, since we heard of your faith in Christ Jesus and the love which ye have to all the saints” as being in parenthesis, with the words “Giving thanks to God and the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” connecting with “For the hope that is laid up for you in heaven”. This thanksgiving extends to the end of verse 8. In verses 9-11 the apostle again prays for them, and then in verse 12 resumes an attitude of thanksgiving for past grace, rather than a prayer for future progress on the part of the Colossians. So we could set it out as follows:

Verse 3a and verses 5-8 Thanksgiving for their conversion
Verses 3b, 4, and 9-11 Prayer for their progress
Verses 12-18 Thanksgiving for God’s interventions

1:4
Since we heard of your faith in Christ Jesus, and of the love which ye have to all the saints,

Since we heard of your faith in Christ Jesus- the prayers of the apostle were immediate upon hearing of their faith. He knew how important it is for saints to pray for one another. This is far different to the channelling the modern gnostics, (those of the New Age Movement), engage in, who seek to tune in to “The Force”, the imagined power behind the universe. Paul and Timothy were in direct touch with the God of heaven, and as such their prayers were effectual. They had heard of the Colossians’ faith, so they were not responsible for the founding of the assembly. It seems Epaphras had come to Rome to inform Paul of the assembly, and also express concern about the heresies that were all around them.

As Christ Jesus, He is the Man in the supreme place, far above the supposed intermediaries of the gnostic system. Faith in such a person is certain and sure, for nothing shall unseat Him from His position of pre-eminence. None whose faith is genuinely in Christ Jesus can ever be lost.
And of the love which ye have to all the saints- it is one of the marks of the genuineness of a person’s faith that he shows love to other believers. Writes the apostle John, “We know we have passed from death unto life because we love the brethren. He that loveth not his brother abideth in death”, 1 John 3:14. And again, “Whosoever believeth that Jesus is the Christ is born of God: and every one that loveth him that begat loveth him also that is begotten of him”, 5:1. The explanation for this connection between faith and love is found in 1 John 4:7,8, where the apostle writes, “Beloved, let us love one another: for love is of God; and every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth God. He that loveth not knoweth not God, for God is love”. Since God is love, and the believer is born of God and hence shares His life, it becomes instinctive for him to express that love to others who are similarly born of God.

Having spoken of their faith and love, the apostle now turns to their hope. Faith is upward, to God; love is outward, to others; hope is onward, towards the future.

1:5
For the hope which is laid up for you in heaven, whereof ye heard before in the word of the truth of the gospel;

For the hope which is laid up for you in heaven- “For” means “because of”, “on the basis of”. This was why the apostle was so thankful, because he knew that those who believe in Christ Jesus have this hope. Since God made promises to Abraham, Israel’s hope has been in the Land of Israel, which Hebrews 11:9 calls the land of promise. The Lord Jesus indicated that He would tell of heavenly things, John 3:12, and this came to pass in His ministry as recorded by John, and also as the apostles set out the truth of the gospel. We only hear of heaven through the gospel, for the Old Testament prophets spoke of the earthly kingdom of the Messiah. Nor did the heretics who were troubling the Colossians know it, despite their vaunted claims to knowledge.

The hope is laid up, and is safe, for it is in Christ that our every blessing is preserved, Ephesians 1:3. Many a time the enemies of Israel made inroads into the land and spoiled and pillaged. Not so our inheritance, which God keeps under His eye in heaven, 1 Peter 1:4.

Whereof ye heard before- that is, before the heretics came with their false and damaging theories, the gospel had reached the Colossians and they had come into the good of the very highest blessings. Nothing that man could present afterwards could bring them more blessing. In fact, what the heretics brought would damage the appreciation they already had of the blessings, if they allowed it to do so.

In the word of the truth of the gospel- notice that the gospel comes by a word; it is not mystical speculation, but authoritative and inspired information. The heretics despised revelation, and preferred individual experiences, often brought on by the use of drugs. The Colossians were on the solid foundation of the revealed will of God, and when the storms came their “house” would stand, Matthew 7:24,25.

It is also the truth of the gospel, the word truth meaning “that which corresponds to reality”. The God of heaven has made known the truth about heavenly things to those who have accepted His word. So the gospel is not just about how to get saved, but also informs us about all that Christ has secured by His death and resurrection. If the word of God is not preached and explained, the gospel has not been preached.

1:6
Which is come unto you, as it is in all the world; and bringeth forth fruit, as it doth also in you, since the day ye heard of it, and knew the grace of God in truth:

Which is come unto you, as it is in all the world- the word of the gospel is the same throughout the world, for it is not culturally challenged, as if it needs to be modified to appeal to local views. It is a word from heaven, and as such is relevant in all parts of the globe. The way in which it went out into the world is the way in which it came to Colosse; there was no modification because of local circumstances, nor was there any attempt to appeal to different cultures, as if the preachers were ashamed of the gospel they brought, and felt they needed to allow man’s thoughts to intrude. There is one mediator between God and men, the man Christ Jesus, 1 Timothy 2:5. He is the same for everybody and every situation. Those who preach the gospel should remember that there is a curse pronounced by God on those who modify it, as a reading of Galatians 1:6-9 will show.

The word for world here is not “oikoumene”, the world as a place where people live. Nor is it “”aion”, the world as passing through a period of time. But it is “cosmos”, the world as a system, governed by the god of this world, and as such under his control. It was into such a world that the gospel came, and coming, triumphed in the hearts of the believers to whom Paul writes. Satan was defeated at the cross, and now he is defeated again by the word of the cross.
The apostles had been obedient to the command issued by the Lord Jesus just before He ascended back to heaven. The words recorded by Matthew are:

“All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit: teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world”, Matthew 28:18-20.

Mark records other words, spoken at the same time:

“Go ye into all the world, and preach the gospel to every creature. He that believeth and is baptized shall be saved; but he that believeth not shall be damned”, Mark 16:15,16.

Luke gives us yet other words the Lord spoke at this time:

“Thus it is written, and thus it behoved Christ to suffer, and to rise again the third day: and that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem”, Luke 24:46,47.

John records the words of the Lord Jesus in the upper room after His resurrection, “Peace be unto you: as my Father hath sent me, even so send I you”, John 20:21.

So the command was to go into “all the world”, preach to “every creature”, and do so “among all nations”, and to do these things with the same dignity and authority as Christ showed when He came into the world, sent of the Father. And these things the apostles did.

And bringeth forth fruit, as it doth also in you- the Lord Jesus said, “Herein is my Father glorified, that ye bear much fruit”, John 15:8. The life that is received when a person gets saved is eternal life, the life of God, perfectly expressed by the Lord Jesus when He was on the earth. Life of any sort manifests itself, and eternal life is no exception. The Lord said, “Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves. Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them”, Matthew 7:15-20. There is no middle ground in these statements; a believer will produce good fruits, and unbelievers, and in particular false teachers, (including those who were oppressing the Colossians), can only produce evil fruits. The good fruits are the result of the fact that the Spirit of God indwells every true believer, and empowers the production of fruit that pleases and glorifies God. “But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, temperance: against such there is no law”, Galatians 5:22,23. This is the good fruit that was evident in the lives of the Colossian believers. If they had listened to the false teachers they would have been hindered in this fruit-bearing.

The apostle not only declares that the gospel that came to Colosse was the same gospel that came everywhere else, but also that the fruit the gospel bore in the lives of those elsewhere in the world was the same fruit as was seen in the Colossians.

Since the day ye heard of it, and knew the grace of God in truth- it is not that they heard of the gospel without any interest. Rather, they heard with the hearing of faith, and thus knew the grace of God in salvation in a very real way. It was in truth that they knew the grace of God; it was not an illusion but a conviction.

Notice that there was an immediate evidence of new life within, for the fruit was “since the day ye heard”. Salvation from sin is not a process, but a single event. Once it has happened there is a different outlook on everything. Instead of thinking like the men of the world, the new believer begins to think like a Christian. He has much to learn, of course, as all believers have, however long they have been on the Christian pathway, but the thoughts and outlook, and therefore the practice, are different. If there is no change in the life of one who claims to be a believer, then it may be there is no life and no reality.

The conversion of Saul of Tarsus is a pattern conversion, in the sense that the principles at work in his case are in operation in all true conversions. As Paul himself wrote, “This is a faithful saying, and worthy of all acceptation, that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners; of whom I am chief. Howbeit for this cause I obtained mercy, that in me first Jesus Christ might show forth all longsuffering, for a pattern to them who shall hereafter believe on him to life everlasting”, 1 Timothy 1:15,16. When we read the account of his conversion, we note that some things happened immediately. He straight away acknowledged Jesus of Nazareth to be Lord, Acts 9:6; he took the place of a servant and asked what the Lord wanted him to do, verse 6 again; when told he was simply to go into the city, he obeyed, even though he was blinded by the light from heaven. When Ananias wanted a description of him, it could be said, “he prayeth”, verse 11. When he had received his sight, he immediately got baptized, verse 18. And all this before he had eaten, so we learn that to him the will of God was more important than necessary food. Then we learn that “straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God”, verse 20. So it is that the pattern conversion shows us the sort of fruit that is immediately apparent when a soul gets saved.

1:7
As ye also learned of Epaphras our dear fellowservant, who is for you a faithful minister of Christ;

As ye also learned of Epaphras our dear fellowservant- it seems from this statement that Epaphras had not been in the assembly at Colosse from the beginning as the one who planted it, but he did come and preach and teach the word of the truth of the gospel alongside those who did establish the assembly in its beginning. He had obviously endeared himself to the apostle as one whose life bore the features of a true-hearted Christian, and one who served the same Lord as Paul.

Who is for you a faithful minister of Christ- even in his absence Epaphras had the spiritual interests of the Colossians at heart, (hence the “is for you”, not “was for you”), and Paul is glad to inform the believers this for their encouragement. This also would remind them that they could trust Epaphras, in contrast to the heretics who were seeking to influence them in his absence. Anyone who could be described as the dear fellow-servant of the apostle Paul can be relied upon at all times. The apostle knew from first-hand experience that Epaphras laboured constantly for them in his prayers even whilst absent from them, 4:12. It is more than likely that they knelt together in prayer.

1:8
Who also declared unto us your love in the Spirit.

Who also declared unto us your love in the Spirit- the Colossian believers would have heard of Paul and Timothy, and their hearts went out to them as they realised that they were preaching the same truths as those had, who had led them to the Lord. This is true Christian love, one of the aspects of the fruit of the Spirit. The Spirit of God is mentioned fourteen times in the epistle to the Ephesians, but in the epistle to the Colossians this is the only reference. Perhaps this was because the gnostics had strange viws about spirit-influences, so the apostle does not want to confuse the Colossian believers with continual references to the Spirit.

(c) Verses 9-11
Goals set before the believers.

1:9
For this cause we also, since the day we heard it, do not cease to pray for you, and to desire that ye might be filled with the knowledge of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding;

The need for perception: (“wisdom”, “understanding”).

For this cause we also- Paul and Timothy, and perhaps others that were with them at the time, were able to join with Epaphras in his prayers for them.

Since the day we heard it- just as the gospel began to bear fruit in the lives of the Colossian believers from the day they heard it, verse 6, so the apostle and Timothy began to pray for them the day they heard this news from Epaphras. There had been joy in the presence of the angels when they had repented, and now this joy was in the hearts of Paul and Timothy when they heard that they were bearing fruit for God’s pleasure. It was not simply an emotion, however, for this joy was translated into active and earnest prayer for them, especially in view of the dangerous heresies they faced.

Do not cease to pray for you- it was Samuel, (a man noted for his prayer-life, Jeremiah 15:1), who said, “Moreover as for me, God forbid that I should sin against the Lord in ceasing to pray for you”, 1 Samuel 12:23. As we saw in connection with verse 3, the apostle was careful to follow his own exhortation to “pray without ceasing”. We must not undervalue the importance of prayer, for, amongst other things, it is a demonstration of concern for the Lord’s interests, and that of His people.

And to desire that ye might be filled with the knowledge of his will- the heretics who assailed the Colossians suggested that the full knowledge of God’s will was reserved for the elite few who embraced their teachings. The apostle flatly contradicts that notion here by implying that it was possible for all the Colossian believers to be filled with the knowledge of God’s will. Not only does he write about being filled, but he uses the word for knowledge that means full-knowledge. In fact, the whole passage tells us of the high standard that is being set for the believers to attain to:

“that ye might be filled with the (full)knowledge of His will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding; that ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the (full)knowledge of God; strengthened with all might, according to His glorious power, unto all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness;”

This is the goal he has in mind for the believers, and this should be our goal too in our day and generation. We should never despise knowledge, for it is the means by which Divine truth is instilled into our souls. The heretics despised written revelation, and relied upon supposed revelations through mystic experiences. God has willed to make His mind known through a written revelation in the Scriptures, and it is to these we must turn if we are to know that mind. The Scriptures are complete, final, authoritative and reliable.

In all wisdom and spiritual understanding- the knowledge of God’s will, obtained as it is through the reading of the Scriptures, is to be applied to our hearts and lives. Knowledge is not an end in itself, but a means to an end. The knowing of God is to be in the context of, and by the use of, two things, wisdom and understanding. Wisdom may be defined as “insight into the true nature of things”, and is available to the believer by subjection to the guidance of the Holy Spirit through the Word of God. As 1 Corinthians 2:12 says, “Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the Spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God”. In the first instance this refers to those who penned the New Testament, but in a secondary sense it applies to every believer. The wisdom of God is now contained in the inspired Word of God, and as we read that Word in dependence upon the teaching of the Holy Spirit, we advance in wisdom, for we have insight from God Himself into those things we need to know. This wisdom is said to be “all wisdom”, which reminds us that all we need to know is found in the Scriptures, and it gives us an all-round appreciation of things as they really are.

Having gained the wisdom to understand the knowledge aright, we need spiritual understanding to apply it aright. Just as knowledge is not an end in itself, neither is wisdom. Both must result in the practical outworking of the things we have learnt. The understanding that enables the believer to respond to God appropriately is spiritual understanding- it is not mere common sense, but that faculty that is built into us when we are submissive to the leading of the Holy Spirit.

1:10
That ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God;

The need for progress, (“walk worthy”).

That ye might walk worthy of the Lord- the measure of our knowledge of God’s will, and the wisdom and understanding that should accompany it, will be the measure in which our lives as believers please God. The figure of walking is much-used by the apostles to describe the way believers move through this world. We should not be static, but moving on with God, making our way through this hostile world to His praise.

The word “worthy” is an interesting one, for it originally referred to the fulcrum or pivot of the scales of the apothecary, the point about which the arm of the scales moves. It is the Greek word “axios”, which gives us the English word “axle”. The thought is this. We are to place in the pan on one side of the balance all the virtues and graces that characterised the Lord Jesus when He was down here, and then place in the other scale that which represents the measure in which we imitate Him. Not until the pans are balanced evenly can we say that we “walk worthy of the Lord”. This is, of course, a daunting task, but the apostle John writes, “He that saith he abideth in him, ought himself also so to walk, even as he walked”, 1 John 2:6. The word “ought” gives us the incentive to do this, for it means we “owe it”; the grace of God in Christ having put us under obligation to walk in this way.

Unto all pleasing- every area of life should have the mark of Divine approval as being modelled after His example. “Well-pleased” was the Father’s verdict on His Son; we do well to seek for His approval too, in our measure.

The need for practice, (“every good work”).

Being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God- no-one can be saved by good works, for salvation is “not of works, lest any man should boast”. On the contrary, “we are his workmanship”, for it is God alone who can make us to be to His praise. But we are saved “unto good works, which God hath before ordained that we should walk in them”, Ephesians 2:9,10. We cannot be saved by works, but works are required of us afterwards, for “faith without works is dead”, James 2:26.

As those who have been born of God, we have eternal life within, and thus are able to get to know God increasingly, John 17:3. What greater ambition could there be? The secret of this increase in knowledge is found in the other expression in John 17:3, “and Jesus Christ whom thou hast sent”. It is through Him that we gain an increasing knowledge of God. No wonder the apostle Paul desired, “That I may know him”, Philippians 3:10. “No man hath seen God at any time; the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, He hath declared him”, John 1:18.

1:11
Strengthened with all might, according to his glorious power, unto all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness;

The need for persistence, (“patience and longsuffering”).

Strengthened with all might- we might be tempted to say that to reach the goal set out in verse 10 is impossible. The apostle anticipates this objection, and proceeds to assure us that it is not so, in principle. This phrase may be translated literally as “dynamited with dynamite”. Of course we shall not reach in practice the perfection displayed in Christ down here, for He had no sin-nature, unlike ourselves. But that said, we are to strive for likeness to Him.

The power to do this is the mighty power of God, which is made freely available to us. In the parallel epistle we read of “the working of his mighty power which he wrought in Christ when he raised him from the dead, and set him at his own right hand in heavenly places”, Ephesians 1:19,20. In that passage the apostle marshals no less than three different words for power, to emphasise the way in which all aspects of Divine power are at our disposal. The energy of the strength of His might is there for us to use, for the Spirit of Him that raised up Christ from the dead is within us, Romans 8:11.

According to his glorious power- because it is the power of the God of glory, and because it has been put forth in such glorious ways, notably in the resurrection of Christ, and because that power has yielded results that glorify God, it may justly be described as glorious power. It will enable us, if we avail ourselves of it, and do not resort to human energy, to act so as to glorify God in our lives.

Unto all patience- patience is “endurance come what may”, and “self-restraint in the face of provocation”. The power of God enables us to endure in this way, whereas the energy of the flesh will utterly fail. The apostle writes elsewhere that the believer glories in tribulation, because he knows it works patience, or endurance, Romans 5:3. The true believer will not wither away when tribulation comes because of the word, Matthew 13:21. On the contrary, he will bring forth fruit with patience, Luke 8:15.

And longsuffering- this is refusal to surrender to circumstances, and the resolve to continue in the pathway of faith whatever the cost.

With joyfulness- circumstances may be endured and suffered with a miserable attitude, and a passive resignation to what life brings. The spiritual Christian however, will overcome circumstances, saying with David, “By my God I have leaped over a wall”, Psalm 18:29. The apostle envisages that believers will be more than conquerors in all the trials, not only when the trials are over, Romans 8:37.

(ii) 1:12-2:3
The excellence of the person of Christ

(d) Verses 12-14
Gratitude to God for His work in the believers

1:12
Giving thanks unto the Father, which hath made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light:

Giving thanks unto the Father- this is the second expression of gratitude by the apostle, and follows on from where he broke off in verse 3 to assure the Colossian saints of his prayers for them. He now resumes and tells us what he was grateful for. This is not a prayer to be recited by others; indeed it is not the substance of his thanksgiving, but the subject of his thanksgiving. If he had told us the exact wording, then some may have been content to simply repeat the words. Prayer, however, should be spontaneous, and from the heart.

Previously he had described God as the Father of the Lord Jesus Christ; now he simply says “Father”, which is entirely appropriate, for he is going to speak much of the Son. The leper of Luke 18:16,17 returned to give thanks, but the Lord had to ask, “where are the nine?”. It is the same still, for the Lord is disappointed if we do not readily give thanks to God for the greatness of the deliverance He has brought about.

Which hath made us meet- this means that we have been “equipped with adequate power to fulfil a duty”. The duty in question being to become partakers of the inheritance. As slaves in Egypt the Israelites were unable to break free, nor had they any inheritance there. As believers we have been liberated, made sons, given an inheritance, and given the ability to enter into it and enjoy it. There are those who would prevent this however, and the apostle deals with the hindrances in chapter 2, but for now he is concentrating on the power available to us. Sadly, in Israel there were two and a half tribes who preferred to stay the wrong side of the Jordan, Numbers 32. The fact that half the tribe of Manasseh were different to the other half, and did enter into the land, however, shows that it was not a case of environment or ancestry that caused the other half to stay back, but the desire for material prosperity, as represented by their flocks and herds.

The power to both enter into the enjoyment of the inheritance, and resist those forces which would seek to prevent this, is the glorious power put forth by God when He raised Christ from the dead, which power is available “to us-ward who believe”, Ephesians 1:19. Fortified by the truth that Christ is gloriously risen and ascended to heaven, and therefore our blessings are secure, and also by the fact that He has “spoiled principalities and powers”, Colossians 2:15, and therefore the forces of evil have no ground for preventing us enjoying the inheritance, we are free to range over the whole of it.

To be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light- this has been literally rendered as “been made competent for the share of the inheritance”. Nothing can stop us inheriting, but there are forces at work which would seek to spoil our enjoyment of the inheritance. This will result in less thanksgiving to God, for the less we enjoy spiritual things, the less we shall thank God for them. We should aim to increasingly become partakers, and not be content with progress thus far.

The idea of inheritance seems to prompt the apostle to think of the way Israel came into their earthly inheritance. It was by deliverance from the darkness of Egypt, redemption by the blood of the lamb, and escape via the Red Sea.

The inheritance is the sum total of God’s heavenly blessings toward us in Christ, and some of these blessing are listed for us in Ephesians chapter 1. Reference to that chapter will remind us of the repeated expression “in Christ”. Everything is secured in Him, and is therefore safe.

Only saints can enter into this inheritance, those who have been separated from this world and consecrated to God through the work of Christ. In Exodus 8:23 God said He would put a difference between Israel and the Egyptians, and the word for difference is the word for redemption. It was the blood of the Passover lamb that made the difference then; it is the blood of Christ that makes the difference now, and thereby constitutes us saints, the separated ones.

It is also in the light, for the blessings are in heaven, where God and the Lamb shed the light of their glory around. There are creatures that are fitted to live in the darkness, but the saints have been fitted to live in the light of God’s presence.

1:13
Who hath delivered us from the power of darkness, and hath translated us into the kingdom of His dear Son:

Who hath delivered us from the power of darkness- the plague of darkness which God inflicted on the Egyptians was a judgement on the darkness which reigned in a land dominated by idolatry. The plagues God brought upon the land of Egypt were an expression of God’s hatred of their idolatry, for He targetted what was worshipped by them. They worshipped the Nile, the frogs, the lice, the flies, the cattle, so these were plagued. Then the plague was upon those who officiated in their ceremonies, and finally the darkness blotted out the stars to prevent them calculating their feast-days. Thus God blighted all they held dear to show His displeasure with their failure to worship Him as the True and Living God.

The word “deliver” signifies “to rescue from that with which there had been a close connection”, in this case the authority of darkness, the power of Satan himself. God said beforehand that “I am come down to deliver them”, Exodus 3:8. The word power here has the idea of “capricious tyranny”, the fickle exercise of force, both chaotic and unnerving. Satan was behind Pharoah’s throne, blinding the minds of men and keeping them in his grip.

And translated us into the kingdom- the equivalent word for translate was used in Old Testament times for the transporting of whole nations from one land to another by those who had defeated them. Here it is God who has defeated our enemies, and it is He who brings us into a better land, just as He transported Israel into Canaan. “Till the people pass over, which thou hast purchased. Thou shalt bring them in, and plant them in the mountain of thine inheritance….” Exodus 15:16,17.

The word kingdom suggests that which is settled and orderly, in contrast to the chaos of the darkness from which we have been rescued. This kingdom is described in 2 Timothy 4:18 as “His heavenly kingdom”. In that passage the deliverance and preservation was in the future, having to do with Paul’s situation as a prisoner awaiting sentence. Whatever the verdict of earthly kingdoms, his place in the heavenly kingdom was sure.

Of his dear Son- there are four main expressions concerning Christ as the One loved of the Father, which may be compared with the description of Isaac in Genesis 22:2. The expression “Only-begotten Son” tells of a Unique Person; “Firstborn Son”, of an Unrivalled Position; “Beloved Son”, of Unspoilt Pleasure; and “His Own Son”, of Undivided Possession.

We see these titles in illustration in Isaac, for God said to Abraham, “Take now thy son, (the one marked out as firstborn and heir in Genesis 21:8-10); thine only son, (the word is “yachid”, meaning darling, or only-begotten); whom thou lovest, (the son of his love, his beloved son), Genesis 22:2.

1:14
In whom we have redemption through His blood, even the forgiveness of sins:

In whom we have redemption- the apostle now begins to elaborate on the subject of God’s dear Son, giving reasons why the Father loves Him so much. Redemption is a setting free on payment of a price. It supposes that there is a state of slavery before. Compare Israel under their taskmasters, then redeemed by the blood of a lamb, and then see 1 Peter 1:18,19. In Exodus, the lamb delivered the firstborn sons of Israel from death, but Christ is the Firstborn, as well as the Lamb who has delivered us by His death.

The gnostics used the word redemption, but in the sense of deliverance of the soul from the hindrance of an evil body. We must beware of the use of Bible words in non-Bible senses. This is a favourite trick of the cults, so as to lead men astray. For example, the Mormons state in their creed that they believe Jesus Christ is the Son of God. But they only mean that He is a son of God in the same sense that angels are sons of God.

To the gnostics, redemption was through self-effort, by engaging in meditation, yoga, drugs and other devices to take them out of themselves, and supposedly give them other-world experiences. The apostle emphasises that redemption is through the work of another, not through any striving of ourselves.

Through his blood- the bondage of sin can only be broken by One who is prepared to go into death (implied in the word blood), to free us. By His death Christ met every Divine claim that was against us because of our sin, and enabled God to set us free righteously.

Even the forgiveness of sins- the apostle needs to define the redemption, because, as we have noticed, the gnostic false teachers were using Bible words in non-Biblical senses, saying that redemption was the freeing of the spirit from the evil, material body. To them sin was only an imbalance, and could be corrected by the man himself. Note that redemption, the formation of the church, and reconciliation all needed His death, whereas creation did not, being brought in simply with a word. Creation is the stage on which the drama of redemption is enacted.

(e) Verses 15-20
Glories of Christ

1:15
Who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature:

Who is the image of the invisible God- there are two characteristics that are central to the doctrine the apostle is setting out here. This one, which emphasises Christ’s relationship with God, and the next one, which emphasises His relationship to men and creation. He is the one who bridges the divide between God and men, and God and creation.

Because He is the image of God, He perfectly manifests and represents God. He is able to do these two things because He is in every respect equal with God, for “in Him dwelleth all the fullness of the Godhead bodily”, Colossians 2:9. As such, He possesses and displays all the attributes and characteristics of God. This is why His blood avails to redeem.

As the image of God, Christ is uniquely able to make God known. He does this in the following ways:

1. He created, to make the eternal power and Godhead of God known, Romans 1:19,20.

2. He maintains what He created, to give witness to God’s goodness, Acts 14:17.

3. He intervened in this world’s affairs, to constantly remind man that they were responsible to the Moral Governor of the universe, John 1:10, (where the “was” is in the imperfect tense, telling us that before He came into the world He was behind the scenes).

4. He came into the world, and so “God was manifest in the flesh”, 1 Timothy 3:16, and therefore God is fully revealed in a way men can grasp if they are minded to. This manifestation of God took bodily form, and thus was visible, so the invisible God was made visible. But He was also made visible to the eye of faith, even to the spiritual insight of those who believe. Hence the Lord said to Philip, “He that hath seen me hath seen the Father”. Even those who have never physically seen Christ have seen the Father, for the sight is not physical but spiritual, with what the apostle called the eyes of the understanding, Ephesians 1:18.
5. He sends forth evangelists to make known the gospel which reveals the righteousness of God, Romans 1:17.

6. He will come to judge the world, so that God’s wrath against sin may be manifest, 2 Thessalonians 1:7-9.

7. He will reign on earth gloriously, so that God’s peace, righteousness and joy may be exhibited, Romans 14:17.

We can easily see why God was so insistent that Israel should not go over into idolatry, for it not only denied the truth of His uniqueness, but it also overshadowed the person of His Son. He alone is the true image of God- all other images are blasphemous. God is a jealous God, (as He said in connection with the making of idols, Exodus 20:3-5), and He will not let the sin of idolatry go unpunished.

It is significant that Christ is called the image here because the apostle has in mind the redemption of Israel from Egypt. At that time God said, “against the gods of Egypt will I execute judgement: I am the Lord”, Exodus 12:12. As we have noticed, the plagues He brought on Pharoah’s land were directed against the objects of their worship. So it is that here we are told that Christ is the image of God, and therefore all idols, (which are made by those who have rejected the revelation the true God has given of Himself), are a slight upon Him.

The firstborn of every creature- as God’s only-begotten Son, the Lord Jesus is unique and alone. But as Firstborn He is associated with others and with creation. It is the latter here, the former in verse 18. Old Testament usage makes clear, (and it is from the Scriptures we must learn the meaning of the title), that a son was ordinarily the firstborn if he was the first son born. This was not invariably the case, however. Ishmael was Abraham’s first son, yet Isaac was his heir, the first son being cast out and dispossessed. Isaac’s first son of twins was Esau, yet Jacob became the heir. Reuben was Jacob’s first son, but his right was taken away in favour of Joseph, his eleventh son, who became the firstborn, 1 Chronicles 5:1,2. So the role of firstborn does not relate to time, but title, for it was a transferable right, at the discretion of the father.

Since the Lord Jesus is the one responsible for creating all things, (for all things have been brought into being by Him, John 1:3), He cannot be the first one created. He stands at the head of creation as its originator and controller.

The firstborn in an Eastern family acted as the prophet, priest and king of the family. He unfolded the will of the father to the family, thus acting as prophet. This the Lord Jesus did in His public ministry, beginning at His baptism. Then the firstborn introduced the rest of the family to the father in a priestly way. This the Lord Jesus does in His current heavenly ministry, beginning at His ascension. Then the firstborn governed the family for the father, and thus acted as a king. This the Lord Jesus will do when He reigns upon the earth as King of Kings. We could connect the three-fold use of the expression, “Thou art My Son, this day have I begotten Thee”, with these three aspects of Him as Firstborn,. In Acts 13:33, the start of His prophetic ministry at His baptism; in Hebrews 5:5, the start of His priestly ministry at His ascension; in Hebrews 1:5, the start of His kingly rule over the earth in a day to come.

1:16
For by him were all things created, that are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers: all things were created by him, and for him:

The apostle will now give us reasons why the Lord Jesus is described as God’s Firstborn Son:

First reason why He is called firstborn

For by him were all things created- by beginning this phrase with “for”, meaning “because”, the apostle gives an inspired account of what being firstborn means. As if to say, “He is firstborn because…”

The creation of all things was done by the word of His mouth, as Psalm 33:9 declares, “He spake, and it was done; He commanded, and it stood fast”. When it came to redemption, however, the shedding of His blood was necessary, at infinite cost.

The preposition used here for “by” is “en”, telling us that just as an architect formulates a house in his mind before ever he starts to draw on his board, so the Lord Jesus had creation in mind before He began it. So creation is pre-meditated, not haphazard. This is the mind that is behind the universe. Atheists are confounded here, for they have to use their minds to articulate their arguments, yet the fact that they have a mind is evidence that there is a Creator-God. Any system of thought which uses a fact that it denies to prove its case is fatally flawed, being self-contradictory.

That are in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible- one of the features of the firstborn in Old Testament times was that he had a double portion of his father’s estate, since he had the greater burden of administering it, see Genesis 48:22. So Joseph had two dreams about himself; in one the sheaves of the field bowed to him, in the other the stars, sun and moon did the same. So Christ is Firstborn in relation to earth, (things visible), and heaven, (things invisible). Those who were inclined to Judaism had a religion based on seen things, whereas those inclined to gnosticism had a religion based on imagined unseen things. Christ is superior to both real unseen and real seen things, being the Creator of them both.

Whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities, or powers- because the gnostic heretics had much to say about angels, the apostle emphasises that the Lord Jesus is the Maker of angels. In the first day of creation all the angels were made, as Exodus 20:11 says, “For in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is”. And Nehemiah records the words of the Levites, “Thou, even thou, art Lord alone; thou hast made heaven, the heaven of heavens, with all their host, the earth, and all things that are therein, the seas, and all that is therein, and thou preserveth them all; and the host of heaven worshippeth thee”, Nehemiah 9:6.

Whatever their rank and ability, it came from Christ. These four names may relate to four ranks of angels, or to the fourfold dignity of all angels. They all administer governmentally for God, hence are thrones; they assert the dominion of God, hence are called dominions; they have first rank in the array of creatures God has made, hence are called principalities, and they all have tremendous power, and hence are called powers.

Second reason why He is called Firstborn

All things were created by him- this time the preposition translated “by” is “through”, so that we learn that by His power He brought all things into existence. So creation is the product of power, not evolution. Creation was a deliberate act of power on the part of Christ. If “in Him” denotes He is the designer, “through Him” means He is the builder. Other Scriptures bear the same testimony, such as John 1:3,10; Hebrews 1:2,8-10; Hebrews 3:3,4. Only Divine power can create, so that there becomes something, where before there was nothing.

Literally rendered, John 1:3 reads, “All things came into being through him, and apart from him not even one thing came into being which has come into being”. John is writing about things coming to be that did not exist before- they are not revealed from their hiding-place. As the writer to the Hebrews states, “Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear”, Hebrews 11:3. All things came into being by, or through, the Word when “He spake, and it was done; he commanded, and it stood fast.” Psalm 33:9. It follows logically, then, that He is not part of creation. There are those who appeal to this word “by” to say that the Word was only a high angelic intelligence, who was used by God to make all things as His subordinate. But in Romans 11:36 it is said of God that all things are through Him, (and the apostle uses the same word as “by” here), so on this theory of subordination, God Himself must be acting for another! This, of course, is impossible.

Perhaps as he penned these words the apostle John thought of the language of Isaiah 44:24, “I am the Lord that maketh all things; that stretcheth forth the heavens alone; that spreadeth abroad the earth by myself:” Isaiah declared that the Lord, the God of heaven, had made all things by Himself, yet John, a sincere believer in the One True God, did not hesitate to say that the Word had made all things. Since John was inspired by the same Spirit as Isaiah was, then we are forced to the conclusion that the Word is God, not only by the plain statement of verse 1, but also by the fact that He is Creator.

John goes on, “And without him was not anything made that was made”, assuring us that there is no secret store of matter that derives its origin from some other power-source. Note how John puts things positively and negatively, (“all things were made by him…without him was nothing made…”), in order that the truth might be hedged about on every side. The first phrase “all things were made by him”, might be thought by hostile minds to refer only to things, and not beings with life, leaving the way open to say that the Word was created first, and then brought things into existence. This second statement of the apostle instantly and conclusively disposes of such a blasphemous notion. Everything that has been brought into being owes its existence to the Word, therefore the Word did not come into being, but ever is.

Third reason why He is called Firstborn

And for him- the preposition translated “for” is “eis”, literally meaning unto. The act of creation had the pleasure of Christ as its goal. We read in Revelation 4:11 that “Thou hast created all things, and for thy pleasure they are, and were created”. Only Deity can act for Its own pleasure alone, without selfishness.

He is heir of all things as the Firstborn, Hebrews 1:2, therefore all things are at His disposal; He can fold them up when it pleases Him, as Hebrews 1:11,12 says He will do. So we may say that the act of creation was purposeful, not indifferent. He did not instigate a process and leave that process to work out a random result. Theistic evolution has no support in Scripture.

1:17
And he is before all things, and by him all things consist.

Fourth reason why He is Firstborn

And he is before all things- He is before creation in time, character, and rank. He is before in time, for “In the beginning was the Word”, where the word “was” is in the imperfect tense, signifying that when the first thing that had a beginning began, (whatever that was), He already was, John 1:1. He is before in character, for creation is dependent, whereas He is free and self-sufficient; creation is His servant, whilst He is Master. He is before in rank, for creation is His handiwork, and as such is necessarily secondary to Him, as effect is secondary and inferior to cause. It is possible to read the phrase “He is, before all things”, or in other words, His existence conditions and controls all things.

There are three expressions at this point in the epistle which use the pronoun “he” in the emphatic mode, and all refer to Christ. They are: “He is before all things”, verse 17; He is the head of the body”, verse 18; “He might have the preeminence”, verse 18 again. This would indicate to us that in the phrase “He is before all things”, the emphasis is on the word “He”, and not on the word “is”. In other words, it is not “He is, before all things”, (which would tell us that He existed before all other things existed, which, although true, is not the point of the passage), but “He is before all things”, meaning He stands at the head of all things as their Creator.

Fifth reason why He is called Firstborn

And by him all things consist- He is the sustainer of all things, “upholding all things by the word of his power”, Hebrews 1:3. Again, as in the first reason, the preposition is “in”, but here it indicates that all things persist because of the character of His person, they continue in virtue of who and what He is. He exists, and therefore they consist or hang together. Creation is maintained, and is not self-sufficient.

Hebrews 1:10-12 says, “Thou Lord, in the beginning hast laid the foundation of the earth; and the heavens are the works of thine hands: they shall perish; but thou remainest; and they all shall wax old as doth a garment; and as a vesture shalt thou fold them up, and they shall be changed: but thou art the same, and thy years shall not fail”. So we learn from this passage that the creation Christ holds together, (for He is the one referred to in the passage just quoted), shall be brought to an end. He controls creation for the whole of its existence, therefore. Creation is constantly preserved, and not abandoned.

1:18
And he is the head of the body, the church: who is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead; that in all things he might have the pre-eminence.

Sixth reason why He is called Firstborn

And he is the head of the body, the church- the apostle now presents to us a different side to Christ’s place as firstborn. Having spoken of the creation and maintenance of all things, he now writes of believers. As creator, Christ stands at the head of all things, for He is before all things, verse 17. But He is the head of the church; He does not merely stand before it, but joins it to Himself, as a body is joined to its head. At Jerusalem, during the Feast of Pentecost, a new thing was begun. The Holy Spirit was sent by Christ so as to baptise His people into one body, as 1 Corinthians 12:12 explains. As believers, those gathered together that day were already a new creation in Christ Jesus as individuals, (if any man be in Christ”, 2 Corinthians 5:17. See also Ephesians 4:24; Colossians 3:10). But now they are bonded together in a unique way. The relationship they now have to one another is like the relationship the various parts of our body have to one another, for though we have many limbs and organs we have but one body. And their relationship to Christ is like the relationship of the body to the head. We could survive with only one leg, or hand, or eye, but our head is indispensable, and controls everything. Such is the position Christ has in relation to all the believers of this present age.

Seventh reason why He is called Firstborn

Who is the beginning- in regard to creation, Christ was the Beginner, being apart from creation; in regard to the church, He is the Beginning, being part of the church as its Head, but also as head being there at the start. Everything begins, continues and reaches its goal in reference to Him. This has a very practical bearing on us as believers. We should ask ourselves if Christ is the Beginning of everything for us. Do we give Him the right place, allowing Him to be the start of things? Or do we initiate things ourselves and then ask Him to bless them?

Eighth reason why He is called Firstborn

The firstborn from the dead- we now learn what has given Him this place of supremacy regarding the church. Every true believer is risen with Christ, and signifies that by being baptised. But He rose first! He was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, Romans 6:4, the Father’s glory demanding that such a person as Christ should not remain in the grave a moment longer than necessary. But we were not like that. The glory of the Father demanded that we remain in the grave. It is only as associated with Him that we can be on resurrection ground. But He maintains His superior position, for He is “the first that should rise from the dead”, Acts 26:23. As such, He has obtained the right to administer for God in relation to the church.

The preposition “from” means “from among”. In Mark 9:10 the disciples were puzzled when the Lord spoke of a resurrection of one man, (Himself), from among the dead. They knew from Daniel 12:2 that many “from among” them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, “some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt”. They rightly understood that it is not that the many who awake are divided into some and some. Rather, the first “some” refers to those who rise at that time, (the end of the tribulation period, see Daniel 12:1). The second “some” refers to those who do not rise at that time, but who rise to stand before the Great White Throne one thousand years later. In other words, the first “some” refers to believers from Israel, the second “some” refers to unbelievers from Israel who await the judgement of the great day. There is no reference to Gentiles in this passage.

What the disciples were learning was that Christ is “the first that should rise from the dead”, Acts 26:23, literally “the first of the resurrection from among the dead ones”. The resurrection of Christ was selective, and is the first of a class, for church saints will be selected from among the believing dead, with Old Testament saints raised later, in accordance with Revelation 11:15-18.

That in all things he might have the pre-eminence- by establishing Himself as head of the church, He has obtained first place in everything. He has pre-eminence in creation by making and preserving it; He has pre-eminence relative to the church by rising from the dead, and becoming the head of the body.

Again, this has a very practical bearing on our lives. Having made Him the beginner of everything, do we give Him the place of pre-eminence? If we did this, our lives would truly be for the glory of God, for everything that honours Christ honours the Father. There is a man called Quartus, (“fourth”) in Romans 16:23; a man called Tertius, (“third”), Romans 16:22; a man called Secundus (“second”), Acts 20:4; but nowhere do we find Primus, (“first”), for Christ must have this place.

1:19
For it pleased the Father that in him should all fulness dwell;

For it pleased the Father that in him should all fulness dwell- this is the reason why He is able to function as Firstborn, for He has every attribute needed to carry out His task to perfection. “Fulness” was a favourite word with the heretics in the city of Colosse, and they used it to describe all the various attributes of the intermediary gods in their system of religion. In this they were no different to the other pagan religionists, who, because they had cast off the truth of the one True God, thought of their gods as all contributing to the idea of God, but none of them being able to encompass in himself all the attributes of Deity. This statement about the Lord Jesus dispels all such ideas, for the apostle asserts by the Spirit that in Him every attribute, virtue and characteristic that is proper to God is found in its fulness. And found, moreover, not reluctantly, but dwelling, or in other words, perfectly at home and at ease. That this is so is shown us by what is said about Him in the preceding verses, hence the “for” at the beginning of this verse.

1:20
And, having made peace through the blood of his cross, by him to reconcile all things unto himself; by him, I say, whether they be things in earth, or things in heaven.

And, having made peace through the blood of his cross- the subject of these verses is the Father, and so it is He who makes peace by the blood of Christ’s cross. The word peace comes from the word “join”, hence we can see the connection between making peace and reconciling. Despite having been brought into being by the Son of God, the creation is now in a state of estrangement from God. This is because of two main events. First, there was the rebellion of Lucifer at the beginning, in which he was followed by many angels. This took place at some point between when God pronounced all His creation to be very good, on the sixth day, and the temptation of Eve by the serpent, energised as it was by Satan himself. As a result of this rebellion, the ranks of the holy angels were left in a certain amount of disarray, for there is no reason to think that God created more angels to replace those that fell. Furthermore, the fall of Lucifer raised questions about all the angels. Is it possible that others will defect at a later date? This did in fact happen when, just prior to the flood, “the sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair: and they took them wives of all which they chose”, Genesis 6:1. And it happened again after the flood, verse 4, for there were giants “after that”, such as the sons of Anak, Numbers 13:33.

The second disturbance of peace came when man fell into sin, and he shared in the rebellion of Lucifer by rejecting God’s will as expressed in a simple command not to eat of a particular tree. As a result of this, the whole creation was “subject to vanity”, and in the “bondage of corruption”, so that it “groaneth and travaileth in pain together until now”, Romans 8:21,22,23.

Because of these things, the mind of God is disquieted. Of course it is true that He could look on to the time when His Son would deal with the disturbance of the heavenly and earthly order of things, but still, until the matter was settled, He must have been grieved in His heart. When Christ went to Calvary, however, the Father was able to make peace for Himself. The word is only used in the verbal form in this place in the New Testament. It simply consists of the word peace coupled with the word to make. It is something that the Father did through the Son, but it does not at this point involve any other parties. It is peace that is made for the sake of God alone, to dispel the upset that sin in heaven and earth had brought to Him.

Now Christ is going to “gather together in one all things…both which are in heaven, and which are on earth”, Ephesians 1:10. This cannot happen if the fall of Stan and of man is not answered for. The only one who can do this answering is the one who is completely at peace with God; the one who could speak of “my peace”, John 14:27. For it was at that point uniquely His, with not a suspicion of distance between Himself and His God and Father.

God acts on holy principles, and He cannot dismiss the disruption caused by the sin of angels and men by a word of command. He must have holy and just grounds on which to do it, or His position as Moral Governor of creation is in doubt. Those holy and just grounds are the person and work of His Son, when He voluntarily undertook to accept the consequences of sin in Himself, and deal with them effectively. So it is that the apostle speaks of “the blood of his cross”. This expression tells us that the soul, or person of Christ, was involved in what happened at Calvary.

What is critical in all this is the character of the one whose blood was shed. It was the blood of one who was ever and only in harmony with God His Father. At no point and in no way was there any trace of disharmony between them. And this was true of Him as a man on earth just as much as when He was with the Father before He became incarnate. He could say, when thinking of the fact that His disciples would soon forsake Him and flee, leaving Him alone, “and yet I am not alone, because the Father is with me”, John 16:32. That simple statement speaks volumes about the relationship He has with the Father, for the Father would have to distance Himself from Him if there was any trace of sin in Christ.

It was also the blood of one in whom all fulness dwells, as the apostle tells us at the beginning of the sentence, in verse 19. In other words, it is the blood of one who has infinite capacity to do the work entrusted to Him; there is no risk that the blood of such an one should not prevail.

It was this one whose life is of such value to God, that it was enough, indeed, more than enough, to clear the name of God from any charge that He, as Supreme Moral Governor, is complacent about sin in His universe, and does nothing about it. He has silenced every critic, and established the basis of bringing the universe back into harmony with Himself.

One of the main reasons for the Day of Atonement in Israel was because God needed to clear His name for dwelling amongst an unclean people. We read of Aaron the high priest, “And he shall make an atonement for the holy place, because of the uncleanness of the children of Israel, and because of their transgressions in all their sins: and so shall he do for the tabernacle of the congregation, that remaineth among them in the midst of their uncleanness”, Leviticus 16:16.

The Son of God ws made flesh, and dwelt among us, says the apostle John in his gospel, John 1:14. If He is God manifest in flesh, how can He dwell amongst men without compromise? The answer is found in verse 29 of that chapter, where we hear John the Baptist saying, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world”. It is because He was going to the place called Calvary to deal with the sin-question by way of atonement, that God manifest in flesh could continue amongst men. (Needless to say “His cross” does not relate specifically to the wood upon which the Lord Jesus was impaled, but rather the doctrine relative to what happened at Calvary).

By him to reconcile all things unto himself- reconciliation is one of the results of propitiation, and comes about because by His blood, shed on the cross of Calvary, Christ gave to God the full and satisfactory answer to the presence of sin.

By him, I say, whether they be things in earth- the apostle Peter spoke of the times of restitution of all things, Acts 3:21, when the earth shall be brought back into right relationship with God at the coming of Christ to reign. The word restitution was used in classical literature in connection with the repair of the public highway, reminding us that the King is coming, and the word is “Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert a highway for our God”, Isaiah 40:2. It was also used of the restoration of an estate to its rightful owner, and in a day to come Christ will ask His Father and He will give Him the heathen for His inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for His possession, Psalm 2:8. A third use of the word is for the balancing of accounts, for a day of reckoning is coming for this world when Christ comes to reign. Fourthly, it was used of that point in time when the world’s cyclical periods coincide, as they did at the beginning, for the full cycle of God’s various dealings with the earth will come to a climax, and this will coincide with Christ coming to reign.

Currently in the bondage of corruption, creation shall be released from its slavery and shall glorify its Creator as it should, Romans 8:21. Only because precious blood has been shed to deal with the sin that caused the creation to be in bondage can this great change happen.

Or things in heaven- not only is the effect of the fall of man rectified on the basis of the blood of Christ, but the effects of the fall of Lucifer too. This is Satan’s former name as the anointed cherub that covered the very throne of God, just as the cherubim overshadowed the mercy seat upon the ark. Ezekiel 28:18 says of Lucifer that he defiled his sanctuaries by the multitude of his iniquities. It seems that he had some role as the leader of the praise of the angelic host, but sought, in pride, to rise higher, and “be like the Most High”, Isaiah 14:14. Like a supernova, a star that suddenly increases in brightness, Lucifer was inflated with pride, (“the condemnation of the Devil”, 1 Timothy 3:6), and as such was cast out of heaven, for “whoso exalteth himself shall be abased”, Luke 14:11. His action in rebelling against God, and of influencing others of the angels to do the same, (possibly one third of the angel-host, see Revelation 12:4), defiled heaven. The stigma of what had happened remained after he was cast out.

The blood of Christ, however, (the one who humbled Himself and then was exalted, Philippians 2), avails to deal with this stain, as Hebrews 9:23 states, “It was therefore necessary for the patterns of things in the heavens to be purified with these; but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these”. We read that on the Day of Atonement the holy place, the tabernacle, and the altar were reconciled by the application to them of the blood of an accepted sin offering, Leviticus 16:20. Likewise the heavenly sanctuary has been adjusted, brought back into harmony with God, and made it fit for the current ministry of Christ as High Priest. The tabernacle on earth could be purified by animal sacrifices, but the heavenly things of which the tabernacle was a pattern needed better sacrifices than those. The use of the plural indicates that every aspect of the sacrifice of Christ at Calvary was needed to purge the heavenly sanctuary. It was the sacrifice of one who was entirely acceptable to God, (the burnt offering aspect); of one who was perfectly in harmony with God, (the peace offering aspect), in contrast to Lucifer who waged war on God; of one who had no sin-nature to offend the person of God, nor any sin-record as a sign of rebellion against the government of God, (the sin and trespass offering aspect). So it is that the heavenly sanctuary has been thoroughly prepared for His current ministry.

God could righteously continue to dwell in such a place after Lucifer fell only because of His foreknowledge of what His Son would do at Calvary.

Atonement, or reconciliation, (the bringing together of two parties), is a result of the propitiation effected by Christ at Calvary, and is the basis whereby the things in heaven have already been reconciled, or brought back into right adjustment with God, and the basis whereby things on earth shall be reconciled in a day to come.

(f) Verses 21-23
Grounding in the faith

1:21
And you, that were sometime alienated and enemies in your mind by wicked works, yet now hath he reconciled

And you- having spoken of the eventual rescue, by means of Calvary, of the creation about which he has written in verses 16 and 17, the apostle now writes of the rescue of those who are now members of the church, as mentioned in verse 18. For these are people, not things, and special mention must be made of the way they have been reconciled.

That were sometime alienated and enemies in your mind- it is said of creation that it was subject to bondage, but not willingly, Romans 8:20, which does not mean it did not want it to happen, (for creation is not able to express wants), but rather that it has no will. Man is different, however, (for there is one kind of flesh of beasts, and another of man, 1 Corinthians 15:39), and we are described in our unsaved state as being alienated and enemies. Sin brings in separation, (“alienated”), for “your iniquities have separated between you and your God, and your sins have hid his face from you”, Isaiah 59:2. Sin also brings in enmity, (“enemies”), for “the mind of the flesh is enmity against God: for it is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can be”, Romans 8:7.
By wicked works- this is the way the separation and hostility expressed itself; every sinful act of a unbeliever is an act of wilful wickedness, and as such is an evidence of a mind not subject to God. What we thought in our minds and what we did were alike obnoxious to God.

Yet now hath he reconciled- despite what we were like, (hence the “yet”), God has devised means “whereby his banished be not expelled from him”, 2 Samuel 14:14. The reconciliation is again the result of propitiation, but whereas creation waits for this, we already have it, for the word is hath He reconciled. As Romans 5:11 puts it, we have received the atonement, (reconciliation).

1:22
In the body of his flesh through death, to present you holy and unblameable and unreproveable in his sight:

In the body of his flesh through death- when it is the reconciliation of creation that is in view, it is the blood of His cross, whereas when the reconciliation of people is in view it is in the body of His flesh. Is this not because in connection with Christ’s death there is always the resulting resurrection in view? Those who believe are brought into new conditions when they are reconciled, and those new conditions are on resurrection ground.

The false teachers of the day said that God could not have contact with matter, since it was evil. The apostle counters this by declaring that Christ, in whom all the fulness of the Godhead dwells, had a body. A body, moreover, that was a body of flesh. When angels appear to men they seem to have bodies, but the body of Christ was no semblance. That Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is one of the essential truths of Christianity, as the apostle John makes clear, for he wrote, “every spirit that confesseth not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is not of God: and this is that spirit of antichrist, whereof ye have heard that it should come; and even now already is it in the world,” 1 John 4:3. He must have a body if He is going to die, for death is the separation of body from spirit, James 2:26. To deny that He had a real body is to deny that He had a real death.

So He had a body of flesh, the same sort of body that men generally have, with the important distinction that He had no sin-principle within Him since He was not born of Joseph, nor of any other man, and therefore had not the sin of Adam passed on to Him.

Just as reconciliation for things is brought about by the blood of His cross, (signifying it was not the blood coursing through the veins of a man still living, but the blood of a man crucified on a cross until He was dead), so the reconciliation of people is brought about not in the body of a man living in the flesh, but that person entering into death.

We can see in these two aspects, the blood and the body, a reflection of what happened on the day of atonement, for there were two goats needed for the people. One goat was slain and its blood was sprinkled to reconcile the holy place, thus dealing with things, Leviticus 16:15-20. The second goat had sins laid upon it, and it carried those sins into the land not inhabited, never to return. So the emphasis with the second goat was on its body as the bearer of the sins of the people, verses 21,22.

To present you- just as sin-offerings were presented at the entrance to the tabernacle of the congregation for the scrutiny of the priest, so Christ has presented Himself at Calvary in all the acceptableness of His person. He was truly without blemish and without spot, for the law said, “it shall be perfect to be accepted”, Leviticus 22:21, and He came up to the standard. The apostle Paul writes “For he hath made him to be sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in him”, 2 Corinthians 5:21. The alternative rendering of “offer him for a sin offering”, (said of the goat that was to be slain on the day of atonement), is “make him sin”, Leviticus 16:9. The vital thing for the Israelite was that he lay his hand on his offering, identifying himself with it. This ensured that the benefit from the offering was attributed to him. In this way those who were once sinners but who have now believed may be presented before God in virtue of what Christ has done for them, and have the assurance that Christ has met every claim against their sin.

There are two sides to this presentation. There is the sense in which the believer is in principle before God at this present moment in the good of what Christ did at Calvary. But there is a future aspect, when the believer will be present in practice before God in heaven. The emphasis is on this latter side of things here, since the apostle will use the word “if” in verse 23, telling us that at the present time the reality of our profession is being tested, therefore when the verdict is in, and life has been lived, and continuance in the faith has been in evidence, then the presentation can take place in reality, and not just in principle.

Holy- as those who have been made holy through the sanctifying sacrifice of Christ, (for “we are sanctified through the offering of Jesus Christ once for all”, Hebrews 10:), we are free to have fellowship with God. The false teachers denied that this was possible, arguing that God was too distant and aloof, and men needed the agency of endless ranks of angels to go between them and God. The apostle will have none of this notion, and nor should we.

And unblameable- the believer is unblameable too, or without blemish; this means that the Burnt Offering aspect of Calvary is attributed to him, and he stands before God in all the acceptableness of Christ, being accepted in the Beloved, Ephesians 1:6. The Lord Jesus was blamed unjustly by men, but He was without blame before God. We were blamed justly by God, but now in Christ the blame is gone.

And unreproveable- this word has the idea of being unchallengeable. All the believer’s sins have been righteously dealt with, and the enemy of our souls can bring no successful charge against us, try as he might, and try as he does. To be unblameable is to be in a position that pleases the Father; to be unreproveable means we displease Satan, for he can lay no charge against God’s elect, Romans 8:33.

In his sight- the true believer can be presented in close proximity to God, not hiding away from Him as Adam did, and can be under His eye without fault. This is the grand climax to the section which began in verse 12.

So if in verse 5 we were like the patriarchs in Genesis, looking for the realisation of their hope, and in verses 12-14 we were like Israel in the book of Exodus, redeemed from the power of darkness and set on their way to their inheritance, in verses 21 and 22 we are like those of the book of Leviticus, who came into the good of sacrifice. In the next verse there is the exhortation to continue, which would remind us of the book of Numbers, with its progress towards the promised land, and also the solemn fact that some never reached that land because they were unbelieving.

1:23
If ye continue in the faith grounded and settled, and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel, which ye have heard, and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;

If ye continue in the faith- the position believers have is so wonderful and privileged that the apostle is anxious lest any should miss it through false profession. The test of the reality of profession that the apostle applies here is continuance. In the parable of the sower those who were false professors are said to “for a while believe”, and then, in time of testing, wither and fail, Luke 8:13. Their belief is merely academic assent to the truth of Christianity. They do not say “This is what I believe”, but, “This is what I believe Christians believe”. They believe about Christ, but do not believe in Him. When trials come because of the word, they wither. Their “faith” is tested in relation to the faith, the body of Christian truth.

The early believers continued steadfastly in the apostles’ doctrine and fellowship, Acts 2:42. This is a test of reality, for the apostle John wrote, “he that knoweth God heareth us; he that is not of God heareth not us”, 1 John 4:6, where the “us” means the apostles. The faith of the Colossians believers was being severely tested by the heretics, who were trying to lead them astray, and the apostle is showing that embracing those doctrines and yet still claiming to be a Christian is not an option. We are told sometimes about “Christians” who have become Moslems. This is impossible, for a true Christian does not renounce Christ in this way. Such people were only Christians nominally, and simply exchange one form of religious profession for another.

Grounded and settled- to be grounded means to be laid upon a foundation, the foundation in question being “the foundation of the apostles and prophets”, Ephesians 1:20. To be settled is to be seated. When paving stones are being laid, no matter how deep the foundation is, if the stones are not firmly embedded in it so that they do not wobble, the end result will not be stable. So the believers should be practically established on the sure foundation of the doctrines of the faith, and should not allow anything else to intrude so that they start to “wobble” spiritually. Or to use the figure of Ephesians 4:14, be “tossed to and fro, and carried about with every wind of doctrine”. The Colossian heresy was neither a good foundation, nor a means of settling the minds of the believers.

And be not moved away from the hope of the gospel- as we saw in verse 5, the hope into which the gospel brings the believer is the sum total of blessings in Christ in heavenly places. The heretics could not offer anything better than that, especially since the Christian hope is not a vague aspiration, or a wistful dream, but a certain prospect. For the Christian, there is no reason to move away from the foundation. Satan held out to Eve a hope that was not based on the word of God, and, alas! she moved away from what God had said with disastrous consequences.

Which ye have heard- this they had done, not just in a physical sense, but with the hearing of faith. The whole truth had reached them through Christian evangelists. Nothing Colossian heretics could assail their ears with could possibly supplement or replace this.

And which was preached to every creature which is under heaven- the apostle is not necessarily saying that every single member of the human race had heard the gospel. What he is saying is that every one that did hear the gospel heard the same thing. There was not one gospel for Asia, and another for Europe. There was no room for any additional material. Men are called creatures both here and in Mark 16:15 to emphasise that they have a responsibility to their Creator, for He is the Moral Governor of the universe.

Whereof I Paul am made a minister- the apostle is about to tell of his unique ministry, and also to confront the heretics in chapter 2. So he needs to assert his authority before he does so. He does this twice. Here, in connection with the gospel, and in verse 25 in connection with the church. He was a minister of the gospel, so the gospel was more important than he was, (he was minister of it, not it of him), but nonetheless he had importance as the apostle to the Gentiles, commissioned to see to it that the gospel reached their ears.

(g) Verses 24-29
Greatness of the mystery

1:24
Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you, and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh for His body’s sake, which is the church:

Who now rejoice in my sufferings for you- another mark of reality is the determination to continue despite the opposition that the world represents. Faith and the world are on a collision course, and the true believer triumphs in that situation. Wrote the apostle John, “this is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith”, 1 John 5:4.

The apostle Paul gloried in tribulations because they were part of God’s education programme for His people, Romans 5:5,6. The faithful labours of the apostle as he sought to spread the gospel involved much suffering for him, as we see from 2 Corinthians 11:23-28. Paul wrote to the Ephesians, “Wherefore I desire that ye faint not at my tribulations for you, which is your glory”, Ephesians 3:13.

And fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my flesh- the word “affliction” is never used of the penal sufferings that Christ endured, so the apostle is certainly not saying here that his sufferings were needed to make up the full quota of Christ’s sufferings on the cross. What he does mean is that just as Christ was afflicted by men during His life because of His stand for the truth, so also they who side with Christ shall meet this affliction. It is the believer’s task to endure this affliction with rejoicing, so that the full measure of suffering that God has in mind for His people will be endured. Because this suffering is for the sake of Christ it has His name attached to it, so it may be called the affliction of Christ, even though He does not personally endure affliction now. It is His people who are afflicted at the present time.

For his body’s sake, which is the church- not only is the affliction linked with Christ, it is also linked with believers. Again the apostle makes it clear that he is referring to the church when he speaks of Christ’s body; in other words, he is not referring to the physical body of Christ but “the church, which is his body”, Ephesians 1:22,23. The fact that Paul was suffering affliction for the whole church would show the Colossians that although they had not seen him in the flesh, yet nevertheless he had a deep interest in their spiritual welfare.

1:25
Whereof I am made a minister, according to the dispensation of God which is given to me for you, to fulfil the word of God;

Whereof I am made a minister- as in verse 23, the personal pronoun is emphatic- “I particularly, specially”. It was the apostle Paul’s special task to make known the truth with regard to the church in both its aspects. So he served the gospel, verse 23, and he served the church.

According to the dispensation of God which is given to me for you- a dispensation is the duty given to the steward of a household to faithfully arrange the affairs of that household. The household in question here being God’s. The stewardship had been given to Paul not to elevate him, for it was “for you”; it was a means whereby he served the interests of the church.

To fulfil the word of God- Paul’s special and vital task was to set forth the truths regarding the church, which are the climax of God’s revelation of truth to men. It is not that he wrote the last book of the Bible, for he did not. What he did do was fill up the total of what God has to say to His people. This is what he refers to in 1 Corinthians 13:10 with the expression “that which is perfect is come”.

1:26
Even the mystery which hath been hid from ages and from generations, but now is made manifest to his saints:

Even the mystery which hath been hid from ages and from generations- the apostle says more about this mystery in Ephesians 3, and shows there that he was specially entrusted with the task of revealing God’s purpose for this present age. This purpose had not been hidden in the Old Testament scriptures, nor had the prophets known it but not recorded it, for the mystery was completely hidden. During successive Old Testament ages God worked out His purpose, but none involved the church. Generations came and went, but the fathers were not able to pass on the truth of this mystery to their sons, for they did not know it themselves. There is no such thing as “The Old Testament church”, as some speak.

But now is made manifest to his saints- that which Old Testament saints never knew is now revealed through the apostle Paul. Note there is no limit to the number of believers who have this truth made known to them. It is to the saints in general, not to a select few, that these matters are revealed. The gnostic heretics taught that the highest truth was known only to a few; they alone, they claimed, were able to understand. The apostle will have none of this.

1:27
To whom God would make known what is the riches of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles; which is Christ in you, the hope of glory:

To whom God would make known- this does not mean God would if He could. Rather, He wills to make known, the word “would” being a form of the verb “to will”. It is His determination to make known now what it was His determination to keep hidden in former times.

What is the riches of the glory of this mystery among the Gentiles- the theme of this mystery is glorious, as befits the God who reveals it. That being the case, the blessings involved in it are rich and abundant. The wonder of it is that this mystery is among the Gentiles, with converted Gentiles being brought in to the same blessing as converted Jews. Ephesians 3:6 shows us that the essence of the mystery is that Gentiles are fellow-heirs with converted Jews of the vast spiritual inheritance secured for the saints by Christ; fellow-members with them of the same body, the church, and fellow-partakers of all the special and heavenly blessings that the gospel has brought to those who believe.

The mystery is rich because it enriches our spirits, causing us, like the apostle, to bow our knees in worship, Ephesians 3:14. It enriches our hearts as we contemplate God’s goodness to us. It enriches our minds, so that we are enabled to serve God intelligently.

Which is Christ in you, the hope of glory- every godly Jew looked longingly for the day when Messiah would be amongst the nation. Such would indeed be a day of glory. Here, however, the apostle speaks of the Christian’s hope of glory because Christ is in them. This is clearly different to the hope of Israel. Christ indwells His people during this age, yet there are still glorious hopes not realised.

In Ephesians 3 the apostle highlighted the result of the mystery, that even Gentiles had an equal share with converted Jews; here he emphasises the way the truth of the mystery is made good to us, for every believer is indwelt by the Spirit of God, and because of that Christ can be said to be within us. Each Divine person is able to represent the other, as will be seen from John 14:16-23. So it is that Romans 8:9,10 reads, “But ye are not in the flesh, but in the Spirit, if so be that the Spirit of God dwell in you. Now if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of his. And if Christ be in you, the body is dead because of sin; but the Spirit is life because of righteousness”. So to have the Spirit of Christ within is to have Christ within, and to have Christ within is to be assured that all that is yet to be will arrive.

In Ephesians 1:14 the Spirit is said to be the earnest of our inheritance, the guarantee of all that God has promised. The illustration has been used of a farmer who buys some sheep at a market, yet is unable to take them home with him that day. He arranges for them to be looked after, and gives them a bale of the hay just like that which, when they eventually reach the farm, they will enjoy every day. So we are looked after before we get home to heaven, and meanwhile an earnest or sample of what is ahead is given to us now by the Spirit.

1:28
Whom we preach, warning every man, and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus:

Whom we preach- not only is this a positive statement, but it also contrasts the ministry of Paul and Timothy with that of the gnostic heretics. The latter had nothing positive to say about Christ.

Warning every man- there needed to be a ministry of warning, in view of the spiritual hazards that abounded in Colosse. This warning ministry as far as this epistle is concerned is mostly found in chapter 2.

And teaching every man in all wisdom- positive teaching is needed if we are to have a right appreciation of God and His ways. The apostle and Timothy saw to it that the believers were instructed in the full range of that insight into the true nature of things that the apostles’ doctrine brings to us. There was no avenue of truth to which the apostle could not introduce the saints, so they needed nothing from the heretics. As he said to the Ephesian elders, “For I have not shunned to declare unto you the whole counsel of God”, Acts 20:27.

That we may present every man perfect in Christ Jesus- the ambition of the apostle was to so teach and warn that every believer might reach the goal that God has in mind, namely, likeness to Christ. Every true believer is in Christ Jesus, but the apostle did not rest until all believers are perfect in Christ Jesus. The word used for perfect here was also used for those who had been fully initiated into the pagan mysteries. Here the Spirit of God lifts it from its pagan setting and uses it to describe those who have been instructed in the things of God.

1:29
Whereunto I also labour, striving according to his working, which worketh in me mightily.

Whereunto I also labour- this does not mean “I also, as well as others”. Rather, the thought is, “I, as well as preaching as others do, go further and labour and strive”. The word for labour here denotes work to the point of exhaustion. Many have preached, but few, if any, have laboured like the apostle. If he toiled so strenuously for the sake of the truth, should we not at least take an active interest in it?

Striving according to his working, which worketh in me mightily- Paul did not labour in his own strength. Spiritual work needs spiritual power to carry it through. Many a time the apostle would have given up if he worked in his own strength. The power of the Spirit of God was in him; but that Spirit is the Spirit of the God that raised Christ from the dead, so no obstacle is great enough to prevent it achieving its goal. What power is greater that the mighty power that raised Christ up? This mighty power is “to usward who believe”, Ephesians 1:19.

 

 

1 CORINTHIANS 9

SURVEY OF THE CHAPTER
The chapter consists of a defence by the apostle of his apostleship, and therefore of his authority.  The word “power” in verses 4,5,6, 12 (twice), is the word authority.  It seems there were those in the assembly at Corinth who were suggesting that his claim to be an apostle was suspect.  They perhaps pointed to the fact that he had not been with the Lord Jesus during His public ministry on earth, as he had been converted after Christ had ascended to heaven.  For this reason they were not prepared to act on what he wrote or spoke to them, nor to support him financially in his work.
There have been those during modern times who have also questioned the right of the apostle Paul to write what he did.  Such should remember his words in 1 Corinthians 14:27, “If any man think himself to be a prophet, or spiritual, let him acknowledge that the things I write unto you are the commandments of the Lord”.  They should also remember that the apostle Peter, (whose apostleship was never disputed), gave Paul the right hand of fellowship, Galatians 2:9, and called him “our beloved brother Paul”, 2 Peter 3:15, even after he had been withstood by Paul on a matter of principle, Galatians 2:11.  If Peter had no doubt as to the veracity of Paul’s claim to apostleship, the Corinthians should not either, and nor should we.
In verses 1-14 the apostle sets out the principles governing the support of those who evangelise and teach.  Then he shows first, in verses 15-23, that he did not use those means of support in every situation, and second, in verses 24-27, this was because he was self-controlled as he ran his Christian race.

STRUCTURE OF THE CHAPTER

Section (a) Verses 1-14    Support in service.
Section (b) Verses 15-23 Selflessness in service.
Section (c) Verses 24-27 Self-control in service.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS CHAPTER 9, VERSES 1 TO 14:

9:1  Am I not an apostle? am I not free? have I not seen Jesus Christ our Lord? are not ye my work in the Lord?

9:2  If I be not an apostle unto others, yet doubtless I am to you: for the seal of mine apostleship are ye in the Lord.

9:3  Mine answer to them that do examine me is this,

9:4  Have we not power to eat and to drink?

9:5  Have we not power to lead about a sister, a wife, as well as other apostles, and as the brethren of the Lord, and Cephas?

9:6  Or I only and Barnabas, have not we power to forbear working?

9:7  Who goeth a warfare any time at his own charges? who planteth a vineyard, and eateth not of the fruit thereof? or who feedeth a flock, and eateth not of the milk of the flock?

9:8  Say I these things as a man? or saith not the law the same also?

9:9  For it is written in the law of Moses, Thou shalt not muzzle the mouth of the ox that treadeth out the corn. Doth God take care for oxen?

9:10  Or saith he it altogether for our sakes? For our sakes, no doubt, this is written: that he that ploweth should plow in hope; and that he that thresheth in hope should be partaker of his hope.

9:11  If we have sown unto you spiritual things, is it a great thing if we shall reap your carnal things?

9:12  If others be partakers of this power over you, are not we rather? Nevertheless we have not used this power; but suffer all things, lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ.

9:13  Do ye not know that they which minister about holy things live of the things of the temple? and they which wait at the altar are partakers with the altar?

9:14  Even so hath the Lord ordained that they which preach the gospel should live of the gospel.

Section (a)    Verses 1-14    Support in service.

As he confronts his detractors, Paul asks them four questions.  The first has to do with his apostleship; the second with his liberty; the third with his privileges; the fourth with his labours.

9:1  Am I not an apostle? am I not free? have I not seen Jesus Christ our Lord? are not ye my work in the Lord?

Am I not an apostle?  The word apostle is made up of two Greek words, apo and stello.  The first is a preposition meaning “away from”, in the sense, not of being away, but of moving away.  The second is the verb to send.  An apostle is therefore one who is sent away from a person.  Implied in this are the two ideas of being approved by that person, and bearing his authority.  He is not sent away in dismissal and disapproval, but with a commission to accomplish the will of the sender.  Such was the apostle Paul, and the One who sent Him was Christ Himself.  On the road to Damascus the Lord Jesus said to him, “But rise, and stand upon thy feet: for I have appeared unto thee for this purpose, to make thee a minister and a witness of these things that thou hast seen, and those things in the which I will appear unto thee; delivering thee from the people, and from the Gentiles, unto whom I now send thee…” Acts 26:16,17. Some while later, when Paul was in the temple, the Lord had appeared in a vision to him and said, “Depart: for I will send thee far hence unto the Gentiles”, Acts 22:21.  So there is abundant evidence for the fact that Paul was indeed sent from the Lord.  As such, his authority to instruct, warn and rebuke was undoubted, being the authority of the One who had sent him.
Am I not free?  This means that he was, as an apostle of Jesus Christ, free from the supposed authority of men, as they sought to criticise and curtail him in his service.  As he wrote to the Galatians, “Paul, an apostle, (not of men, neither by man, but by Jesus Christ, and God the Father, who raised Him from the dead)”, Galatians 1:1.  Even those who were apostles because they had been sent forth by Christ when He was upon earth were not able to add anything to him, Galatians 2:6, and in fact gave him the right hand of fellowship, Galatians 2:9.  He was free from men of ill-intent, like some in the assembly at Corinth, and free from men of good-intent, like the other apostles.  This is not to say he was independent, for he was an apostle of Jesus Christ, and was bound by His will.
Have I not seen Jesus Christ our Lord?  One of the signs of an apostle was that he must have been with the Lord down here, and also seen Him in resurrection.  The words of Peter were, “Wherefore of these men which have companied with us all the time the Lord Jesus went in and out among us, beginning from the baptism of John, unto that same day that He was taken up from us, must one be ordained to be a witness with us of His resurrection”.  So these were the qualifications to be one of the twelve apostles.  Paul was not of the twelve, which is no doubt why he separates  being an apostle from having seen the Lord, in this verse.  He is not an apostle through having been with Christ down here and then seeing Him in resurrection, but he can testify to having seen Him in the glory of heaven, and this the twelve could not do.  They saw the Lord disappearing into heaven, Paul saw Him as having arrived there.  And this is his special witness, for he was entrusted with truth as to the vital connection between believers of this age and Christ in heaven.  Ananias, the man sent to speak to Paul three days after his conversion, said to him, “The God of our fathers hath chosen thee, that thou shouldest know His will, and see that Just One, and shouldest hear the voice of His mouth”, Acts 22:14.
The nature of his apostleship fitted the task he was given to do.  It was important for the twelve to have been with Christ when He was here, because they were initially going to testify to Israel, the people Christ had been amongst, and who had crucified Him.  Paul, however, was sent to the Gentiles, and Christ had not been amongst them.
Are not ye my work in the Lord?  Paul now puts the question of his authority in the context of his ministry at Corinth.  How was it that instead of being pagan idolaters, as many of them had been, they were now the worshippers of the true God?  It was because he had ministered among them that this was so, in the mercy of God.  As he says in the second epistle, “Examine yourselves, whether ye be in the faith; prove your own selves”, 2 Corinthians 13:5.  This puts the onus on them.  If they claimed to be true believers, then they would have to admit it was through Paul.  And if it was through Paul, then he had authority as an apostle.

9:2  If I be not an apostle unto others, yet doubtless I am to you: for the seal of mine apostleship are ye in the Lord.

If I be not an apostle unto others, yet doubtless I am to you- even if others elsewhere doubted his apostleship, they at least should not do so.
For the seal of mine apostleship are ye in the Lord- not only were they the evidence of the success of his ministry in the gospel, but they were God’s seal of approval on his labours.  They should not lightly regard such evidence of God’s working.

9:3  Mine answer to them that do examine me is this,

Mine answer to them that do examine me is this- it seems there were those who were so presumptuous as to bring the apostle up before the judgement bar of their opinion.  The words “answer” and “examine” are both law-court words, so the Corinthians were serious in their accusation, and Paul is equally serious in his answer to them.  Instead of protesting, and asserting his authority over them, the apostle goes along with the process so as to show he has nothing to hide.  He does so by asking some questions of his own.

9:4  Have we not power to eat and to drink?

Have we not power to eat and to drink?  In the previous verse it was “me”, being a question of apostleship, as well as other things.  Here it is “we”, because he is associating Apollos with himself in these matters, even though Apollos was not an apostle.  He did have a special connection with Corinth as an evangelist, however, as we see from 3:5,6.  So it is as an evangelist that Paul claims the right to eat and drink at the expense of the believers.  Those who engage in pioneer gospel work may expect that those who are converted under their ministry will give them the necessities of life as a mark of appreciation to the Lord for sending them.  He will establish this principle from the Old Testament later in the chapter.

9:5  Have we not power to lead about a sister, a wife, as well as other apostles, and as the brethren of the Lord, and Cephas?

Have we not power to lead about a sister, a wife, as well as other apostles- here Paul claims the same right as others to bring his wife with him, as this verse suggests Peter and the other apostles did.  They were to safeguard their wives by not leaving them, perhaps alone, in their house.  This also protected the apostles from any suggestion of wrong-doing as they stayed in the houses of other believers.  The world is ever watching, and all appearance of evil must be carefully avoided.  Unbelievers are always ready to put the wrong construction on a situation where a preacher stays in a home when the husband is at work all day and the wife is in the house.  A celebrated evangelist of the 20th century refused to stay at a hotel or ride in a car with anyone other than his wife or daughter, and this was very wise.
And as the brethren of the Lord- notice that the brethren of the Lord, (that is, the children of Joseph and Mary), are now prominent enough in Christian circles to be held up as an example.  Their former stubbornness to believe has not prevented the believers from respecting them now they have been converted.  Their former hostility to Christ is not held against them.  Nor, for their part, has their former hostility given way to a grudging acceptance of Christ, but they are wholeheartedly committed to His cause.
And Cephas? This reminds us that Peter had a wife.  We know this also from Mark 1:30 for mention is made of his wife’s mother.  How strange that a large section of Christendom believes that their priests should be celibate, yet the one they claim as the first Pope was married!
Perhaps Cephas, or Peter, is mentioned last and separately because it is likely that it was the “Cephas-party” at Corinth, 1 Corinthians 1:12, who were the most antagonistic to Paul, probably being the Jewish element in the assembly.

9:6  Or I only and Barnabas, have not we power to forbear working?

Or I only and Barnabas, have not we power to forbear working?  This would indicate that when the Holy Spirit said to the assembly at Antioch “Separate Me Barnabas and Saul”, Acts 13:2, it was not simply that they were separated to do a task for the Lord.  They were also separated from the need to work secularly, in order that they might serve the Lord full-time.  The apostle is very specific here, however, in saying that the permission to forbear working was only given to Barnabas and himself, “I only, and Barnabas”.  He excludes the persons, including apostles, he has just cited as examples.  Much of the financial resources of believers, at least in the Western world, are expended on payments to preachers who could very well earn a living whilst serving the Lord, and also on the construction and upkeep of elaborate buildings in which to meet.  There is a great need to return to primitive Christianity, so that the finance that goes into such things is diverted into projects where there is real need.  It is significant that the Lord said to those He had previously sent out to preach in Israel but who were now about to venture forth into the wider world, (and therefore we might think had more need of being supported by others), “‘When I sent you without purse, and scrip, and shoes, lacked ye anything?’  And they said, ‘Nothing’.  Then said He unto them, ‘But now, he that hath a purse, let him take it, and likewise his scrip: and he that hath no sword, let him sell his garment and buy one'”, Luke 22:35,36.  So there was a complete reversal of former instructions.

9:7  Who goeth a warfare any time at his own charges? who planteth a vineyard, and eateth not of the fruit thereof? or who feedeth a flock, and eateth not of the milk of the flock?

Who goeth a warfare any time at his own charges?  We now have a series of questions which highlight the fact that the principle he is contending for is accepted in other departments of life.  No conscript soldier is expected to finance himself, for he is risking his life as he fights on behalf of others.  If they wish to be defended, they must pay his wages.  So those who evangelise, seeking to make inroads into the territory of the enemy of souls, Satan himself, may justifiably expect to be financed in that activity.
Who planteth a vineyard, and eateth not of the fruit thereof?  Those who take the trouble to use time, effort, and money to plant a vineyard are clearly within their rights to eat some of the resulting fruit.  Those who “cultivate the vine”, meaning those who teach the saints, can expect some return for their labours.
Or who feedeth a flock, and eateth not of the milk of the flock?  Those who act as pastors, and not only feed but tend and care for the flock of God, should not be out of pocket for their labours.  The apostle elsewhere commands that the elders who rule well should be given double honour, 1 Timothy 5:17,18, where the word for honour includes the idea of financial support if necessary.  This is not a go-ahead for the idea of paid pastors, but we should not avoid one principle for the sake of upholding another.  The idea of eating the milk comes from the fact that the milk from sheep and goats was made into cheese.  This, incidentally, is a much more healthy option than dairy produce from cows.

9:8  Say I these things as a man? or saith not the law the same also?

Say I these things as a man? or saith not the law the same also?  Having drawn the conclusions any sensible person would about earthly life, Paul now supports his statements with the statutes of the Law of God.  An illustration, moreover, which includes within it the three ideas of evangelist, teacher and pastor, for he will refer to the work of oxen, and these animals plough the ground, bring in the sheaves, and tread out the corn.

9:9  For it is written in the law of Moses, Thou shalt not muzzle the mouth of the ox that treadeth out the corn. Doth God take care for oxen?

For it is written in the law of Moses, Thou shalt not muzzle the mouth of the ox that treadeth out the corn- so mere animals were provided for in God’s law, for he has a great concern for all aspects of His creation.  Not one sparrow falls to the ground without Him noticing, Matthew 10:29, a fact which those who kill birds and animals for “sport” would do well to take note of.
The procedure in the East was to spread the gathered sheaves of corn on the flat surface of the threshing-floor, and then drive an ox over it, either on its own, or dragging a heavy log behind it.  The action of hooves and heavy object would gradually separate the husk from the grain, until it could be winnowed to remove the chaff.  No farmer was to cover the mouth of his ox as it did this, but was to allow it to bend its head and take some of the corn it had trodden out.
This quotation is also found in 1 Timothy 5:18 in connection with the support of elders that rule well.  There it is coupled with an allusion to the Lord’s words in Luke 10:9 about the labourer being worthy of his hire.
Doth God take care for oxen?  The answer is, of course “Yes”, but the scripture means more than this, as the apostle now explains. 

9:10  Or saith He it altogether for our sakes? For our sakes, no doubt, this is written: that he that plougheth should plough in hope; and that he that thresheth in hope should be partaker of his hope.

Or saith He it altogether for our sakes?  The word altogether has the force of “certainly”.  So God is taking care of oxen in His statute, but He is certainly also establishing a principle in the spiritual sphere.
For our sakes, no doubt, this is written- the idea of certainty is confirmed by the use of the phrase “no doubt”.  The Old Testament requirement regarding the well-being of oxen may be lifted into the higher sphere of the service of God, and applied to those who serve in that higher sphere.  This application of the Old Testament must be done with care and restraint, lest the truth of Scripture should be undermined.
That he that plougheth should plough in hope- evangelists are to “plough” the consciences and hearts of sinners, so that repentance is wrought in them, and they believe the gospel.  As they do this, they should have the confidence that as a result of them labouring, some will believe, and in gratitude to those who preached Christ unto them, they will give them financial and other support.  Their ploughing has resulted in a harvest, and they have a right to benefit from that harvest.  In this way, pioneer evangelism is self-supporting, and does not divert funds which could more profitably be used elsewhere.  It will also mean that those who have run unsent, and therefore are not the Lord’s messengers, since they have no converts, are not supported, and realise their mistake and seek the Lord’s guidance as to what He really wanted them to do.
And that he that thresheth in hope should be partaker of his hope- the ox that threshed the corn by treading it out should share the prospect of eating the corn with the ox that ploughed the field that yielded the corn.  The hope of the one is the hope of the other.  They both have an interest in the resulting harvest, and both have the right to have some of it.  So the evangelist and the teacher are both entitled to be supported by those they minister to; in the case of evangelists, their converts, in the case of teachers, those who learn from them.  The one who threshes partakes of the hope of the one who ploughs, for unless the latter does his work, the former has no-one to teach.

9:11  If we have sown unto you spiritual things, is it a great thing if we shall reap your carnal things?

If we have sown unto you spiritual things- the apostle puts the onus on the Corinthians again, and forces them to think about the answer.  He and Barnabas had engaged in spiritual sowing, scattering the word of God in the hearts of the men of Corinth.  A harvest of souls had resulted; this was a spiritual thing.  They had continued to sow the truth of the Word of God in their hearts after they had been saved; this was another spiritual thing.
Is it a great thing if we shall reap your carnal things?  Is it too great a burden for those who have been saved by their ministry, and nurtured by their teaching, to help and support them by the supply of the things of everyday life?  The word carnal has no suggestion of sinfulness in this context, of course.  It means the ordinary necessities of life.

9:12  If others be partakers of this power over you, are not we rather? Nevertheless we have not used this power; but suffer all things, lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ.

If others be partakers of this power over you, are not we rather?  If other teachers came to them and they supported them, how much more claim had Paul and Barnabas over them, who had founded and fostered the assembly.
Nevertheless we have not used this power- despite having marshalled many arguments as to why the Corinthians should support them, the apostle now declares that he and Barnabas declined to accept help from them.  He will say why they did this in the second epistle in the words, “But what I do, that I will do, that I may cut off occasion from them which desire occasion”, 2 Corinthians 11:12.  In other words, he did not want those who opposed him to have occasion or reason to find fault with him on the ground that he preached for financial advantage.
But suffer all things, lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ- instead of claiming his right to support, the apostle put up cheerfully with his self-imposed lack of support from the Corinthians.  He did not wish to put a road-block in the way of the progress of the gospel of Christ in their hearts.  It is a mistake to think that the gospel is only for the unsaved.  The epistle that is pre-eminently the one that defines the gospel is the Epistle to the Romans, written to believers.  The epistle that defends the gospel in the Epistle to the Galatians, written to believers.  There is constant need for believers to be exposed to the principles of the gospel, for it fits believers for everyday living on earth, as well as fitting sinners for heaven.

9:13  Do ye not know that they which minister about holy things live of the things of the temple? and they which wait at the altar are partakers with the altar?

Do ye not know that they which minister about holy things live of the things of the temple?  They must surely have known this fact from the life of Israel recorded in the Old Testament.  The Levites had provision made for them by God, so that they could give themselves wholly over to the service of God in the tabernacle and later the temple.  This is why they were not allowed to have land, for they did not need it, being supported by the tithes of the rest of Israel.
And they which wait at the altar are partakers with the altar?  The priests had a higher privilege still, for they were allowed to take some parts of the offerings that had been laid on the altar for God.  These sacrifices were called the bread of God, Leviticus 21:6, but they also were the food of the priests.

9:14  Even so hath the Lord ordained that they which preach the gospel should live of the gospel.

Even so hath the Lord ordained- the will of God in relation to the support of those who preach the gospel is of equal authority to the will of God in a past age regarding the support of the priests and Levites.  It is important that the gospel is not hindered by lack of resources.  Much more could be done in the way of evangelism if the Lord’s people spent less on themselves.  The average wage of those in the Western world puts them in the top 10% of the world’s earners.
Note the elevated view the apostle has of evangelism, for he puts it in the same category as the ministry about the altar.  This reminds us that those who preach the gospel are engaged in priestly activity; not, of course, as Levitical priests, but as Christian ones.  The apostle described himself as serving God in the gospel of His Son, Romans 1:9, where the word for serve means to serve worshipfully.  Preaching should be done with dignity and gravity, having the glory of God in view all the time.
That they which preach the gospel should live of the gospel- just as the priests in the tabernacle system were supported by the tithes and offerings of the people they ministered for, so evangelists should be supported by their converts, and also by those from whom they went out. 

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS CHAPTER 9, VERSES 15-23:

9:15  But I have used none of these things: neither have I written these things, that it should be so done unto me: for it were better for me to die, than that any man should make my glorying void.

9:16  For though I preach the gospel, I have nothing to glory of: for necessity is laid upon me; yea, woe is unto me, if I preach not the gospel!

9:17  For if I do this thing willingly, I have a reward: but if against my will, a dispensation of the gospel is committed unto me.

9:18  What is my reward then? Verily that, when I preach the gospel, I may make the gospel of Christ without charge, that I abuse not my power in the gospel.

9:19  For though I be free from all men, yet have I made myself servant unto all, that I might gain the more.

9:20  And unto the Jews I became as a Jew, that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law, as under the law, that I might gain them that are under the law;

9:21  To them that are without law, as without law, (being not without law to God, but under the law to Christ,) that I might gain them that are without law.

9:22  To the weak became I as weak, that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men, that I might by all means save some.

9:23  And this I do for the gospel’s sake, that I might be partaker thereof with you.

Section (b)    Verses 15-23    Selflessness in service.

9:15  But I have used none of these things: neither have I written these things, that it should be so done unto me: for it were better for me to die, than that any man should make my glorying void.

But I have used none of these things- the apostle was completely disinterested in monetary gain.  As he could say to the Ephesian elders, “I have coveted no man’s silver, or gold, or apparel”, Acts 20:33, (unlike Achan in Joshua 7:21).  He could also say, “These hands have ministered to my necessities, and those that are with me”, verse 34.  Far from taking from men, the apostle was energetic in giving to them, both in terms of spiritual good, and material.  Christianity has gained the reputation, through the centuries, that it is concerned with getting gain.  The only way that situation can be reversed is for true believers to redouble their efforts, and show to the world that Christianity is about giving, not receiving.  There are many ways in which this could be done in the sad days in which we live, where so many of the Lord’s people are destitute through no fault of their own.
Neither have I written these things, that it should be so done unto me- he is not writing so that the situation may change.  Rather, he is asserting that he has no interest in altering his position, for he is determined to continue supporting himself when necessary, and will not stand on his rights in this matter.  He is certainly not soliciting funds from the Corinthians.
For it were better for me to die- the apostle would rather die, and therefore cease serving the Lord, than be accused of making a gain from Christian service.  He saw clearly that if he did try to make a gain from it, then this would cancel out any good that might result from his labours.  Notice that the apostle makes the time of his death the time when he ceases to serve the Lord.  He does not envisage a period of retirement.  His opportunities for service may be different in old age, but he intends to carry on to the end.  Is this our attitude?  Or are we planning to give up the Lord’s work in later years?
Than that any man should make my glorying void- note that in a limited sense the believer is allowed to glory, (meaning to boast), but only in those things that are detrimental to self.  As far as our position as believers is concerned, we have nothing to boast of at all, as Romans 3:27 and Ephesians 2:9 clearly state.

9:16  For though I preach the gospel, I have nothing to glory of: for necessity is laid upon me; yea, woe is unto me, if I preach not the gospel!

For though I preach the gospel, I have nothing to glory of- the fact that he was entrusted with the glorious gospel did not mean he was himself glorious.  The preacher must be lost sight of in the preaching, so that men see “no man, save Jesus only”, Matthew 17:8.  Like John the Baptist, “He must increase and I must decrease” should be the watchword of those who preach, John 3:30.
For necessity is laid upon me- the apostle realised he was under an obligation to preach the gospel.  As he wrote to the Romans, “I am debtor both to the Greeks, and to the Barbarians; both to the wise, and to the unwise.  So, as much as in me is, I am ready to preach the gospel to you who are at Rome also”, Romans 1:14,15.  The work of Christ for him had put him under obligation, and he paid the debt of gratitude by preaching the gospel so as to promote Christ.  All believers have this obligation. The Lord Jesus told His disciples, “So  likewise ye, when ye shall have done all those things which are commanded you, say, ‘We are unprofitable servants: we have done that which was our duty to do'”, Luke 17:10.
Not everyone is called to preach, but all are sent into the world to represent Christ in the place that rejected Him, as we learn from John 20:21, “As My Father hath sent Me, even so send I you”.  This was not limited to apostles, for John tells us it was disciples that were gathered together in the upper room, verse 19.
Yea, woe is unto me, if I preach not the gospel!  Paul realised that the question of whether he had discharged his obligations to Christ would come up at the Judgement Seat of Christ.  If he had failed in this area, it would go ill with him, and instead of the Lord’s blessing on his labours, there would be a woe, and censure.  He lived his life in the light of that Judgement Seat, and so should we.

9:17  For if I do this thing willingly, I have a reward: but if against my will, a dispensation of the gospel is committed unto me.

For if I do this thing willingly, I have a reward- he tells us what he considers adequate reward in the next verse.
But if against my will, a dispensation of the gospel is committed unto me- even if he was unwilling, he still had to take account of the fact that he had been entrusted with the affairs of another, and “it is required in stewards that a man be found faithful”, 1 Corinthians 4:2.  The word dispensation has to do with the administration of the affairs of a household.  Paul was given the task of overseeing the affairs of God’s household, and even if he had not been a willing steward, he could not escape his responsibilities. 

9:18  What is my reward then? Verily that, when I preach the gospel, I may make the gospel of Christ without charge, that I abuse not my power in the gospel.

What is my reward then? Verily that, when I preach the gospel, I may make the gospel of Christ without charge- we might have expected him to say that his reward was at the Judgement Seat of Christ.  It reveals much of the heart-attitude of the apostle to Christian things that the only reward he was looking for was to have the satisfaction of preaching only for the sake of Christ.
That I abuse not my power in the gospel- he has told us in verse 3 that he has power to eat and drink at the expense of the saints.  He thought it an abuse of power to claim that right, if those to whom he ministered were hostile to him.  The apostle would not demand his rights, for that is contrary to the spirit of Christ and the gospel. 

9:19  For though I be free from all men, yet have I made myself servant unto all, that I might gain the more.

For though I be free from all men- he had so ordered his life and service that he was not under obligation to any person.  He was free to speak the truth of God without having to consider whether he was upsetting his sponsors, for he had none.
Yet have I made myself servant unto all- having taking up a position of freedom, he did not use it to pursue his own agenda.  He deliberately took the slave’s place, which is to serve the interests of others, with no consideration of personal comfort or ambition.  He had learnt the lesson of Philippians 2:7, for Christ Jesus had stooped from the highest glory to become a servant; now that mind was in Paul.
That I might gain the more- he sought only the spiritual welfare of men, that he might gain them for Christ and His glory.

9:20  And unto the Jews I became as a Jew, that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law, as under the law, that I might gain them that are under the law;

And unto the Jews I became as a Jew, that I might gain the Jews- he now tells us what being a “servant unto all” involved for him.  Even though he was born a Jew, when he was baptized he put on Christ.  In that position there is neither Jew nor Greek, as Galatians 3:27,28 tells us.  He had to become a Jew in attitude, so that he might win them for Christ.  This shows that his renouncing of things that were gain for him in favour of Christ’s interests, Philippians 3:7, was not a mere gesture, but affected his whole life.
Paul had to withstand Peter and others because they were reverting back to living like Jews to placate the Judaising party, which said believers needed to keep the law.  In that context Peter’s action was wrong, for it undermined the grace of the gospel.  What Paul refers to here is the temporary adoption of Jewish modes of thought and practice in order to gain the hearing of the Jews, for he longed for their salvation.
It is also worth noting in this connection that there are many in Israel today who call themselves Messianic Jews, but who also wish to be known as believers in Christ.  Whilst not suggesting that these people are not truly saved, they are certainly mistaken in trying to live as Jews and Christians at the same time, for the two positions are incompatible.
To them that are under the law, as under the law, that I might gain them that are under the law- as one crucified with Christ, Paul was no longer under the law as the rule of life.  He did not live a lawless life, however, for he was “under law to Christ”, as he will say in the next verse, and the indwelling Spirit enabled him to fulfil the righteousness of the law, Romans 8:4.  But he did not do this so as to merit eternal life, but because he had received that life as a gift.  He was free of the demands of the law, but on certain occasions, in order not to offend the Jews who still thought themselves to be under law, he had performed various rituals of the law.  We see this when he had Timothy circumcised, Acts 16:3; took a vow, Acts 18:18, and engaged in certain of the temple practices, Acts 21:18-26,.  He was conscious that these things were no longer binding even on Jews, (they had never been binding on Gentiles), but in order to gain the ear of Jews, and not repulse them, he did this things in the exercise of Christian liberty.

9:21  To them that are without law, as without law, (being not without law to God, but under the law to Christ,) that I might gain them that are without law.

To them that are without law, as without law- the Gentiles had never been formally given the legal code of the Mosaic law, for it was a covenant between God and the nation of Israel, and constituted the terms on which they could be reckoned as His people.  This is made clear in Exodus 24:8 and Deuteronomy 4;8.  (Having understood that, we must also understand that God has written a sense of right and wrong into the consciences of all men, as Romans 2:12-15 makes clear).  As a man who was neither Jew nor Gentile, because he was in Christ, and as one who was under grace not law, Romans 6:14, Paul was free to mix with those who had not the law of God as their rule of life, and who in that sense, were without the law.  Note he does not say that he became lawless, because that has wicked connotations; he simply became like those who had not been formally given the law.
(being not without law to God, but under the law to Christ,)  As a believer Paul had an enhanced sense of what God’s demands were, but he was not under the law so as to fulfil those demands, for the law supplied no power by which to keep those demands.  In Christ there is power, however, for the Spirit enables the righteous requirement of God in the law to be fulfilled, not as a means of gaining eternal life, but as a suitable response to God’s grace.  This is called the law of Christ, in Galatians 6:2, and consists of living as Christ did when down here, by the power of the indwelling Spirit of God, the same Spirit that filled the Lord Jesus, for He is called the Spirit of God’s Son, Galatians 4:6.
That I might gain them that are without law- Paul’s great delight was to so preach that men realised that the grace of God in Christ was enough to save them, and he never attempted to put Gentiles under law as a means of salvation.

9:22  To the weak became I as weak, that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men, that I might by all means save some.

To the weak became I as weak, that I might gain the weak- those who were weak in the faith were not dismissed by the apostle.  He had learnt from Christ, who was patient with men, and even when they were slow to learn, persevered with them until they understood.  The blind man who was healed of his blindness in stages is a figure for the disciples who were only gradually perceiving the teaching they were being given, Mark 8:22-26, and see also verse 18 of that chapter, where the Lord asks the disciples, “Having eyes, see ye not?”
I am made all things to all men, that I might by all means save some- literally the words could be rendered, “all these things to all men”.  In other words, the apostle is carefully restricting the ways in which he became all things to men.  He would not be anything and everything to men so as to gain them, but he would do and be what he specifies in these verses.  Sadly, this statement has been twisted by some to mean that evangelists are free to use any means in order to win the lost.  This is not the case, and the apostle makes it clear that we should do all to the glory of God, 1 Corinthians 10:31, which immediately excludes the use of anything that is sinful or doubtful.  The evangelist has a very simple commission from God, “Preach the Word”, 2 Timothy 4:2.  He may have every confidence that God will bless His word as He pleases.

9:23  And this I do for the gospel’s sake, that I might be partaker thereof with you.

And this I do for the gospel’s sake- there was no personal advantage for Paul in acting this way.  In fact He was liable to be criticised for his policy, but he was only concerned for the gospel and its success in the hearts of men.
That I might be partaker thereof with you- he anticipates that the Corinthian believers will have a keen interest in the success of the gospel, and will share the apostle’s joy when souls are saved.  The man who found his lost sheep gathered his neighbours together and said “Rejoice with me”, Luke 15:6.  He wanted his neighbours to share his joy, and so did the apostle.

THE WORDS OF THE BIBLE, THE CHRISTIAN SCRIPTURES, AS FOUND IN THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS CHAPTER 9, VERSES 24-27:

9:24    Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize? So run, that ye may obtain.

9:25  And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.

9:26  I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air:

9:27  But I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway. 

Section (c)    Verses 24-27    Self-control in service.

9:24  Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize?  So run, that ye may obtain.

Exhortation to determination.

Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize?  The apostle uses an illustration that they will know well, for the Isthmian Games, which were similar to the Olympic Games, were held near Corinth.  There were strict rules governing not only the actual races, but the preparation and training for them.  This was because the Games were held in honour of the gods, and they did not wish to offend them.  We may think of the runners as they begin, run, and finish.  Those who come to the starting line do so with the intention of running, so it can be said that they all run.  So there is no distinction between the runners at that point.  At the finish, however, there is a very big difference, for only one receives the victor’s garland.
So run, that ye may obtain- what makes the difference between the runners, so that only one gets the prize?  Simply the effort that is put in when the race is in progress.  The apostle is urging the Corinthians to put every effort into the race set before them, and so run that the prize of the Judge’s “Well done!” may be theirs.  Of course the apostle is not suggesting that only one believer during the two thousand years of this age is going to receive a prize.  He is simply contrasting running without maximum effort, and running with maximum effort.

9:25  And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.

Exhortation to moderation.

And every man that striveth for the mastery is temperate in all things- not only were there strict rules at the Games to govern the actual activity in the stadium, but also governing the training beforehand.  The participants had to satisfy the judges that they had taken their training seriously, and had controlled their diet and their life-style so as to put in a good performance when the time came, to the glory of the gods. The Corinthians are to see to it that they are temperate, controlling themselves, so that nothing interferes with their Christian striving.  The word for striving is the Greek word from which we get the English word agony, such is the level of effort that is expected of Christians.  To be temperate means to control oneself, not allowing anything of the world or the flesh to interrupt our training programme or our running.
Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible- each of the Games had its own particular crown, or wreath, for the victor.  But despite the variety, they had one thing in common- they would be made out of foliage that would soon wither.  If athletes took so much time and effort to gain a fading wreath, how much more should believers strive for a crown that shall never fade, and which shall be to the praise, not of the gods, but of the true God of heaven.  This is a great incentive to put lethargy and indifference behind us, and resolve to strive as never before for the honour of our God.

9:26  I therefore so run, not as uncertainly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air:

Exhortation to avoid hesitation.

I therefore so run, not as uncertainly- in verse 24 it was “ye”.  In verse 25 it was “we”.  Now in this verse it is “I”, showing that the apostle took his exhortations to others very seriously, and applied them to himself.  The very worst thing a runner can do is hesitate.  He must be focussed and consistent in his effort.  To hesitate is to lose the prize.
So fight I, not as one that beateth the air- having spoken of the event that took place on the track, what of that which took place in the ring, where two men were boxing?  The lesson here is simply that to miss the target is to waste energy and lose the prize.  The boxer must concentrate all his effort on landing a punch on his opponent.  To wildly punch the air achieves nothing.

9:27  But I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection: lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway. 

But I keep under my body, and bring it into subjection- whilst the metaphors of the contest and the boxing match are not to be taken literally, nevertheless the apostle does refer to his body here, being the seat of the sin principle, and the base from which the flesh operates as it tries to hinder progress and success in the Christian race.  The fact that he did not avail himself of things he had a right to, as mentioned in the former part of the chapter, illustrates the way in which he was ruthless with himself.  He is not appealing to the Corinthians to do something he was not prepared to do himself.
Lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway- he was wary of any way in which the body would get the better of him.  The word castaway has not to do with shipwrecks and desert islands, but continues the metaphor of the Games.  It was possible to pass the test as to one’s training and fitness regime, only to fail to meet the approval of the judges as to conduct during the race.  This would mean certain disqualification.  So the apostle is careful to persevere in keeping his body in subjection, so that he might win the prize at the end.  Of course keeping the body in subjection does not mean self-harm, but does mean that we should not give way to the impulses the body is capable of expressing, for they will prevent fitness for the Christian contest.
Needless to say the apostle is not supposing that he could lose his salvation, because his eternal security does not depend upon him, but upon Christ.  What does depend on him is the winning of the prize, and he will lose it, much-used preacher though he was, if he does not contend according to the rules of the Judge, Christ Himself.  If an apostle was concerned lest this should happen to him, how much more should it concern  the rest of believers.  How embarrassing to herald the gospel, like the man at the Games calling the contestants to the starting line, and then be like an athlete who is disqualified at the end of the race!

If you have concerns about the security of true believers, and wonder whether a converted person can ever be lost, please click on “DOCTRINES OF SCRIPTURE: The eternal security of true believers”, (in the side menu), for help in this matter.

JOHN 7

We hope you will find these notes helpful. Do feel free to download the material on this website for your own personal use, and also to distribute if you so wish. Please be aware that all the writing is copyright, so no alterations should be made.

Please feel free to comment on any aspect of what you find on this website using the following e-mail address: martin_margaret3@yahoo.co.uk  We would be pleased to hear from you.

JOHN 7

The gospels of Luke and John give to us details about the last journeys of the Lord Jesus to Jerusalem that are not found in Matthew and Mark. (It is interesting to notice that Matthew does not record the Lord as being in Jerusalem, (except when the Devil took Him to the temple during the temptation, but this is hardly a journey), until He went there to die, and this in the gospel of the King who would reign from Jerusalem, the city of the great King, Matthew 5:35. He mentions Babylon, Satan’s city, twice in his opening chapter, but not Jerusalem, to show the formidable opposition God’s King will have to combat and defeat).

John’s practice is to concentrate on events in the city itself, for ideally this was the “Place of the Name”, where the glory of God could be seen. The inhabitants of Jerusalem were given the opportunity to see the glory of the Divine Name within their walls. Their response when they saw that glory should have been the same as with Moses, for we read, “And Moses made haste, and bowed his head toward the earth, and worshipped.” Exodus 34:8.

Luke, however, is more concerned with the way in which Christ mingled as a man amongst men, eating and drinking with them in their houses, frequenting the synagogues with them, dealing with the problems and difficulties of the common people, as the Physician of the souls of men.

From John 7:1 until 10:21 the Lord Jesus is in Jerusalem for the Feast of Tabernacles. There are at least eight matters that would come up for consideration at that feast, and these chapters show us how the Lord Jesus relates to these, as follows:

(a) The family feast
We learn from Deuteronomy 16:13,14 that the feast was to be a family feast, when the household would be united together in a common rejoicing for the goodness of God. This corresponds to John 7:1-13, where the Lord Jesus is found conversing with the children of Joseph and Mary.

(b) The reading of the Law
It was God’s command that the law should be read in its entirety every seven years, and this was to be done during the days of this feast, Deuteronomy 31:10,11. So in John 7:14-36 the relationship between the teaching of Moses and Christ is dealt with.

(c) The water from the rock remembered
As they lived in their temporary booths during the seven-day feast, they commemorated the journey of their ancestors from Egypt to Canaan. As they did this, they would remember God’s provision in the desert by way of water from the rock. The Lord Jesus declares in John 7:37-8:1 that He is the true source of living water. The people had been hostile to Moses before the water was given, for he said, “what shall I do unto this people ? They be almost ready to stone me”, Exodus 17:4. Sadly, the people of Jerusalem were not “almost ready” to stone Christ, but in a few months they would crucify Him.

(d) The pillar of cloud
The Lord had led them through the wilderness by means of a pillar of cloud, which not only told them the way to go, Exodus 13:21, but also protected them from the heat of the sun, Psalm 105:39. So in John 8:2-11 the Lord Jesus protects the woman spoken of there from the unkind and unjust actions of the Pharisees, and also tells her the way to go, for He said to her, “Go, and sin no more”.

(e) The pillar of fire
They would remember that the pillar of cloud became a pillar of fire at night, to lead them through the trackless wilderness. In John 8:12-29 the Lord presents Himself as the light of the world, not just Israel. There is also the reminder that when God judged sinners He did so as He looked through the pillar of fire, Exodus 14:24, and those who contend with Christ are warned that they are in danger of the same sort of judgement, for they were in danger of dying in their sins.

(f) The land was for the seed of Abraham
As the Chosen Seed, they laid claim to the land they had travelled to from Egypt. This matter of being the seed of Abraham comes up in John 8:30-59.

(g) They followed the ark as it led the way
As they travelled through the desert, the ark, the symbol of God’s presence with them, went before to search out a resting-place for them, Numbers 10:33,34. So it is that in John chapter 9 a blind man is healed, so that he may follow the Lord Jesus intelligently.

(h) They were led as a flock
The nation had been led through the wilderness as if they were a flock of sheep following their shepherd, see Psalm 80 and Psalm 95. So John 10 is the chapter that presents the Lord Jesus as the Good Shepherd.

(a)   7:1-13
The feast of tabernacles and the family

7:1
After these things Jesus walked in Galilee: for he would not walk in Jewry, because the Jews sought to kill him.

After these things Jesus walked in Galilee- The “after these things” must refer to the events in Jerusalem of chapter 5, when the Jews sought to slay Him, 5:16,18. The events of chapter 6 took place in Galilee. John is giving us the context of the words of Christ’s brethren in verses 3-5. He is also recognising the account that Luke gives of the ministry in Galilee at this time.

For he would not walk in Jewry, because the Jews sought to kill him- notice the hatred of the Jews for Christ, but also the fact that He would not court danger, even though He knew that His hour was not yet come. By far the greater part of the Lord’s ministry was in Galilee, for that was where the prophet said He would be found, Isaiah 9:1,2; Matthew 4:12-16.

The word Jewry is another name for Judaea, but whereas the latter emphasises the tribal territory, the former relates more to the people who lived there. In John’s gospel in particular, “the Jews” means the Jewish authorities. This situation illustrates the statement of John, “he came unto his own, and his own received him not”, John 1:11. He came to His own territory, (for He was a descendant of Judah), and His own people received Him not.

The Jews had sought to kill Him because of His claim to be the Son of God, equal with the Father, John 5:16-18. As a result, they were deprived of the major part of His ministry, in which He showed conclusively that He was the Son of God. Those who thought themselves enlightened were left in the dark, whilst the Galileans, sitting in the shadow of death, upon them the light shined.

7:2
Now the Jews’ feast of tabernacles was at hand.

Now the Jews’ feast of tabernacles was at hand- one of the journeys prominent in the ministry of Christ was to this feast of tabernacles, about six months before His crucifixion. The feast had two aspects, as detailed in Leviticus 23:33-38, and 39-44. There was that aspect which emphasised the thanksgiving for the in-gathering of the harvest, and Luke deals with this side of things as he records the Lord’s teaching at this time in regard to giving, covetousness, riches, and so on, Luke 12:13-40. Opportunity was given to Israel to give to God as He had prospered them during the year, “Every man shall give as he is able, according to the blessing of the Lord thy God which he hath given thee.” Deuteronomy 16:17, words no doubt on the mind of the apostle Paul when he exhorts the believer to give “as God hath prospered him”, 1 Corinthians 16:2.

John, however, focuses on the other aspect to the feast, that of the dwelling in booths. The basic requirement during the feast of tabernacles or booths was that the Israelites should leave their permanent homes for seven days, and construct for themselves temporary shelters from tree branches.

This had a three-fold purpose, to do with the past, the then-present, and the future. As to the past, it would give them opportunity to remember the goodness of God to their forbears as they travelled as pilgrims though the wilderness. As to the then-present, the feast afforded time to reflect on their situation now that they were in the land. As to the future, they had opportunity to look forward to the day when Messiah would come and they would be in the land under Him, with no oppressors to tread them down.

Now the Lord Jesus, as one made under the law, Galatians 4:4, and who magnified the law and made it honourable, Isaiah 42:21, went up to the feast of tabernacles. John records what took place immediately before the feast, during the feast, and afterwards, in chapters 7 to 10 of his gospel. As he does so, he presents Christ to us in relation to various matters that would come to attention during the feast.

7:3
His brethren therefore said unto him, Depart hence, and go into Judaea, that thy disciples also may see the works that thou doest.

His brethren therefore said unto him- John opens his long passage about the feast of tabernacles with the only record of a conversation between Christ and the sons of Joseph and Mary, John 7:1-9. The matters they raise were possibly prompted by the family character of the feast we have noticed from Deuteronomy 16:14. The words of these brothers are said to be Old Testament in character, and reflect the fact that they were religious Israelites, waiting for the manifestation of Messiah’s kingdom, even though they did not believe in Christ personally as yet.

Depart hence, and go into Judaea- these words were spoken in Galilee, verse 9, so they are exhorting Him to go to Jerusalem and Judaea from the place where most of His mighty works had been done, but where, also, He had been largely rejected, see Matthew 11:20-24. The brothers are suggesting that He should go to Judaea, since His ministry in Galilee did not seem to have succeeded. There does not seem to be any sinister connection between the fact that the Jews in Judaea were seeking to kill Him, and their suggestion that He should go there. No doubt they were embarrassed at the idea of being associated with Him at the feast. To be offended by Christ is a sorry position to be in.

That thy disciples also may see the works that thou doest- by “thy disciples”, they either mean those He had baptised in Judaea, 3:22; 4:1, (“more disciples than John”, as was said at the time, 4:1), who would be encouraged, they suggest, by further miracles, with its potential for more disciples, those who would follow Him because of His miracles, as they had done at Jerusalem before, John 2:23-25. They are careful to distance themselves from His disciples, for they made no profession of following Him. They have made no progress since the beginning of Christ’s ministry, when John has to distinguish between His brethren and His disciples, John 2:12.

7:4
For there is no man that doeth any thing in secret, and he himself seeketh to be known openly. If thou do these things, shew thyself to the world.

For there is no man that doeth any thing in secret, and he himself seeketh to be known openly- to them it was not Messianic to take the lowly place, for did He not claim to be the the glorious King-Messiah? They are clearly frustrated by His refusal to court the acclaim of the crowds, which they feel, if He is the true Messiah, He should do. How could He hide Himself? They had not learnt the lesson of Isaiah 42:2, that the Anointed One would not strive or cry, or lift up His voice in the streets. They are not prepared to give Him the pre-eminent place, but link Him with other men, as if He should be bound by their attitudes.

If thou do these things, shew thyself to the world- to these men, the world was centred in Jerusalem. Alas, it was the princes of this world at Jerusalem that crucified the Lord of Glory, 1 Corinthians 2:8. He would hang upon a cross outside the city walls of Jerusalem so that, in His words, “the world may know that I love the Father”, John 14:31. But that was not the sort of manifestation to the world His brothers were looking for.

Sadly, their suggestions are a mild form of temptation that the Devil attacked Christ with at the beginning of His ministry. They are a combination of “Cast thyself down”, to attract attention, and the offer of the glory of the kingdoms of the world.

7:5
For neither did his brethren believe in him.

For neither did his brethren believe in him- this is John’s explanation for their attitude. This unbelief is all the more interesting because after the resurrection of Christ they did believe in Him, for they were found in the upper room with the apostles and other believers, Acts 1:14. So after living with Him for thirty years, after seeing His works and hearing His words, they did not believe on Him. And then He was crucified between two malefactors, seemingly confirming the rightness of their disbelief, for they were not looking for a defeated Messiah! Yet a few weeks later they are convinced believers! Such is the power of the resurrection of Christ. Nothing but a true resurrection from the dead could have brought about this dramatic change in attitude.

7:6
Then Jesus said unto them, My time is not yet come: but your time is alway ready.

Then Jesus said unto them, My time is not yet come- the response of Christ to their complaint is most interesting. He speaks of His time, and their time. His time was the time of the national recognition of Him as the Messiah by Israel, (“shew thyself unto the world”, verse 4), whether we think of this as when He would ride into Jerusalem at the next passover season, or whether we think more long-term, and relate it to His manifestation to Israel at His return to earth. It is interesting that Zechariah especially mentions the feast of tabernacles when he is writing about Christ’s reign. Whether or not men will go up for that feast to “worship the King” shows what their attitude to the King is, Zechariah 14:16,17. As the apostle Paul wrote to Timothy about the Lord Jesus Christ, “Which in his times he shall shew, who is the blessed and only Potentate, the King of kings, and Lord of lords”, 1 Timothy 6:15.

But your time is alway ready- their time was the personal opportunity they had even then to receive Him as Messiah. These words must have encouraged His brethren after His resurrection, for they knew that He had said these words beforehand, and they responded in faith. When He lamented over the city of Jerusalem the Lord had to say, “thou knewest not the time of thy visitation”, Luke 19:44.

7:7
The world cannot hate you; but me it hateth, because I testify of it, that the works thereof are evil.

The world cannot hate you- they needed to learn that although they were religious and fervent, they were part of the world that hated Him. This must have been a great shock to them. They had used the word world in a less-than-sinister sense, meaning the religious world of Israel. He sees the world of Jerusalem as being a sample of the world of men in general.

But me it hateth, because I testify of it, that the works thereof are evil- Christ exposes that world for what it is. Until men come to terms with Christ’s exposure of their sin, they will hate Him, for darkness hates light, John 3:20. To be told, in effect, that they were part of the world, must have shaken them to the very foundations. The whole basis of being an Israelite was that you were the chosen people, and were different to the world of the Gentiles.

This word reinforced what He had taught them previously, when He had exclaimed that His mother, brothers, and sisters were those who did the will of God because they responded to the word of God, Matthew 12:46-50. And also when He had said to His mother, “Woman, what have I to do with thee, mine hour is not yet come”, John 2:4. They must learn that relationship with Him can only be on a spiritual level, and that can only be achieved through what He would do during “His hour” at the cross.

It was not that He was indifferent to them, for He showed supreme care for His mother even while in agony upon the cross. And He cares for them as brothers too, not only by reminding them that their time is always ready, thus encouraging them to believe in Him, which will secure their highest blessing, but also exhorting them to go up to the feast, for that will give them further opportunity to hear Him teaching in the temple. He will not go up to the feast in the spirit of opportunism they advocate, but in humility, and a total absence of self-seeking. Once He was risen from the dead He would call His disciples His brethren, for a new relationship would have been established by death and resurrection, as Psalm 22:22 had long before predicted. And this is not reserved for those from Israel alone, for all, whether Jew or Gentile, who are God’s chosen and called are predestined to be conformed to the image of God’s Son, that He might be the firstborn among many brethren, Romans 8:29.

7:8
Go ye up unto this feast: I go not up yet unto this feast: for my time is not yet full come.

Go ye up unto this feast- He does not wish His apparent reluctance to go to the feast to prevent them going. He came not to destroy the law, and the law said they must go. They had dared to dictate to Him in verse 3, and now He asserts His authority. They do not realise yet that He is the one who commanded that Israelites should go to the feast of tabernacles after the Exodus.

I go not up yet unto this feast- He had no intention of going to the feast in the spirit of self-seeking advocated by His brethren. He would go unobserved, to demonstrate He was not craving popular acclaim.

For my time is not yet full come- His time to manifest Himself as Israel’s King-Messiah was not fully come, as it would be at the next passover, when He would ride into Jerusalem and fulfil the words of the prophet when he said to Jerusalem, “Behold thy King cometh unto thee”, Zechariah 9:9. Immediately after saying that, the prophet spoke of the defeat of His enemies, making His entry into Jerusalem the guarantee that He would come victoriously to reign, even though when He came the first time it was to die. The reigning is based on the suffering. So the entry into Jerusalem as King was the clear signal that He claimed to be king, but the manner in which he did it, “lowly, and riding upon an ass” was also a signal, that His time to reign was not yet full come, but would fully come later, After all, if we take account of the fact that the church age is not contained within Daniel’s Seventy Weeks, the riding into Jerusalem was just seven years from when He would come as the conqueror King; in other words, “as not yet full come”. See Danieol 9:25-27. The present age is God’s secret, unknown to Old Testament prophets; see Ephesians 3.

7:9
When he had said these words unto them, he abode still in Galilee.

When he had said these words unto them, he abode still in Galilee- He would not allow men, even His brothers, to dictate to Him. He was guided only by His Father. “The steps of a good man are ordered by the Lord: and he delighteth in his way.” Psalm 37:23, and He was the supremely Good Man.

7:10
But when his brethren were gone up, then went he also up unto the feast, not openly, but as it were in secret.

But when his brethren were gone up, then went he also up unto the feast, not openly, but as it were in secret- once His brothers were gone, He made His way unnoticed to the feast, for He was not willing to allow the religious fervour of the crowds to sweep Him along. If He had gone up with the pilgrim caravans, there was a danger that the desire to force Him to be king that was expressed when He fed the five thousand, John 6:15, would resurface. He would present Himself as king eventually, but at the feast of passover, John 12:1,15. He would bide His Father’s time for everything.

We learn from John 11:55 that devout Jews would go early to the feast in order to purify themselves in the large pools provided for the purpose alongside the walls of the temple mount. The fact that His brothers seemed to be doing this was testimony to their religious fervour; yet they did not believe on Him! They had a form of godliness, but denied the power thereof, 2 Timothy 3:5.

He very possibly had a booth on the mount of Olives, for we read that at the end of the feast “And every man went to his own house. And Jesus went to the mount of Olives.” John 8:1.

7:11
Then the Jews sought him at the feast, and said, Where is he?

Then the Jews sought him at the feast, and said, Where is he? This bears testimony to the fact that they expected Him at the feast, for He had never been known to miss. Every Israelite male was required to be present at Jerusalem for the three seasons of feasts, the two at the beginning of the year, these being the feast of unleavened bread and the feast of weeks, and the one at the end of the religious year, the feast of tabernacles, Deuteronomy 16:16. The fact that they do not give Him a name here shows there was only one person of their minds. John calls the authorities, Jews, and this distinguishes them from the multitude, the common people.

7:12
And there was much murmuring among the people concerning him: for some said, He is a good man: others said, Nay; but he deceiveth the people.

And there was much murmuring among the people concerning him- even amongst those who were more inclined to follow Him there was a difference of opinion. He had not come to bring that sort of peace on the earth which is the result of compromise, see Luke 12:51,52. Man can provide that spurious peace if he is so minded. Christ came to divide men into those who believed in Him and those who did not, between the light and the darkness, which cannot mix.

For some said, He is a good man- it is clear from verse 21 that the healing of the impotent man at the Pool of Bethesda had made a great impression on the people. Because of the healing, He was reckoned to be good.

Others said, Nay; but he deceiveth the people- because of the claim to Deity that He made after the healing of the impotent man, John 5:16-31, those who rejected His claim would excuse themselves by saying that the fault lay with Him in that He was deceiving the people about the sabbath law, and about the oneness of God.

7:13
Howbeit no man spake openly of him for fear of the Jews.

Howbeit no man spake openly of him for fear of the Jews- the religious authorities had a great deal of power, for those who criticised them were liable to be put out of the synagogue, with all that implied in terms of social rejection. The man who had been blind was treated like this when he spoke up for Christ, John 9:24-34.

“The fearful” are amongst those persons who shall be in the lake of fire, Revelation 21:8. Those who believe on Him are not ashamed, Romans 10:11, even if, like Nicodemus, they are slow to make a public stand. The Jews were clearly unsure of themselves, as all are who seek to maintain their religion by force of one sort or another.

This verse shows that “the Jews”, as far as John’s gospel is concerned, means the authorities.

(b)    7:14-36
The feast of tabernacles and the reading of the law

7:14
Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into the temple, and taught.

Now about the midst of the feast Jesus went up into the temple, and taught- go to the feast He did, but not in the manner His brothers suggested, for about the midst of the feast He is found teaching. The feast of tabernacles was eight days long, so we can understand why John says “about” the midst of the feast, for there is no middle day in a sequence of eight.

As we have noted, Deuteronomy 31:10,11 instructed the people to read the law at the feast of tabernacles. (That is not to say that this was the end of a seventh-year cycle). There is brought together then at this feast the reading of the law and the teaching of Christ in the temple courts, with ample opportunity to test His doctrine by what Moses had written.

No doubt the Lord had been at the feast the previous days, mingling with the many thousands of pilgrims in the temple courts, but only in the middle of the week-long festival did He begin to teach. It was customary for rabbis to teach publicly on feast days, sitting on the raised platform that surrounded the temple building on three sides. We learn from 8:20 that the Lord taught in the Treasury area, which the Pharisees thought of as their special place.

7:15
And the Jews marvelled, saying, How knoweth this man letters, having never learned?

And the Jews marvelled, saying, How knoweth this man letters, having never learned? He had never been to the schools of the Rabbis to be instructed in their commentaries. How then, did He acquire the things He taught? The Lord Jesus had increased in wisdom and stature, and in favour with God and man, Luke 2:52 tells us, and at every stage of His development, whether mentally, physically, spiritually or socially, He was perfect. Yet not in such a manner as to draw attention to Himself. He was not, in that sense, a child prodigy, with abilities inappropriate for His years. Certainly He did not do miracles as a child, as some of the false gospels that heretics circulated, (and which modern novelists and film-makers love to dredge up for money-making purposes), suggested. John assures us, (and he was present, as the writers of the false gospels were most probably not), that the Lord’s first miracle was in Cana of Galilee, after He had been baptised and entered into His public ministry. His miracles were a support of His doctrine, and an illustration of it. This being the case, the public teaching and the miracles must begin at the same time.

7:16
Jesus answered them, and said, My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me.

Jesus answered them, and said, My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me- perhaps there was the implication in their question that He was self-taught, and was making His doctrine up as He went along. To answer this, the Lord gives them the true source of His teaching. He could say later, “I speak to the world those things which I have heard from Him”, John 8:26.

Isaiah tells us of this communion between the persons of the Godhead, as follows:

“The Lord God hath given Me the tongue of the learned, that I should know how to speak a word in season to him that is weary: He wakeneth morning by morning, He wakeneth Mine ear to hear as the learned.” Isaiah 50:4.

It is important to notice the great difference between the manner of speaking of the Old Testament prophets, and the manner of speaking of the Son of God. Hebrews 1:1,2 puts it concisely, “God, who at sundry times and in diverse manners spake in time past unto the fathers by the prophets, hath in these last days spoken unto us by his Son, whom he hath appointed heir of all things, by whom also he made the worlds;” In Old Testament times God’s servants the prophets were scattered both in time and in place, and their ministry was diverse. Now it is different, for all is concentrated in Him who is the Son of God, and who therefore shares the nature and attributes of God, and consequently is able to directly communicate the mind of God to men.

This difference is highlighted by the fact that the prophets often prefaced their announcements with the words “Thus saith the Lord”, making it clear from the outset of their speaking that they were acting for God. The Lord Jesus, however, began His discourses by saying “I say unto you”, or “Verily, verily I say unto you”, making it equally clear that they were His words. But all the time He spoke to them “from the Father”.

So Isaiah tells us that the Servant of the Lord speaks, and declares that He has been given the tongue of the learned. When we read of the Lord Jesus being given things, it always involves the fact that He has come into manhood. His Father gave Him every resource to enable Him to carry out the purpose for which He was sent into the world. God’s promise to Him was, “I will be to him a Father, and he shall be to me a Son”, Hebrews 1:5. The Father gives the support, the Son responds as a true Son should. Here He is given the tongue of the learned to fit Him to teach. When He was anointed at the beginning of His public ministry, He was anointed to preach, Luke 4:18. When He did this, men “wondered at the gracious words which proceeded out of his mouth”, verse 22. Others said, “Never man spake like this man”, John 7:46. And we read that “He taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes”, Matthew 7:29.

The secret of this excellence is given to us here, for He was given the tongue of the learned. Note that it is not the tongue of the ignorant, but of the learned. Nor is it the tongue of the instructed ones, as the margins of some translations suggest, for that would mean that He moved from ignorance to knowledge, and this is not the point of the passage. We shall learn at the end of the verse that He heard as the learned hear, and not as the ignorant hear. The ignorant hear to become learned, the learned hear because they are already learned. Of course it is true that “Jesus increased in wisdom and stature, and in favour with God and man”, Luke 2:52, but that is a reference to His growth as a person who is developing normally into manhood, and is not the subject here.

We could think of two university professors who are both experts in the same subject. They are discussing that subject, and do so as those who are learned. They hear one another as the learned. They then go to their respective lecture halls, and there they teach their students, who hear as those who are not learned. The Lord Jesus and His Father heard one another as those who are learned. Those who listened to the Son did so as those who were unlearned. He had not come to support some particular Rabbi’s teaching, nor had He come to set forth some novel ideas of His own, but to speak His Father’s words in the ears of the people.

7:17
If any man will do his will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of God, or whether I speak of myself.

If any man will do his will, he shall know of the doctrine- such is the character of the teaching He gives, that those who are willing to do God’s will discover the true nature of His doctrine, that it is indeed of the Father. This is a principle that is true for sinner and saint alike. When the word of God is approached with an honest and unbiased heart, God graciously reveals His truth. As the parable of the sower makes clear, the good ground into which the seed of the Word of God falls and brings forth fruit for God, is defined as “an honest and good heart”, Luke 8:15. Of course this is in a relative sense, for “there is none that doeth good, no not one”, and “there is none good but God”. But in the context, an honest and good heart is one which is sincere in its search after God’s truth, and will approach the Word of God without prejudice. Any who claim to want to know whether Christ speaks truth, must want to obey Him when they find out He does.

There are three major proofs that the scriptures are of God. There is the fulfilment of prophecy; the conviction that comes when the Bible is read with an unbiased mind; and the change brought about in the life of the one who believes. These are the very best proofs, for they do not depend upon the influence of preachers, but the inner conviction produced by the Spirit of God.

There are at least two classes of people that shut themselves off from the knowledge of God. They are the self-opinionated, who feel their opinion is the only one worth having; and the self-righteous, who see no need of God’s forgiveness.

Whether it be of God, or whether I speak of myself- the Bible is like no other book, being self-authenticating, and those who come to it with an earnest desire to find the truth will surely do so. There is produced in their hearts by the Holy Spirit a consciousness that they are reading that which is of God. It follows from this that such persons will be convinced that Jesus of Nazareth is, indeed, the Son of God. That being the case, He is equal with God, and therefore His doctrine is of God, and not the fabrication of a mere man.

The believer may also come to the Word of God for guidance in any department of life, and may rest assured that God will reveal His mind through it. Note the close connection between the law of God being in the heart, and doing God’s will, in Psalm 40:8. Also, the close connection between being obedient to things already learnt, and then waiting upon God for further guidance, as expressed by Abraham’s servant, “I being in the way, the Lord led me”, Genesis 24:27.

7:18
He that speaketh of himself seeketh his own glory: but he that seeketh his glory that sent him, the same is true, and no unrighteousness is in him.

He that speaketh of himself seeketh his own glory- the second issue raised about Christ’s teaching was concerning His motives. Because He insisted that He did not speak from Himself but from His Father, there was a clear-cut distinction between Himself and the rabbis. They tended to seek glory for themselves, priding themselves on their prowess as exponents of the law, all the while holding the unlearned in contempt, as in their remark, “But this people that knoweth not the law are cursed.” John 7:49. Christ however was marked by a total lack of this spirit of self-seeking, for He sought the glory of His Father alone in His teaching ministry.

But he that seeketh his glory that sent him, the same is true, and no unrighteousness is in him- the word for true used here means literally “not concealing”. He has no hidden agenda, and He has nothing to hide in His life which would compromise the doctrine He brings. It is also the case that He does not hold back anything for the sake of advantage, or to avoid the opposition of men.

The word unrighteousness may be looked at legally and morally. The teaching of the Lord Jesus was in strict conformity to God’s righteous character, and in no way went against it, even though He was accused of breaking the law of Moses. It is also true that His teaching has no moral defect in it, being a reflection of His own nature, which likewise had no moral defect. Truth may be defined as that which corresponds to reality.

7:19
Did not Moses give you the law, and yet none of you keepeth the law? Why go ye about to kill me?

Did not Moses give you the law, and yet none of you keepeth the law? The Lord shows that He is able to read their thoughts, a thing no rabbi could do, however wise he might be. He challenges the Jews as to whether they really did keep the law they professed to love. They preferred the rabbis as they taught the law, and thought that trying to keep it was enough. God had entrusted the law to Moses, and he had faithfully passed it on to them at Sinai. But the mention of being true, not having unrighteousness, and not seeking one’s own glory have perhaps come home to their consciences, and they realise that they fall short.  They totally failed the test of verse 17, showing by their attitude that they had no intention of obeying Him if they discovered Him to be right.

Why go ye about to kill me? instead of humbling themselves before God for their failure, however, they reacted by hating the one whose life and teaching exposed their sin. He that hateth his brother is a murderer, see 1 John 3:15, and they are intent on expressing their deep hatred towards Him by seeking His death.

He also gives them opportunity to show a righteous reason why they should kill Him. If they can do so, then perhaps the charge of unrighteousness would not be levelled against them. It was the duty of those in Israel to stone false prophets, Deuteronomy 18:20, and this they think Him to be.

7:20
The people answered and said, Thou hast a devil: who goeth about to kill thee?

The people answered and said, Thou hast a devil- the answer comes, not from the Jewish authorities, but from the multitude, who accuse Him of having a devil, and therefore with mind deranged. This is the over-reaction of those who have a guilty conscience, and are ignorant of God because they have not willed to do His will, but are content with mere religion. They lash out with wild accusations which are so obviously false.

The law condemned a prophet who sought to turn the people away from their God, saying “Let us go and serve other gods”, Deuteronomy 13:6. Other gods are agents of the Devil, and to encourage their worship is to be on the side of the Devil. The Lord Jesus said that Judas was a devil, John 6:70, because the Lord knew that he was in danger of siding with the Devil to such a degree that he could be said to be a devil, apart from the matter of having Satan entering in to enable him to betray Him, John 13:27.

They are coming close here to committing the sin against the Holy Spirit, which consists of attributing Christ’s ministry to the power of the Devil, Matthew 12:22-32. All the while a person persists in that belief, there is no hope for him, for it is by the Spirit’s moving that a person is born again.

Who goeth about to kill thee? The answer to this question is simple, for at the feast of John 5, they had sought to slay Him, John 5:16,18. (Although it is possible that the general population did not yet realise that the authorities were plotting His death). This is one reason why the Lord next refers to the miracle He performed then.

7:21
Jesus answered and said unto them, I have done one work, and ye all marvel.

Jesus answered and said unto them, I have done one work- if they will not say, or do not know, then He will tell them why they seek to kill Him. It is because of a work done months before, at the un-named feast of John 5. The impression left by the healing of the impotent man, and the doctrine of His equality with God that was based on it, reverberated still. And understandably so, for His claim to Deity was central, and breathtaking in its boldness.

And ye all marvel- in chapter 5 the Lord had distinguished between marvelling and believing. Alas, they still seem to come into the former category. As the apostle Paul warned the Jews in the synagogue in Antioch in Pisidia, quoting the words of the prophet Habakkuk, “Behold ye despisers, and wonder, and perish”, Acts 13:41.

7:22
Moses therefore gave unto you circumcision; (not because it is of Moses, but of the fathers;) and ye on the sabbath day circumcise a man.

Moses therefore gave unto you circumcision- the word “therefore” is not here the usual idea of logical consequence of something that has gone before, but something that will come after. It is used in this way in Mark 12:24, where the Lord says, “Do ye not therefore err”, and then gives the explanation as to how they erred. Again, in John 10:17, “Therefore doth my Father love me”, and then comes the reason.

(Not because it is of Moses, but of the fathers)- circumcision was given to Abraham first, and it later became the sign of commitment to the law of Moses. The Lord is establishing the link between the law they had been given, (which law they did not keep), and His miracle of healing on the sabbath day, which was the cause of them going about to kill Him, John 5:16.

And ye on the sabbath day circumcise a man- here is the reason, (prompted by the “therefore” of the beginning of the verse), why they circumcise a male child on the eighth day, even if it is the sabbath day. They do so to comply with Moses’ law. They are careful to circumcise the eighth day, even if the child is born on Friday. They thereby seem to break the law of the sabbath so that they do not break the law. Even as the priests seemed to do when they changed the shewbread on the sabbath, Matthew 12:5; Leviticus 24:8.

7:23
If a man on the sabbath day receive circumcision, that the law of Moses should not be broken; are ye angry at me, because I have made a man every whit whole on the sabbath day?

If a man on the sabbath day receive circumcision, that the law of Moses should not be broken- so God required them to carry out circumcision, even though it seemed to break the law of the sabbath, which allowed no work. So God built in to the law the permission to “break” the law in pursuit of a higher demand. It was most important, (and the most merciful, seeing that the eighth day of one’s life is when you are least likely to bleed to death), that a male child should be circumcised at the time God stipulated.

Are ye angry at me- anger is the start of a process which leads to murder, for the Lord taught that the one who killed, and the one who was angry with his brother without a cause, faced the same consequence, namely, being in danger of the judgement, Matthew 5:21,22. This is why the apostle John wrote, “Whosoever hateth his brother is a murderer”, 1 John 3:15.

Because I have made a man every whit whole on the sabbath day? When a Hebrew parent circumcised a male child, there was a physical aspect, and a moral one. The physical aspect was that he now bore the mark of an Israelite upon him. He was now of The Circumcision, the nation of Israel. But the moral side was that he was now committed to keeping the law of Moses. So important were these two aspects, that God sanctioned the work of circumcising on the day of rest, if the child had been born eight days before. After all, He who controls the timing of everything, even the birth of children, did not ordain that no Hebrew son should be born on a Friday.

Now no one was angry at a Hebrew parent who did this. Nor did they seek to kill him. Rather, they would applaud that he had kept the law. All this being the case, and they felt free to “break” the sabbath in this God-appointed way, then surely He could make entirely whole, and not merely ceremonially whole, on the sabbath.

The healing of the impotent man in John 5 did make him entirely whole. He was healed as to the body, so that he was able to rise at Christ’s bidding. He was healed as to the soul, for the misery of the last thirty-eight years was for ever gone, symbolised by his taking up his bed, for he would not need to lay at the pool again. And he was healed as to the spirit, for as he walked at Christ’s command, he went straight into the temple to praise God. Thereafter the moral implications of Christ’s words to him would be uppermost in his mind, “sin no more, lest a worse thing come upon thee”.

The Jews should ask themselves, which was better, to be miserable at the Pool of Bethesda, or to be in the temple with spiritual joy? The law required that Israel “remember the sabbath day, to keep it holy”, Exodus 20:8. But that holiness was not merely a negative idea, keeping the day as a special one, different to the rest of the week. It had its very important positive side, to set the day apart for spiritual purposes. And this Christ had done. He had enabled an impotent man to sanctify the sabbath day in a way he could not have done while he still had his infirmity.

So we could summarise the argument as follows: if the people who were angry with Christ to the extent of wishing to kill Him, were free to do a lesser thing on the sabbath in order to obey God’s law, surely He could do the greater thing. They did the lesser thing at God’s commandment, He acted likewise at the command of God His Father.

7:24
Judge not according to the appearance, but judge righteous judgement.

Judge not according to the appearance, but judge righteous judgement- they were quite content to not judge a Hebrew parent as a law breaker simply because he “worked” on the sabbath day when he circumcised his son, for they knew there was a higher object in view. In this way they would judge righteously. They should likewise judge Him in a righteous way, and not jump to conclusions.

It would be possible to assume from the fact that a man was circumcised, that he was true to God. This would be judging according to the appearance. The apostle Paul wrote, “For he is not a Jew, which is one outwardly; neither is that circumcision which is outward in the flesh: but he is a Jew, which is one outwardly; and circumcision is that of the heart, in the spirit, and not in the letter; whose praise is not of men, but of God.” Romans 2:28,29. A righteous judgement upon a person can only be made by asking what are the fruits of his life, for “by their fruits ye shall know them”, Matthew 7:20.

Believers need constantly to be aware of this, for so often we allow outward impressions to influence us in our judgment of things, and fail to see the principle at work. We are not able to read the heart of our fellow-believer, so we should not be hasty in our assessment of his motive. “Who art thou that judgest another man’s servant? to his own master he standeth or falleth. Yea, he shall be holden up: for God is able to make him to stand.” Romans 14:4.

7:25
Then said some of them of Jerusalem, Is not this he, whom they seek to kill?

Then said some of them of Jerusalem- these had lived in Jerusalem long enough to be described as “them of Jerusalem”, rather than pilgrims come from elsewhere for the feast.

Is not this he, whom they seek to kill? They had been in Jerusalem when the impotent man had been healed, and so knew that the Jews sought to kill Him as a result. What a sad commentary on the nation that He is known as “He whom they seek to kill”, as if that is His only claim to be noticed.

7:26
But, lo, he speaketh boldly, and they say nothing unto him. Do the rulers know indeed that this is very Christ?

But, lo, he speaketh boldly, and they say nothing unto him- unbelief is perplexed, as it always will be. In verses 12 and 13 they were perplexed about His character, whether He was good or bad. Here they are perplexed as to His person, whether He was the Messiah or not. There will always be doubt about His claim to be Messiah, if there is doubt about His character. The character-issue must be settled first, for a deceiving messiah is not the true Messiah. He is sought by the authorities, yet He speaks boldly in their centre of power, the temple.

Do the rulers know indeed that this is very Christ? Can it be because the rulers secretly know He is truly the Messiah, and are keeping this from us? Is this some conspiracy, they seem to be thinking, for the authorities seem to have double standards, pretending to plot to kill Him, but not arresting Him even when He is within their reach in the temple courts.

7:27
Howbeit we know this man whence he is: but when Christ cometh, no man knoweth whence he is.

Howbeit we know this man whence he is- they knew He was Jesus of Nazareth, yet they realised that He taught and acted as if He was more than man. One of the ways the Lord made Himself of no reputation was by being known as Jesus of Nazareth, (the place from which no good thing was expected, John 1:46), and not as Jesus of Bethlehem, the city of David. Even after He had gone to live in Capernaum, Matthew 4:13, He was still known as Jesus of Nazareth. And He still answers to that name now that He is back in heaven, for He spoke to Saul of Tarsus from heaven and said, “I am Jesus of Nazareth”, Acts 22:8.

But when Christ cometh, no man knoweth whence he is- the tradition had grown up amongst the Jews that the Messiah would burst upon the scene without warning, so that they would not have the opportunity to know Him during His life. “The Lord whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to his temple”, Malachi 3:1, was the sort of text they would quote to support this idea. They must have forgotten Micah 5:2, which specified that the place of His birth was Bethlehem Ephratah, the city of David.

7:28
Then cried Jesus in the temple as he taught, saying, Ye both know me, and ye know whence I am: and I am not come of myself, but he that sent me is true, whom ye know not.

Then cried Jesus in the temple as he taught, saying- in verse 37 He will stand and cry, breaking off His teaching to do so, but here He remains seated and raises His voice a little, an expression of His deep feeling when faced with the unbelief of men. He is about to counteract the ideas expressed in the previous verses.

Ye both know me- the “people of Jerusalem” were in doubt about two things. First, who He was, and second, whence He was. They described who He was in the words, “He whom they seek to kill”, verse 25. As to whence He came, they say, “We know not whence he is”, verse 27.

As those who were living in Jerusalem they would have known about His discourse in John 5, where He explained both these things. He had declared then that He was equal with the Father in every respect, John 5:16-29; so they knew Him, in the sense that He had declared it to them.

And ye know whence I am- He stated six times over in His discourse in John 5 that He was sent. In the first three, He gives the consequences of the Father sending Him. First, so men could have the opportunity of honouring Him, verse 23. Second, so men might have the opportunity of hearing Him and receiving eternal life, verse 24. Third, so that men might realise He was here to do, not His own will, but His Father’s. And it will be in accordance with that will that He will judge men in the future, verse 30.

In the second three mentions of being sent, He gives three proofs that it was from the Father. First, the works He performed were evidence of it, verse 36. Second, the voice from heaven at His baptism proved it, verse 37. Third, the testimony of the Father in the Old Testament Scriptures showed it, verse 38. Furthermore, even if they had not been in Jerusalem when those truths were stated, they had just heard Him claim to be sent of the Father in verse 16 and 18. Thus they knew whence He was intellectually, but not personally and believingly.

And I am not come of myself- His was not independent action, for, as He said before, “The Son can do nothing of himself, but what he seeth the Father do: for what things soever he doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise”, 5:19. So He only does in practice, what He sees the Father doing in purpose. And He perfectly understands that purpose, being equal with the Father. Since it was His Father’s will and purpose that He should come, then come He will. The fact that He had come is a sign of His Sonship, and His equality with the Father.

The fact that He had not appeared unsent amongst them was a sign that His mission was of the utmost importance, and therefore to deny the truth God was setting before them in Christ was serious indeed. He described Himself as having come in His Father’s name, 5:43, which means He came with all the authority of His Father behind Him. Whatever His Father would have done if He had come, the Son did.

But he that sent me is true, whom ye know not- the reason they currently did not know Him in a meaningful way was because they had not accepted the truth that He brought. That truth was from the very source of truth Himself, the God who is true in every sense of the word. Because the one who sent Him was true, then His mission was authentic. But they knew not the truth that God disclosed to them through Him when He was here, therefore they knew not the true God who had sent Him. This is the reason why they are so uncertain about Him, for there has not been the establishment of a link between themselves and the true God.

7:29
But I know him: for I am from him, and he hath sent me.

But I know him- they reason from a position of ignorance, He teaches from a position of full insight into the things of God, because He, as the Son, has intimate knowledge of the Father.

For I am from him- He was conscious of having come from the Father, and as such was fully in harmony with Him, and came with His full authority.

And he hath sent me- that He was from the Father shows His awareness of His Father’s will. That He was sent shows His awareness of His responsibility to unfold the truth. He had come for a purpose. The three components of this verse, His knowledge, His authority, His awareness of responsibility, all encourage us to listen to His word, and believe the truth He brings.

7:30
Then they sought to take him: but no man laid hands on him, because his hour was not yet come.

Then they sought to take him- John has identified three classes of people in the temple courts that day. There are ‘the Jews’, verse 15, ‘the people’ in verse 20, ‘and some of them of Jerusalem’ in verse 25. Since the people tended to side with Christ during His ministry, (with the exception, sadly, of the men of Nazareth, Luke 4:28,29), it seems that the Jews are the ones who seek to take or arrest Him here. Perhaps this is the beginning of the arrest attempt that is mentioned in verse 45-48.

But no man laid hands on him, because his hour was not yet come- even though He was in the confines of the temple courts, and was surrounded by people who could prevent His escape if they chose to, no man laid hands on Him. The reason was not they were half-hearted about arresting Him, but that His Father’s time for Him to die had not arrived. He is the Lamb of God, and must die at passover time, and that was a few months in the future. The time of the cutting off of the Messiah was to be four hundred and eighty-three years after the command to restore and build Jerusalem, Daniel 9:25,26, and clearly this period had not yet elapsed.

7:31
And many of the people believed on him, and said, When Christ cometh, will he do more miracles than these which this man hath done?

And many of the people believed on him- we have come across imperfect faith in John 2:23-25, and there it was because they were enthusiastic about His miracles, and believed on Him simply as a miracle-worker. The Lord did not commit to them on such a basis. Here the belief seems to be of a similar sort, perhaps prompted by the Lord’s allusions to His healing of the impotent man.

And said, When Christ cometh, will he do more miracles than these which this man hath done? This imperfect faith is for them only an interim one, until the proper Messiah comes. They probably still cling to the notions expressed by the Lord’s brothers at the beginning of the chapter, that the Messiah is necessarily, and only, a glorious conquering hero, a warrior-king who shall subdue their enemies. They are prepared to accept that He worked miracles, for who could honestly deny it? But they did not make the connection the Lord appealed for when He speaks of His works bearing testimony to His person.

Later on, many would resort to Him when He went beyond Jordan, and they said, “John did no miracle, but all things that John spake of this man were true”. So the ability to work a miracle is not the test for whether a man is a true prophet. After all, the False Prophet will do miracles, Revelation 13:14. John then tells us, “And many believed on him there”, John 10:40,41. So whether Christ could do few or many miracles was immaterial. And by extension, whether Christ did few or many miracles does not determine whether He is the true Messiah.

7:32
The Pharisees heard that the people murmured such things concerning him; and the Pharisees and the chief priests sent officers to take him.

The Pharisees heard that the people murmured such things concerning him- these hostile men, who were looking for a suitable opportunity to rid themselves of Christ, take advantage of the murmurings of the people, as they discuss whether Jesus of Nazareth is a good man or not, a deceiver or not, the Christ or not.

And the Pharisees and the chief priests sent officers to take him- the Pharisees think it a good time to arrest Him, when the people are undecided about Him, but they cannot act without the authority of the chief priests, who controlled the temple courts. Despite the fact that in normal times they were at odds over doctrine, (for the chief priests were mainly Sadducees), they are united in their desire to destroy Christ. The return of the arrest party mentioned here is recorded in verses 45-52.

7:33
Then said Jesus unto them, Yet a little while am I with you, and then I go unto him that sent me.

Then said Jesus unto them- the Lord’s response to the plan to send an arrest party is to continue teaching, in order that it might be made very clear who it is the authorities wish to arrest. This will expose their wickedness.

Yet a little while am I with you- in the face of a threatened arrest, the Lord assures the people that He will be with them a little while longer. He knows His Father’s will, and that the authorities have no power to arrest Him until God’s time comes. This is not just a prediction, but is also a warning, that they have not much longer to hear His teaching and believe on Him.

And then I go unto him that sent me- further, instead of being at the mercy of the Jews, He makes His own dignified way to heaven, by way of the cross. The one who sent Him is the one who shall welcome Him back with honour. He will not be recalled from His mission, as if He has failed, but will Himself go in the full consciousness that He has done the Father’s will. He will sit down on the right hand of the Majesty on high, having maintained the majesty of God in the world, Hebrews 1:3.

7:34
Ye shall seek me, and shall not find me: and where I am, thither ye cannot come.

Ye shall seek me, and shall not find me- they could very easily find Him in the temple courts with an arrest party, but when He left them to go to the Cross, He would no longer be available to them in person. They should take the opportunity that was presented to them there and then. They should seek Him in the best sense, with the desire to hear and believe His word. Those who do this are promised a welcome and salvation.

And where I am, thither ye cannot come- when He had gone back to heaven, He would be out of their reach. Note the “where I am”, not “where I shall be”, for the Lord Jesus was conscious of being in His Father’s presence at all times. He is “the only-begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father”, John 1:18. Compare 3:13, “the Son of Man which is in heaven”. If they do not seek the Lord while he may be found, and call upon him while he is near, Isaiah 55:6, they will certainly not be able enter heaven where He is.

7:35
Then said the Jews among themselves, Whither will he go, that we shall not find him? will he go unto the dispersed among the Gentiles, and teach the Gentiles?

Then said the Jews among themselves- they very pointedly avoid speaking directly to Him, but discuss among themselves this matter. They clearly have no intention of seeking His help.

Whither will he go, that we shall not find him? Being unbelieving, their horizon is limited to earth. They would perhaps not be prepared to mingle with the Gentiles if that is where He was going. How ignorant these men are, for He has told them in verse 33 that He is going back to Him that sent Him. They have failed to see that this means back to heaven.

Will he go unto the dispersed among the Gentiles, and teach the Gentiles? Being Jews, they would not be free to associate with Gentiles, but they would be prepared to go amongst the Jews of the diaspora, those who were still scattered after being taken into captivity.

7:36
What manner of saying is this that he said, Ye shall seek me, and shall not find me: and where I am, thither ye cannot come?

What manner of saying is this that he said- they reason that perhaps His “manner of saying” is in the form of a parable, whose solution evades them. They would rather, like many today, remain in doubt, than apply to Him for light. Indeed, they have already been given the light, but they prefer the darkness of ignorance and unbelief.

Ye shall seek me, and shall not find me: and where I am, thither ye cannot come? They have heard His words correctly, for they quote them word for word. It is the meaning of the words that escapes them. It is possible to know the letter of the Word of God, but not understand its meaning because the will has put up barriers to accepting it.

(c)   7:37-8:1
The feast of tabernacles and water from the rock

Introduction to the section
The feast of tabernacles was one of rejoicing, for the harvest and vintage was safely gathered in, and Israel could relax and reflect on the goodness of God to them. Not just for the previous year, but also in the historical past. Had He not supplied their needs in the wilderness, giving them bread from heaven and water from the rock? To commemorate the latter, there had grown up a ceremony carried out during the feast of tabernacles. Whether it was done every day of the feast, or only on the last day is not clear, since the actual ceremony is not detailed in Scripture.

The procedure, according to Jewish historians, was as follows. Three companies would assemble in the temple courts. One to prepare the altar; another with palm branches they had cut down, with which they decorated the altar; a third to follow a priest as he made his way to the Pool of Siloam, where he would fill a golden urn with water and make his way back to the temple courts. As that company returned with him, they sang such words as “Save now, I beseech thee, O Lord: O Lord, I beseech thee, send now prosperity.” Psalm 118:25, and, “Therefore with joy shall ye draw water out of the wells of salvation.” Isaiah 12:3. Arriving at the altar, the water would be poured through a silver funnel situated at the corner of the altar. The Jews saw in the pouring out of the water a prefiguring of the pouring out of the Spirit when Messiah comes, as Joel 2:28,29 foretells.

Little did they realise, however, that there was one in their midst who could bring in the reality of which this ceremony was a faint foreshadowing. After all, had they not used the word “yeshua” as they sang about the wells of salvation? This is the Hebrew equivalent of the name “Jesus”. So, unwittingly, they had said that Jesus was the well of salvation!

7:37
In the last day, that great day of the feast, Jesus stood and cried, saying, If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink.

In the last day, that great day of the feast- so we have been told that Christ went up to the feast at its beginning, that about the middle of the week He had started to teach, and now it is the last day. The feast of tabernacles was a seven-day feast, like the passover and unleavened bread festivals, but it had a unique addition, an eighth day which was a sabbath. Now it is possible that the water-ceremony took place on each of the days, so that all who attended the temple courts could have an opportunity of seeing it and participating in the joy of it. Now it is the last day of the last feast, and the religious calendar of Israel is in its closing hours, and the last water-pouring is going on at that very moment.

Jesus stood and cried, saying- He had cried in verse 28, but had not stood to do so, for He intended to continue teaching, and this was done from a sitting position. Here He rises from the teacher’s seat, and stands as one able to command the attention of the people, and offer them the highest blessing. When God promised water from the rock, He said to Moses, “Behold, I will stand before thee there upon the rock in Horeb”, Exodus 17:6. Horeb is a range of mountains of which Sinai is a part, and is called the mountain of God in Exodus 3:1. It is closely associated with the Law, therefore, as we see from Malachi 4:4. But instead of standing in association with the giving of the Law, the Lord stands in grace to offer joy beyond that which law-keeping could bring.

With impeccable timing, a voice rang out across the temple courts, possibly during that interval as the altar received its final preparations for the sacrifice. With loud voice, full of earnestness and power, One stands in those courts claiming that He, Jesus, “Yeshua”, is the true well of salvation. His words were clear and confident, and He is claiming to be the true rock whence flows that water which satisfies the thirst once and for all.

If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink- for all their enthusiastic singing, every one in the crowd would have to admit to an unsatisfied longing in the heart. Sing about joy as they might, they realised they had not yet found its true source. It was the last day of the last feast, and religion had nothing more to offer them. Yet here in their midst was one claiming to fulfil their deepest longing. Did they truly thirst for the things of God, for righteousness? Then let them come to Him and drink. So doing, they will find true joy and salvation.

7:38
He that believeth on me, as the scripture hath said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water.

He that believeth on me- this gift is to all who believe in Him. A Gentile does not have to embrace Judaism to receive it. The apostle Paul makes clear that Jew and Gentile have been made to drink into one Spirit when they believed, 1 Corinthians 12:13. Not “made to drink” as if unwilling, but made to drink by force of circumstances, for there is only one thing to drink. Every believer has the Spirit as a gift from God the moment they believe. Galatians 3:2 and Romans 8:9, and other scriptures besides, make that abundantly clear. The verses the people have quoted as they followed the priest with the golden churn of water spoke of joy, the joy of salvation. Yet those who believe are not always as joyous as they might be, which is why the apostle prayed that the Lord might fill us “with all joy and peace in believing”, Romans 15:13. So the secret is in the believing, that trustful attitude of heart which causes us to lean upon Him, and not rely on ourselves. Even the apostle made the mistake of looking within himself in Romans 7. He used the words “I” and me” over 40 times, and concluded the chapter with the words “O wretched man that I am”, which is no surprise, because only those whose lives are governed in practice by the Spirit of God have real joy, for they “joy in God”, Romans 5:11.

When we think of those things which should give us joy, we think of things which are outside of ourselves, such as fellowship with the Father and the Son, 1 John 1:3,4; hearing of other believers walking in the truth, 3 John 4; hearing of sinners believing, Acts 11:20-23; even tribulations, for they are part of God’s process of educating and refining us, Romans 5:3. Yet the fact is that as believers we too often hew to ourselves cisterns, broken cisterns, which hold no water, Jeremiah 2:13. And by so doing we forsake the fountain of living waters, God Himself. In the modern world we are confronted by a bewildering array of means of entertainment. Yet each one is a broken cistern! Why do we take so long to realise it?

Occupation with that spurious joy the world offers will bring barrenness into our souls, and coldness into our hearts. And this will translate into having nothing worthwhile to say when we come together to remember the Lord. The old preachers used to tell us that what we did on Saturday evening would affect what we did on Sunday morning. And they were right- although why limit it to Saturday evening?

When the Lord spoke to the Samaritan woman about water, He indicated that it was the Spirit of God, who would motivate and energise the believer to worship the Father. There would be an up-flow. In this chapter there is an out-flow, for the Saviour promises that after we have come to Him to drink, there flows out of our belly, or innermost being, rivers of living water. And this “as the scripture hath said”. Apparently the readings in the synagogue for feast of tabernacle week included one from Ezekiel 47:1-12, which foretold that a living stream of water would flow from within the millenial temple, and eventually reach the sea. If this is the allusion, how significant it is, for the believer’s body is the temple of the Holy Spirit, 1 Corinthians 6:19. Just as there shall be an outflow from the physical temple in a day to come, so there should be an outflow from the temple of the believer now.

We may learn important lessons from Ezekiel’s experience at the side of that river. The prophet first found the waters to be ankle-deep, reminding us that the Spirit enables the believer to walk in the Spirit, Galatians 5:16,25. Like the man at the beautiful gate of the temple, our ankle bones have received strength. Acts 3:7. Then the water was to the prophet’s knees, reminding us that a Spirit-led walk is fostered by Spirit-led prayer, “praying in the Holy Ghost”, Jude 20. Then the waters were to the loins, reminding us that the apostle bowed his knees in prayer that the believers might be strengthened in might by His Spirit in the inner man, Ephesians 3:14-16. Finally, the prophet found there was water enough to swim in, too deep to cross, enough to immerse himself in, reminding us that the native environment for the Christian is the Spirit, for we are no longer in the flesh, but in the Spirit, Romans 8:9.

Note that the water is in the form of rivers, plural. The psalmist said, “There is a river, the streams whereof shall make glad the city of God, the holy place of the tabernacles of the most High.” Psalm 46:4. And Zechariah foretold, “And it shall be in that day, that living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and winter shall it be.” Zechariah 14:8. So having issued forth from under the threshhold of the house, they divide, and one stream goes to the former sea, that is, the Dead Sea, and the other to the Mediterranean.

7:39
(But this spake he of the Spirit, which they that believe on him should receive: for the Holy Ghost was not yet given; because that Jesus was not yet glorified).

(But this spake he of the Spirit, which they that believe on him should receive- at this point John, who writes for the world, not just Jews, explains to us the meaning of this saying. The water Christ offers is the Spirit of God. To have Him within is to have the source of true joy within. For the Spirit will always point to Christ and glorify Him, thus filling the believer with joy as he contemplates Him, see John 16:14.

For the Holy Ghost was not yet given; because that Jesus was not yet glorified). John makes clear that this receiving of the Spirit as one who dwells within, (as opposed to being upon a person as in Old Testament times), could not happen until Jesus was glorified. Not, indeed, glorified at His coming to the earth as Israel’s Messiah, (the event at the back of the minds of the Jews in the temple courts that day), but when He would return to heaven after the cross, for God raised Him up from the dead and gave Him glory, 1 Peter 1:21. There is not to be a long delay, but it is necessary that the foundation of all blessing is firmly laid at Calvary, before the Spirit can be given. The Spirit of God does not indwell sinners. Only those who have repented and believed are fit recipients of the great blessing. So when a person believes in Him and is given the Spirit of God, that belief includes belief in Him as the one who was crucified, buried and raised.

7:40
Many of the people therefore, when they heard this saying, said, Of a truth this is the Prophet.

Many of the people therefore, when they heard this saying, said, Of a truth this is the Prophet- the prophet promised by God in Deuteronomy 18:18 would be like unto Moses, but would bring the word of God to them without the terror of Sinai. They recognise that Christ is of that character, but sadly do not progress to real faith in Him.

7:41
Others said, This is the Christ. But some said, Shall Christ come out of Galilee?

Others said, This is the Christ- they are speaking of the Prophet and Christ as two different people, as their leaders did in John 1:20,21 in their questioning of John the Baptist. Even the Samaritans did not make this mistake, John 4:19,42. To these, who only accepted the five books of Moses, the prophet of Deuteronomy 18 was the only prophet expected, yet they called Him Christ also. The apostle Peter left the Jews in no doubt that He was the same person, Acts 3:22-26, for he quoted the words of Deuteronomy 18 in connection with Christ.

But some said, Shall Christ come out of Galilee? Matthew records the move of the Lord from Nazareth to Capernaum as being in fulfilment of Isaiah 9:1,2. The contrast in that passage is between the march of the ruthless Assyrians through the land on the “Way of the Sea”, the highway that swept down from the north, along the coast, inland through the Plain of Megiddo, and so out of Palestine, through Damascus, and back to Babylon. This conquering army would bring darkness, gloom and death in its wake. The coming of Christ to the same region, however, would result in light, life and salvation. It could be said, therefore, that Christ did come out of Galilee, for He made Capernaum His base. So He came out of Nazareth of Galilee as to His hidden years, and came out of Capernaum of Galilee as to His public years in ministry.

7:42
Hath not the scripture said, That Christ cometh of the seed of David, and out of the town of Bethlehem, where David was?

Hath not the scripture said, That Christ cometh of the seed of David, and out of the town of Bethlehem, where David was? Others emphasise that the Messiah is the son of David, and therefore must come from where David was before he became king. These are right also, for Micah 5:2 had foretold the birthplace of Christ, Bethlehem Ephratah, a city in the territory of Judah, and David’s home town.

7:43
So there was a division among the people because of him.

So there was a division among the people because of him- those who reject the truth that Christ came down from heaven must expect to be in the dark about Him. They are limited in their thinking to earthly locations, but the most important point is that He came from the Father.

7:44
And some of them would have taken him; but no man laid hands on him.

And some of them would have taken him- when He stated that some of them were going about to kill Him, they protested that it was not true, verse 19,20, and that He must have a devil if He suggested such a thing. Here the Lord is vindicated for His accusation, for they did wish to arrest and execute Him.

But no man laid hands on him- this would include those sent to arrest Him, as we read in the next verse. It seems that some, in their apparent zeal for the law, were willing to take the initiative, and not wait for the authorities to act.

7:45
Then came the officers to the chief priests and Pharisees; and they said unto them, Why have ye not brought him?

Then came the officers to the chief priests and Pharisees; and they said unto them, Why have ye not brought him? He has no bodyguards, the crowds would not be prepared to shield Him, He is a lone and apparently defenceless man confronted by the armed guards of the Temple Police. They cannot think what would prevent His arrest.

7:46
The officers answered, Never man spake like this man.

The officers answered, Never man spake like this man- such was the power of the word of Christ, such was the newness of His doctrine, such was the greatness of His claims, that they could not bring themselves to believe that they had been sent to the right man. They had probably been led to believe that their target was a rabble-rousing pretender to the Messianic throne, stirring up the people to revolt.

7:47
Then answered them the Pharisees, Are ye also deceived?

Then answered them the Pharisees, Are ye also deceived? The authorities at once think in terms of themselves being right, without for a moment considering whether they may be wrong. Such is the stubbornness of unbelief. They imply that if they as teachers in Israel believe something, then it must be true. They are not only arrogant but stubborn.

7:48
Have any of the rulers or of the Pharisees believed on him?

Have any of the rulers or of the Pharisees believed on him? They speak as if they are the test of truth, such is their pride. The apostle Paul, (an ex-Pharisee), tells us that the princes of this world were ignorant, 1 Corinthians 2:8. Such was their blindness, they would not have crucified the Lord if they believed it would advance God’s truth.

7:49
But this people who knoweth not the law are cursed.

But this people who knoweth not the law are cursed- they dismiss the obvious response to their statement, that there are thousands of ordinary folk that believe in Him. That must be, they say, because they do not understand the law, and are therefore under the judgment of God. But as the apostle Paul wrote later, “But God hath chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise; and God hath chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty; and base things of the world, and things which are despised, hath God chosen, yea, and things which are not, to bring to nought things that are.” 1 Corinthians 1:27,28. They were right in thinking that to know the law brought a blessing, but they ignored the fact that to know it and not respond believingly to it, brought a curse even for a Pharisee.

7:50
Nicodemus saith unto them, (he that came to Jesus by night, being one of them,)

Nicodemus saith unto them- perhaps Nicodemus was moved to action by the question, “Have any of the rulers believed on him?” He knows that the implication of that question is that none have. His sense of right impels him to speak up. He has been criticised for not openly confessing Christ until the end., but at least he was amongst the Sanhedrin at this moment to offer a word of wisdom.

(he that came to Jesus by night, being one of them,) John describes him in a two-fold way in his aside, (note the comma between the two phrases in the text), “He that came to Jesus by night”, and “being one of them”. He is torn between the two, but thankfully sided publicly with Christ at the cross, John 19:39.

7:51
Doth our law judge any man, before it hear him, and know what he doeth?

Doth our law judge any man, before it hear him, and know what he doeth? The law of Moses, which they say the people do not know, they claim to know. And it requires that no penalty may be inflicted before the judges have satisfied themselves about the details of the case. In the particular case of one who claims to be a prophet, they must assess his teaching by hearing him, hence the “hear him”, and then they must assess what the effect of his teaching is, hence the “know what he doeth”. Luke is happy to record that which Jesus began both to do and teach, Acts 1:1.

7:52
They answered and said unto him, Art thou also of Galilee? Search, and look: for out of Galilee ariseth no prophet.

They answered and said unto him, Art thou also of Galilee? Their response to Nicodemus is not a fresh resolve to re-assess the teachings of Christ, and to note what the effect of His teaching is. They have long ago made up their minds about Him. Their only response to Nicodemus was to ridicule him, and to suggest he was no better than the “ignorant” rustics from unsophisticated Galilee. The Galileans were looked down on by the men of Jerusalem as being unlearned. They are accusing Nicodemus of being like one of these, instead of an “orthodox” Jerusalemite and Pharisee. Perhaps this answer finally convinced Nicodemus that it was no longer appropriate for him to associate with these men.

Search, and look: for out of Galilee ariseth no prophet- God said He would raise up the Prophet, but He did not say from where. So it was perfectly right to state that the prophet did not necessarily come from Galilee. In their arrogance they do not think it possible for anyone of learning to arise from Galilee, and not from Jerusalem. But this prophet does not depend upon the schools of the Rabbis for His insight.

Do they mean “Search and look in the Old Testament prophecies”, or, “Search and look at the situation as it is currently in Israel”? Had they forgotten that Jonah was from Gath-Hepher, a place in the territory of Zebulon, in Galilee? 2 Kings 14:25. See also Joshua 19:10,13.

7:53
And every man went unto his own house.

And every man went unto his own house- it was customary for the residents of Jerusalem and the surrounding areas to offer hospitality to those who had come from foreign lands to worship at the feast. It is a sad commentary on the state of heart of these people that at such a time, The Visitor, not from the uttermost parts of the earth, but from heaven itself, was not entertained, for Jesus went to the Mount of Olives, 8:1. It is still sadly true that oftentimes the Lord’s people are not given hospitality as they should, so that yet again the Lord is left outside, for “inasmuch as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it not unto me”, and, “I was a stranger, and ye took me not in”, Matthew 25:45,43.

As He sat upon the Mount of Olives, perhaps the Lord mused on the scriptures that spoke of the rivers of living water, as found in Zechariah 14. Living waters shall go forth from Jerusalem in a coming day, and the Lord shall be King over all the earth, but only after His feet have stood on the Mount of Olives when He comes to judge and reign. That will be the signal for the true feast of tabernacles to begin, the rest and rejoicing of the kingdom age. But His feet must be nailed to a cross first.

“Then shall the Lord go forth, and fight against those nations, as when he fought in the day of battle. And his feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the east, and the mount of Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof toward the east and toward the west, and there shall be a very great valley; and half of the mountain shall remove toward the north, and half of it toward the south.

And it shall be in that day, that living waters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea, and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter shall it be. And the Lord shall be king over all the earth: in that day shall there be one Lord, and his name one.

And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” Zechariah 14:4,8,9,16.